UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
SCHEDULE 14A
Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Amendment No. )
Filed by the RegistrantFiled by a party other than the Registrant
CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX:
Preliminary Proxy Statement
Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
Definitive Proxy Statement
Definitive Additional Materials
Soliciting Material under §240.14a-12
logo_lumen-footer.jpg
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)
(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)
PAYMENT OF FILING FEE (CHECK ALL BOXES THAT APPLY):
No fee required
Fee paid previously with preliminary materials
Fee computed on table in exhibit required by Item 25(b) per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11




01 427760-1_coveroptions_fc.jpg
lumn-20230405_g2.jpg



lumn-20230405_g3.jpg

2022 Annual Report
2023Proxy Statement01 427760-1_coveroptions_ifc.jpg



Our Story
We are an international facilities-based technology and communications company focused on providing our business and mass markets customers with a broad array of integrated products and services necessary to fully participate in our ever-evolving digital world.We connect the world. We are dedicated to furthering human progress through technology by connecting people, data, and applications – quickly, securely, and effortlessly. Everything we do takes advantage of our network strength. From metro connectivity to long-haul data transport to our edge cloud, security, and managed service capabilities, we meet our customers’ needs today and as they build for tomorrow.
We are guided by our Core Beliefs; Clarity, Courage, Customer Obsession, and Growth Mindset. Clarity - being accountable to give and receive information in a simple, concise, and frequent manner. Courage - boldly advocating an idea or opinion even if it creates a sense of vulnerability. Customer Obsession - listening from a place of empathy, putting ourselves in the customer’s shoes and advocating for them in every aspect of our business. Growth Mindset - having an open mind and a commitment to innovation and continuous learning. We believe these Core Beliefs are the key to Lumen’s success.
Our Mission

Lumen’s mission is to digitally connect people, data, and applications - quickly, securely, and effortlessly.
Core Priorities
lumn-20230405_g4.jpg
lumn-20230405_g5.jpg
lumn-20230405_g6.jpg
lumn-20230405_g7.jpg
lumn-20230405_g8.jpg
Develop
Customer
Obsession
Innovate
& Invest
for Growth
Build a
Reliable
Execution
Engine
Radially Simplify
Our Company
Further Develop
Our
Culture
lumn-20230405_g9.jpg
lumn-20230405_g10.jpg
lumn-20230405_g11.jpg
lumn-20230405_g12.jpg
lumn-20230405_g13.jpg



CEO Letter
Dear Lumen Shareholders
pgxx-pic_johnsonk.jpg 
The days of traditional telecom are over.
To thrive in today’s digital economy, customers must navigate record levels of technological complexity. With hybrid, multi-cloud, edge, and emerging technologies such as generative AI, companies demand blazing fast network speeds, ultra-low latency, massive capacity for growing data workloads, and proximity to a seemingly ubiquitous group of users. And they want all of it in a simplified manner.
Lumen stands alone in our commitment to deliver exactly what these companies need and deserve. Our vision is to “cloudify” telecom by digitizing everything – from our business processes to our network – to create a family of consumption-based services and solutions that span our network, security, and edge fabric.
For the first time, enterprises will have on demand access to the cloud with direct control of network bandwidth, connectivity, and latency paths, powered by uncompromising reliability and redundancy. Breaking the telecom tradition, Lumen will enable customers to design, price, and order networking and security services online with a friction-free customer experience. They will be able to seamlessly create solutions with composable modularity using APIs for Lumen’s portfolio of differentiated products in addition to 3rd party services from our marketplace.
Lumen is the only company that can truly deliver on this vision because we own a world class, unparalleled fiber network. By automating layers 1, 2, and 3, we are building the only multi-cloud networking platform that natively integrates and delivers transport, ethernet, and IP services as a unified experience. This offers customers the ability to build end-to-end technology solutions – inclusive of the network, security, and edge – in an inherently digital fashion.
In 2022,2023, in partnership with the Lumenour Board of Directors, we laid the foundation forLumen launched this bold new strategy, attracted talented new leaders to our company’s turnaround. Weexecutive team, rolled out an award-winning culture, and established a new mission, strengthenedportfolio of change programs to drive end-to-end business transformation. We made material progress across the portfolio, while delivering on our executive leadership team with several new hires,full year EBITDA and definedfree cash flow guidance. We also took steps to focus the company on our core company priorities. In addition, we enhancedstrengths, divesting non-core businesses, simplifying our corporate agility with the completion of two significant divestitures, as well as the third we announced in November. Looking ahead, our investment strategy for 2023structure, and 2024 focuses on optimizing our assets and properly allocating capital so that we can build new systems and processes that will meet the needs of our customers.improving efficiency.
As I writeIn this letter, I am delighted to share the progress we are experiencing pressure on our stock price,making to pivot Lumen to growth and our debt is trading at deeply discounted prices. We understand that this market dislocation is rooted in part in the fact that our company has not consistently delivered on its recent business projections, and we know how difficult this has been for those of you who have put faith and financial resources in Lumen Technologies. You deserve more; the Board, our new management team, and I are committed to delivering it to you.
This letter, my first as Lumen’s CEO, outlines our core priorities and two-year investment strategy. Our plans are deeply rooted in a play-to-win mindset, focusing on being brilliant at basic execution and vigilant about creating material competitive advantages in market. We will focus on driving more efficiency in our core operations while simplifying and digitizing our business processes for seamless employee and customer experiences. Importantly, we will invest in building skills for our people to ensure they can thrive as we retool the company for innovation and growth.
Our New Mission
At Lumen,fulfill our mission is to digitally connectignite business growth by connecting people, data, and applications - quickly, securely, and effortlessly.
The first partStrengthening our Balance Sheet
In March 2024, we executed transactions that strengthened our balance sheet and extended a significant percentage of this mission leverages our deep telecom roots: we havedebt maturities to 2029 and beyond. This is an expansive networkimportant milestone that ensures individualsclears the runway for our turnaround. We reduced our debt maturities through 2027 by approximately 90%, raised new financing, and businesses haveimproved our liquidity position with access to their ever-growing data wherea new revolving credit facility. The transaction, executed in challenging capital market conditions, demonstrates the confidence our creditors have in our strategy. We will continue to make smart decisions to further strengthen our balance sheet, and when they need it. Our portfolio of innovative edge cloud and security offerings uniquely positions Lumen for growth inwith the technology sector. As we rebuild this nearly 100-year-old company for the digital future, we understand the criticality of providing effortless customer experiences. This is where we are prioritizing a significant portion of our time and capital.
Our New Leadership Team
Attracting world-class talent is critical for Lumen’s success. I am delighted to reportcapital the addition of three seasoned technology executives to my leadership team: Sham Chotai – EVP Product & Technology, Ashley Haynes-Gaspar – EVP & Chief Experience Officer, and Jay Barrows – EVP Enterprise Sales. These three leaders bring deep digital transformation experience, product development and innovation muscle, as well as marketing expertise and customer obsession. Together with our already established leaders, I believetransaction provides us, we have the A-team to deliver on our company’s transformation plans and drive value creation for shareholders.
Our New Core Priorities
There are five core priorities at the heart of our transformation which will guide our resource allocation:
Develop Customer ObsessionAs we pivot from emphasizing operational efficiency to growth, we must shift to “outside-in” thinking. This means putting customer needs and expectations at the forefront of every business process, and ensuring our success measurements align to what matters most for our customers.
Invest and Innovate for Growth– With a renewedcan now focus on executing our customers, we will allocate capital to build the muscle required to create new products and services that take advantage of our proprietary gifts and solve our customers’ greatest business challenges. We will also invest in sales, marketing, and operations to ensure we can properly cover the markets we serve and exceed our customers' expectations.
Radically Simplify Lumen – We are focused on doing fewer things, better. This means shutting down subscale or non-accretive businesses. It also means consolidating applications and modernizing our IT infrastructure to enable seamless employee and customer experiences. These efforts will help us optimize costs and growth simultaneously.transformation.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT3
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

CEO Letter
CreateExecuting on the Core Turnaround
Throughout 2023, we established a Reliable Execution Enginecomprehensive plan of business improvement initiatives to stabilize and grow our core North American business across customer segments including large and mid-market enterprise, public sector, wholesale, and mass-markets. Our turnaround plan is focused on:
Driving commercial excellence As we eliminate non-accretive businesses and intensifyWe have tailored our focusgo-to-market approach by focusing on delivering profitable revenuesolutions that meet the unique needs and challenges of each customer segment. This has begun to yield positive results, and we expect that we will grow in each segment at or better than the market as we move forward. As an indication of our momentum, we added over 3,000 customers within our North America enterprise segment last year. We saw double-digit growth in the Public Sector in the fourth quarter, and we expect it will be the first of our scaled businesses,customer segments to return to sustainable revenue growth.
Securing the base – While we are reshaping our organizational structure by combining our product development teams with our IT teams to enhance Lumen’s speed and agility. We are also centralizing marketing for tighter alignment to the customer life cycle. In addition, we are investingseeing great progress in our sales momentum from the commercial excellence activities, we also need to secure our existing base by helping our customers disconnect from legacy platforms and marketing capabilitiesmigrate to outperformnext generation solutions, driving improved renewals, installs, usage, and strengthening our customer relationships in the competition in this rapidly changing market landscape.process. To drive further success we are using data, analytics, and AI to improve performance with extreme focus on unique customer scenarios to ensure maximum return on our invested resources.
InstituteCreating a Cultureworld class, digital customer experience – Superior customer experience is at the core of Team, Trust, and Transparency– Transformingour plan to return Lumen to becomegrowth. In 2023, we made significant investments in building a digital platform that simplifies and enhances the way customers interact with us. We are already seeing the benefits of these efforts, such as reduced order processing time and improved net promoter scores. These important key performance indicators are leading indicators of customer satisfaction and will enhance our ability to differentiate ourselves in the market.
Innovating for Growth
Strengthening our balance sheet and executing the turnaround on our core business are essential to position us for the real transformation work: pivoting this company to growth by delivering disruptive innovations that help our customers thrive in the digital economy. In 2023, we established the “Lumen Digital” team, a group of innovators focused on our vision to cloudify our physical network.
Quickly, this team has launched several game-changing network and cloud services that demonstrate Lumen’s ability to deliver high performing growth company will requirevalue innovation. Two examples include:
Lumen Internet On-Demand – our company’s flagship native network-as-a-service (NaaS) capability that allows customers to activate their network in five minutes with up to 10 gigabytes on the #1 most peered network in the world. Because it is integrated with our physical network, Lumen’s NaaS capability allows enterprises to be able to create their own routing policies and allows “bring your own” net blocks with expandable space as needed. No other NaaS provider can natively offer this valuable simplicity and flexibility.
Lumen ExaSwitch – Created in collaboration with our hyperscaler partners, this award-winning network interconnection system is disrupting traditional connectivity architectures by providing a simple, high-capacity, ultra-low latency way to connect enterprise-to-enterprise and enterprise-to-cloud. Lumen ExaSwitch was recognized by Frost & Sullivan as a revolutionary approach for the network connections industry that enables enhanced connectivity and on-demand scalability to support growing volumes of data in the cloud.
These two new services are just the beginning. The Lumen Digital team is working on a broad portfolio of network and cloud services, inclusive of our edge fabric and security offerings. The Lumen Digital team’s mission is to continue to partner with our customers to launch the new and innovative network and cloud services they need to navigate the complexities of today’s technology landscape. We are excited by this incredible opportunity to leverage our world class network and intellectual property to bring a new level of value to our customers.
4
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

CEO Letter
Our Culture
Disruption is a battleground. It changes business models. It reshapes value propositions. It renames winners and losers. It’s exciting for the underserved who have a chance to gain from new constructs. And it’s terrifying for the incumbents who are likely to lose power and value. Understanding these emotional dynamics – and how to manage through them – is an important part of our journey.
Lumen is playing to win. We are building leadership at every level of this company. We are building a courageous culture that enables change. We will helpsupports our employees build the skills to ensure our success, and we will manage their performance against our five core priorities and operating principles of team, trust, and transparency.
Our 2023-2024 Investment Strategy
Our core priorities have shaped We are building deeper relationships inside Lumen and across our investment strategy for the 2023-2024 horizon - we expect to spend between $600M and $800M on a set of critical change imperatives in each of the next two years. The investmentsindustry ecosystem. That’s why we are making will betraining our people to have tough conversations, to build emotional resilience, and to navigate the emotional complexities of our business transformation.
We are seeing a keyreturn on our skills building investment with greater employee engagement, lower attrition, and a fundamental positive shift in how we work. Additionally, we have been recognized eight times in the past few months with various industry culture awards.
Finally, a significant part of our culture is focused on giving back to enabling usthe communities we serve. I’m particularly passionate about leveraging Lumen’s most valuable asset – our fiber network – to drive stabilizationensure that every person in both revenuethe United States has access to broadband. With telehealth and EBITDA within two years,a rapidly digitizing education system, broadband is quickly becoming critical infrastructure. Lumen is committed to building public-private partnerships to ensure we do our part to ensure digital inclusion for all.
Closing
Overall, we made significant and growth thereafter. In additionmeaningful progress in 2023, and while we have more work ahead, I’m confident in our ability to funding a set of tactical go-to-marketdeliver the results you expect and core operations programs that will enable better execution across the company,deserve.
As we move forward in 2024, we are investing in four major strategic areas:
The Digital Enterprise: An ERP upgrade may not sound that interesting, but it will dramatically improveoptimistic about our workflow productivityfuture. We have a clear and overall customercompelling strategy, a strong and employee experiences. The digital enterprise investment will also be the foundation to create modern data fabric, orchestration,focused execution plan, and API capabilities to enable any use case across the digital customer lifecycle, from order to cash.
Network-as-a-Service (NAAS): With the rise of artificial intelligencea talented and its abundant availability to consumers and enterprises alike, data volumes are anticipated to grow three-fold over the next five years. Our NaaS offering will be a game-changing way for customers to consume our services. We will provide them the opportunity to fire up a Lumen port anywhere on our expansive network, anytime, with any service. That’s called operating leverage, and Lumen’s aim is to lead the industry here.
The Lumen Growth Operating System:engaged team. We are allocating capital to agile teams that co-create new technology capabilities up the stack with our customers. The early indicators show our customers are hungry for this type of partnership with telecom companies, and we are excitedwell positioned to capitalize on this significant opportunity.
Mass Markets & Quantum Fiber: On the Mass Markets side of Lumen, we expect to enable an incremental 500,000 Quantum Fiber locations in 2023. These locations demand high-speed, symmetric, and low latency fiber broadband service. Quantum delivers that experience, along with digital ordering, awarding us world-class NPS scores.
We are thinking differently about how we shape and grow our business at Lumen, and we are confident that this clear mindset shift will be a key differentiator amongst our market competitors.
Our Annual Meeting & Investor Conference
This year, our virtual annual meeting will be held on Wednesday, May 17 at 12:00 pm CT. Details on how to register can be foundmassive opportunities emerging in the accompanying proxy statement.
We recognize thatdigital economy, and to create long-term value for our turnaround is attracting the interest of many investors, some new to our journey. As such, we are holding an Investor Day on June 5th. During the Investor Day we will outline the details of our planscustomers and progress to-date. The Investor Day will allow for more time and discussion than we are typically afforded in our quarterly earnings calls. The event will be webcast and available to view live or replayed via a link on our Investor Relations website. shareholders.
On behalf of the Board of Directors and the Lumen management team, I want to thank you for your investmentcontinued support and confidence in Lumen Technologies. This was a pivotal year for our company, and support of Lumen. We hope you share in our excitement forwe appreciate your trust as we continue to transform Lumen and unleash the new Lumen.world’s digital potential.
Sincerely,
pg5-sig_johnsonk.jpg
Kate Johnson
President and Chief Executive Officer
Lumen Technologies
5
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
4
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg





























This page is intentionally left blank














lumn-20230405_g16.jpg01 427760-1_coveroptions_Proxy1.jpg



Table of Contents
6
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Table of Contents
05Other Items

2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT7

Table of Contents
Forward-Looking Statements
Except for historical and factual information contained herein, matters set forth in our 20232024 proxy materials (and our accompanying 20222023 annual report) identified by words such as “expects,” “believes,” “will” and similar expressions are forward-lookingforward-looking statements as defined by the federal securities laws and are subject to the “safe harbor” protection thereunder. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future results and are based on current expectations only and are subject to uncertainties. Actual events and results may differ materially from those anticipated by us in those statements due to several factors, including those disclosed in our other filings with the SEC. We may change our intentions or plans discussed in our forward-looking statements without notice at any time and for any reason.
Certain Defined Terms
All references in this proxy statement or related materials to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” or “Lumen” refer to Lumen Technologies, Inc. In addition, each reference to (i) the “Board” refers to our Board of Directors, (ii) “Voting Shares” refers collectively to our shares of Common Stock (“Common Shares”) and shares of Series L Preferred Stock (“Preferred Shares”), (iii) “Meeting,” “the meeting” “annual shareholders meeting” or “annual meeting” refers to the 20232024 annual meeting of our shareholders described further herein, (iv) “named executives,” “named officers,” “named executive officers” or “NEOs” refers to the current and former officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table in this proxy statement, (v) “HRCC” refers to the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of our Board, (vi) “NCG Committee” refers to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board, (vii) “SLT”, “senior leadership team” or “senior officers” refers to our executive officers and a limited number of additional officers whose compensation is determined by the HRCC, (viii) “Qwest” refers to our affiliate Qwest Communications International Inc., which we acquired on April 1, 2011, (ix) “Level 3” refers to our affiliate Level 3 Parent, LLC and its predecessor, Level 3 Communications, Inc., (x) “Level 3 Combination” refers to our business combination with Level 3, which was consummated on November 1, 2017, (xi) “SEC” refers to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, (xii)(xi) “ESG” refers to environmental, social and governance, (xiii)(xii) “GAAP” refers to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, (xiv)(xiii) “NYSE” refers to the New York Stock Exchange., (xv)(xiv) “TSR” refers to total shareholder return; (xvi)(xv) “STI” refers to short-term incentive compensation, (xvii)(xvi) “LTI” refers to long-term incentive compensation, (xviii)and (xvii) “CD&A” refers to the “Compensation, Discussion and Analysis” section of this proxy statement, (xix) “SOP” refers to Say on Pay, and (xx) “4IR” refers the 4th Industrial Revolution.statement. Unless otherwise provided, all information is presented as of the date of this proxy statement.
We include website addresses throughout this Proxy Statement for reference only. The information contained or referenced on our website and other websites mentioned in this Proxy Statement are not a part of this Proxy Statement and are not deemed incorporated by reference into this Proxy Statement or any other public filing made with the SEC.
7
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
8
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg


Notice of 20232024 Annual
Shareholders Meeting
20232024 Annual Meeting Information
Date and Time
Wednesday
May 17, 202315, 2024
12:00 noon CT
Location
virtualshareholder
meeting.com/
LUMN2023LUMN2024
Record Date
You can vote if you were
a shareholder of record
at the close of business
on March 23, 2023.21, 2024.
Proxy Mail Date
On or about
April 5, 2023.2024.
Items of Business
04 427760-1 gfx_checkbox.jpg
ITEM 1
lumn-20230405_g18.jpg04 427760-1 gfx_checkbox.jpg
ITEM 2
lumn-20230405_g18.jpg04 427760-1 gfx_checkbox.jpg
ITEM 3
lumn-20230405_g18.jpg
Elect the 1011 Director nominees named in this proxy statementRatify the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for 20232024Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 2018Approve our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
Vote FOR
uSee page1719
Vote FOR
uSee page5249
Vote FOR
uSee page53
04 427760-1 gfx_checkbox.jpg
ITEM 4
04 427760-1 gfx_checkbox.jpg
ITEM 5
04 427760-1 gfx_checkbox.jpg
ITEM 6
Ratify the Amendment and Restatement of our NOL Rights Plan
Approval amendments to our Articles of Incorporation to:
A. Authorize a reverse stock split of our Common Shares. See page 65.
B. Reduce the number of our authorized Common Shares, subject to the conditions specified herein. See Page 72.
C. Eliminate the par value of our Common Shares. See page 73.
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation – “Say-On-Pay”
Vote 57FOR
A, B, and C
ITEM 4
lumn-20230405_g18.jpg
ITEM 5
lumn-20230405_g18.jpg
Conduct a non-binding advisory vote to approve our executive compensationConduct a non-binding advisory vote regarding the frequency of our executive compensation votes
Vote FOR
uSee page6862
See page 65
Vote ONE YEARFOR
uSee page13376
Transact other business that may properly come before the annual meeting
Proxy Voting
Shareholders are invited to attend the live virtual meeting. Even if you expect to attend, we urge you to vote in advance using any of the following methods:
Your vote is important to us. We urge your participation.
By Internet
visit
proxyvote.com
By phone
1-800-690-6903
By Mail
mark, sign, date &
return proxy card
Live virtual meeting
vote electronically at the
virtual annual meeting
Headquarters: 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, LA 71203
Meeting Details: See “Frequently Asked Questions” in this proxy statement for further details.
Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to Be Held on May 17, 202315, 2024
The Notice of 20232024 Annual Meeting, Proxy Statement, and 20222023 Annual Report and information on the means to vote by Internet are available at proxyvote.com
pg10-sign_goffstacey.jpg
Stacey W. Goff, Secretary
April 5, 20232024
8
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT9


About Lumen

Who We Are
We are an internationala facilities-based technology and communications company focused on providing our business and mass markets customers withthat provides a broad array of integrated products and services necessary to fully participate in our ever-evolving digital world.domestic and global business customers and our domestic mass markets customers. We operate one of the world’s most interconnected networks. Our platform empowers our customers to swiftly adjust digital programs securely to meet immediate demands, create efficiencies, accelerate market access and reduce costs - allowing customers to rapidly evolve their IT programs to address dynamic changes.
We conduct our operations under the following three brands: (i) “Lumen,” which is our flagship brand for serving the enterprise and wholesale markets, (ii) “Quantum Fiber,” which is our brand for providing fiber-based services to residential and small business customers, and (iii) “CenturyLink,” which is our long-standing brand for providing mass-marketed legacy copper-based services, managed for optimal cost and efficiency.
With approximately 160,000 on-net buildings and 400,000 route miles of fiber optic cable globally, we are among the largest providers of communications services to domestic and global enterprise customers. Our terrestrial and subsea fiber optic long-haul network throughout North America, Europe and Asia Pacific connects to the metropolitan fiber networks we operate. We provide services in over 60 countries, with most of our revenue being derived in the United States.
lumn-20230405_g20.jpg

Financial Strength: 2023 ResultsOur Brands and Assets
10
03_427760-1_pie_billionRevenue.jpg
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg02_427760-1_heathcare.jpg
$4.6
billion Adj. EBITDA
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 
02_427760-1_network.jpg
170,000
On-Net buildings
02_427760-1_icon_Relative TSR.jpg
$1.8
billion EMEA Business Divestiture
350,000
fiber route miles
79%from Business
($11.5 billion revenue)
02_427760-1_growth.jpg
$10
Billion of Debt Maturities Through 2027 Addressed
logo_q.jpg
21% from Mass Markets
($3 billion revenue)
02_427760-1_millionfiber.jpg
3.7
million fiber broadband-enabled locations
Our Customers(1)
02_427760-1_largeenterprise.jpg
$4.6
billion Large
Enterprise
02_427760-1_switch.jpg
$3.1
billion Wholesale
logo_centuryLink.jpg
02_427760-1_marketenterprise.jpg
$2.0
billion Mid-Market Enterprise
02_427760-1_massmarket.jpg
$3.0
billion Mass Markets
02_427760-1_millionother.jpg
18.1
million other broadband-enabled locations
02_427760-1_securitylock.jpg
$1.8
billion Public Sector
Our Employees
02_427760-1_worldwide.jpg
28,000
employees worldwide

About Lumen
Key 2022 Financial Highlights
During 2022, we accomplished several significant financial milestones. Specifically, we:
(1)Completed or announced value-accretive business divestitures expected to generate a total of $12 billion in gross proceeds
Completed the $2.7 billion divestiture of our Latin American business to Stonepeak on Aug. 1
Completed the $7.5 billion divestiture of our 20-state ILEC business to Apollo on Oct. 3
Announced the proposed sale of our EMEA business to Colt Technology Services for $1.8 billion on Nov. 2
Reduced Estimated Net Debt by $9.9 billion in 20221
Authorized an up to $1.5 billion, two-year share repurchase program and repurchased 33 million shares of common stock for a total purchase price of $200 million
Enabled approximately 600 thousand Quantum Fiber units in 20222
Added approximately 100 thousand Quantum Fiber subscribers in 2022 and improved Quantum Fiber ARPU on a year-over-year basis consecutively for every quarter in 2022All amounts are revenue.
See Appendix A for definitions of the terms used above, a reconciliation of our non-GAAP metrics used above to GAAP measures, and a description of our special items. For more complete information on Lumen and our recent performance, see the remainder of this proxy statement, including Appendix B.
9
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

About Lumen
Strategic Plan for Growth
Our Mission:
Lumen is a global communications services provider that ignites business growth by connecting people, data and applications - quickly, securely and effortlessly.
Our Value:
Our networking, edge cloud, collaboration and security solutions and managed services are designed to elevate enterprise business performance and deliver the most user-friendly, intuitive and productive technology environments.

02_427760-1_icon_securethebase.jpg
Secure the Base

02_427760-1_icon_scommercialexcellence.jpg
Drive Commercial Excellence

02_427760-1_icon_innovateforgrowth.jpg




Innovate for Growth
$10.2B
gross proceeds generatedProactively invest in the customer experience and leverage key partnerships to help customers modernize and migrate from completed divestitures
lumn-20230405_g21.jpg
$9.9B
decrease in estimated net debtlegacy services to next-1gen solutions.
lumn-20230405_g22.jpg
Optimize sales and channel productivity to perform at or above market growth rates, simplify and automate Lumen’s internal systems to drive efficiency and a better customer and employee experience
$1.8B
expected gross proceeds fromDigitize the announced EMEAcustomer, employee, and partner experience to drive better connection across the business divestiture
and cloudify the network securely, seamlessly, and faster
lumn-20230405_g21.jpg
$200M
common stock repurchased
lumn-20230405_g21.jpg
Lumen Key Milestones2023 Business Highlights
lumn-20230405_g23.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_lumenkeyblue.jpg

1During the first half*    As of 2023, we expect to pay approximately $900 million to $1 billion of cash taxes related to the 2022 divestitures of our Latin American and 20-state ILEC businesses. To provide comparability to prior periods, Estimated Net Debt reflects the payment of those cash taxesJanuary 5, 2024 serves as though it had occurred on or prior to December 31, 2022.
2Represents the total number of units capable of receiving our services at period endEVP, Chief Revenue Officer.
10
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT11

About Lumen
ESG Highlights
lumn-20230405_g24.jpg
lumn-20230405_g25.jpg
Building strong governance and tech transparency
We believe our strong corporate governance principles and our culture of honesty, integrityteamwork, trust, and transparency allow us to build trust and protect the interests of our company and our stakeholders.
02_427760-1_lumen_icon_stronggovernance bg.jpg
02_427760-1_Lumen_icon_techinnovation balground.jpg
Unlocking sustainability through innovation
Our platform and solutions are a gateway to exploring technological potential, enabling our customers to buildachieve amazing things, and inspiring and enabling others to join our sustainability journey.
Building strong
governance
and
transparency
Unlocking
sustainability
through
innovation
lumn-20230405_g26.jpg
lumn-20230405_g27.jpg
Protecting our planet
We commit to environmental stewardship, knowing that sustainabilitywhich we believe promotes the health of our planet and our business, and creates value for our customers, employees, communities, customers, and investors.
Protecting
our planet
Empowering
our people
We want our employees to be proud to work withfor us, and be fully engaged with our efforts to make the world a better place.
Our People – Human Capital
Lumen’s ability to fulfill our purpose is dependent on the quality and capabilities of our people. Lumen’s highly competitive business requires attracting, developing and retaining a motivated team that is inspired by leadership, engaged in meaningful work, driven by growth opportunities and thriving in a culture that embraces diversity, inclusion and belonging.
Diversity and Inclusion Steering Committee
Lumen’s Diversity and Inclusion Steering Committee (DISC), is made up of senior leaders and executives, including Lumen’s Chief Diversity and Inclusion Officer. Our DISC helps shape, drive and champion our overall diversity, inclusion and belonging strategy.02_427760-1_lumen_icon_planet background.jpg
Commitment to Pay Equity
Following the pay equity reviews we conducted over the past few years, we adjusted employees’ pay where needed. As part of our commitment to fair and equitable compensation, we plan to continue regular gender, race, and ethnicity pay equity studies of our U.S., non-represented employees and to make pay adjustments where warranted.02_427760-1_lumen_icon_people.jpg
OHS Management Systems
We have implemented occupational health and safety management systems for employees in our North America and Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) regions. Our environment, health and safety team and relevant business units implement these systems and perform periodic reviews designed to identify and achieve improvements in overall safety and performance.
Benefits Enhancements
Lumen offers progressive employee benefits and enhancements that recognize the diverse needs of our employees and their families. These include a comprehensive wellness program, flexible time off, extended maternity/ parental leave, the Milk Stork program for nursing mothers, fertility benefits, gender-affirming and same sex/domestic partner healthcare benefits, adoption benefits, survivor benefits, financial wellness, mental health benefits and disability accommodations.
11
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
12
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

About Lumen
SUSTAINABILITY HIGHLIGHTS

Commitment to Pay Equity
Partnered with Syndio, a workforce equity analytics platform, to advance our pay equity goals and deepen our understanding of equity issues in our workplace.
ESG Double Materiality Assessment
Evaluated ESG impacts and opportunities. Top priorities included: (1) Cybersecurity and data privacy, (2) Ethical conduct (including tax), and (3) Network resilience and reliability.
Award Highlights
U.S. News: 2024 Best Telecomms Companies to Work For
Disability IN: 100 Disability Equality Index Best Places to Work For Disability Inclusion 2023
Newsweek: America’s Most Responsible Companies 2024
Human Rights Campaign Foundation Corporate Equality Index 2023: perfect score of 100 for the fifth year in a row
FlexJobs: Top 100 companies to Watch for Remote Jobs
RippleMatch: 2024 Campus Forward Award Winner
Our Impact – Environment
We are committed to environmental stewardship, knowing that sustainability promotes the health of both our planet and our business and creates value for our customers, employees, suppliers, communities and investors. In addition to reducing our own environment footprint, we are working to build an efficient global network to help reduce the emissions of our customers. At the same time, we encourage our employees and suppliers to engage in environmentally sustainable activities.
Energy and Emissions
We have set science-based targets approved by the Science-Based Targets initiative to reduce annualized absolute Scope 1 and Scope 2 market-based emissions by 18 percent and annualized absolute upstream Scope 3 emissions by 10 percent by 2025, compared to 2018, and we are trending towardAnnounced early achievement of our goal.2018–2025 science-based GHG emissions-reduction targets.
Renewable Energy InitiativesSupplier Diversity Champions
In 2021, we purchased and generated 320,085 megawatt hours (MWh) of renewable energy, including zero-carbon electricity, bio-fuels, and self-generated solar electricity.Launched program to further integrate supplier diversity objectives across the business.
Membership Highlights
Global Enabling Sustainability Initiative (GeSI)
Minority Business Development Agency
Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency National Coordinating Center for Communications
Lumen Cares Program
With the help of the Lumen Clarke M. Williams Foundation, donated $1.7M to more than 3,000 nonprofits in our communities.
Sustainable Packaging
Launched a sustainable packaging initiative in our mass markets segment with the aim of reducing our carbon footprint.
Sustainability Reporting Frameworks
06_427760-1_logo_SASBFPO.jpg
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB)
06_427760-1_logo_TCDFFPO.jpg
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
Customer Initiatives06_427760-1_logo_CDPFPO.jpg
CDP climate change questionnaire
Black Lotus Labs
Lumen’s Platform for Amazing Things supports our customers’ goalsBlack Lotus Labs—the threat intelligence arm of Lumen Technologies—uses network visibility to reduce their environmental footprint and achieve greater sustainability, including by:
helpinghelp protect our customers enable IT architecture that reduces costs and carbon emissions through greater use of digital platforms and the cloud, and
connecting “Internet of Things” (IoT) devices tokeep the internet to provide deeper analytical insights that can help enable real-time changes and decisions to improve operational efficiency and reduce environmental impact.clean
Transportation Initiatives
We work to reduce transportation emissions by:  
Dispatching and operating our fleet more efficiently through the installation of GPS on approximately 10,000 of our vehicles. These efficiencies are resulting in fuel expense savings as well as reduced GHG emissions.
Adding sensors to our fleet to monitor vehicle idling time. By using data to identify opportunities for improvement, our field technicians are able to reduce emissions and costs by saving fuel.
Our Commitment – Governance and Social Capital
Lumen’s Platform for Amazing Things and the opportunities presented by the 4IR have created a strategic opportunity for evaluating and evolving our sustainability program and developing additional reporting responsive to various frameworks, including SASB standards and TCFD recommendations. To achieve our ESG program goals, during 2022 we engaged with stakeholders to learn their perspectives on sustainability generally and our evolving programs specifically.
Cybersecurity Data and CustomerData Privacy
We launched ourProvided the online Trust Center a portal to make it easier for our customers and other stakeholders to access information about our approach to privacy, data protection, security, transparency and other related issues. The Trust Center hosts policies, notices, documentation, reports and self-service options—including access to our Vulnerability Disclosure Program.
Ethics and Compliance Program
Our global corporate Ethics and Compliance program, as overseen by the Risk and Security Committee of the Board, is designed to develop, communicate and enforce our ethical and legal standards. We recently audited several areas of the program, including the whistleblower program, Integrity Line, compliance training, third-party screenings and insider trading program. We report all audit results and actions to the Audit Committee.
Data Privacy
We have adopted a data minimization policy designed to comply with applicable state, U.S. and other international jurisdictions’ laws and ensure appropriate protections when sharing information with third parties, including vendors.
Commitment to Human Rights
Lumen is committed to proactively addressing human rights issues and risks within our business, and in our relationships with third parties. Our Code of Conduct and Supplier Code of Conduct address topics relating directly to human rights, while our Human Rights Policy outlines our expectations.
Where to Find More
Lumen’s latest ESG report contains additional information relating to our ESG priorities and strategies. Although not part of this proxy statement, our most recent ESG report can be found on our website at www.lumen.com.
12
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT

About Lumen
Human Capital
Lumen’s ability to fulfill our purpose is dependent on the quality and capabilities of our people. Lumen’s highly competitive business requires attracting, developing and retaining a motivated team that is inspired by leadership, engaged in meaningful work, driven by growth opportunities and thriving in a culture that embraces inclusion, diversity, equity, allyship and social impact (IDEAS).
World-class talent acquisition programs:
Recognized as one of the best places to work, see “Awards Highlights” on the prior page
Flexible work schedules
University Relations and recruiting programs
Broad-based development for all of our employees:
Wide variety of skills-building programs tailored to our workforce, including: M365 Copilot and trustworthy AI training for our professional employees, cutting-edge Wi-Fi certification training for our technicians, 360-degree immersive experience and upskill training for our sales and customer experience employees
Suite of leadership development courses
Tuition reimbursement
Tailored mentoring programs
Commitment to our communities:
Through our annual Campaign to Fight Hunger to support hunger relief efforts around the globe, employee donations and a corporate match enabled us to provide over 472,599 meals for those in need in 2022.
Our Employee Relief Fund, established in 2022, is able to provide immediate assistance to employees following casualty events such as natural disasters or house fires.
In support of STEM Education, Lumen partnered with organizations such as Pathways in Technology Early College High School (P-TECH) to provide an innovative education opportunity to first-generation college-seekers, English language learners, women and low-income students.
By encouraging volunteerism year-round, and matching volunteer rewards from the Lumen Clarke M. Williams Foundation, we donated to more than 3,800 nonprofits in our communities in 2023.
Committed to IDEAS: Inclusion, Diversity, Equity, Allyship and Social Impact:
Through our nine employee resource groups we provide support through career development, connection, and a sense of belonging, empowering our employees to bring their whole selves to work every day.
Sharpened our focus on pay equity through our strategic partnership with Syndio, a workforce analytics platform, to advance our pay equity goals.
Launched Allyship at work training for employees in the upper management of our Company.
Committed to fostering a culture built on Teamwork, Trust, Transparency, Clarity, Customer Obsession, Courage, Growth Mindset and Allyship:
Shaping our culture by offering Brené Brown’s “Dare to Lead” training to all of our employees.
Revamped our strategy and goal setting process across the Company with greater rigor, alignment and transparency.
Progressive employee benefits:
Our benefits and enhancements recognize the diverse needs of our employees and their families and include a comprehensive suite of offerings: core medical, prescription drug, dental, and vision benefits, extended maternity and paternity leave, fertility benefits, gender-affirming and same sex/domestic partner healthcare benefits, adoption benefits, survivor benefits, financial wellness, mental wellness, and disability accommodations.
For additional information regarding our management of human capital, please see “Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Section Five – HRCC Engagement and Compensation Governance”, and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.
13
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT


Proxy Voting Roadmap
ITEM 1
Election of Directors
u   See page 1719
lumn-20230405_g28.jpg
icon_checkbox.jpgThe Board unanimously recommends a voteFOReach nominee
Board Demographics
Average Age
65.8
years old
An Engaged Board of Directors
≥90%attendance rate for 2022
Each director attended more than 90% of Board meetings and standing committee meetings
8 regular Board meetings and 25 standing committee meetings
Tenure
7.1
Average years
Independence
9 of 10nominees are independent
All members of the Audit, Human Resources & Compensation, Nominating & Corporate Governance and Risk & Security committees are independent.
Skills
lumn-20230405_g29.jpg
Customer
Experience
6/10
lumn-20230405_g30.jpg
ESG3/10
lumn-20230405_g31.jpg
Global Business
Experience
9/10
lumn-20230405_g32.jpg
lumn-20230405_g33.jpg
lumn-20230405_g34.jpg
lumn-20230405_g35.jpg
Digital Transformation6/10
lumn-20230405_g36.jpg
Finance6/10
lumn-20230405_g37.jpg
HR Leadership3/10
lumn-20230405_g38.jpg
lumn-20230405_g39.jpg
lumn-20230405_g40.jpg
lumn-20230405_g41.jpg
Industry
Experience
3/10
lumn-20230405_g42.jpg
Strategy10/10
lumn-20230405_g43.jpg
Risk Management/
Cybersecurity
3/10
lumn-20230405_g44.jpg
lumn-20230405_g45.jpg
lumn-20230405_g46.jpg
lumn-20230405_g47.jpg
M&A Experience/
Legal
6/10
lumn-20230405_g25.jpg
Technology &
Innovation
4/10
lumn-20230405_g48.jpg
lumn-20230405_g49.jpg
14
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Proxy Voting Roadmap

ITEM 2
Ratify KPMG as Our 2023 Independent Auditor
u   See page 52
KPMG is an independent firm that provides us with significant industry and financial reporting expertise at reasonable fees. The audit committee annually evaluates KPMG and determined that its retention continues to be in the best interests of Lumen and its shareholders.
lumn-20230405_g28.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR this proposaleach nominee
ITEM 3
Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
u   See page 57
Key terms of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) are aligned with shareholder interests. Lumen cannot make equity awards to employees beyond the remaining allotment under the Plan. Approval of our Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan is primarily designed to authorize 2,000,000 additional shares for equity grants. The independent HRCC oversees the Plan, which is reviewed and benchmarked against Lumen’s peers with the assistance of an independent compensation consultant.
lumn-20230405_g28.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FORthis proposal
ITEM 4
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation - “Say-on-Pay”
u   See page 68
Pay and Performance Alignment
Executive compensation targeted at the 50th percentile of peers and aligned with short- and long-term business goals and strategy.
lumn-20230405_g50.jpg
lumn-20230405_g28.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FORthis proposal
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT15

Proxy Voting Roadmap
ITEM 5
Advisory Vote Regarding the Frequency of Our Executive Compensation Votes
u   See page 133
We believe that say-on-pay votes should be conducted annually so that you may express your views on our executive compensation programs each year. An annual advisory vote is consistent with our policy of regularly seeking input from you on corporate governance and executive compensation matters.
lumn-20230405_g28.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends that you vote to hold an advisory vote on executive compensation EVERY YEAR.
Leadership Transition
On April 4, 2022, the Company welcomed our new Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), Chris Stansbury. Mr. Stansbury brought more than 30 years of finance leadership experience at multinational corporations across several industries during his distinguished career, having served most recently as Chief Financial Officer of Arrow Electronics, Inc., one of the world’s largest providers of technology products, services and solutions.
On November 7, 2022, the Company welcomed our new President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and member of the Board of Directors, Kate Johnson, following an extensive search process. Ms. Johnson is an extraordinary leader and a technology expert with a distinguished career, having served most recently as President of Microsoft U.S., a division of Microsoft Corporation.
Ms. Johnson succeeded Jeff Storey who retired as CEO and a member of the Board and served as Special Advisor to the Board and CEO through December 31, 2022 to assure continuity during the management transition.
16
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg


ITEM 1
Election of Directors
lumn-20230405_g28.jpg
Lumen’s mission is to further human progress through technology. We believe that strong corporate governance is key to achieving our mission.
Following the NCG Committee’s recommendation, the Board of Directors has nominated the 10 nominees below for a one-year term expiring at our 2024 annual meeting of shareholders, or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. All of the nominees with the exception of Kate Johnson were elected to the Board at the 2022 annual meeting.
To be elected, each of the 10 nominees must receive an affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast in the director’s election. Any director failing to receive a majority of votes cast must promptly tender his or her resignation, which will be addressed by us in the manner described in our Bylaws.
Director Nominees
Quincy L. Allen
Martha Helena Bejar
Peter C. Brown
Kevin P. Chilton
Steven T. “Terry” Clontz
T. Michael Glenn
Kate Johnson
Hal Stanley Jones
Michael Roberts
Laurie Siegel

lumn-20230405_g51.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a voteFOReach of the above named nominees for director.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT17


BoardofDirectorsandGovernance
Board Composition – Qualifications, Skills and Diversity
Our Board collectively possesses a wide array of skills, experiences and perspectives that we believe strengthen its ability to fulfill its oversight roles in creating and maintaining long-term sustainable shareholder value.
Each year, the Board reviews the skills necessary to effectively discharge its oversight responsibilities. We strive to maintain a well-rounded and diverse Board. Below please find information about our nominees.
Board Nominee Composition
lumn-20230405_g52.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_boardcomposition.jpg
1814
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Proxy Voting Roadmap
Board of Directors and GovernanceDemographics
DiversityAgeTenure
03_427760-1_pie_diversity.jpg
03_427760-1_pie_age.jpg
03_427760-1_pie_tenure.jpg
Diverse
Women
Racially or ethnically diverse
in 50sin 60sin 70s
shorter term (1-5 years)
mid-range (6-10 years)
Diversitylonger-term (>10 years)
Board Skills
Skills
02 427760-1_icon_COLLABORATION.ai.jpg
Customer Experience7/11
02 427760-1_icon_ESG.ai.jpg
ESG3/11
02 427760-1_icon_global.jpg
Global Business
Experience
10/11
40%
of 10 nominees04 427760-1 gfx_7-11.jpg
4/10 Total Diversity
lumn-20230405_g53.jpg
3/10Women
lumn-20230405_g54.jpg04 427760-1 gfx_3-11.jpg
2/10Ethnicity
lumn-20230405_g55.jpg04 427760-1 gfx_10-11.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_Internet.ai.jpg
Digital Transformation7/11
02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
Finance7/11
02_427760-1_icon_hrleadership.jpg
HR Leadership4/11
Tenure
7.1
years
average tenure04 427760-1 gfx_7-11.jpg
0-2 years
04 427760-1 gfx_7-11.jpg2/10
lumn-20230405_g56.jpg
6-10 years
4/10
lumn-20230405_g57.jpg
3-5 years
1/10
lumn-20230405_g58.jpg
>10 years
04 427760-1 gfx_4-11 .jpg3/10
lumn-20230405_g59.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_Industry.jpg
IndependenceIndustry Experience5/11
02 427760-1_icon_strategy.ai.jpg
Strategy11/11
02 427760-1_icon_SECURITY-SHIELD.ai.jpg
Risk Management/Cybersecurity5/11
90%
Independent04 427760-1 gfx_5-11.jpg
04 427760-1 gfx_10-10.jpg
04 427760-1 gfx_5-11.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_Legal.ai.jpg
M&A Experience/Legal7/11
02 427760-1_icon_Technology.ai.jpg
Technology &
Innovation
6/11
04 427760-1 gfx_7-11.jpg
04 427760-1 gfx_6-11.jpg
Strategic Skills Enhanced in the Past 5 Years
Secure the BaseDrive Commercial ExcellenceInnovate for Growth
02 427760-1_icon_customerexperience.jpg
Customer Experience
02 427760-1_icon_global.jpg
Global Business Experience
02 427760-1_icon_Internet.ai.jpg
Digital Transformation
02 427760-1_icon_Industry.jpg
Industry Experience
9/1002 427760-1_icon_Legal.ai.jpg Independent directors
lumn-20230405_g60.jpg
M&A Experience/Legal
02 427760-1_icon_Technology.ai.jpg
Technology & Innovation
15
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022

Proxy Voting Roadmap
ITEM 2
Ratify KPMG as Our 2024 Independent Auditor
02_427760-1_icon_1arrow_with bg.jpg   See page 49
KPMG is an independent firm that provides us with significant industry and financial reporting expertise at reasonable fees. The audit committee annually evaluates KPMG and determined that its retention continues to be in the best interests of Lumen and its shareholders.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR this proposal
ITEM 3
Approval of Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
02_427760-1_icon_1arrow_with bg.jpg   See page 53
Key terms of the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) are aligned with shareholder interests. Lumen cannot make equity awards to employees beyond the remaining allotment under the previously approved Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, which we do not believe will be sufficient for future grants. Approval of our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan is primarily designed to authorize 43 million shares for equity grants.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FORthis proposal
ITEM 4
Ratify the Amendment and Restatement of our NOL Rights Plan
02_427760-1_icon_1arrow_with bg.jpg   See page 62
Our Board is inviting shareholders to ratify our recently amended and restated NOL rights plan, principally to extend the term of such plan from December 1, 2023 to December 1, 2026. Our NOL rights plan, which we first adopted in 2019, is designed to safeguard our ability to use our NOLs to reduce anticipated future tax liabilities. Previously at each of our 2019 and 2021 annual meetings of shareholders, our shareholders ratified our NOL rights plan by approximately 90% of the votes cast.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FORthis proposal
16
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Proxy Voting Roadmap
ITEM 5A
Approval of a Reverse Stock Split
02_427760-1_icon_1arrow_with bg.jpg   See page 65
The Board is recommending that our shareholders grant the Board discretionary authority to amend our Articles of Incorporation to effect a reverse stock split on the terms and conditions described herein (a “Reverse Stock Split”). We are proposing that the Board have the discretion to select the Reverse Stock Split ratio (the “Reverse Split Ratio”) from within a range between and including one-for-fifteen (1:15) shares and one-for-twenty-five (1:25) shares, rather than proposing a specific fixed ratio at this time.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FORthis proposal
ITEM 5B
Approval of Reduction of Our Authorized Common Shares
02_427760-1_icon_1arrow_with bg.jpg   See page 72
The Board is recommending that our shareholders approve an amendment to our Articles of Incorporation to reduce the number of authorized shares of our common stock from 2,200,000,000 to 200,000,000, which would be effectuated if and only if Item 5A is both approved and implemented. We have designed this Share Reduction Proposal so that we do not have what some shareholders might view as an unreasonably large number of authorized Common Shares that are unissued or unreserved for issuance following any Reverse Stock Split.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FORthis proposal
ITEM 5C
Approval of Elimination of the Par Value of our Common Shares
02_427760-1_icon_1arrow_with bg.jpg   See page 73
The Board is recommending that the shareholders approve an amendment to our Articles of Incorporation to eliminate the $1.00 per share par value of our common stock so that each of our Common Shares have no par value. The elimination of the par value of our common stock is intended to bring the Company in line with the practice of other public companies with respect to par value.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FORthis proposal
17
2023 ANNUAL REPORT | 20232024 PROXY STATEMENT

Proxy Voting Roadmap
ITEM 6
Advisory Vote on Executive
Compensation – “Say-On-Pay”
02_427760-1_icon_1arrow_with bg.jpg   See page 76
Pay and Performance Alignment
Executive compensation targeted at the 50th percentile of peers and aligned with short- and long-term business goals and strategy. The chart below represents our executive officers’ average target total compensation.
03_427760-1_pie_payandperformance.jpg
n
Base Salary
As with most companies, base salary is annual fixed cash compensation that provides competitively set and stable income to our executives.
n
Short-Term Incentive (STI)
STI bonus is annual variable cash compensation based on the achievement of annual performance measures.
n
Time-Based Restricted Stock (TBRS)
Our grants of TBRS are 40% of the total annual equity award that vests over three years from the date of grant. TBRS are intended to align our executives’ and shareholders’ interests by focusing on the long-term value of our common stock.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a voteFOR this proposal
n
Performance-Based Restricted Stock (PBRS)
Our grants of PBRS are 60% of the total annual equity award that cliff vest three years from date of grant, based on the level of achievement against pre-established performance measures for two-equally weighted metrics over a three-year performance period.
18
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg


ITEM 1
Election of Directors
icon_checkbox.jpg
Lumen’s mission is to ignite business growth by connecting people, data, and applications - quickly, securely, and effortlessly. We believe that strong corporate governance is key to achieving our mission.
Following the NCG Committee’s recommendation, the Board of Directors has nominated each of the 11 nominees below for a one-year term expiring at our 2025 annual meeting of shareholders, or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. All of the nominees with the exception of James Fowler and Diankha Linear were elected to the Board at the 2023 annual meeting.
To be elected, each of the 11 nominees must receive an affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast in the director’s election. Any director failing to receive a majority of votes cast must promptly tender his or her resignation, which will be addressed by us in the manner described in our Bylaws.
Director Nominees
Quincy L. Allen
Martha Helena Bejar
Peter C. Brown
Kevin P. Chilton
Steven T. “Terry” Clontz
James Fowler
T. Michael Glenn
Kate Johnson
Hal Stanley Jones
Diankha Linear
Laurie Siegel
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR each of the above named nominees for director.
19
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT


BoardofDirectorsandGovernance

Board of Directors and Governance
Skills and Relevance to Lumen’s Strategy
Lumen’s NCG Committee uses a skills matrix as part of the Board’s annual evaluation, succession planning and director nomination process. The goal is to ensure our director nominees collectively possess the relevant skills and backgrounds for the Board to effectively discharge its responsibilities. The skills listed in this matrix only indicate the most prominent skills that our Board relies upon. This matrix is not a comprehensive reflection of the wide variety of skills that our director nominees possess and routinely contribute to Lumen.
Board Skills Matrix
Board Skills MatrixBoard Skills Matrix
pg20-name_allen.jpg
pg20-name_bejar.jpg
pg20-name_brown.jpg
pg20-name_chilton.jpg
pg20-name_clontz.jpg
gfx_fowler.jpg
pg20-name_glenn.jpg
pg20-name_Johnson.jpg
pg20-name_jones.jpg
04_427760-1_gfx_Diankha.jpg
pg20-name_siegel.jpg
Skills and QualificationsSkills and Qualifications
lumn-20230405_g61.jpg
lumn-20230405_g62.jpg
lumn-20230405_g63.jpg
lumn-20230405_g64.jpg
lumn-20230405_g65.jpg
lumn-20230405_g66.jpg
lumn-20230405_g67.jpg
lumn-20230405_g68.jpg
lumn-20230405_g69.jpg
lumn-20230405_g70.jpg
Skills and Qualifications
lumn-20230405_g71.jpg
lumn-20230405_g71.jpg
Customer experience
Experience in retail and/or consumer services and products. Knowledge of customer segmentation models and influencing behavior in a digital world.
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
lumn-20230405_g35.jpg
lumn-20230405_g35.jpg
Digital Transformation
Driving and implementing transformation enterprise-wide with a focus on simplification and automation
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
lumn-20230405_g73.jpg
lumn-20230405_g73.jpg
ESG
Assessing business operations in conjunction with evolving corporate governance and ESG principles.
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
lumn-20230405_g36.jpg
lumn-20230405_g36.jpg
Finance
Significant expertise in corporate finance or financial accounting.
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
lumn-20230405_g74.jpg
lumn-20230405_g74.jpg
Global Business Experience
Broad leadership experience with multinational companies or in international markets.
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
lumn-20230405_g37.jpg
lumn-20230405_g37.jpg
HR Leadership
Insight into workforce management, diversity and inclusion, compensation design, and culture management.
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
lumn-20230405_g75.jpg
lumn-20230405_g75.jpg
Industry Experience
Prior experience working in the telecommunications or technology sectors.
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_stratSkills.jpg
Drive commercial excellence
Global Business Experience
Broad leadership experience with multinational companies or in international markets.
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
M&A Experience
Experience navigating growth opportunities, analyzing strategic transactions and negotiating complex transactions.
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
Innovating for growth
Technology & Innovation
Managing technological change and driving technological innovation within an organization.
Technology & Innovation
Managing technological change and driving technological innovation within an organization.
Strategy
Developing and implementing plans to help achieve long-term objectives.
Strategy
Developing and implementing plans to help achieve long-term objectives.
Strategy
Developing and implementing plans to help achieve long-term objectives.
 04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg
 04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg
lumn-20230405_g47.jpg
lumn-20230405_g47.jpg
M&A Experience
Experience navigating growth opportunities, analyzing strategic transactions and negotiating complex transactions.
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_coreSkills.jpg
ESG
Assessing business operations in conjunction with evolving corporate governance and ESG principles.
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
lumn-20230405_g76.jpg
lumn-20230405_g76.jpg
Risk Management/Cybersecurity
Knowledge of the evolving landscape of data security, information technology and enterprise risk management programs.
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
lumn-20230405_g42.jpg
lumn-20230405_g42.jpg
Strategy
Developing and implementing plans to help achieve long-term objectives.
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
lumn-20230405_g77.jpg
lumn-20230405_g77.jpg
Technology & Innovation
Managing technological change and driving technological innovation within an organization.
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
Black or African American
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
HR Leadership
Insight into workforce management, diversity and inclusion, compensation design, and culture management.
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
Risk Management/Cybersecurity
Knowledge of the evolving landscape of data security, information technology and enterprise risk management programs.
04_427760-1_gfx_attributes.jpg
Hispanic or LatinoHispanic or Latino
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
White
White
WhiteWhite
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
 lumn-20230405_g72.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardskillmatrixbox.jpg 
Gender (Male/Female)Gender (Male/Female)MFMFMFGender (Male/Female)MFMFMFF
TenureTenure27146131214Tenure381571724015
20
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Board of Directors and Governance
Refreshment
Board and committee refreshment are regularly reviewed by our NCG Committee. Our Board periodically receives recommendations from the NCG Committee about possible changes designed to staff the Board and its committees with individuals who have the skills, experiences and perspectives necessary to make meaningful contributions to shaping and implementing Lumen’s business strategies. Given the significant change the Company is undergoing, the NCG Committee has adopted an evergreen approach to board refreshment. As such, the ongoing search for candidates whose skills are aligned to the evolving strategic direction of the Company could result in the addition of new board members or the resignation of current board members prior to next year’s annual meeting.
In 2023 and for our 2024 slate of nominees, the NCG Committee and Board considered a wide range of factors in assessing the composition of the Board, including:
shareholder input on important elements of Board composition;
skill sets necessary to oversee the successful development and implementation of our business strategies, including our continued evolution to a digital technology company offering a simpler and improved customer experience;
balancing fresh, diverse perspectives with institutional and industry knowledge;
current and long-term needs of the Board; and
Recent Board Changes
We have made a concerted effort over the past couple years to refresh and refocus our Board.
04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangebox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangebox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangebox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangebox.jpg 
04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangearrowhead.jpg 
2021202220232024
05_427760-1_img_boardchangeallenq.jpg
05_427760-1_img_boardchangejohnsonj.jpg
05_427760-1_img_boardchangefowlerj.jpg
05_427760-1_img_boardchangeLinear.jpg
Quincy L. AllenKate JohnsonJames FowlerDiankha Linear
At the 2024 annual meeting, Michael Roberts, will retire from the Board. Mr. Roberts has served as a director since 2011. Effective February 21, 2024, we added Diankha Linear to the Board following a vigorous national search.
At the 2023 annual meeting, W. Bruce Hanks retired from the Board. Mr. Hanks had served as a director since 1992. Effective August 7, 2023, we added James Fowler to the Board following a robust national search.
In November 2022, Jeffrey K. Storey retired from the Board, and our new President and CEO Kate Johnson joined the Board.
At the 2021 annual meeting, Virginia Boulet retired from the Board, capping 26 years of service as a director. Effective February 25, 2021, we added Quincy L. Allen to the Board following an extensive national search.
We remain actively focused on taking additional steps designed to ensure that our Board continues to be staffed with a collection of individuals meeting our objectives.
21
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Board of Directors and Governance
Our Director Nominees
The first item for consideration at the meeting will be the election of the following 1011 nominees:
lumn-20230405_g78.jpg05_427760-1_img_boardofnomineesallenq.jpg
Director since:
2021
Independent
6364 years old
Committees:
Audit Committee
RiskHuman Resources and SecurityCompensation Committee(1)
Quincy L. Allen
Experience
Quincy L. Allen has over 35 years of leadership experience in the technology services industry.
IBM Corporation
Go-To-Market Leader of Cognitive Process Services and Chief Marketing Officer for IBM Cloud (2015 to 2018)
Unisys Corporation, a global information technology company
Chief Marketing and Strategy Officer (2012 to 2015)
Vertis Communications, a direct marketing and advertising company
Chief Executive Officer (2009 to 2010)
Xerox Corporation (1982-2009)
President of the Global Services and Strategic Marketing Group
President of Production Systems Group
Other Public Company Directorships
Mr. Allen currently also serves on the boards of Office Depot and
ABM Industries, Inc.
Skills:
lumn-20230405_g79.jpg02_427760-1_icon_customerexperience.jpg
lumn-20230405_g80.jpg02_427760-1_icon_digitaltransformation.jpg
lumn-20230405_g81.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hrLeader.jpg
lumn-20230405_g82.jpg02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
lumn-20230405_g83.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
lumn-20230405_g84.jpg02 427760-1_icon_Technology.ai.jpg
Customer ExperienceDigital TransformationFinanceGlobal Business ExperienceStrategyTechnology & Innovation
(1)Service on this committee to commence May 2024; previously served on the Risk and Security Committee from May 2023 through the effective date of the change.
22
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT21

Board of Directors and Governance
lumn-20230405_g85.jpg05_427760-1_img_boardofnomineesbejarm.jpg
Director since:
2016
Independent
6061 years old
Committees:
Human Resources and Compensation Committee
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (Chair)
Martha Helena Bejar
Experience
Martha Helena Bejar is a telecommunications expert with innovative experience.
DaGrosa Capital Partners LLC, a private equity firm
Senior Partner/Advisor (2022 to Present)
Red Bison Advisory Group, LLC, which provides business advisory services
Co-founder and principal (2014 to 2019)
Unium, Inc., a Wi-Fi technology provider
Chief Executive Officer (2016 to 2018)
Flow Mobile, Inc., a broadband wireless company
Chief Executive Officer (2012 to 2015)
Infocrossing, Inc. (a U.S.-based cloud services affiliate of Wipro Limited)
Chief Executive Officer and Chairperson (2011 to 2012)
Wipro’s Information Technology Services affiliate
President of Worldwide Sales and Operations (2009 to 2011)
Microsoft Corporation
Corporate Vice President for the communications sector (2007 to 2009)
Other
Prior to 2007, Ms. Bejar held diverse executive sales, operations, engineering and R&D positions at Nortel and Bellsouth/AT&T.
Other Public Company Directorships
Ms. Bejar currently serves on the boards of CommVault Systems; Systems
Sportsman’s Warehouse Holdings, Inc.; and
Quadient SA (formerly Neopost). In the last five years she served on the boards of
Previous Public Company Directorships
Mitel Networks Corporation and
Polycom, Inc.
Skills:
02_427760-1_icon_customerexperience.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_finance2.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_hrLeader.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_Industry.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_Technology.ai.jpg
Skills:Customer Experience
lumn-20230405_g79.jpg
ESG
lumn-20230405_g86.jpg
Finance
lumn-20230405_g81.jpg
lumn-20230405_g82.jpg
lumn-20230405_g87.jpg
lumn-20230405_g83.jpg
lumn-20230405_g84.jpg
Customer ExperienceESGFinanceGlobal Business ExperienceIndustry ExperienceStrategyTechnology & Innovation
23
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
22
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
lumn-20230405_g88.jpg05 427760-1_photo_BrownP.jpg
Director since:
2009
Independent
6465 years old
Committees:
Audit Committee
Risk and Security Committee
Peter C. Brown
Experience
Peter C. Brown is a business leader with significant, finance, strategy, corporate development, and management experience.
Grassmere Partners, LLC, a private investment firm
Chairman (2009-present)
AMC Entertainment Inc.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (1999 to 2009)
Chief Financial Officer (1991 to 1999)
EPR Properties, a NYSE-listed real estate investment trust
Founder and Chairman of the Board (1997-2000)
Member of the Audit Committee and Chairman of the Finance Committee (2010 to present)
Other Public Company Directorships
He serves on the board of CinedigmCineverse Corporation where he is Chairman(Chairman of the Nominating and Audit Committees,Committee, and serves on the Compensation Committee.and Nominating Committees)
Skills:
lumn-20230405_g79.jpg02_427760-1_icon_customerexperience.jpg
lumn-20230405_g80.jpg02_427760-1_icon_digitaltransformation.jpg
lumn-20230405_g81.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hrLeader.jpg
lumn-20230405_g82.jpg02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
lumn-20230405_g89.jpg02 427760-1_icon_ESG.ai.jpg
lumn-20230405_g83.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
Customer ExperienceDigital TransformationFinanceGlobal Business ExperienceM&A Experience/ LegalStrategy
lumn-20230405_g90.jpg05 427760-1_photo_ChiltonK.jpg
Director since:
2017
Independent
6869 years old
Committees:
Audit Committee
Risk and Security Committee (Chair)
Kevin P. Chilton
Experience
Kevin P. Chilton is retired from the U.S. Air Force as a four-star general and contributes considerable cybersecurity, risk management and scientific leadership experience to our Board.
Chilton & Associates, LLC, a consulting company
President (2011-present)
34-year military career
Commander, U.S. Strategic Command (2007 to 2011), overseeing the U.S. Department of Defense’s nuclear, space and cyberspace operations;
Commander, U.S. Air Force, Space Command (2006 to 2007)
NASA astronaut (1987 to 1996), including three space shuttle flights;
Deputy Program Manager of the International Space Station (1996 to 1998)
OtherPrevious Public Company Directorships
He serves on the board of AeroJet Rocketdyne and, in the last five years, has served on the boards of
Orbital Sciences Corporation and
Orbital ATK, Inc.
Skills:
lumn-20230405_g86.jpg02 427760-1_icon_finance2.jpg
lumn-20230405_g81.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hrLeader.jpg
lumn-20230405_g91.jpg02_427760-1_icon_hrleadership.jpg
lumn-20230405_g89.jpg02 427760-1_icon_ESG.ai.jpg
lumn-20230405_g92.jpg02 427760-1_icon_securityshield.jpg
lumn-20230405_g83.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
ESGFinanceHR LeadershipM&A Experience/LegalRisk Management/CybersecurityStrategy
24
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT23

Board of Directors and Governance
lumn-20230405_g93.jpg05_427760-1_img_boardofnomineesclontzs.jpg
Director since:
2017
Independent
7273 years old
Committees:
Human Resources and Compensation Committee
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Steven T. “Terry” Clontz
Experience
Steven T. “Terry” Clontz is an innovative technology leader with global telecommunications experience developed throughout his career in several executive roles in the telecommunications industry.
StarHub, Ltd., a Singaporean telecommunications company
Chairman of the Board (2016 to 2022)
Chief Executive Officer (1999 to 2010)
ST Telemedia Pte. Ltd., a Singaporean investment company specializing in investing in the communications industry
Senior Executive Vice President (International) (2010 to 2017)
Corporate Advisor (2018 to present)
IPC Information Systems,a global technology services company headquartered in New York
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (1995 to 1998)
BellSouth International, Inc.
President, Asia-Pacific (1987 to 1995)
Temasek International Advisors Pte. Ltd.,a Singaporean investment company
Corporate Advisor (2010 to 2022)
Other
Mr. Clontz’s governance experience includes various positions with other communications companies, including serving as a Board Director of Armor (USA) and chairing the Executive Committee of UMobile (Malaysia).
OtherPrevious Public Company Directorships
In the last five years, Mr. Clontz served on the board of StarHub Ltd.
Skills:
lumn-20230405_g82.jpg02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
lumn-20230405_g87.jpg02 427760-1_icon_Industry.jpg
lumn-20230405_g89.jpg02 427760-1_icon_ESG.ai.jpg
lumn-20230405_g92.jpg02 427760-1_icon_securityshield.jpg
lumn-20230405_g83.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
lumn-20230405_g84.jpg02 427760-1_icon_Technology.ai.jpg
Global Business ExperienceIndustry ExperienceM&A Experience/ LegalRisk Management/ CybersecurityStrategyTechnology & Innovation
25
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
24
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
05_427760-1_img_boardofnomineesfowlerj.jpg
Director since:
2023
Independent
52 years old
Committees:
Audit Committee
Risk and Security Committee
James Fowler
Experience
James Fowler has more than 25 years of leadership experience driving leading digital technology innovation at two Fortune 100 companies.
Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company
Chief Technology Officer (2018 to present)
General Electric
Group Chief Information Officer (2015 to 2018)
Business Unit Chief Information Officer (2003 to 2015)
Business Unit Six Sigma Blackbelt and Infrastructure Architect (2000 to 2003)
Accenture
Technology Manager (1996 to 2000)
AT&T
Systems Analyst (1993 to 1996)
Other Public Company Directorships
None
Skills:
02_427760-1_icon_customerexperience.jpg
02_427760-1_icon_digitaltransformation.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
02_427760-1_icon_hrleadership.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_Industry.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_securityshield.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_Technology.ai.jpg
Customer ExperienceDigital TransformationGlobal Business ExperienceHR LeadershipIndustry ExperienceRisk Management/ CybersecurityStrategyTechnology & Innovation
lumn-20230405_g94.jpg
05_427760-1_img_boardofnomineesglenntm.jpg
Director since:
2017
Independent
6768 years old Chairman of the Board
Committees:
Human Resources and Compensation Committee
T. Michael Glenn
Experience
T. Michael Glenn’s executive leadership roles bring significant market development, customer, communications, strategic development and operational experience to our Board.
FedEx Corp. (1981(1981 to 2016)
President and Chief Executive Officer of FedEx Corporate Services and a member of its five-person Executive Committee responsible for developing and implementing strategic business activities
Executive Vice President of Market Development and Corporate Communications
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, Customer Service and Corporate Communications for FedEx Express
Oak Hill Capital Partners, a private equity firm (2017 to 2020)
Senior Advisor
Other Public Company Directorships
Mr. Glenn currently serves on the board of Pentair PLC.PLC
Skills:
lumn-20230405_g79.jpg02_427760-1_icon_customerexperience.jpg
lumn-20230405_g80.jpg02_427760-1_icon_digitaltransformation.jpg
lumn-20230405_g81.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hrLeader.jpg
lumn-20230405_g82.jpg02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
lumn-20230405_g89.jpg02 427760-1_icon_ESG.ai.jpg
lumn-20230405_g83.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
Customer ExperienceDigital TransformationFinanceGlobal Business ExperienceM&A Experience/LegalStrategy
26
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
lumn-20230405_g95.jpg
05_427760-1_img_boardofnomineesjohnsonk.jpg
Director since:
2022
5556 years old
Committees:
None
Kate Johnson
Experience
Kate Johnson is a seasoned technology innovator with a proven track record of driving business transformation success at several of the world’s top Fortune 100 technology companies.
Lumen
President and Chief Executive Officer (November 2022 to present)
Microsoft Corporation
President of Microsoft U.S., a division of Microsoft Corporation (2017 to 2021)
GE Digital
Executive Vice President of GE Digital and Corporate Vice President (2013 to 2017)
Oracle
Senior Vice President for North America Technology and Government Consulting (2007 to 2013)
Red Hat,a provider of enterprise open source software products
Vice President of Global Services and Strategic Accounts (2004 to 2007)
Other Public Company Directorships
Ms. Johnson currently serves on the board of United Parcel Service.Service
Skills:
lumn-20230405_g79.jpg02_427760-1_icon_customerexperience.jpg
lumn-20230405_g80.jpg02_427760-1_icon_digitaltransformation.jpg
lumn-20230405_g82.jpg02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
lumn-20230405_g87.jpg02 427760-1_icon_Industry.jpg
lumn-20230405_g83.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
lumn-20230405_g84.jpg02 427760-1_icon_Technology.ai.jpg
Customer ExperienceDigital TransformationGlobal Business ExperienceIndustry ExperienceStrategyTechnology & Innovation
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT25

Board of Directors and Governance
lumn-20230405_g96.jpg05_427760-1_img_boardofnomineesjonesh.jpg
Director since:
2020
Independent
7071 years old
Committees:
AuditAudit Committee (Chair)
Risk and Security Committee
Hal Stanley Jones
Experience
Hal Stanley Jones brings significant financial, public accounting and controls experience to our Board.
Graham Holdings (formerly known as the Washington Post Company)
Chief Financial Officer (2009 to 2013)2017)
Held various senior level positions at The Washington Post Company (1989 to 2008)
Kaplan Professional, a subsidiary of The Washington Post
Chief Executive Officer and President (2008(2007 to 2009)2008)
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Certified Public Accountant (1977 to 1988)
Other Public Company Directorships
He has served on the board of Playa Hotels and Resorts, N.V. since 2013, and it became publicly traded in 2017.2017
Skills:
lumn-20230405_g80.jpg02_427760-1_icon_digitaltransformation.jpg
lumn-20230405_g81.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hrLeader.jpg
lumn-20230405_g82.jpg02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
lumn-20230405_g89.jpg02 427760-1_icon_ESG.ai.jpg
lumn-20230405_g92.jpg02 427760-1_icon_securityshield.jpg
lumn-20230405_g83.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
Digital TransformationFinanceGlobal Business ExperienceM&A Experience/LegalRisk Management/ CybersecurityStrategy
lumn-20230405_g97.jpg
Director since:
2011
Independent 
72 years old
Committees:
Human Resources and Compensation Committee
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Michael Roberts
Experience
Michael Roberts has Fortune 500 global executive, marketing and customer service expertise.
McDonald’s Corporation
President and Chief Operating Officer (2004 to 2006)
Chief Executive Officer of McDonald’s USA (2004)
Prior to these roles, held various senior level roles at McDonald’s USA (2001 to 2004)
Westside Holdings LLC,a marketing and brand development company
Founder and Chief Executive Officer (2006 to present)
Other Public Company Directorships
He serves on the board of W. W. Grainger, Inc.
Skills:
lumn-20230405_g79.jpg
lumn-20230405_g80.jpg
lumn-20230405_g82.jpg
lumn-20230405_g91.jpg
lumn-20230405_g83.jpg
Customer ExperienceDigital TransformationGlobal Business ExperienceHR LeadershipStrategy
27
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
26
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
05 427760-1_photo_LinearD.jpg
Director since:
2024
Independent
50 years old
Committees:
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Risk and Security Committee
Diankha Linear
Experience
Diankha Linear is a senior executive and proven operator with more than 20 years of experience leading across highly regulated technology, logistics, and retail industries.
Community, Inc., one of the world’s most trusted customer engagement and communications channels
President & Chief Executive Officer (2021 to present)
Convoy, Inc., an American technology and logistics company
General Counsel & Corporate Secretary (2017 to 2021)
Nordstrom, an American luxury specialty fashion retailer
Senior Director, Legal (2013 to 2017)
Expeditors International of Washington, a United States based global logistics company
Director, Legal (2008 to 2013)
Perkins Coie
Legal Counsel (1999 to 2004)
16-year military career (1991 to 2007)
US Army Reserve – Paratrooper/Airborne, Logistics & Transportation
Civil Affairs – Special Operations Forces Unit
Judge Advocate General (JAG) Officer
Other Public Company Directorships
None
Skills:
02_427760-1_icon_customerexperience.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
02_427760-1_icon_digitaltransformation.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_hrLeader.jpg
02_427760-1_icon_hrleadership.jpg
Customer ExperienceGlobal Business ExperienceDigital TransformationFinanceHR Leadership
lumn-20230405_g98.jpg02 427760-1_icon_Industry.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_securityshield.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_ESG.ai.jpg
02 427760-1_icon_Technology.ai.jpg
Industry ExperienceStrategyRisk Management/CybersecurityM&A Experience/LegalTechnology & Innovation
28
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
05_427760-1_img_boardofnomineessiegell.jpg
Director since:
2009
Independent
6768 years old
Committees:
Human Resources and Compensation Committee (Chair)
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Laurie Siegel
Experience
Laurie Siegel is a business advisor with extensive expertise in human capital and executive compensation.compensation.
Tyco International
Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Internal Communication (2003 to 2012)
Honeywell International, Inc.
Held various senior level positions (1994 to 2002)
LAS Advisory Services,a business and human resources consultancy
Founder and Principal since 2012
G100
Chairman (Talent Consortium) (2013 to 2023)
Senior Advisor (current)
Other Public Company Directorships
She serves on the board of CECO Environmental Corp.
FactSet Research Systems, Inc. In the last five years she served on the boards of
Previous Public Company Directorships
California Resources Corporation and
Volt Information Sciences, Inc.
Skills:
Skills:
lumn-20230405_g86.jpg02 427760-1_icon_finance2.jpg
lumn-20230405_g82.jpg02 427760-1_icon_finance.jpg
lumn-20230405_g91.jpg02_427760-1_icon_hrleadership.jpg
lumn-20230405_g89.jpg02 427760-1_icon_ESG.ai.jpg
lumn-20230405_g83.jpg02 427760-1_icon_hr Leader.jpg
ESGGlobal Business
Experience
HR LeadershipHR LeadershipM&A Experience/LegalStrategyStrategy
29
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT27

Board of Directors and Governance
How Our Board is Evaluated and Selected
Evaluations
Our NCG Committee leads an annual evaluation of our Board, its members and committees, and the Board periodically assesses whether it has the skills, processes, structure, and policies necessary to attain its goals and fulfill its responsibilities. While the NCG Committee’s formal evaluation is conducted on an annual basis, directors share their perspectives and suggestions throughout the year. The NCG Committee uses this ongoing and annual feedback when considering Board composition, Board refreshment, and other governance issues, and in connection with nominating directors to be elected to the Board. The NCG Committee periodically engages nationally recognized firms to assist it with the design and implementation of its director evaluation and selection processes.
1
Questionnaires
Each director completes a detailed questionnaire.
Topics covered include, among others:
Assessment of Board Composition
Assessment of Meeting Procedures
Assessment of Board and Committee Responsibilities
Assessment of Supporting Resources
2
Action Items
These evaluations have consistently enabled us to refine our governance practices.
Over the past several years, this evaluation process has consistently found that the Board and committees are operating effectively, while also enabling us to continually refine the way the Board and Board committees operate, including:
Adjusting the size and composition of the Board to address the evolving strategic priorities of the Company
Rotating committee chairs and memberships to ensure fresh perspectives and leadership
Ensuring committee chairs have ample time to review agendas and committee members have sufficient time to review materials in advance of meetings
Nomination
In considering director nominees, the NCG Committee reviews candidates suggested by our directors, executive officers or shareholders who comply with our Bylaws. A shareholder or group of up to 10 shareholders owning 3% or more of Lumen’s outstanding common stock continuously for at least three years can nominate director candidates constituting up to 20% of the Board and include these nominations in our annual meeting proxy materials. From time to time, the NCG Committee engages a third-party search firm to assist in identifying and evaluating qualified candidates.
The NCG Committee assesses each director candidate based on his or her skills, judgment, character, independence, diversity, and experience in the context of the needs of the Board. Potential conflicts and overboarding are also evaluated. When evaluating candidates for nomination as new directors, the NCG Committee considers (and asks any search firm that it engages to provide) a pool of candidates that includes women and individuals from diverse backgrounds, in accordance with the “Rooney Rule” the Board adopted in 2019.
What is the Rooney Rule?
The Rooney Rule is named after former Pittsburgh Steelers owner Dan Rooney and was adopted in the National Football League in 2003 requiring teams to interview ethnic-minority candidates for head coaching jobs. As applied at Lumen, the rule requires us to consider at least one woman and one underrepresented minority in the slate of candidates for opento fill vacant Board seats.
30
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
Our Corporate Governance Guidelines also establish a target average director tenure of no more than ten years, set a goal of all Board members (except our CEO) being independent and express the Board’s general sense that no director should be age 75 or older prior to the next annual shareholders meeting. No director may serve on more than three other unaffiliated public company boards, unless this prohibition is waived by the Board. The NCG Committee may, but has not formally chosen to, establish additional qualifications. The NCG Committee and the Board also evaluate on a periodic basis the effectiveness of its nominating processes and procedures.
1Succession Planning
28
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
1. SUCCESSION PLANNING4. DECISION AND NOMINATION
The NCG Committee meets with the CEO to discuss the Company’s long-term strategy and what skills (if any) are missing from the Board to best complement that strategy.
2After the NCG Committee determines that the director candidates are the best fit for the Company and its shareholders, the NCG Committee will recommend them to the Board for approval. Following Board approval, the director candidates are appointed to the Board, will complete an onboarding process, and will stand for election by shareholders at the next annual meeting.Identification of Candidates
2. IDENTIFICATION OF CANDIDATES5. ELECTION
In the event of an open seat or skill gap, the NCG Committee engages in a search process, which typically includes the use of an independent search firm. The NCG Committee, the Chairman of the Board, the CEO, and search firm will put together a candidate profile to identify candidates’ skills, experience, and background that best align with the Company’s strategy.
3The shareholders consider the nominees and elect directors by majority vote to serve one-year terms.Interviewing Candidates
3. INTERVIEWING CANDIDATES6. ONGOING ASSESSMENT
The NCG Committee forms a search committee that is comprised of the Chairman of the Board, the HRCC and NCG Committee chairs, and the CEO who will request to interview with a diverse slate of candidates that best fit the profile. The candidates are initially interviewed remotely by the search committee members and if selected to advance, with the NCG Committee members in-person.
4Decision and Nomination
After the NCG Committee determines that the director candidates are the best fit for the Company and its shareholders, the NCG Committee will recommend them to the Board for approval. Following Board approval, the director candidates are appointed to the Board, will complete an onboarding process, and will stand for election by shareholders at the next annual meeting.
5Election
The shareholders consider the nominees and elect directors by majority vote to serve one-year terms.
6Ongoing Assessment
The NCG Committee continuously assesses the composition of the Board to maintain alignment with the Company’s evolving corporate strategy. This includes a periodic review of the contributions by each director; the skills, experiences and diversity represented on the Board; the benefits of Board refreshment; and the results of previous shareholder votes.
31
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT29

Board of Directors and Governance
Education and Orientation
We encourage our directors to participate in continuing education programs focused on our business and industry, their committee roles and responsibilities and the legal and ethical responsibilities of directors. We reimburse our directors for the costs of these programs. We also provide continuing director education during Board and committee meetings and other Board discussions. From time to time, these include presentations from third parties.
Additionally, we encourage our directors to participate in nationally recognized governance organizations, including the National Association of Corporate Directors (“NACD”) and G100.
New directors participate in an orientation program that familiarizes them with the Company’s business, operations, strategies and corporate governance practices and assists them in developing Company and
industry knowledge to optimize their service on the Board. New directors also attend meetings with members of our management team to expedite their ability to effectively and fully discharge their responsibilities.
Over the course of 2022,2023, our Board collectively attended a combination of over 10834 continuing education webinars and seminars covering an extensive list of topics ranging from board committee effectiveness, cybersecurity, and ESG, to human capital management and SOX controls.
Independence
All directors other than our CEO are independent and the Board regularly meets in executive sessions with only the independent directors. Each year and prior to nominating a new director, the Board evaluates and affirmatively determines each director nominee’s independence using standards required by the SEC, NYSE and our Corporate Governance Guidelines. Annually, each director nominee completes a detailed questionnaire that solicits information about relationships that could have an impact on independence. Our management delivers reports on those relationships to the NCG and Audit Committees. Both the NCG and Audit Committees evaluate the reports from management and consider any other factors which could influence a nominee’s independence. In connection with the meeting, the Board also weighed the potential impact of tenure on the independence of our longest-serving directors, Messrs. Brown and Roberts, and Ms. Siegel. The Board noted that these directors possess significant experience serving at Lumen under different operating environments, management teams and financial market cycles, and have served on the Board under three consecutive CEOs. The Board further concluded that each of these directors (i) are effective directors who fulfill their responsibilities with integrity and independence of thought, (ii) appropriately challenge management and the status quo, and (iii) are reasoned, balanced, and thoughtful in Board deliberations and in communications with management. The Board ultimately determined that none of these long-tenured directors’ independence from management has been diminished by their years of service. During their reviews, the NCG and Audit Committees consider transactions and relationships between the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates and any directors, executive officers, their immediate family members or an entity in which any of the foregoingthem have a significant interest. Both the NCG and Audit Committee chairs make reports on these independence evaluations to the Board. In early 2023,2024, the Board reviewed all relationships between the Company and each director and affirmatively determined that all of our director nominees are independent other than Ms. Johnson, our CEO.
The Board also weighed the potential impact of tenure on the independence of our longest-serving director nominees, Mr. Brown and Ms. Siegel. The Board noted that these directors possess significant experience serving at Lumen under different operating environments, management teams and financial market cycles, and have served on the Board under three consecutive CEOs. The Board further concluded that each of these directors (i) are effective directors who fulfill their responsibilities with integrity and independence of thought, (ii) appropriately challenge management and the status quo, and (iii) are reasoned, balanced, and thoughtful in Board deliberations and in communications with management. The Board ultimately determined that neither of these long-tenured directors’ independence from management has been diminished by their years of service.
30
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
Refreshment
Board and committee refreshment are regularly reviewed by our NCG Committee. Our Board periodically receives recommendations from the NCG Committee about possible changes designed to staff the Board and its committees with individuals who have the skills, experiences and perspectives necessary to make meaningful contributions to shaping and implementing Lumen’s business strategies.
In 2022 and for our 2023 slate of nominees, the NCG Committee and Board considered a wide range of factors in assessing the composition of the Board, including:
shareholder input on important elements of Board composition;
skill sets necessary to oversee the successful development and implementation of our business strategies, including our continued evolution to a digital technology company offering a simpler and improved customer experience;
balancing fresh, diverse perspectives with institutional and industry knowledge;
current and long-term needs of the Board; and
independence and potential conflicts.
6New Independent
Directors Added
Since 2017
lumn-20230405_g99.jpg6
added Strategy experience
lumn-20230405_g100.jpg5
added Global Business experience
lumn-20230405_g101.jpg4
added Digital Transformation, Finance, and M&A experience
Recent Board Changes
We have made a concerted effort over the past couple years to refresh and refocus our Board.
At the 2023 annual meeting, our current Vice Chairman, W. Bruce Hanks, will retire from the Board. Mr. Hanks has served as a director since 1992.
In November 2022, Jeffrey K. Storey retired from the Board, and our new President and CEO Kate Johnson joined the Board.
At the 2021 annual meeting, Virginia Boulet retired from the Board, capping 26 years of service as a director. Effective February 25, 2021, we added Quincy L. Allen to the Board following a robust national search.
We remain actively focused on taking additional steps designed to ensure that our Board continues to be staffed with a collection of individuals meeting our objectives.
32
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT31

Board of Directors and Governance
How Our Board is Organized
Board Leadership Structure
05_427760-1_img_boardofnomineesglenntm.jpg
T. Michael Glenn
Chairman of the Board
Responsibilities of Chairman of the Board
Presides over meetings of the Board and at each meeting of the independent directors
Oversees the management, development and functioning of the Board
Represents the Board in stakeholder communications as needed
In consultation with the CEO, plans and organizes the activities of the Board and the schedule for Board meetings
In consultation with the CEO, establishes the agendas for Board meetings
Provides direction to the CEO on the quality, quantity and timeliness of the flow of information from management that is necessary for the independent directors to perform their duties effectively and responsibly
Can call special meetings and preside over shareholder meetings
Performs any additional duties the Board may identify
The NCG Committee periodically reviews the Board’s leadership structure and, when appropriate, recommends changes, taking into consideration the needs of the Board and the Company at the time. Since 2009, we have elected a non-executive chairman.
Mr. Glenn has served as Lumen’s independent, non-executive Chairman since May 2020. As Chairman, Mr. Glenn presides over meetings ofGlenn’s extensive experience developing and implementing strategic business activities makes him uniquely qualified to lead the Board oversees the management, development and functioning of the Board and performs any additional duties the Board may identify.as Lumen executes its strategic plan for growth.
We believe that separation of the Chairman and CEO positions has functioned effectively over the past several years. Separating these positions has allowed our CEO to have primary responsibility for the operational leadership and strategic direction of our business, while allowing our Chairman to lead the Board in its fundamental role of providing guidance to and separate oversight of management.
As noted in our Corporate Governance Guidelines, it is the sense of the Board that the Chairman of the Board and the chairs of our committees should rotate approximately every five years.
SinceFrom 2004 through our 2023 annual meeting, the Board hashad also elected a non-executive Vice Chairman each year. The Board currently has no plans to select a successor Vice Chairman whenfollowing the retirement in 2023 of our currentformer Vice Chairman, W. Bruce Hanks, retires at the 2023 annual meeting.Hanks.
33
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
32
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
Board Committees
Each of our four standing Board committees supports the full Board with various risk management, governance and strategic responsibilities.
AUDIT COMMITTEE*Audit Committee*
Meetings in 2022: 8
lumn-20230405_g102.jpg2023: 9
uSee “See Audit—Audit Committee Report”Report below for additional information.
04_427760-1_gfx_auditcommittee.jpg
Key Responsibilities
Oversees the Company’s system of financial reporting
Reviews and discusses our major financial risks, including matters potentially impacting financial reporting, with management, our internal auditors and our independent auditors
Monitors the qualifications, independence and performance of Lumen’s independent auditors
Assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the adequacy and effectiveness of
our internal controls over financial reporting,
our internal controls regarding information technology security and
our disclosure controls and procedures
Monitors the qualifications, independence and performance of Lumen’s independent auditors
*Each member is an “audit committee financial expert”
lumn-20230405_g103.jpg
Q1
Report on 2022 Financial Statements
Review of Related Party Transactions
Report from KPMG
Report from Internal Audit/SOX
Annual Pension Accounting and Reporting Update
Litigation Update
Q2
Report on First Quarter 2023
Report from KPMG
Report from Internal Audit/SOX
Litigation Update
Review of SEC Draft Rules on Cybersecurity and Climate
Q3
Report on Second Quarter 2023
Report from KPMG
Report from Internal Audit/SOX
Litigation Update
Compliance with Debt Covenants
Review Committee Self-Evaluation Criteria
Q4
Report on Third Quarter 2023
Report from KPMG
Report from Internal Audit/SOX
Litigation Update
Corporate Real Estate Update
Review of Committee Charter
34
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT33

Board of Directors and Governance
HUMAN RESOURCES AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEEHuman Resources and Compensation Committee
Meetings in 2022:2023: 7
See 9
lumn-20230405_g104.jpg
u See “CD“CD&A” below for additional information.
05_427760-1_photo_human resources_B-1.jpg
Key Responsibilities
Establishes executive compensation strategy
Oversees design and administration of equity incentive plans
Approves compensation of senior officers
Oversees human capital strategy, including diversity and inclusion culture and talent recruiting, development and retention

Oversees, in consultation with management, our compliance with regulations governing executive and director compensation
Monitors compensation, labor relations, and workforce risk
lumn-20230405_g105.jpg
Q1
Final Review and Approval of 2022 STI
Discussion of Performance for Outstanding LTI Programs
Approval of 2023 Incentive Design Plan
Approval of 2023 Delegated Authority Under LTI Program
Discussion of Performance Assessments for our Senior Officers
Approval of 2023 Compensation of Senior Officers
Initial Review of 2023 Proxy Disclosures
Q2
Discussion of Q1 2023 Incentive Performance
Review and Discussion of Proposed Retention Program
Review and Approval of Outside Director Compensation
Review and Discussion of 2023 Proxy Advisor Reports and Executive Pay Developments
Review of Engagement Survey Results
Review of Human Resources Risks
Review of 2023 Shareholder Engagement
Q3
Review and Discussion of Q2 2023 Incentive Performance
Review and Approval of Peer Group for Officer Compensation Benchmarking
Initial Discussion of 2024 Incentive Programs
Review and Approval of Form LTI Award Agreements
Review Committee Self-Evaluation Criteria
C-Suite Talent Discussion
Q4
Review and Discussion of Q3 2023 Incentive Performance
Review and Discussion of Share Pool Projections
Discussion of 2024 Incentive Programs
Review of Projected 2023 Compensation for Senior Leadership Team
Discussion of Talent and Approval of Compensation Actions
Review of Committee Charter
35
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
34
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Meetings in 2023: 4
05_427760-1_photo_nominating and corp_B-1.jpg
NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
Meetings in 2022: 4
lumn-20230405_g106.jpg
Key Responsibilities
Recommends to the Board nominees to serve as directors and officers
Oversees CEO’s annual performance evaluation
Oversees the development and implementation of our ESG strategies
Oversees and recommends improvements to our governance principles, policies and practices
Assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks associated with the Company’s Board leadership structure and corporate governance matters

Annually leads Board and Committee evaluations
Evaluates Board composition, skills and director independence
Reviews political contributions reporting and budget
Onboards new directors
Oversees director continuing education
Evaluates individual directors
lumn-20230405_g107.jpg
Q1
Discussion and Determination of Independence Status of Directors
Review and Discuss Board Skills Matrix, Diversity, Independence and Tenure
Review Board Refreshment and Succession Planning
Review Committee Composition
Recommend Slate of Directors for Annual Meeting
Review of Proxy Governance Disclosures
ESG Quarterly Review
Q2
Update on Shareholder Engagement Meetings
Update on Annual Meeting
Review and Approval of Officer and Committee Slates
ESG Quarterly Review
Q3
ESQ Quarterly Review
Review Board and Committee Self-Evaluation Criteria
CEO Succession Planning
CEO Evaluation
Q4
Report on Shareholder Engagement and Themes
Board and Committee Self-Evaluation Process and Outcome Report
ESG Quarterly Review
Charter and Corporate Governance Guidelines Review
36
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT35

Board of Directors and Governance
Risk and Security Committee
Meetings in 2023: 4
05_427760-1_photo_risk and security_B-1.jpg
RISK AND
SECURITY COMMITTEE
Meetings in 2022: 4
lumn-20230405_g108.jpg
Key Responsibilities
Assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to, among others:
risks posed by cyberattacks or other casualty events
risks related to network reliability, privacy and regulations
other key enterprise or operational risks as jointly determined by the Committee and management
insurance program reviews
Oversees our classified activities and facilities through a subcommittee

Oversees our corporate ethics and compliance and enterprise risk management (“ERM”) programs and activities
Receives periodic reports on various risk exposures. These include quarterly reports on cybersecurity, which typically include reports on recent cyber intrusions, mitigation steps taken in response to those intrusions and ongoing cybersecurity initiatives and periodic reports from outside consultants regarding cyber security
Coordinates risk oversight functions of other Board committees
Q1
ERM Update
ERM Deep Dive (Various Topics)
Quarterly Cybersecurity Review
Corporate Ethics and Compliance Quarterly Review
Q2
ERM Update
Quarterly Cybersecurity Review
Insurance Programs/Environmental Health & Safety
Business Continuity Management
Privacy Review
Corporate Ethics and Compliance Quarterly Review
Q3
ERM Update
Quarterly Cybersecurity Review
Corporate Ethics and Compliance Quarterly Review
Network Resilience Review
Regulatory Developments and Compliance
Review Committee Self-Evaluation Criteria
Q4
ERM Update
Annual Assessment of Most Critical Enterprise Risks
Quarterly Cybersecurity Review
Corporate Ethics and Compliance Quarterly Review
Privacy Review
Review of Committee Charter
Additional information about the responsibilities of our committees is available in the committees’ respective charters, which can be obtained on our website: https://www.lumen.com/en-us/about/governance/board-committees.html.
lumn-20230405_g109.jpg
37
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
36
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
Director Meeting Attendance
DirectorsUnder our Corporate Governance Guidelines, directors are expected to attend all Board meetings, meetings of committees on which they serve and the annual shareholders meeting. All then current directors attended our 20222023 annual meeting. During 20222023 there were four regular and fournine special meetings of the Board, as well as 2524 standing committee meetings. Each director attended more than 90% of the total number of the 20222023 Board and the respective committee meetings on which he or she served. During 2022,2023, our independent directors met in executive session on a quarterly basis, led by our Chairman.
Commitment of our Board
Commitment of our Directors – 2023 Meetings
Our Board and its Committees met frequently in 2023.
2023 Meetings
Board13
Audit9
37
Total Board and Committee Meetings in 2023
Human Resources and Compensation7
02_427760-1_icon_1arrow_2.jpg
Nominating and Corporate Governance4
Risk and Security4
Executive Sessions of Independent Directors without ManagementAs needed throughout the year
Our Board’s Responsibilities & Engagement
lumn-20230405_g85.jpg05_427760-1_img_boardofnomineesbejarm.jpg
Martha Helena Bejar
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair
“In 2022,2023, our Board focused a great deal of attention on debt restructuring, strategic initiatives, succession planning, ESG initiatives, and shareholder engagement efforts. A special subcommitteesearch committee of the Board comprised of our Board Chair, and Audit, HRCC, and NGC Committee chairs spearheaded efforts to identify and appoint Lumen’s new CEO, Kate Johnson,newest directors, James Fowler and Diankha Linear, in November 2022.August 2023 and February 2024, respectively. The NCG Committee in partnership with the Board continued our focus in 20222023 on the Company's ESG initiatives and disclosures, working to support management’s efforts to enhance the Company’s ESG initiatives and communications. Our Board Chair and HRCC and NCG Committee chairs also devoted considerable time towards evaluating our Board’s composition and identifying future candidates for service with the right balance of skills, experience, and background that best align with the Company’s shareholder engagement efforts to better understand the expectations and concerns of shareholders and identify areas for improvement”strategy.”
Our Board and its committees collectively oversee our business and management’s development and implementation of our strategies through regular meetings and communications with Lumen’s executive team. We believe our governance policies and practices provide a transparent framework for effective governance and compliance with SEC and NYSE requirements. The Board continually reviews our governance practices for alignment with best practices and stakeholder interests and acts to enhance our ability to oversee the execution of strategies that drive value for Lumen, our customers, employees and shareholders. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, along with other governance documents, including our Code of Conduct, Bylaws and other governance policies are available on our website: lumen.com/en-us/about/governance/documentation.html
38
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
Key Responsibilities of The Board
In addition to the responsibilities handled by its committees and its general oversight of our performance, the Board believes its key responsibilities include:
Shareholder EngagementOversight of StrategySuccession PlanningOversight of RiskOversight of ESG
Members of management and the Board engage on a year-round basis with holders of our equity and debt securities, as well as proxy advisory firms and ESG rating firms, among others.
Our Board regularly engages in active discussions with management to formulate and implement appropriate strategies for the Company and each of its business segments.
In addition to regular Board and committee meetings, the Board participates in an annual in- depthin-depth dedicated review of the Company’s overall strategy with our management team.
The Board oversees succession planning for members of our senior leadership team, including the CEO, and monitors the performance of each member of such team.
The Board, along with its committees, reviews and oversees Lumen’s risk management processes.
The Board also works with management to assess our key short-andshort- and long- term risks and mitigation efforts.
The Board and the NCG Committee, in conjunction with designated management teams periodically evaluate our ESG programs and seek to identify meaningful opportunities to enhance our programs.
The Board strives to set an appropriate “tone at the top” stressing a positive corporate culture.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT37

Board of Directors and Governance
Shareholder Engagement
The Board believes that input from shareholders is a critical component in our efforts to continually enhance our governance practices and maximize long-term shareholder value. As illustrated below, members of management and the Board engage on a year-round basis with holders of our equity and debt securities, as well as proxy advisory firms and ESG rating firms, among others.
lumn-20230405_g110.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_shareholder.jpg
FALL
ESG Report published
Regular outreach focused on our shareholders’ views regarding corporate governance, executive compensation and sustainability
Share investor feedback with committee members
WINTER
Additional
targeted outreach
10-K filing
Governance and compensation decisions incorporate fall feedback
SPRING
Proxy filing
EEO-1 Data published
Regular outreach to largest investors and proxy advisory firms to discuss important items to be considered at the annual meeting
Hold annual meeting
SUMMER
Additional
targeted outreach
Review and report results from our most recent annual meeting
Review proxy season trends with Board
Discuss investor feedback with our directors
Evaluate whether to revise our current practices in light of business priorities, corporate governance trends, best practices and regulatory developments
39
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Board of Directors and Governance
By the Numbers: Shareholder Engagement in 20222023
Reached out to
Top 30
shareholders,
representing
Held
14 meetings
with
shareholders

representingnearly 60%
of shares outstanding
Also reached out to
Proxy
Advisory
Firms

during Fall engagement
A combination of our Chair of the Board,Chairman, our HRCC Chair and our NCG Committee Chair regularly participated in 11 out of 14 meetings
with shareholders representing
lumn-20230405_g111.jpg
lumn-20230405_g112.jpg
lumn-20230405_g113.jpg
of shares outstandingof shares outstandingof shares outstanding
These efforts complement management’s outreach through participation by our CEO, CFO and other senior leaders in investor conferences in the U.S. and abroad, and through regular investor dialogue conducted by our Investor Relations department. In 2022, our Investor Relations department led over 800 meetings with over 250 equity shareholders representing approximately 35 percent of our shares outstanding, and 200 debtholders. We believe these Investor Relations-led engagements help build strong relationships and goodwill with the analyst and investor community. Some of our investor presentations are made available in the Investor Events section of Lumen’s corporate website at ir.lumen.com.
38
lumn-20230405_g1.jpgIn 2023, our Investor Relations department led meetings with over 250 equity investors and over 350 debt investors. We believe these Investor Relations-led engagements help build strong relationships and goodwill with the analyst and investor community. Some of our investor presentations are made available in the Investor Events section of Lumen’s corporate website at ir.lumen.com.

Board of Directors and Governance
Board Responsiveness
Our Board is committed to constructive engagement and dialogue with our investors. We regularly evaluate and respond to the views expressed by our shareholders.equity and debt holders. This dialogue has led to enhancements in our corporate governance, environmental and social,sustainability, and executive compensation activities that the Board believes are in the best interests of Lumen and our shareholders.
Our 20222023 Investor Engagement Team
Board Chairman
Chair, HRCC Committee
Chair, NCG Committee
Executive Vice President, Human Resources
Senior Vice President, Investor Relations
Chief Diversity and Inclusion Officer
Senior Vice President, Treasurer
Vice President, Deputy General Counsel, Corporate Governance & Transactions
Topics
Discussed
Long-Term Incentive (LTI) Framework
Short-Term Incentive (STI) Framework
Pay for Performance Alignment
Board Diversity and Refreshment
Governance Practices
ESG
Debt Restructuring
Cybersecurity
Human Capital Resources
Succession Planning
Corporate Communications
Capital Allocation and Growth Strategy
EEO-1 Data Disclosure
Cybersecurity
What
We Learned
Investors were interested in learning more about Lumen’s growth strategy, long-term strategic plan, capital allocation, and governance
Investors were interested in learning more about Lumen’s climate action plan and the impact our 2022 and 2023 divestitures will have on our plan to set new science based targets
Investors wanted to learn more about succession planning and what went into the search and selection of Ms. Johnson as the new CEOMr. Fowler to our Board in August 2023
Investors expressed a desire to see distinct metrics for STI and LTI
Investors asked about Board discussions around ethnic/gender diversity and several indicated they like to see at least 30% gender diversity on the Board.
Communications to the Board
Communication with shareholders and other interested parties is an important part of the governance process. Any shareholder or other stakeholder who wishes to contact the Board, the Chairman or any Director can send correspondence to:
Write: P.O. Box 5061; Monroe, Louisiana 71211
Email: boardinquiries@lumen.com
lumn-20230405_g114.jpg
40
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT39

Board of Directors and Governance
The chart below summarizes engagement topics discussed and governance actions taken over the past couple years in response to specific shareholder feedback or voting guidelines published by our shareholders or proxy advisors.
Shareholder Engagement Topics – 2019 to 2022
lumn-20230405_g115.jpg
Actions taken in response to shareholder input
Capital Allocation and Growth Strategy
Long-Term Incentive (LTI) Framework
Short-Term Incentive (STI) Framework
Pay for Performance Alignment
Board Diversity
Governance Practices ESG
Human Capital Resources
Board Refreshment
COVID-19
Pandemic Response
EEO-1 Data Disclosure
Cybersecurity
Succession Planning
Climate Action Plan
Corporate Communications
20202021 to 2022Present
Refreshed board with four new directors
Significantly reduced average Board tenure
No Changes to 2020 or 2021 compensation program design – despite COVID-19
Rotated NCG Committee Chair at 2020 annual meeting
Reduced average Board tenure
Independent Chairman named at 2020 annual meeting
All non-CEO directors independent since 2020 annual meeting
Commitment to ongoing publication of EEO-1 Data on Sustainability webpage beginning in April 2022
Formation of Sustainability Management Committee
LTI - added Relative TSR performance metric
Increased disclosure for:
Board diversity
Cyber security/data privacy
Human capital management
ESG
Incentive design rationale
Rigorous goal setting process
2019 to 2020
Rotated NCG Committee Chair at 2020 annual meeting
Independent Chairman named at 2020 annual meeting
All non-CEO directors independent since 2020 annual meeting
“Rooney Rule” – adopted for director searches
Board Tenure – commitment to lower overall average years of service
NCG Committee Oversight – clarified political contributions and lobbying policies
STI – added Revenue weighted at 15%
STI – added a discretionary 20% cap on Individual Performance Modifier for Named Executive Officers
Goal Rigor – supplemental disclosures to explain the compelling business rationale for our incentive compensation performance targets
CEO Pay – expanded “realized” and “realizable” pay disclosure
LTI Performance Period – returned to 3 yr. cumulative goals
LTI – added Relative TSR modifier
No one-time awards
Communications to the Board
40
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Communication with shareholders and other interested parties is an important part of the governance process. Any shareholder, debtholder or other stakeholder who wishes to contact the Board, of Directors and Governancethe Chairman or any Director can send correspondence to:
Write: P.O. Box 5061; Monroe, Louisiana 71211
Email: boardinquiries@lumen.com
Long-Term Strategic Planning
To ensure that our business strategies create long-term, sustainable value for our shareholders, our Board regularly engages in active discussions with management to formulate and implement appropriate strategies for the Company and each of its business segments. The Board and management routinely discuss key initiatives, potentially transformative technologies, innovation, culture and corporate governance opportunities focused on driving long-term value. During 2022,2023, this collaboration targeted (1) developing new revenue streams; (2) enhancing and scaling capabilities to establish market leadership; (3) managing costs primarily through digitalizing and automating our operations; (4) maximizing cash and encouraging customer migrations to our growth products; and (5) increasing margins through select price increases. In addition to regular Board and committee meetings, which include presentations and discussions of strategic and tactical initiatives, the Board participates in an annual in-depth dedicated review of the Company’s overall strategy with our management team. The Board and our management team discuss the industry and competitive landscapes, short and long-term plans, capital allocation strategies and other mission-critical topics.
49
special meetings
in 20222023 to discuss
strategic topics.topics
41
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Board of Directors and Governance
CEO and Executive Succession Planning
The Board and management recognize the importance of continuously developing our executive talent, identifying potential outside candidates and preparing for emergency situations. Our HRCC, along with management, conducts periodic talent reviews that include succession plans for our senior leadership positions, including 360° peer reviews conducted by the NCG Committee. In 2018, the NCG Committee engaged a nationally recognized third-party consultant to develop a comprehensive executive management succession planning strategy and since then Lumen has retained the same consultant to continue to advise the Board and the company’s leadership with the following objectives:
View succession planning as an ongoing process, not an “event”
Develop a succession plan for different scenarios (emergency, accelerated and orderly)
Link succession planning to strategy by creating a CEO profile that focuses on what is most needed to lead Lumen now and in the future
Understand the external market of CEO-ready talent and regularly update this understanding and benchmark data
Assess the readiness of current key Lumen executives to assume the CEO and other top positions and Lumen’s plans and timeframes for addressing any gaps in readiness
Ensure that key Lumen executives have clear and actionable development plans, including detailed coaching for key executives and establish a regular and transparent process for leadership and the Board to track progress against development goals as needed
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT41

Board of Directors and Governance
lumn-20230405_g72.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangebox.jpg
lumn-20230405_g72.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangebox.jpg
lumn-20230405_g72.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangebox.jpg
lumn-20230405_g72.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangebox.jpg
lumn-20230405_g72.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangebox.jpg
lumn-20230405_g116.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_boardchangearrowhead.jpg
2018
Initiated our engagement with an independent consulting firm regarding succession planning efforts
Developed CEO success profile
Began assessment of key Lumen executives
2019
Approved an emergency succession plan and related communications plan
Completed assessment of key Lumen executives
Created development plans for key Lumen executives
Identified and reviewed potential external CEO candidates
2020
Refreshed and reviewed potential external CEO candidates
Implemented actionable development plans, including detailed coaching, for key Lumen executives
2021
Continued to work with independent consulting firm to refine our internal and external development processes
Received feedback from CEO regarding senior leadership team
2022
Completed CEO succession plan; Ms. Johnson succeeded Mr. Storey on November 7, 2022
Completed CFO succession plan; Mr. Stansbury succeeded Mr. Dev on April 4, 2022
2023
Since January 1, 2023, refreshed nearly all of the senior leadership team by adding seven new members to the team.
For additional information regarding our CEO and CFO succession plan, please see “Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Section one – CEO and CFO Succession”.
42
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Board of Directors and Governance
Risk Oversight
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
lumn-20230405_g117.jpg04 427760-1 gfx_arrowheaddowndarkerorange.jpg
Audit CommitteeHuman Resources and Compensation CommitteeNominating and Corporate Governance CommitteeRisk and Security Committee
Internal Controls over Financial Reporting (Quarterly)
Risk Factors included in periodic reports (Annual with Quarterly Reviews)
Investment Risk related to Treasury Activities (As Needed)
Debt Covenant Compliance Risk (Annually)
Executive Compensation (Quarterly)
Human Capital Strategy (Quarterly)
Workforce related risks (Quarterly)
ESG (Quarterly)
Political Contributions (Annually)
Independence of Directors and Board Committees (Annually)
Enterprise Risk Management (Quarterly)
Cybersecurity (Quarterly)
Ethics and Compliance (Quarterly)
Data Privacy (Biannually)
lumn-20230405_g118.jpg04 427760-1 gfx_arrowheaddownlighterorange.jpg
MANAGEMENT
Under our ERM program, management develops a response plan for prioritized risks, as well asincluding our cyber incident response playbook. Management also develops plans for monitoring and mitigation plans for othermitigating identified risk focus areas.key risks.
Management provides regular reports on our key risks and risk mitigation strategies to the Risk and Security Committee, and assists other Committees in monitoring the risks for which they are responsible.
Committees report each quarter on risk issues to the full Board.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT43

Board of Directors and Governance
ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT (ERM) PROGRAM
Assess
The ERM process involves an annual enterprise risks assessment based around 40 key financial, compliance, operational and strategic risks facing the company. This assessment process is facilitated by Internal Audit in collaboration with the Ethics & Compliance team within the legal department and involves interviews with executives across business functions, and consideration of other factors such as the external environmental and the history of previous issues which could indicate a relatively higher or lower risk in a particular area.
The results of the assessment are presented by Internal Audit to the senior leaders, the Audit Committee and the Risk and Security Committee in order to define the most critical risks (typically six to eight) which the Board and management believe warrant more detailed and frequent monitoring throughout the year.
Internal Audit also uses the results of this Enterprise Risk Assessment to determine key focus areas within the Internal Audit plan for the upcoming year and performs a quarterly update to the risk assessment to identify any changes potentially requiring a Board or Internal Audit response.
Monitor
For each of the six to eight critical ERM risks we identify executive risk owners who are responsible for defining key risk indicators, metrics and targets to indicate how effectively the respective risk is being managed.
On an annual basis each risk owner presents a deep-dive assessment to the Risk & Security Committee explaining their quantitative measures, goals and plans for the upcoming year.
On a quarterly basis Internal Audit works with each executive risk owner to update these indicators, identify any divergence from goals and note actions taken and planned. The risk owners assign an overall color and trendspecific performance scores to indicate their overall assessment of their management of that risk. The resulting dashboard and detail for these ERM risks is presented to the Risk & Security Committee at each quarterly meeting.
Each Committee regularly reports to the full Board regarding its risk oversight functions.
Align
The results of the Annual Enterprise Risk Assessment are compared to both the Risk Factors disclosed in the company’s annual report (10-K) and against the charters and agendas for the Board Committees to ensure alignment between the Company’s assessment, external disclosures and coverage by the Board of the respective key risks. We believe this combination of annual and quarterly review by the Board Committees, along with the ability of the Board to call upon risk owners at any time as required, allows the Board to effectively exercise its oversight function over key risks to Lumen.
43
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
44
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
Oversight of Cybersecurity Risks
As a technology and communications company that enables global transmission oftransmits large amounts of information over our global networks, maintaining the security and integrity of information and systems under our control is a priority among our operational risk management efforts. We view cybersecurity risk as an enterprise-wide risk, subject to control and monitoring at various levels of management throughout the Company. The Risk and Security Committee and its Chair review Cybersecurity and Data Privacy quarterly and such topics of review include:
risk assessments from information security, privacy and internal audit management teams with respect to cybersecurity, including the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls regarding cybersecurity,
emerging cybersecurity developments and threats and
the Company’s strategy to mitigate cybersecurity risks, such as our contingency plans in the event of security breaches or other system disruptions and cyber insurance coverage.
To assess and mitigate cybersecurity risk, we have implemented a global information security management program that includes administrative, technical and physical safeguards and we periodically engage both internal and external auditors and consultants to assess and enhance our program, all of which is subject to oversight by and reporting to the Risk and Security Committee. We engage independent external auditors and consultants who are fully accredited under various information security standards, including those administered by the International Organization for Standardization and the PCI Security Council. Since 2021, Lumen has maintained a Technology Security &and Privacy Council that meets on a bi-monthly basis. The meetings are led by Lumen’s Chief Privacy Officer, Chief Security Officer and Chief SecurityInformation Officer, who provide organization level updates and also invite other presenters to provide updates on emerging threats and other topical issues. For additional information, see our most recent annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC.
Oversight of Data Privacy RisksIn addition to securing our network, we also take steps to protect the content of information Lumen collects, stores, uses and shares. Employee and customer information is encrypted, consistent with industry standards or legal requirements, both at rest and in transmission. We have adopted a data minimization policy designed to comply with and detect breaches of applicable laws and provide appropriate protections when sharing information with third parties, including vendors. We maintain other plans or programs to manage our data privacy risks, including a privacy policy and a cyber incident response plan. As part of the ERM process, the Risk and Security Committee receives reports on data privacy protection efforts and controls across the enterprise.
Oversight of Political Contributions Risks
Our Board and NCG Committee oversee our political initiatives and annually review Lumen’s political and lobbying activities and related budgets. We strive to advocate public policy solutions that best serve our stakeholders. Our semi-annual Political Contributions Reports provide transparency in this process, demonstrating ethical corporate governance and promoting confidence in the democratic process. Specifically, our Reports disclose our corporate political contributions and those of our political action committees in accordance with applicable federal and state campaign finance laws and contributions to trade associations and 501(c) (4) organizations. Although not part of this proxy statement, our most recent Political Contributions Reports can be located on our website at lumen.com.lumen.com.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT45

Board of Directors and Governance
Oversight of Human Capital Management Risks
Our highly competitive business requires skilled and motivated employees and leaders with the necessary expertise to execute our innovation, efficiency and transformation strategies. Developing and retaining top talent is a priority. The Board regularly discusses with management Lumen’s continuous efforts to attract and retain the caliber of employee with the type of knowledge and skills necessary to realize our goals. Both our directors and management set a “tone at the top” through:
regularly meeting with our most senior human resources executive to discuss culture, talent strategy and leadership development and staying ahead of market trends by identifying early the skills needed for our future;
developing compensation programs that incentivize employees to pursue goals that align with our strategies and operational imperatives;
designing strategies to support diversity, inclusionattract a diverse range of skills and belonging programs;perspectives; and
designing strategies to bridge any gaps in our succession plans by cultivating our in-house talent or engaging third parties.
Oversight of Finance RisksOur Audit Committee is primarily responsible for assisting the Board in its oversight of financial risks. In performing this function, the Audit Committee monitors our capital needs and financing plans and oversees our strategy for managing interest rate and currency risk. The Audit Committee monitors compliance with debt covenants in our financial instruments, including those that require us or our subsidiaries to comply with certain maximum levels of leverage and minimum levels of interest coverage. The Audit Committee also periodically reviews our pension and other postretirement benefit obligations.
Oversight of Other Risks and InformationOur Board committees oversee certain other risks specified in the preceding section “— Board Committees,” and our Board and committees further oversee the ESG program and other risks discussed under the heading “ESG Sustainability Leadership” below.
4644
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Board of Directors and Governance
ESG Sustainability Leadership
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SENIOR
MANAGEMENT
SENIOR
MANAGEMENT
INDEPENDENT
EXPERTS
The Board and respective Committees, in conjunction with designated management teams, periodically evaluate our ESG programs and seek to identify meaningful opportunities to enhance our programs.
Throughout the year, our CEO and other members of senior management provide leadership and guidance around Lumen’s sustainability efforts.

As needed, Lumen partners with external, independent ESG consultants to provide expertise and guidance on topics such as:
Assessments
Benchmarking
Calculations
Communications
Strategy
Verification
Nominating
and Corporate
Governance
Committee
Audit
Committee
Human
Resource and
Compensation
Committee
Risk and
Security
Committee
Has primary responsibility for ESG oversight with quarterly reviews and political contributions oversight with annual reviews
Reviews data transparencyinternal control over financial reporting on a quarterly basis and reportinginvestment risks related to treasury activities as needed
Reviews human capital managementresources, executive compensation, and workforce-related risks on a quarterly basis
Reviews network reliability, cybersecurity/privacy, ERM and privacyethics and compliance on a quarterly basis
SUSTAINABILITY MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
Comprised of individuals from across the business including personnel with expertise in corporate communications, customer experience, data security and privacy, diversity, inclusion and belonging, environmental, government relations, human resources, internal audit, investor relations, legal, and sourcing/procurement, amongst other fields
Designs and oversees our sustainability program
Meets twice per quarter, both before and after each meeting of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, to prepare for such meetings and to report on ESG outcomes and action items from the meetings
Sustainability Initiatives
We believe our commitment to sustainability promotes the financial health of our business, the quality of service we provide and value creation for our employees, communities, customers and investors. Over the past couple of years, we have undertaken three assessments designed to enhance our sustainability programs.
In August 2021, Lumen completed its inaugural “materiality assessment,” which helped guide how we prioritize our sustainability and ESG initiatives. Working with an independent consultant, we conducted a peer and industry benchmarking review of sustainability topics that are common to the communications and technology industry. We assessed international standards and guidelines, and sought input from a wide range of stakeholders. Based on this 2021 assessment, we concluded that the sustainability issues most important to Lumen’s stakeholders, with the most potential to have an impact on Lumen’s future business success, were (1) Customer Experience; (2) Cybersecurity and Customer Privacy; (3) Network Resilience and Reliability; (4) Digital Transformation; and (5) Innovation.
In June 2022, Lumen conducted a maturity assessment of our ESG program. We partnered with an independent consultant to assesses Lumen’s overall ESG program against a detailed leading practice evaluation framework and benchmarked our program against industry peers. The maturity assessment reviewed several dimensions of ESG performance to identify gaps between leading practice and Lumen’s ESG disclosures, rankings, and ratings against industry peers. We used this “gap” analysis to develop a list of short- and long-term opportunities to improve our ESG practices.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT47

Board of Directors and Governance
Lumen undertook in August 2022, with the help of an independent consultant, a transition risk and opportunity assessment focused on future climate change risks and opportunities in alignment with recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). This assessment evaluated potential climate-related transition risks and business opportunities arising from the transition towards a low carbon economy. In conducting the assessment, we relied on the assumptions and outputs of climate policy scenarios from the International Energy Agency’s (IEA) 2021 World Energy Outlook. Specifically, we relied upon the IEA’s Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS) and Sustainable Development Scenario (SDS) because they encompass a broad range of future climate and policy outcomes. We prioritized the assessment’s findings by ranking our top transition risks and opportunities, and concluded that our opportunities arising out of climate change outweigh the potential risks.
Lumen believes evaluations such as the above-described materiality assessment, maturity assessment, and transitional risk and opportunity assessment are important tools in helping us to continue to evolve and improve our programs.
Human Capital
We support the passions and interests of our employees and empower them to be a positive influence in the world. We want our employees to be proud to work with us and fully engaged with our efforts to make the world a better place. That means creating a positive culture, in which everyone feels empowered to achieve change. We engage and inspire others to pursue careers in tech, empower our employees to thrive and belong, and support community volunteerism. Our efforts include:
In support of STEM Education, Lumen partnered with organizations such as Pathways in Technology Early College High School (P-TECH) to provide an innovative education opportunity to first-generation college-seekers, English language learners, women and low-income students.
In 2021, our employees logged 17,000 volunteer hours through a mixture of virtual and in-person events.
Employees are encouraged to actively volunteer in their own communities and were supported through our Dollars for Doers program which enables each employee to give up to $1,000 of Lumen funds annually to the charity of their choice.
Through our annual Campaign to Fight Hunger to support hunger relief efforts around the globe, employee donations and a corporate match enabled us to provide over 762,780 meals for those in need in 2021.
In 2022, we established a relief fund to support employees with immediate financial grants who suffered losses from wildfires or other natural disasters.
Eleven global employee resource groups play an important role in advancing diversity, inclusion, and belonging within our company.
For additional information regarding our management of human capital, please see “Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Section five – HRCC Engagement and Compensation Governance”, and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Director Compensation
Overview
The Board believes that each of our non-employee directors (whom we also refer to as outside directors or non-managementnon-management directors) should be compensated through a mix of cash and equity-based compensation. Our HRCC, consisting entirely of independent directors, has primary responsibility for periodically reviewing and considering any revisions to director compensation.
The table and the discussion below summarize how we compensated our outside directors in 2022.2023. This table does not include compensation paid to our former President and CEO, Jeff Storey, or our current President and CEO Kate Johnson, neither of whom received or receiveswho does not receive any additional compensation for theirher service as a director. Please see the “Summary Compensation Table” below for details regarding all compensation paid by us to Mr. Storey and Ms. Johnson during 2022.2023.
45
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
48
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
Cash and Stock Payments
Each year, with assistance from its independent consultant, the HRCC reviews the market competitiveness of our outside director compensation. We review the total compensation for an “average profile” director for their cash fees (retainer, committee fees and meeting fees) and equity awards and comparedcompare those amounts against director compensation for the “Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group” described on page 107.112.
In May 2022,2023, following the above-described process and based on input from its independent consultant, the HRCC made no changes to our director compensation, which we determined was at the 50th percentile as compared to our peers.
Annual Outside Director Compensation
lumn-20230405_g119.jpg03_427760-1_pie_annualoutsidedirectorcomp.jpg
Additional Annual Cash Compensation
Supplemental Board Fee
Non-Executive Chairman of the Board - $200,000
Non-Executive Vice Chairman of the Board - $100,000(1)
Audit Committee
Chair - $35,000
Member - $17,500
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Chair - $30,000
Member - $15,000
Compensation Committee
Chair - $35,000
Member - $17,500
Risk and Security Committee
Chair - $30,000
Member - $15,000
1(1)Lumen plans to eliminate the position ofPaid through May 2023, when our Vice Chairman in May 2023.retired and was not replaced.
CASH FEESDuring 2022, each outside director earned a combination of annual cash retainers, which are paid on a quarterly basis with amounts prorated for any changes during the year.
We pay each outside director an annual cash retainer of $100,000 (“Annual Board Retainer”) and annual fees to the chairs and members of each of the committees as set forth in the table above.
We currently pay annual supplemental Board fees to our non-executive Chairman of the Board, Mr. Glenn and non-executive Vice Chairman of the Board, Mr. Hanks, of $200,000 and $100,000, respectively.$200,000. The Chairman’s duties are set forth principally in our Corporate Governance Guidelines; see “How Our Board is Organized—Board Leadership Structure.” Under our Bylaws, the Vice Chairman is charged with the responsibility of assisting the Chairman and performing such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board or the Bylaws. As noted above, we do not plan to select a successor Vice Chairman to our current Vice Chairman, W. Bruce Hanks, when he retires from the Board at the 2023 annual meeting.
In addition to the above described annual cash fees, if outside directors are requested to perform supplemental responsibilities, the additional time and effort may be eligible for a discretionary, supplemental cash or equity compensation. During 2022, the Board formed a special CEO Succession Committee and, over the course of several months, evaluated a range of internal and external candidates to succeed Mr. Storey upon his retirement. The HRCC awarded an extraordinary service fee of $20,000 cash to each of Mses. Bejar and Siegel and Messrs. Glenn and Hanks for their service on this committee.
EQUITY GRANT – During 2022,2023, the HRCC awarded an annual equity grant valued at $200,000 to each outside director, with the number of shares determined by dividing this target value by the volume-weighted average closing price of our Common Shares over a 15-day trading period ending prior to the grant date and rounding todate.
On May 17, 2023, following the nearest whole share.
This grantelection of our directors at our 2023 Annual Shareholders Meeting, each outside director was awarded to each director in the form ofgranted time-vested shares of restricted stock unless the director made an election to defer all or a portion of the award under our Non-Employee Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (discussed below). For those directors who elected to defer any portion of the grant, the portion deferred was issued to the director as time-vested restricted stock units. These awards are scheduled to vest on May 18, 202317, 2024 (one year after their grant), subject to the director’s continued service through that date, with vesting accelerated in certain circumstances as described in the director’s award agreement.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT49

BoardOn August 7, 2023, following his appointment, Mr. Fowler was granted a prorated award of Directors and Governance
time-vested shares of restricted stock which will vest on August 7, 2024 (one year after the grant), subject to his continued service through that date, with vesting accelerated in certain circumstances as described in his award agreement.
Dividends (or, for restricted stock units, dividend equivalents) on these awards are not paid currently but rather accrue from the grant date through the date of vesting (for restricted stock) or the date of issuance of the underlying shares (for restricted stock units) and are subject to the same vesting terms as the related award. Dividends on shares of restricted stock are paid to the director upon vesting while dividend equivalents on restricted stock units are paid to the director at the same time as the underlying shares are issued to him or her.
As described in further detail in “Compensation Discussion & Analysis—Section Five-HRCCFive—HRCC Engagement and Corporate Governance—Stock Ownership Guidelines” each outside director is expected to beneficially own Lumen stock equal in market value to five times the annual cash retainer payable to outside directors.
2022
46
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
2023 Compensation of Outside Directors
Directors’ Compensation
NameNameFees Earned or
Paid In Cash
Stock
Awards
(1)(2)(3)
All Other
Compensation
(4)
TotalNameFees Earned or
Paid In Cash
Stock
Awards(1)(2)(3)
All Other
Compensation(4)
Total
Continuing Directors:
Continuing Directors(5):
Quincy L. Allen
Quincy L. Allen
Quincy L. AllenQuincy L. Allen$132,500$211,060$2,000$345,560
Martha H. BejarMartha H. Bejar167,500211,0602,000380,560
Peter C. BrownPeter C. Brown132,500211,060343,560
Kevin P. ChiltonKevin P. Chilton147,500211,060358,560
Steven T. ClontzSteven T. Clontz132,500211,060981344,541
James Fowler(6)
T. Michael GlennT. Michael Glenn337,500211,060548,560
Hal S. JonesHal S. Jones132,500211,060343,560
Michael J. Roberts132,500211,060343,560
Laurie A. SiegelLaurie A. Siegel170,000211,060381,060
Retiring Director:Retiring Director:
W. Bruce Hanks(5)
255,000211,060513466,573
Michael J. Roberts(7)
Michael J. Roberts(7)
Michael J. Roberts(7)
Former Director:
W. Bruce Hanks(8)
W. Bruce Hanks(8)
W. Bruce Hanks(8)
1(1)For fiscal 2022,2023, the HRCC granted each outside director an award of restricted shares or restricted stock units (i) on May 17, 2023 to each outside director, except Mr. Hanks and Mr. Fowler, valued at $200,000 and (ii) a prorated award of restricted shares on August 7, 2023 to Mr. Fowler, based upon the volume-weighted average closing price of our Common Shares over a 15-day trading period ending prior to the May 17, 2022,respective grant date. However, as required by SEC rules, the dollar value reported in this column reflects the grant date fair value of that award based upon the closing stock price of our Common Shares on the grant date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These awards vest on the one-year anniversary of grant date of May 18, 2023,17, 2024 and August 7, 2024, respectively, subject to the director’s continued service through that date (with vesting accelerated in certain limited circumstances). See “—Cash and Stock Payments.”
2(2)As of December 31, 2022,2023, outside directors held the following unvested equity-based awards: (i) Ms. Siegel and Messrs. Brown, Clontz, Hanks, Jones and Roberts each held, 18,51485,605 shares of restricted stock; (ii) Ms. Bejar and Messrs. Allen, Chilton and Glenn each held 18,514 RSUs.85,605 RSUs; and (iii) Mr. Fowler held 83,038 shares of restricted stock.
3(3)As of December 31, 2022,2023, the following outside directors held the following vested RSUs deferred under the Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan: Mr. Allen – 14,536;33,050; Ms. Bejar – 25,608;44,122; Mr. Chilton – 13,152;28,378; Mr. Glenn – 45,681;64,195; Mr. Roberts – 14,706. For further information on our directors’ stock ownership, see “Ownership of Our Securities—Executive Officers and Directors,” and for information on certain deferred equity and cash fee arrangements, see “—Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation.”
4(4)Includes (i) reimbursements for the cost of annual physical examinations and related travel of $981 for Mr. Clontz and $513$5,652 for Mr. Hanks, (ii) the payments related to the attendance of the NACD Conference of $2,000 each for Mr. Allen and Ms. Bejar.Allen. Except as otherwise noted in the prior sentence, the table above does not reflect reimbursements for travel expenses.
5(5)Does not include Diankha Linear, who was appointed to the Board in February 2024.
(6)James Fowler was appointed to the Board in August 2023.
(7)Mr. Roberts’ term will end immediately following the 2024 annual shareholders meeting.
(8)Mr. Hanks’ term will endended immediately following the 2023 annual shareholders meeting.
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN– In March 2019, the Board adopted a deferred compensation plan for our non-employee directors. Under this plan, our non-employee directors may defer up to 100% of their cash and equity compensation.
Participants in the Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan may elect to receive payment of their account balances in either two to five annual installments or a lump sum upon a fixed date, separation from service, or up to five years following separation from service, subject to any federal tax rules governing deferred compensation.
50
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Board of Directors and Governance
All cash amounts deferred under this plan by non-employee directors are allocated among deemed investments that follow the performance of a broad array of funds and are reflected in the market value of each participant’s account. Distribution amounts will include investment returns (positive or negative).
47
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Board of Directors and Governance
If a non-employee director elects to defer all or a portion of the director’s annual equity award under this plan, as noted above, the portion of the award subject to the deferral election will be issued as restricted stock units instead of shares of restricted stock.
Five of our current directors, Ms. Bejar and Messrs. Allen, Chilton, Glenn and Roberts, participate in this plan.
LEGACY QWEST DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN – CLOSED TO NEW PARTICIPANTS AND CONTRIBUTIONS In connection with our 2011 merger with Qwest, we assumed the Qwest Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors. Under this plan, Qwest outside directors could elect to defer all or a portion of their cash directors’ fees, which were then converted to a number of “phantom units” based on the value of a share of Qwest stock, with credit for dividends paid to shareholders “reinvested” in additional phantom units. Plan balances attributable to amounts deferred on or after January 1, 2005, by Qwest directors who joined our Board following the merger were converted, based on the merger exchange ratio, to phantom units based on the value of one of our Common Shares. Other than the crediting and “reinvestment” of dividends for outstanding phantom units, the Company does not make any contributions to and no additional elective deferrals are permitted under this plan. Subject to the terms of the plan, each participant’s account will be distributed as a lump sum in cash as soon as practicable following the end of his or her service as a director. As of December 31, 2022,2023, Michael J. Roberts was the only remaining participant in this plan, with a balance of 9,569 phantom units with an aggregate value of approximately $49,949.$17,511. Subject to the terms of the plan, Mr. Roberts’ account will be distributed as a lump sum in cash as soon as practicable following the end of his service as a director at the 2024 annual shareholders meeting.
Other Benefits
Each outside director is entitled to be reimbursed: (i) for expenses incurred in attending Board and committee meetings, (ii) for expenses incurred in attending director education programs and (iii) up to $5,000 per year for the cost of an annual physical examination, plus related travel expenses. We supply company-owned tablets to certain of our outside directors for use in reviewing materials posted to a dedicated portal that permits management to communicate with the Board.
Directors may use our aircraft in connection with company-related business. However, we generally do not permit either our directors or their family members to use our aircraft for personal trips.
Our Bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers so that they will be free from undue concern about personal liability in connection with their service to the Company. We have signed agreements with each of those individuals contractually obligating us to provide these indemnification rights. We also provide our directors with customary directors and officers liability insurance.
48
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT51


ITEM 2
Ratify KPMG as Our
2023 2024 Independent Auditor
lumn-20230405_g120.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg
The Audit Committee of the Board has appointed KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for the fiscal year ending December 31, 20232024 and we are submitting that appointment to our shareholders for ratification on an advisory basis at the meeting. Although shareholder ratification of KPMG’s appointment is not legally required, we are submitting this matter to the shareholders, as in the past, as a matter of good corporate practice.
If the shareholders fail to vote on an advisory basis in favor of the appointment, the Audit Committee will reconsider whether to retain KPMG and may appoint that firm or another without re-submitting the matter to the shareholders. Even if the shareholders ratify the appointment, the Audit Committee may, in its discretion, select a different independent auditor at any time during the year if it determines that such a change would be in the Company’s best interests.
In connection with the audit of the 20222023 financial statements, we entered into an engagement letter with KPMG which sets forth the terms by which KPMG provided audit services to us. Any future disputes between KPMG and us under that letter will be subject to certain specified alternative dispute resolution procedures, none of which are intended to restrict the remedies that our shareholders might independently pursue against KPMG.
KPMG has advised us that one or more of its partners plan to participate in the meeting. We understand that these representatives will be available to respond to appropriate questions and will have an opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so.
For a discussion of factors the Audit Committee considered in connection with re-appointing KPMG for the 20232024 audit, see “-Annual Evaluation and Selection of Independent Auditors.”
Ratification of KPMG’s appointment as our independent auditor for 20232024 will require the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the proposal at the meeting.
lumn-20230405_g121.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg 
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR this proposal.
52
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Item 2 Ratify KPMG as Our 2023 Independent Auditor
Annual Evaluation and Selection of Independent Auditors
The Audit Committee annually evaluates the performance of the Company’s independent auditors, including the senior audit engagement team, and determines whether to re-engage the current independent auditors or consider other audit firms. KPMG has served as our independent auditors since 1977. In deciding to re-engage KPMG as the Company’s independent auditors for 2023,2024, the Audit Committee considered a number of factors, including:
KPMG’s global capabilities;
KPMG’s technical expertise and knowledge of the Company’s global operations and industry;
The quality and candor of KPMG’s communications with the Audit Committee and management;
KPMG’s independence;
The quality and efficiency of the services provided by KPMG, including input from management on KPMG’s performance and how effectively KPMG demonstrated its independent judgment, objectivity and professional skepticism;
49
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 2 Ratify KPMG as Our 2024 Independent Auditor
External data on audit quality and performance, including recent PCAOB reports on KPMG and its peer firms; and
The appropriateness of KPMG’s fees, KPMG’s tenure as independent auditors (including the advantages and disadvantages of a longer tenure) and the controls and processes in place that help ensure KPMG’s continued independence.
Over the last several years, the Audit Committee has attempted to strike an appropriate balance between auditor rotation and retention. Over the past few years, KPMG’s engagement partner for our audit has been rotated more frequently than required. In addition, since theour 2017 combination with Level 3, Combination, not only has the engagement partner been rotated multiple times but the KPMG office charged with the audit has alternated between Shreveport, Louisiana and Denver, Colorado. The factors that the Audit Committee considered that favored the retention of KPMG as the Company’s independent auditors included:
Enhanced audit quality – KPMG’s significant institutional knowledge and deep expertise of the Company’s global business, accounting policies and practices, recent divestiture transactions and internal control over financial reporting enhance audit quality.
Competitive fees – Because of KPMG’s familiarity with the Company and the communications industry, audit and other fees are competitive with peer companies.
Avoid costs associated with a new auditor – Bringing on new independent auditors would be costly and require a significant time commitment, which could lead to management distractions.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT53

Item 2 Ratify KPMG as Our 2023 Independent Auditor
Audit and Other Fees
The following table lists the aggregate fees and costs billed to us by KPMG and its affiliates for the 20212022 and 20222023 services identified below:
FeesFees20212022Fees20222023
Audit Fees(1)
Audit Fees(1)
$13,206,340 $12,596,575 
Audit-Related Fees(2)
Audit-Related Fees(2)
1,768,278 2,079,152 
Tax Fees(3)
Tax Fees(3)
96,160 283,650 
Other— — 
Other(4)
Total FeesTotal Fees$15,070,778 $14,959,377 
1(1)Includes the cost of services rendered in connection with (i) auditing our annual consolidated financial statements, (ii) auditing our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (iii) reviewing our quarterly financial statements, (iv) auditing the financial statements of several of our subsidiaries, (v) statutory audits for certain of our foreign subsidiaries and (vi) consultations regarding accounting standards.
2(2)Includes (i) the cost of preparing agreed upon procedures reports and providing general accounting consulting services, for both years, (ii) 2021 audit-related fees from the divestitures of the Latin American business and 20-state incumbent local exchange business and (iii)(ii) 2022 audit-related fees from the divestitures of the Latin American business and incumbent local exchange business, and the planned2023 divestiture of the EMEA business.
3(3)Reflects costs associated with general tax planning, consultation and compliance.
(4)Reflects costs associated to assess program and project activities related to system implementation.
The Audit Committee maintains written procedures that require it to annually review and pre-approve the scope of all services to be performed by our independent auditor. This review includes an evaluation of whether the provision of non-audit services by our independent auditor is compatible with maintaining the auditor’s independence in providing audit and audit-related services. The Committee’s procedures prohibit the independent auditor from providing any non-audit services unless the service is permitted under applicable law and is pre-approved by the Audit Committee or its Chairman. The Chairman is authorized to pre-approve projects if the total anticipated cost of all projects pre-approved by him during any fiscal quarter does not exceed $250,000. The Audit Committee has pre-approved the Company’s independent auditor to provide up to $75,000 per quarter of miscellaneous permitted tax services that do not constitute discrete and separate projects. The Chairman and the Chief Financial Officer are required periodically to advise the full Committee of the scope and cost of services not pre-approved by the full Committee. Although applicable regulations permit us to waive these pre-approval requirements in certain limited circumstances, the Audit Committee did not use these waiver provisions in either 20212022 or 2022.2023.
50
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

ITEM 2 Ratify KPMG as Our 2024 Independent Auditor
Audit Committee Report
Our Audit Committee has oversight authority over Lumen’s financial reporting function, including our internal controls over financial reporting (“ICFR”) and our external independent audit process. In carrying out its oversight responsibilities, the Audit Committee:
monitors management’s responsibility for fairly presenting our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) by maintaining accurate and reliable financial information through our ICFR processes;
appoints our independent auditor; and
regularly communicates with our independent auditor regarding the scope and status of its annual audit of our consolidated financial statements, including our ICFR.
As part of the Committee’s oversight of the Company’s financial statements, the Committee reviews and discusses with the Company’s management, and internal and external auditors, management’s key initiatives and programs aimed at maintaining and improving ICFR, the effectiveness of the Company’s internal and disclosure control structure and the scope and adequacy of the Company’s internal auditing program.
54
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Item 2 Ratify KPMG as Our 2023 Independent Auditor
The Committee met eightnine times in 20222023 and included executive sessions in which the Committee met separately with KPMG, our independent auditor, as well as representatives of our Internal Audit group and management. During 2022,2023, the Committee discussed with KPMG: (i) those matters required to be discussed by the applicable requirements of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), including the quality of the Company’s accounting principles, the reasonableness of significant judgments and the clarity of disclosures in the financial statements; (ii) the written disclosures required by PCAOB regarding the independent auditor’s communications with audit committees concerning independence; (iii) KPMG’s independence and the effects that the provision of non-audit services might have on KPMG’s independence; and (iv) various other matters pertaining to the audit and other matters handled by KPMG. Moreover, the Committee emphasized the continued importance of an environment supporting the integrity of the financial reporting process; oversaw the implementation of new accounting standards and appropriate related internal controls; and coordinated with other committees of the Board to oversee the Company’s risk management function, especially with respect to matters that could impact the Company’s financial results or financial position.
51
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 2 Ratify KPMG as Our 2024 Independent Auditor
Among other matters, over the course of the past year, the Committee also:
reviewed the scope of and overall plans and progress for the annual audit and the internal audit program, including a review of critical accounting estimates and significant unusual transactions;
reviewed and discussed each quarterly and annual financial statements and related earnings press releases before issuance, including reviewing the Company’s issuance of guidance and use of non-GAAP financial information, the adequacy of disclosures and management’s ICFR report and discussion and analysis;
discussed our 20222023 critical accounting policies with KPMG;
discussed SEC regulatory changes;
reviewed the Company’s debt compliance process, including primary debt covenants, debt agreement restrictions, maintenance covenant calculations and liquidity implications;
received quarterly reports from the Director of Internal Audit, including the Company’s work regarding ICFR and met with other members of the Internal Audit staff;
received and discussed reports each quarter on the Company’s significant litigation issues;goodwill impairment testing;
received periodic reports pursuant to our policy for the submission of confidential communications from employees and others about accounting, internal controls and auditing matters and conducted certain follow-up inquiries as necessary;
discussed Company capital allocation, investment, and tax planning strategies;
reviewed the performance of KPMG and KPMG’s lead engagement partner and planned for the future rotation of the lead engagement partner should KPMG be retained as the Company’s auditor;
reviewed and discussed the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;
reviewedreceived quarterly reports from the Director of Internal Audit, including the Company’s debt compliance process, including primary debt covenants, debt agreement restrictions, maintenance covenant calculationswork regarding ICFR and liquidity implications;met with other members of the Internal Audit staff;
received and discussed reports each quarter on the Company’s goodwill impairment testing;significant litigation issues;
received and evaluated a report concerning the Company’s major financial risks along with the Company’s mitigating actions;
reviewed the Company’s accounting for income taxes;
reviewed the Company’s accounting for pension assets and liabilities; and
received an annual report with regard to any hiring of former employees of KPMG.

2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT55

Item 2 Ratify KPMG as Our 2023 Independent Auditor
Taking all of these reviews and discussions into account and subject to the limitations on the role and responsibilities of the Committee referred to in its charter, the undersigned Committee members recommended that the Board include the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
In addition to the Company’s corporate compliance program and integrity line, the Audit Committee has established procedures for the receipt and evaluation, on a confidential basis, of any complaints or concerns regarding our accounting, auditing, financial reporting or related matters. To report such matters, please send written correspondence to Audit Committee Chair, c/o Post Office Box 4364, Monroe, Louisiana 71211.
Submitted by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
lumn-20230405_g122.jpgpg53-sign_joneshal.jpg
pg53-sign_allenquincy.jpg lumn-20230405_g123.jpg
pg53-sign_brownpeter.jpg
pg53-sign_chiltonkevin.jpg
Fowler Signature_2.jpg lumn-20230405_g126.jpg
W. Bruce HanksHal Stanley Jones
(CHAIR)
Quincy L. AllenPeter C. BrownKevin P. ChiltonHal Stanley JonesJames Fowler
5652
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 


ITEM 3
Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 20182024 Equity Incentive Plan
lumn-20230405_g120.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg
Our growthfuture success depends upon the efforts of our officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors. We believe that our current equity compensation plan, the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated in 2020 (the “2018 Plan”), provides an effective means of attracting, retaining, and motivating qualified key personnel while encouraging long-term focus on maximizing shareholder value.
A maximum of 34,600,000 Common Shares were initially reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan as approved by our shareholders at our 2018 annual meeting. A subsequent increase to 75,600,000 Common Shares was approved by our shareholders at our 2020 annual meeting. As noted in the chart on page 66,61, we had 15,608,1075,974,868 Common Shares available for grant under the 2018 Plan as of March 23, 2023,21, 2024, which we do not believe will be sufficient for future grants.
At the meeting, we will ask theare asking shareholders to approve our Second Amended and Restated 20182024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Amended and Restated Plan”“Plan”), which would:
increaseauthorizes the maximum numberissuance of up to 43,000,000 Common Shares, reserved for issuance thereundersubject to 77,600,000, which reflects an increase of 2,000,000 Common Shares;
remove an annual limit on the maximum number ofadjustment, plus any Common Shares covered by any awardsubject to incentives previously granted under the 2018 Plan that are subsequently cancelled, forfeited or expire prior to any individual,exercise or realization. If the Plan is approved by our shareholders, no new awards will be made under the 2018 Plan following March 21, 2024, the record date.
The number of shares of Common Stock authorized under the Plan, and the other share-based disclosures including in this proposal, do not reflect the implementation of the proposed reverse stock split of our Common Shares. If the shareholders approve Item 5A at the meeting, then the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance and other share-based limitations in the reasons discussed below; and
reflect our new corporate name by changing each reference to the company from “CenturyLink” to “Lumen”.Plan will be adjusted accordingly.
We have carefully reviewed the provisions of the 2018 Plan in its entirety, and we feel that the plan still reflects good equity compensation practices and is in line with shareholder interests. Other than the three changes listed above, we are not proposing any other changes to the terms of the 2018 Plan.
Our Board, on the recommendation of its Human Resources and Compensation Committee, has unanimously approved the Amended and Restated Plan, subject to approval by our shareholders at the meeting.
The principal features of the Amended and Restated Plan are summarized below. However, this summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Amended and Restated Plan, as attached to this proxy statement as Appendix C. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all the information that you may consider to be important. Therefore, we recommend that you read Appendix C carefully before you decide how to vote on this proposal.
lumn-20230405_g121.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg 
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR this proposal.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT57

Item 3 Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
Purpose of the Proposal
We believe that providing officers, directors, employees, consultants and advisors with a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of our Company is crucial to stimulating individual performance while at the same time enhancing shareholder value. While we believe that employee equity ownership is a significant contributing factor in achieving strong corporate performance, we recognize that increasing the number of available shares under incentive plans may potentially dilute the equity ownership of our current shareholders, as further discussed below and under “Compensation Discussion & Analysis - Section Four - 2022 Long-Term Incentive Compensation - Share Dilution, Burn RateLTI Governance and Stock-Based Compensation Expense.Oversight.” However, given the limited number of Common Shares remaining available for issuance under the 2018 Plan (as noted above), coupled with the current trading price of our Common Shares, we believe that adoption of the Amended and Restated Plan is integral to our continued ability to attract, retain, and motivate key stakeholders in a manner aligned with the interests of our shareholders. We expect that the increased share reserve under the Amended and Restated Plan, if this proposal is approved by our shareholders, will be sufficient for awards for one year.two years if our trading price remains consistent and we continue to award cash awards to employees below the executive level. Expectations regarding future share usage could be impacted by a number of factors such as award type mix, hiring and promotion activity at the executive level, the rate at which shares are returned to the Amended and Restated Plan’s reserve under permitted addbacks, the future performance of our stock price, and other factors. While we believe that the assumptions we used are reasonable, future share usage may differ from current expectations.
We also propose to remove
53
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 3 Approval of Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
Given the 2018 Plan’s current annual per person share limit, which provides that the maximumlimited number of Common Shares that may be covered by awardsremaining available for issuance as of December 31, 2023, for our annual LTI award in March 2024, we shifted the 60% performance-based portion from equity to any individualcash for our executives and awarded LTI below executive level in any calendar year cannot exceed 1.5 million. This limit was originally included in our equity plans to comply with the “qualified performance-based compensation” exception under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Since then, the U.S. Congress has eliminated this exception, thereby negating the needcash for the limit. For more information on this changesecond year in the law, see “Compensation Discussion & AnalysisSection FiveHRCC Engagement and Compensation GovernanceDeductibility of Executive Compensation.” In addition, due to the decrease in the trading price of our Common Shares, this limit is currently interfering with our ability to grant awards to our top senior officers with market values sufficient to provide market-based compensation. The HRCC has determined that a failure to remove this limit could adversely impact our ability to attract and retain top senior leaders.
row. If shareholders do not approve the Amended and Restated Plan at the annual meeting, we will continue to use our 2018 Plan but, given the limited number of Common Shares remaining available for issuance as of March 21, 2024, we will be required to re-evaluate our compensation structure to ensure that it remains competitive. Specifically, if the Amended and Restated Plan is not approved, we will likely increase our use of cash-based employee compensation, which could reduce the alignment of employee and shareholder interests.
Good Governance Provisions in Our Amended and Restated Plan
The Amended and Restated Plan incorporates numerous governance best practices, including:
Minimum one-year vesting requirement.All Incentives must be granted with a minimum vesting period of at least one year;year except for Incentives related to 5% of the Common Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan;
No Dividends Payabledividends payable on Awards Priorawards prior to Vesting. vesting.Prohibits payment Payment of dividends or dividend equivalents onrelated to an awardIncentive are not payable until itthe Incentive vests, although dividends or dividend equivalents may accrue on unvested awards;incentives other than options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”);
Responsible share recycling.Any shares surrendered or withheld to satisfy tax withholding on options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”)SARs or to pay the exercise price of any option will not be added back (recycled) to the plan.Plan. The planPlan also provides that the gross number of SARs exercised or settled, and not just the net shares issued, will count against the aggregate limit that may be issued under the Plan;
No discounted options or SARs. Minimum 100% fair market value exercise price for options and SARs;
No repricing or cash buyouts.No repricing of options or Options and SARs may not be repriced and no cash buyout of underwater options and SARs is permitted without shareholder approval;
Limitation on annual director awardsawards.. The A limit of $1 million per calendar year applies to the sum of all compensation granted to non-employee directors, and the value of non-employee director annual equity awards may not exceed $500,000;$500,000 of this limit;
58
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Item 3 Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
No excise tax gross-ups. DoesThe Plan does not provide for excise tax gross-ups in the event of a change of control;
Double-trigger change of control provision. Participants must experience an involuntary termination of employment for an award to vest as a result of a change of control (a “double trigger”);
No evergreen. No “evergreen” share increases or automatic “reload” awards; and
Administered by an independent committee.The Amended and Restated Plan is administered by an independent committee, and is benchmarked against Lumen’s peers with the assistance of an independent compensation consultant.consultant; and
Clawback. Incentives granted under the Plan are subject to Lumen’s Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation, and the administrator may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an incentive agreement as it determines to be necessary or appropriate and in accordance with recent regulations.
Burn Rate, Dilution and Overhang
Our burn rate, dilution and overhang measurements below are calculated with respect to our equity compensation plans. During each of the last three years, weWe granted equity awardsincentives to an average of approximately 1,7001,600 officers and employees and 10 outside directors in each of 2021 and 2022 and to approximately 20 officers and employees and 10 outside directors in 2023. These equity incentive awards were comprised of a mix of time-based restricted shares or units (TBRS) that generally vest ratably over three years (or cliff vest after one year for non-employee directors) and performance-based restricted shares or units (PBRS) that generally cliff vest at the end of three years.
We measure our net burn rate as (a) the number of shares subject to issuance under our equity-based awards (with PBRS reflected at the maximum performance level) granted in a fiscal year (net of cancellations and forfeitures), divided by (b) the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for that fiscal year. Our average annual net burn rate over the past three fiscal years is approximately 1.35%1.56%. If we exclude the effects of cancellations and forfeitures, our three-year average annual gross burn rate is approximately 1.61%1.12%.
54
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

ITEM 3 Approval of Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
We measure dilution as (a) the total number of shares issuable under our unvested and outstanding equity based awards (with PBRS reflected at the maximum performance level) at the end of the fiscal year, divided by (b) the total shares of common stock outstanding at the end of the fiscal year. Our average dilution over the last three fiscal years is approximately 5.48%4.67%.
(Share Amounts in Thousands)(Share Amounts in Thousands)2022202120203-Year Average(Share Amounts in Thousands)202320222021
3-Year
Average
For the years ending December 31For the years ending December 31
TBRS and PBRS GrantedTBRS and PBRS Granted18,78813,90817,812
TBRS and PBRS Granted
TBRS and PBRS Granted
Gross Burn Rate
Gross Burn Rate
Gross Burn RateGross Burn Rate1.86 %1.31 %1.65 %1.61 %1.50 %1.86 %1.31 %1.56 %
TBRS and PBRS Cancelled/ForfeitedTBRS and PBRS Cancelled/Forfeited4,5241,8281,836
Net Burn RateNet Burn Rate1.42 %1.14 %1.48 %1.35 %
Net Burn Rate
Net Burn Rate0.81 %1.42 %1.14 %1.12 %
Unvested TBRS and PBRSUnvested TBRS and PBRS27,27922,42721,508
As of December 31As of December 31
As of December 31
As of December 31
Total shares available for grantTotal shares available for grant18,54935,70648,595
Total shares available for grant
Total shares available for grant
Dilution
Dilution
DilutionDilution4.55 %5.49 %6.39 %5.48 %3.96%4.55 %5.49 %4.67 %
Weighted-average common stock outstandingWeighted-average common stock outstanding1,007,5171,059,5411,079,130
Common stock outstandingCommon stock outstanding1,001,6881,023,5121,096,921
Common stock outstanding
Common stock outstanding
We also monitor “overhang” to measure the cumulative impact of our equity compensation plans. We measure overhang as (a) the number of full-value shares subject to equity awards outstanding (with PBRS reflected at the maximum performance level) plus the number of shares available for grant, divided by (b) the total shares of common stock outstanding at the end of the year.outstanding. As of March 23, 2023,21, 2024, our overhang was approximately 5.22%3.76%. However, assuming the Amended and Restated Plan had been approved as of March 23, 2023,21, 2024, our overhang would have been approximately 5.42%7.41% as of such date.
(Share Amounts in Thousands)(Share Amounts in Thousands)As of March 23, 2023Adjusted for Plan Increase as
of March 23, 2023
(Share Amounts in Thousands)As of March 21, 2024
Adjusted for Plan Increase as
of March 21, 2024
Total full-value awards outstandingTotal full-value awards outstanding36,826
Total shares available for grant15,60817,608
Total shares available for grant(1)
Common stock outstandingCommon stock outstanding1,004,873
OverhangOverhang5.22 %5.42 %Overhang3.76 %7.41 %
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT59

Item 3 Approval(1)No Incentives will be granted under the 2018 Plan after March 21, 2024, unless the Plan is not approved by our shareholders. Upon approval of Our Second Amendedthe Plan by our shareholders, the shares remaining available for grant under the 2018 Plan will be cancelled and Restatedwe will cease using the 2018 EquityPlan for new Incentive Plan
awards.
Summary of the Amended and Restated Plan
Administration of the Amended and Restated Plan. The Human Resources and Compensation Committee (or a subcommittee of this committee; in either case, referred to as the “Committee” in this Item 3) will generally administer the Amended and Restated Plan and has the authority to make awards under the Amended and Restated Plan, including setting the terms of the awards. The Committee also generally has the authority to interpret the Amended and Restated Plan, to establish any rules or regulations relating to the Amended and Restated Plan, and to make any other determination that it believes necessary or advisable for proper administration of the Amended and Restated Plan. Subject to the limitations specified in the Amended and Restated Plan, the Committee may delegate its authority to our Chief Executive Officer and/or hisone or her designeemore of our executive officers with respect to grants to employees or consultants who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
Eligibility. Key employees, officers, and directors of Lumen and our consultants or advisors are eligible to receive awards (“Incentives”) under the Amended and Restated Plan. Based on current estimates, we anticipate that approximately 1,3751,200 officers and employees and 10 outside directors would be eligible to receive Incentives under the Amended and Restated Plan, noting there are currently approximately 1,3501,200 officers and employees and outside directors with outstanding awards under the 2018 Plan. Incentives may be granted in any one or a combination of the following forms: incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), non-qualifiednon-qualified stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and other stock-based awards (“Other Stock-Based Awards”). Each of these types of Incentives is discussed in more detail in “Types of Incentives” below.
55
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 3 Approval of Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
Shares Issuable under the Amended and Restated Plan. If the Amended and Restated Plan is approved by the shareholders at the meeting, a total of 77,600,00043,000,000 of our Common Shares are authorized for issuance under the Amended and Restated Plan, (giving effectplus any Common Shares subject to Incentives previously granted under the share increase).2018 Plan that are subsequently cancelled, forfeited or expire prior to exercise or realization. The closing price of a Common Share on the record date, as quoted on the NYSE, was $2.47.$1.71.
Limitations on Shares Issuable under the Amended and Restated Plan. Under the Amended and Restated Plan, a maximumall of 34,600,000the Common Shares available under the Plan may be issued upon exercise of options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under the Code. TheA limit of $1 million per calendar year applies to the sum of all cash and Incentives and other compensation granted to non-employee directors, although the maximum value of Incentives that may be granted under the Amended and Restated Plan to each non-employee director of Lumen during a single calendar year is $500,000.
Share Counting. For purposes of determining the maximum number of Common Shares available for delivery under the Amended and Restated Plan, shares that are not delivered because an Incentive is forfeited, canceled, or expired will return to the Amended and Restated Plan and be available for reissuance. However, Common Shares subject to an Incentive will not be recycled if (a) they are tendered in payment of exercise or base price of a stock option or stock-settled SAR; (b) they were covered by, but not issued upon settlement of, stock-settled SARs; or (c) they were delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation related to stock options or stock-settled SARs. If an Incentive, by its terms, may only be settled in cash, it will not impact the number of Common Shares available for issuance under the Amended and Restated Plan.
Adjustments to Shares Issuable under the Amended and Restated Plan. Proportionate adjustments will be made to all of the share limitations provided in the Amended and Restated Plan, including shares subject to outstanding Incentives, in the event of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, or other comparable change in our Common Shares, and the terms of any Incentive will be adjusted to the extent appropriate to provide participants with the same relative rights before and after the occurrence of any such event.
Minimum Vesting Periods. Except for any Incentives that are issued in payment of cash amounts earned under our short-term incentive program, all Incentives must be granted with a minimum vesting period of at least one year without providing for incremental vesting during that first year.year, except that Incentives covering up to 5% of the Common Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan may be granted without compliance with this minimum vesting requirement.
Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. The Amended and Restated Plan provides that the Committee may grant dividends or dividend equivalent rights on certain types of awards (restricted stock, RSUs, and Other Stock-Based Awards). If the Committee elects to grant such rights, any such rights must vest and pay out or be forfeited in tandem with underlying Incentives rather than during the vesting period.
Amendments to the Amended and Restated Plan. Our Board may amend or discontinue the Amended and Restated Plan at any time. However, our shareholders must approve any amendment to the Amended and Restated Plan that would:
materially increase the number of Common Shares that may be issued through the Amended and Restated Plan;
materially increase the benefits accruing to participants;
60
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Item 3 Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
materially expand the classes of persons eligible to participate;
expand the types of awards available for grant;
materially extend the term of the Amended and Restated Plan;
materially reduce the price at which Common Shares may be offered through the Amended and Restated Plan; or
permit the repricing of an option or stock appreciation right.
Duration of the Amended and Restated PlanPlan.. No Incentives may be granted under the Amended and Restated Plan after May 23, 202815, 2034 (the tenth anniversary of the date on which the 2018 Plan was initially approved by our shareholders).
Clawback. All Incentives granted under the Plan will be subject to such deductions, clawback, recoupment or recovery as may be required to be made (x) pursuant to any applicable policy adopted by the Company which provides for such deduction, clawback, recoupment or recovery, as currently effective or subsequently amended, or (y) to the extent required pursuant to any currently effective or subsequently adopted law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement.
56
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

ITEM 3 Approval of Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
Types of IncentivesIncentives.. Each type of Incentive that may be granted under the Amended and Restated Plan is described below.
Stock Options. A stock option is a right to purchase Common Shares from Lumen. The Committee will determine the number and exercise price of the options, and the time or times that the options become exercisable, provided that the option exercise price may not be less than the fair market value of a Common Share on the date of grant, except for an option granted in substitution of an outstanding award in an acquisition. The term of an option will also be determined by the Committee, but may not exceed ten years. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any stock option at any time. As noted above, the Committee may not, without the prior approval of our shareholders, decrease the exercise price for any outstanding option after the date of grant. In addition, an outstanding option may not, as of any date that the option has a per share exercise price that is greater than the then-current fair market value of a Common Share, be surrendered to us as consideration for the grant of a new option with a lower exercise price, another Incentive, a cash payment, or Common Shares, unless approved by our shareholders. Incentive stock options will be subject to certain additional requirements necessary in order to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code.
The option exercise price may be paid:
in cash or by check;
in Common shares;Shares;
through a “cashless” exercise arrangement with a broker approved by Lumen;
through a net exercise procedure if approved by the Committee; or
in any other manner authorized by the Committee.
Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right, or SAR, is a right to receive, without payment to Lumen, a number of Common Shares determined by dividing the product of the number of shares as to which the stock appreciation right is exercised and the amount of the appreciation in each share by the fair market value of a share on the date of exercise of the right. The Committee will determine the base price used to measure share appreciation (which may not be less than the fair market value of a Common Share on the date of grant), whether the right may be paid in cash, and the number and term of stock appreciation rights, provided that the term of a SAR may not exceed ten years. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any SAR at any time. The Amended and Restated Plan restricts decreases in the base price and certain exchanges of SARs on terms similar to the restrictions described above for options.
Restricted Stock. The Committee may grant Common Shares subject to restrictions on sale, pledge, or other transfer by the recipient for a certain restricted period. All shares of restricted stock will be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may provide in an agreement with the participant, including provisions that may obligate the participant to forfeit the shares to us in the event of termination of employment or if specified performance goals or targets are not met. Subject to restrictions provided in the participant’s incentive agreement and the Amended and Restated Plan, a participant receiving restricted stock shall have all of the rights of a shareholder as to such shares, including the right to receive dividends although, as noted above, any such dividends would not be paid currently but would vest or be forfeited in tandem with the related shares of restricted stock.
Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit, or RSU, represents the right to receive from Lumen one Common Share on a specific future vesting or payment date. All RSUs will be subject to such restrictions as the
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT61

Item 3 Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
Committee may provide in an agreement with the participant, including provisions that may obligate the participant to forfeit the RSUs in the event of termination of employment or if specified performance goals or targets are not met. Subject to the restrictions provided in the incentive agreement and the Amended and Restated Plan, a participant receiving RSUs has no rights of a shareholder until Common Shares are issued to him or her. RSUs may be granted with dividend equivalent rights. Any such dividend equivalent rights would not be paid currently but would vest or be forfeited in tandem with the related RSUs.
Other Stock-Based Awards. The Amended and Restated Plan also permits the Committee to grant to participants awards of Common Shares and other awards that are denominated in, payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the value of, or the appreciation in value of, Common Shares (other stock-based awards). The Committee has discretion to determine the times at which such awards are to be made, the size of such awards, the form of payment, and all other conditions of such awards, including any restrictions, deferral periods, or performance requirements.
57
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 3 Approval of Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
Termination of EmploymentEmployment.. In the event that a participant ceases to be an employee of Lumen or its subsidiaries or to provide services to us for any reason, including death, disability, early retirement, or normal retirement, any Incentives may be exercised, shall vest, or shall expire at such times as provided in the applicable incentive agreement or as may be otherwise determined by the Committee.
Change of Control. Upon a change of control of Lumen, as defined in the Amended and Restated Plan, or the applicable incentive agreement, the vesting of time-based Incentives will only occur if thean employee participant has a contemporaneous or subsequent involuntary termination of employment.employment as provided in the applicable agreement. In addition, the payout of any performance-based Incentives upon a change of control may not exceed the greater of a pro-rata payout based on target performance or payout of the Incentive based on actual performance. However, within certain time periods and under certain conditions, the Committee may:
require that all outstanding Incentives be exercised by a certain date;
require the surrender to Lumen of some or all outstanding Incentives in exchange for a stock or cash payment for each Incentive equal in value to the per share change of control value, calculated as described in the Amended and Restated Plan, over the exercise or base price;price, if any;
make any equitable adjustment to outstanding Incentives as the Committee deems necessary to reflect our corporate changes; or
provide that an Incentive shall become an Incentive relating to the number and class of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) to which the participant would have been entitled in connection with the change of control transaction if the participant had been a shareholder.
Transferability of Incentives.No Incentives granted under the Amended and Restated Plan may be transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise encumbered by a participant except: (a) by will; (b) by the laws of descent and distribution; (c) if permitted by the Committee and so provided in the applicable incentive agreement, pursuant to a domestic relations order, as defined in the Code; or (d) as to options only, if permitted by the Committee and so provided in the applicable incentive agreement, to immediate family members or to a partnership, limited liability company or trust for which the sole owners, members or beneficiaries are the participant or immediate family members.
Tax Withholding. We may withhold from any payments or share issuances under the Amended and Restated Plan, or collect as a condition of payment, any taxes required by law to be withheld. The participant may, but is not required to, satisfy his or her withholding tax obligation by electing to deliver currently-owned Common Shares, or to have us withhold shares from the shares the participant would otherwise receive, in either case having a value equal to the maximum amount required to be withheld. This election must be made prior to the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. The Committee has the right to disapprove of any such election, except for participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
Purchase of Incentives. The Committee may approve the repurchase by Lumen of an unexercised or unvested Incentive from the holder by mutual agreement, so long as the repurchase would not constitute the repricing of an option or SAR.
Federal Income Tax Consequences
The federal income tax consequences related to the issuance of the different types of Incentives that may be awarded under the Amended and Restated Plan are summarized below. Participants who are granted Incentives under Amended and Restated Plan should consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences based on their particular circumstances.
62
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Item 3 Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
Stock Options. A participant who is granted a stock option normally will not realize any income, nor will we normally receive any deduction for federal income tax purposes, in the year the option is granted.
When a non-qualified stock option granted under the Amended and Restated Plan is exercised, the participant will realize ordinary income measured by the difference between the aggregate purchase price of the shares acquired and the aggregate fair market value of the shares acquired on the exercise date and, subject to the limitations of Section 162(m) (as described below), we will be entitled to a deduction in the year the option is exercised equal to the amount the participant is required to treat as ordinary income.
58
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

ITEM 3 Approval of Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. An employee generally will not recognize any income upon the exercise of any incentive stock option, but the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise over the option price will be an item of tax preference, which may, depending on particular factors relating to the employee, subject the employee to the alternative minimum tax imposed by Section 55 of the Code. The alternative minimum tax is imposed in addition to the federal individual income tax, and it is intended to ensure that individual taxpayers do not completely avoid federal income tax by using preference items. An employee will recognize capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the exercise price and the sale price on the sale or exchange of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option, provided the employee does not dispose of such shares within two years from the date of grant and one year from the date of exercise of the incentive stock option (the holding periods). An employee disposing of such shares before the expiration of the holding periods will recognize ordinary income generally equal to the difference between the option price and the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise. The remaining gain, if any, will be capital gain. We will not be entitled to a federal income tax deduction in connection with the exercise of an incentive stock option, except where the employee disposes of the shares received upon exercise before the expiration of the holding periods.
If the exercise price of a non-qualified option is paid by the surrender of previously-owned shares, the basis and the holding period of the previously-owned shares carry over to the same number of shares received in exchange for the previously-owned shares. The compensation income recognized on exercise of these options is added to the basis of the shares received. If the exercised option is an incentive stock option and the shares surrendered were acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option and have not been held for the holding periods, the optionee will recognize income on such exchange, and the basis of the shares received will be equal to the fair market value of the shares surrendered. If the applicable holding period has been met on the date of exercise, there will be no income recognition and the basis and the holding period of the previously owned shares will carry over to the same number of shares received in exchange, and the remaining shares will begin a new holding period and have a zero basis.
Stock Appreciation Rights. Generally, a participant who is granted a SAR under the Amended and Restated Plan will not recognize any taxable income at the time of the grant. The participant will recognize ordinary income upon exercise equal to the amount of cash or the fair market value of the shares received on the day they are received.
In general, there are no federal income tax deductions allowed to Lumen upon the grant of SAR. Upon the exercise of the SAR, however, we will be entitled to a deduction equal to the amount of ordinary income that the participant is required to recognize as a result of the exercise, provided that the deduction is not otherwise disallowed under Section 162(m).
Restricted Stock. Unless the participant makes an election to accelerate recognition of the income to the date of grant under Section 83(b) of the Code (as described below), the participant will not recognize income, and we will not be allowed a tax deduction, at the time the restricted stock award is granted. When the restrictions lapse, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the shares as of that date, and we will be allowed a corresponding federal income tax deduction at that time, subject to any applicable limitations under Section 162(m). If the participant files an election under Section 83(b) of the Code within 30 days of the date of grant of restricted stock, the participant will recognize ordinary income as of the date of the grant equal to the fair market value of the shares as of that date, and we will be allowed a corresponding federal income tax deduction at that time, subject to any applicable limitations under Section 162(m). Any future appreciation in the shares will be taxable to the participant at capital gains rates. If the shares are later forfeited, however, the participant will not be able to recover the tax previously paid pursuant to a Section 83(b) election.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT63

Item 3 Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
Restricted Stock Units. A participant will not be deemed to have received taxable income upon the grant of RSUs. The participant will be deemed to have received taxable ordinary income at such time as shares are distributed with respect to the RSUs in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares distributed to the participant. Upon the distribution of shares to a participant with respect to RSUs, we will ordinarily be entitled to a deduction for federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the taxable ordinary income of the participant, subject to any applicable limitations under Section 162(m). The basis of the shares received will equal the amount of taxable ordinary income recognized by the participant upon receipt of such shares.
Other Stock-Based AwardsAwards.. Generally, a participant who is granted an Other Stock-Based Award under the Amended and Restated Plan will recognize ordinary income at the time the cash or Common Shares associated with the award are received. If shares are received, the ordinary income will be equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares received over any amount paid by the participant in exchange for the shares.
59
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 3 Approval of Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
In the year that the participant recognizes ordinary taxable income in respect of such Incentive, we will be entitled to a deduction for federal income tax purposes equal to the amount of ordinary income that the participant is required to recognize, provided that the deduction is not otherwise disallowed under Section162(m).
Section 162(m). Section 162(m) of the Code limits the amount of compensation paid to certain covered employees that we may deduct for federal income tax purposes to $1 million per employee per year. Under Section 162(m), “covered employees” consist of any individual who served as our CEO or CFO at any time during the taxable year plus the three other most highly-compensated officers (other than the CEO and CFO) for the taxable year. Once an individual becomes a covered employee for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2016, that individual will remain a covered employee for all future years, including after termination of employment or even death. As a result, compensation payable to a covered employee under the Amended and Restated Plan that might otherwise be deductible may not be deductible if all compensation paid to the employee for the taxable year exceeds $1 million.
Section 409A of the Code.If any Incentive constitutes non-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, it will be necessary that the Incentive be structured to comply with Section 409A to avoid the imposition of additional tax, penalties, and interest on the participant.
Tax Consequences of a Change of Control. If, upon a change of control of Lumen, the exercisability, vesting, or payout of an Incentive is accelerated, any excess on the date of the change of control of the fair market value of the shares or cash issued under accelerated Incentives over the purchase price of such shares, if any, may be characterized as “parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) if the sum of such amounts and any other such contingent payments received by the employee exceeds an amount equal to three times the “base amount” for such employee. The base amount generally is the average of the annual compensation of the employee for the five years preceding such change in ownership or control. An “excess parachute payment,” with respect to any employee, is the excess of the parachute payments to such person, in the aggregate, over and above such person’s base amount. If the amounts received by an employee upon a change of control are characterized as parachute payments, the employee will be subject to a 20% excise tax on the excess parachute payment and we will be denied any deduction with respect to such excess parachute payment.
The foregoing discussion summarizes the federal income tax consequences of Incentives that may be granted under the Amended and Restated Plan based on current provisions of the Code, which are subject to change. This summary does not cover any foreign, state, or local tax consequences.
Plan Benefits.Awards under the Amended and Restated Plan are subject to the discretion of the Committee and, except as noted below, no determinations have been made by the Committee as to any awards that may be granted in the future pursuant to the Amended and Restated Plan. Therefore, it is not possible to determine the benefits that will be received in the future by participants in the Amended and Restated Plan.
Certain tables below, under “Compensation—Compensation Tables,” including the Summary Compensation Table, Grants of Plan-Based Awards table, Outstanding Equity Awards table, and Stock Vesting Table, set forth information with respect to prior awards granted to our NEOs under our stock incentive plans.
64
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Item 3 Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
In early 2023,2024, the Committee approved the following awards under the 2018 Plan to the individuals and groups noted below,below:
Name and Position/Group
Number of
TBRSs(1)
Kate Johnson, President and CEO
3,609,194 
Chris Stansbury, EVP and CFO
1,393,022 
Stacey W. Goff, EVP, General Counsel and Secretary
— 
Ashley Haynes-Gaspar, EVP and Chief Revenue Officer
595,200 
Scott A. Trezise, Former EVP, Human Resources
— 
Executive Officer Group (4 persons)5,597,416 
Non-Employee Director Group34,317 
Non-Executive Officer Employee Group5,597,037 
(1)The Committee also approved certain PBRSseparate performance-based long-term cash incentive awards tofor our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that will become effective ifsenior officers in lieu of the Amended and Restated Plan is approved atequity-based performance awards granted in prior years, given the meeting, as described in the table below:
Name and Position/Group
Number of PBRSs(1)
Number of TBRSs
Kate Johnson, President and CEO
4,379,562(2)
1,459,854 
Chris Stansbury, EVP and CFO
2,305,034(2)
768,344 
Stacey W. Goff , EVP, General Counsel and Secretary
691,510 230,503 
Scott A. Trezise, EVP, Human Resources
922,014 307,337 
Shaun C. Andrews, EVP, Chief Marketing Officer3
— — 
Jeffrey K. Storey, Former President and CEO
— — 
Indraneel Dev, Former EVP and CFO
— — 
Executive Officer Group (5 persons)9,066,466 3,022,152 
Non-Employee Director Group— — 
Non-Executive Officer Employee Group3,565,122 1,544,770 
1Represents the maximumlimited number of Common Shares that may be earned ifshares available under the stretch targets2018 Plan.
60
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

ITEM 3 Approval of the PBRS awards are met.Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
2This award will be from the Amended and Restated Plan and not become effective unless and until the Amended and Restated Plan is approved by our shareholders.
3Mr. Andrews’ was involuntarily terminated and his employment with Lumen ended on March 3, 2023.
Vote Required
Approval of the Amended and Restated Plan requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast on the proposal at the meeting.meeting by holders of our Voting Shares.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following tables provide information as of December 31, 2022,2023, and March 23, 2023,21, 2024, about our equity compensation plans under which Common Shares are authorized for issuance.
1.As of December 31, 20222023
Plan CategoryPlan Category
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and rights (a)(1)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and rights (b)(2)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c)Plan Category
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options
and rights (a)(1)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
and rights (b)(2)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a)) (c)
Equity Compensation Plans approved by shareholdersEquity Compensation Plans approved by shareholders16,264,108 $— 18,548,542 
Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders(3)
$— 
Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders
Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders
Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders
TotalsTotals
16,264,108(4)
$— 
18,548,542(5)
Totals
Totals16,535,500 (3)$ 10,909,097 (4)
1(1)These amounts include restricted stock units, some of which represent the difference between the number of shares of restricted stock subject to market conditions granted at target and the maximum possible payout for these awards. Depending on performance, the actual share payout of these awards may range between zero to0 and 200% of target.
2(2)The amounts in column (a) include restricted stock units, which do not have an exercise price.
3These amounts represent Common Shares to be issued upon exercise or vesting of equity awards that were assumed in connection with certain acquisitions or issued under plans that were assumed in those acquisitions.
4(3)This figure consists of 16,264,1083,298,908 Common Shares subject to restricted stock units (RSUs). In addition, as of December 31, 2022,2023, we had 22,555,72024,753,874 unvested shares of restricted stock outstanding (which, when combined with the Common Shares subject to RSUs in the prior sentence, yields a total of 38,819,82828,052,782 full-value awards outstanding). These were the only types of equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2022.2023.
5(4)Represents the number of shares remaining available for issuance as new awards under our 2018 Plan as of December 31, 2022.2023.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT65

Item 3 Approval of Our Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
2.As of March 23, 202321, 2024
Plan CategoryPlan Category
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and rights (a)(1)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and rights (b)(2)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c)Plan Category
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options
and rights (a)(1)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
and rights (b)(2)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a)) (c)
Equity Compensation Plans approved by shareholdersEquity Compensation Plans approved by shareholders14,197,949 $— 15,608,107 
Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders(3)
$— 
Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders
Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders
Equity Compensation Plans not approved by shareholders
TotalsTotals
14,197,949(4)
$— 
15,608,107(5)
Totals
Totals12,532,528(3)$ 5,974,868 (4)
1(1)These amounts include restricted stock units, some of which represent the difference between the number of shares of restricted stock subject to market conditions granted at target and the maximum possible payout for these awards. Depending on performance, the actual share payout of these awards may range between zero to0 and 200% of target.
2(2)The amounts in column (a) include restricted stock units, which do not have an exercise price.
3These amounts represent Common Shares to be issued upon exercise or vesting of equity awards that were assumed in connection with certain acquisitions or issued under plans that were assumed in those acquisitions.
4(3)This figure consists of 14,197,9492,412,990 Common Shares subject to restricted stock units (RSUs). In addition, as of March 23, 2023,21, 2024, we had 22,627,62529,833,854 unvested shares of restricted stock outstanding (which, when combined with the Common Shares subject to RSUs in the prior sentence, yields a total of 36,825,57432,246,844 full-value awards outstanding). These were the only types of equity awards outstanding as of March 23, 2023.21, 2024.
5(4)Represents the number of shares remaining available for issuance as new awards under our 2018 Plan as of March 23, 2023.21, 2024. If the Plan is approved by our shareholders, these shares will be cancelled.
61
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
66
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg


ITEM 4
Ratify the Amendment and Restatement of Our NOL Rights Plan
icon_checkbox.jpg
Our Board is inviting shareholders to vote to ratify that certain Second Amended and Restated Section 382 Rights Agreement, effective as of December 1, 2023 (the “Restated Plan”), between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent.
The Restated Plan amends and restates that certain Amended and Restated Section 382 Rights Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2019, as amended effective December 1, 2020 (as amended through such date, the “2019 Plan”), which is intended to diminish the risk that the Company could experience an “ownership change” as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), which could substantially limit the Company’s ability to use its net operating loss carryovers (collectively, the “NOLs”) to reduce anticipated future tax liabilities. Previously at each of our 2019 and 2021 annual meetings of shareholders, our shareholders ratified the 2019 Plan by approximately 90% of the votes cast.
The Restated Plan is intended to act as a deterrent to any person or group seeking to acquire “beneficial ownership” of 4.9% or more of the Company’s outstanding Common Shares without the approval of the Board. The following description of the Restated Plan is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Restated Plan, which is attached to this proxy statement as Appendix D. We urge you to read the Restated Plan carefully in its entirety as the discussion below is only a summary.
Description of the Restated Plan
The Restated Plan, which has been unanimously approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, (1) extends the expiration date of the 2019 Plan from December 1, 2023 to December 1, 2026, (2) provides for early termination of the Restated Plan if the Company fails to obtain shareholder approval thereof by December 1, 2024, (3) reduces the purchase price from $28 to $9 per one ten-thousandth of a NOL Preferred Share (as defined below), (4) removes certain provisions specific to a former shareholder of the Company and its affiliates, and (5) reflects certain minor updates and clarifying or ministerial changes. Otherwise, the Restated Plan retains the other terms and provisions of the 2019 Plan, including certain other specified early termination events summarized below.
The Restated Plan extends the 2019 Plan’s expiration date through December 1, 2026 to protect the Company’s NOLs of approximately $800,000,000 as of December 31, 2023, which for U.S. federal income tax purposes can be used to offset future taxable income. Despite the extension of the expiration date, the Company cannot provide assurance as to whether, when or in what amounts it will be able to use its NOLs. The Restated Plan serves only as a deterrent through the threat of dilution, not a prohibition, to share accumulations that could result in the occurrence of an “ownership change” as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Any such “ownership change” would substantially limit the Company’s ability to use its NOLs to reduce anticipated future tax payments.
If our shareholders do not ratify the Restated Plan at the annual meeting (or a special meeting of shareholders held by December 1, 2024), the Restated Plan will automatically expire on December 1, 2024.
General. Under the Restated Plan, since February 25, 2019, each of our Common Shares has carried with it one preferred share purchase right (each, a “Right”), until the earlier of the Distribution Date (as defined below) or expiration of the Rights, as described below. In general, any person that, together with all Affiliates and Associates (each as defined in the Restated Plan), acquires 4.9% or more of our outstanding Common Shares after February 13, 2019, will be subject to significant potential dilution, at the discretion of the Board. The Restated Plan provides that shareholders that owned 5.0% of our outstanding Common Shares on February 13, 2019, would not, subject to certain conditions, trigger the Restated Plan. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no current holders of our Common Shares that held 5.0% or more of our outstanding Common Shares on February 13, 2019 for purposes of Section 382 of the Code.
The Board may, in its sole discretion prior to the Distribution Date, exempt any person or group for purposes of the Restated Plan if the Board determines the acquisition by such person or group will not jeopardize tax benefits or is otherwise in the Company’s best interests. Any person that acquires Common Shares in violation of the Restated Plan’s limitations is known as an “Acquiring Person.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Person shall not be an “Acquiring Person” if the Board determines at any time that a Person who would otherwise be an “Acquiring Person” has become such without intending to become an “Acquiring Person,” and such Person divests as promptly as practicable (or within such period of time as the Board determines is reasonable) a sufficient number of our Common Shares so that such Person would no longer be an “Acquiring Person” as defined pursuant to the Restated Plan. The Restated Plan is not expected to interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by our Board.
62
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

ITEM 4 Ratify the Amendment and Restatement of Our NOL Rights Plan
The Rights. Beginning on February 25, 2019 and ending on the Distribution Date or earlier expiration of the Rights, the Rights have traded with and will continue to trade with, and have been inseparable from and will continue to be inseparable from, our Common Shares outstanding during this period, including Common Shares issued hereafter.
Exercise Price. Each Right allows its holder to purchase from the Company one ten-thousandth of a share of Series CC Junior Participating Preferred Stock (“NOL Preferred Share”) for $9, subject to adjustment (the “Exercise Price”), once the Rights become exercisable. This fraction of a NOL Preferred Share is intended to provide the shareholder approximately the same dividend, voting and liquidation rights as would one share of common stock. Prior to exercise, each Right does not give its holder any dividend, voting, or liquidation rights.
We refer to the date when the Rights become exercisable as the “Distribution Date.” Until that date or earlier expiration of the Rights, each Common Share (whether certificated or book-entry) also evidences the Rights, and any transfer of our Common Shares also constitutes a transfer of Rights. After the Distribution Date, the Rights will separate from our Common Shares and be evidenced by book-entry credits or by Rights certificates that we will mail or furnish to all eligible holders of our Common Shares. Any Rights held by an Acquiring Person, or any Affiliates or Associates thereof, will be void and will not be exercisable.
Consequences of a Person or Group Becoming an Acquiring Person. If a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, all holders of Rights except the Acquiring Person, or any Affiliates or Associates of the Acquiring Person, may, upon payment of the Exercise Price and subject to the terms and conditions of the Restated Plan, purchase our Common Shares with an aggregate market value of twice the Exercise Price, based on the “current per share market price” of our Common Shares (as defined in the Restated Plan) on the date of the acquisition that resulted in such person or group becoming an Acquiring Person.
Exchange. After a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, our Board in its sole discretion may extinguish the Rights by exchanging one Common Share or an equivalent security for each Right, other than Rights held by the Acquiring Person or any Affiliates or Associates of the Acquiring Person.
Preferred Share Provisions. Subject to adjustment in certain instances, each one ten-thousandth of a NOL Preferred Share, if issued:
would not be redeemable;
would entitle holders to dividends equal to the dividends, if any, paid on one Common Share;
would entitle holders upon liquidation either to receive $1.00 or an amount equal to the payment made on one Common Share, whichever is greater;
would vote together with the Common Shares as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders and would have the same voting power as one Common Share, except as otherwise provided by law; and
would entitle holders to a per share payment equal to the payment made on one Common Share, if our Common Shares are exchanged via merger, consolidation, or a similar transaction.
Exercisability. The Rights will not be exercisable until 10 business days (as may be extended in the sole discretion of the Board) after the public announcement that a person or group has become an Acquiring Person unless the Restated Plan is theretofore terminated or the Rights are theretofore redeemed (as described below).
Redemption. Our Board may redeem the Rights for $0.0001 per Right at any time before the Distribution Date. If our Board redeems any Rights, it must redeem all of the Rights. Once the Rights are redeemed, the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the redemption price of $0.0001 per Right (the “Redemption Price”), subject to adjustment as noted below.
Expiration. The Rights will expire on the earliest of (i) December 1, 2026, (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed, (iii) the time at which the Rights are exchanged, (iv) the time at which the Board determines that the Company’s NOLs are utilized in all material respects or that an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code would not adversely impact in any material respect the time period in which the Company could use the NOLs, or materially impair the amount of the NOLs that could be used by the Company in any particular time period, for applicable tax purposes, (v) December 1, 2024 if approval of the Restated Plan by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at a duly called shareholders meeting has not been obtained prior to such date, or (vi) a determination by the Board, prior to the Distribution Date, that the Restated Plan and the Rights are no longer in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.
63
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 4 Ratify the Amendment and Restatement of Our NOL Rights Plan
Adjustment Provisions. Upon the terms and conditions specified in the Restated Plan, one or more of the Exercise Price, the number of NOL Preferred Shares issuable per Right, the number of outstanding Rights and the Redemption Price are subject to adjustment in connection with a stock dividend, a subdivision, a combination or consolidation of our Common Shares or NOL Preferred Shares (by reclassification or otherwise) or any similar transaction in order to preserve equivalent rights of the holders of Rights. Pursuant to Item 5A of this proxy statement, the Board is soliciting approval at the annual meeting] of a proposal that would grant the Board discretionary authority to amend our articles of incorporation to effect a reverse stock split. If such proposal is approved and implemented, (i) each Right would entitle its holder to purchase a larger number of one-ten-thousandths of a NOL Preferred Share in exchange for the Exercise Price and (ii) the Redemption Price would be increased, in each case in accordance with the adjustment provisions in the Restated Plan.
Amendments. The terms of the Restated Plan may be amended without the consent of the holders of the Rights, including to effect additional extensions of the expiration date of the Rights in the future. After any Distribution Date, the Restated Plan may not be amended in a way that adversely affects holders of the Rights (other than an Acquiring Person, or an Affiliate or Associate thereof).
Certain Factors Shareholders Should Consider
Our Board believes that continuing to take measures to safeguard the Company’s NOLs through December 1, 2026 is in our shareholders’ best interests. However, you should consider the factors below when making your decision with respect to the ratification of the Restated Plan.
Continued Risk of Ownership Change. Although the Restated Plan is a deterrent measure intended to reduce the likelihood of an “ownership change,” we cannot assure you that it will be effective. The amount by which an ownership interest may change in the future could be affected by many factors, including purchases and sales of shares by shareholders holding 5% or more of our outstanding Common Shares notwithstanding the deterrent effects of the Restated Plan, decisions over which we have little or no effective control.
Anti-Takeover Effect. While the Restated Plan is not intended to prevent or discourage a proposal to acquire the Company, it may have a potential anti-takeover effect because an Acquiring Person may have his ownership interest diluted upon the occurrence of a triggering event. Accordingly, the overall effects of the Restated Plan may be to render more difficult or discourage a merger, tender offer, or assumption of control by a substantial holder of our securities. However, as is the case with traditional shareholder rights plans, the Restated Plan should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the Board.
Potential Impact on Value. The Restated Plan could have a negative impact on the trading price and intrinsic value of our Common Shares by deterring persons or groups of persons from acquiring our Common Shares, including in acquisitions for which some shareholders might receive a premium above market value.
Potential Effects on Liquidity. The Restated Plan is intended to deter persons or groups of persons from acquiring beneficial ownership of our Common Shares in excess of the specified limitations. A shareholder’s ability to dispose of our Common Shares may be limited if the Restated Plan reduces the number of persons willing to acquire our Common Shares or the amount they are willing to acquire. A shareholder may become an Acquiring Person upon actions taken by persons related to, or affiliated with, them. Shareholders are advised to carefully monitor their ownership of our Common Shares and consult their own legal advisors or the Company to determine whether their ownership of the shares approaches the proscribed level.
Potential Challenge to the Company’s NOLs. The Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) could challenge the amount of our NOLs, which could limit our ability to use our NOLs to reduce our future taxable income. In addition, determining whether an ownership change has occurred is subject to uncertainty, both because of the complexity and ambiguity of Section 382 of the Code and because of limitations on the ability of a publicly-traded company to timely and comprehensively monitor changes in the ownership of its stock. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the IRS or another taxing authority will not claim that we experienced an ownership change and attempt to reduce or eliminate the benefit of our NOLs, even if the Restated Plan is in place.
Vote Required
Approval of this proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast on the proposal at the meeting by holders of our Voting Shares.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR this proposal.
64
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg


ITEMS 5A, 5B, and 5C
Amendments to Articles to Authorize a Reverse Stock Split, Reduce our Authorized Common Shares, and Eliminate the Par Value of our Common Shares
icon_checkbox.jpg
Under Item 5A (the “Reverse Split Proposal”), the Board is recommending that our shareholders grant the Board discretionary authority to amend our Articles of Incorporation to effect a reverse stock split on the terms and conditions described herein (a “Reverse Stock Split”). Under closely-related Items 5B and 5C, the Board is also recommending to amend our Articles of Incorporation to reduce the number of our authorized Common Shares and to eliminate the par value of our Common Shares, respectively, on the terms and conditions specified below. Attached hereto as Appendix E is the text of the proposed form of Articles of Amendment to our Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles of Amendment”), which reflects all of the amendments proposed pursuant to Items 5A, 5B and 5C
ITEM 5A
Approval of a Reverse Stock Split
icon_checkbox.jpg
We are proposing that the Board have the discretion to select the Reverse Stock Split ratio (the “Reverse Split Ratio”) from within a range between and including one-for-fifteen (1:15) shares and one-for-twenty-five (1:25) shares, rather than proposing a specific fixed ratio at this time. We believe that enabling the Board to set the Reverse Split Ratio within this stated range will provide the Board with the flexibility to implement a Reverse Stock Split at a ratio reflecting the Board’s then-current assessment of the factors described below under the heading “—Criteria to be Used for Determining Whether to Implement a Reverse Stock Split” and thereby enhance our ability to implement a Reverse Stock Split that maximizes the anticipated benefits for our shareholders. If the Board decides to implement a Reverse Stock Split, we would file the Articles of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Louisiana (the “Louisiana Secretary of State”), reflecting the Reverse Split Ratio selected by the Board. The Reverse Stock Split would be effective (the “Effective Date”) when the Articles of Amendment are filed with the Louisiana Secretary of State, or such later date and time as is chosen by the Board and set forth in the Articles of Amendment. Except for adjustments that may result from the treatment of fractional share interests as described below, each of our shareholders will hold the same percentage of our outstanding Common Shares immediately following the Reverse Stock Split as such shareholder holds immediately prior to the Reverse Stock Split.
At any time prior to filing Articles of Amendment implementing a Reverse Stock Split, the Board reserves the right to forego implementing any Reverse Stock Split approved at the meeting if it determines, in its sole discretion, that effectuating a Reverse Stock Split is no longer in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. If the Board does not implement a Reverse Stock Split prior to the one-year anniversary of the date on which this Reverse Split Proposal is approved by the shareholders at the meeting (the “Approval Anniversary Date”), the authority granted in this proposal to implement a Reverse Stock Split will terminate.
Although this Reverse Split Proposal affords the Board sole discretion regarding whether and when to implement a Reverse Stock Split, the Board currently plans to effect a Reverse Stock Split promptly after receipt of shareholder approval of this proposal.
65
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 5A Approval of Reverse Stock Split
Reasons for a Reverse Stock Split
As discussed in greater detail below, implementing a Reverse Stock Split would reduce the number of our issued and outstanding Common Shares, which we expect, absent other factors, would proportionately increase the per share market price of our common stock at the Effective Date. Set forth below are the principal reasons why we currently expect these changes would benefit the Company and its shareholders.
To re-scale our capitalization to our current size. The Board believes that implementing a Reverse Stock Split would bring the number of our outstanding Common Shares into better alignment with companies in our industry with comparable revenue and aggregate market capitalization.
To potentially improve the marketability and trading costs of our common stock. The primary purpose of authorizing a Reverse Stock Split is to increase the per share market price of our common stock. The Board believes the anticipated increase in the per share market price of our common stock could improve the marketability and liquidity of our Common Shares and encourage interest and trading in our Common Shares, as described further below.
Broader Marketability: For various reasons, including stock price volatility, many brokerage firms, institutional investors and funds have internal policies and practices that (i) prohibit them from investing in low-priced stocks, (ii) discourage individual brokers from recommending low-priced stocks to their customers or (iii) restrict or limit the ability of customers to purchase such stocks on margin. Some of those policies and practices may make the processing of trades in low-priced stocks economically unattractive to brokers. We believe a Reverse Stock Split could increase analyst and broker interest in our Common Shares by avoiding the applicability of these internal policies and practices.
Lower Trading Costs: Investors may be dissuaded from purchasing stocks below certain prices because brokers’ commissions, as a percentage of the total transaction value, can be higher for low-priced stocks.
To improve perceptions of Lumen. Certain customers, vendors, lenders, employees and other third parties may perceive companies with low trading prices less favorably than those with higher trading prices. If our implementation of a Reverse Stock Split increases the trading price of our stock, it may counteract any such negative perceptions and increase the willingness of third parties to engage in business with us.
To maintain our listing on the New York Stock Exchange. We believe the anticipated increase of the per share market price of our common stock resulting from implementing a Reverse Stock Split could help to avoid future New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) compliance issues. Section 802.01C of the NYSE Listed Company Manual provides that a company will be considered non-compliant if the average closing price of its common stock is less than $1.00 per share over a consecutive 30 trading-day period. Although we have maintained compliance with this NYSE listing requirement through the date hereof, our Common Shares traded below $1.00 per share for portions of two trading days in early November 2023. If in the future we failed to comply with such continued listing requirement, we would expect to receive a notice of non-compliance from the NYSE. If we were unable to regain compliance with the continued listing requirement in the applicable time period, or if our stock price were considered “abnormally low” by the NYSE, the NYSE would provide written notification that our Common Shares would be subject to delisting from the NYSE. The Board believes that a Reverse Stock Split is a potentially effective means for us to increase the per share market price of our common stock and thereby mitigate potential delisting concerns.
To attain stock exchange listing and administrative cost savings., We expect to realize meaningful savings in stock exchange listing and other administrative fees as a result of the reduction in the number of our outstanding Common Shares.
Accordingly, for these and other reasons discussed herein, we believe that authorizing the Board to effect a Reverse Stock Split is in the best interests of the Company and our shareholders.
66
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

ITEM 5A Approval of Reverse Stock Split
Criteria to be Used for Determining Whether to Implement a Reverse Stock Split
Assuming our shareholders approve this Reverse Split Proposal, the Board currently plans to effect a Reverse Stock Split promptly thereafter. However, the Board could change its plans. In connection with determining whether and when to implement a Reverse Stock Split and which Reverse Split Ratio to apply, the Board expects to consider various factors, including:
the historical trading price and trading volume of our Common Shares;
the then-prevailing trading price and trading volume of our Common Shares and the expected impact of a Reverse Stock Split on the trading market for our Common Shares in the short- and long-term;
the continued listing requirements for our Common Shares on the NYSE or other applicable exchanges;
the number of Common Shares outstanding;
which Reverse Split Ratio would result in the least administrative cost to us;
prevailing general market and economic conditions;
the Company’s results of operations and financial position;
input from our various constituents; and
the likely effect on the per share market price of our common stock.
Certain Risks and Potential Disadvantages Associated with a Reverse Stock Split
We cannot assure you that a Reverse Stock Split would increase our stock price. We expect that a Reverse Stock Split would increase the per share market price of our common stock to a level that could attract more investors. However, the effect of a Reverse Stock Split on the per share market price of our common stock cannot be predicted with any certainty, and the history of reverse stock splits for other companies is varied, particularly since some investors may view a reverse stock split negatively. It is possible that the per share market price of our common stock after a Reverse Stock Split would not increase in the same proportion as the reduction in the number of our outstanding Common Shares following the Reverse Stock Split, which would cause a reduction in the value of the Company as measured by our market capitalization. In addition, it is also possible that a Reverse Stock Split may not result in a per share market price that would attract increased investor interest in our stock. Although we believe a Reverse Stock Split may enhance the desirability of our Common Shares to certain potential investors, we cannot provide you with any assurances to this effect. Even if we successfully implement a Reverse Stock Split, the market price of our common stock may thereafter decrease due to factors unrelated to the Reverse Stock Split, including our results of operations or financial position. If a Reverse Stock Split is consummated and the per share market price of the common stock declines, the percentage decline as a percentage of our overall market capitalization may be greater than would occur in the absence of a Reverse Stock Split.
A Reverse Stock Split may decrease the liquidity of our common stock and result in higher transaction costs for “odd lot” positions of less than 100 shares. The liquidity of our common stock may be negatively impacted by a Reverse Stock Split, given the reduced number of shares that would be outstanding after the Reverse Stock Split, particularly if the stock price does not increase as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. In addition, if a Reverse Stock Split is implemented, it would likely increase the number of our shareholders who own “odd lots” of fewer than 100 Common Shares. Brokerage commission and other costs of transactions in odd lots are generally higher than the costs of transactions of 100 or more Common Shares. Accordingly, a Reverse Stock Split may not achieve the desired results of increasing marketability and lowering trading costs of our Common Shares described above.
The effective increase in the authorized number of shares of our common stock available for issuance as a result of the Reverse Stock Split could have anti-takeover or other negative implications. Regardless of whether Item 5B is approved by our shareholders, the implementation of a Reverse Stock Split would, as described in greater detail below, effectively result in an increase in the proportionate number of our authorized Common Shares available for issuance in relation to our outstanding Common Shares. See “Item 5B – Approval of a Reduction of Our Authorized Shares—Reasons for the Share Reduction Proposal; Certain Risks.”
67
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 5A Approval of Reverse Stock Split
The additional Common Shares that would become available for issuance could be used by us in a manner objectionable to shareholders, including to authorize dilutive transactions, to oppose a hostile takeover attempt or to delay or prevent changes in control of the Company or our management. For example, to defend against offers determined to be inadequate, the Board could authorize the issuance of additional Common Shares so as to dilute the stock ownership or voting power of persons seeking to obtain control of the Company, even if the persons seeking to obtain control of the Company offered an above-market premium that is favored by a majority of shareholders. Any such issuance of Common Shares, or proposal to issue Common Shares, could cause the potential acquiror to terminate its takeover attempt or make it more difficult for the potential acquiror to successfully complete its proposed takeover. Although we are not proposing Items 5A and 5B to deter any takeover attempt, shareholders should be aware that our implementation of a Reverse Stock Split on the terms proposed by us hereunder could facilitate future efforts by us to deter or prevent takeover proposals that our Board determines do not adequately value the Company, including transactions in which the shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over then-current market prices.
Effects of a Reverse Stock Split
After the Effective Date of any Reverse Stock Split that the Board elects to implement, each shareholder would own a reduced number of Common Shares. Any such Reverse Stock Split would affect all of our holders of Common Shares uniformly (including shares held by our officers, directors, and employees) and would not affect any shareholder’s percentage ownership interests in the Company (other than as a result of the payment of cash in lieu of fractional share interests). Per share voting rights and other rights and preferences of the holders of our Common Shares would not be affected by a Reverse Stock Split (other than as a result of the payment of cash in lieu of fractional share interests).
The principal effects of implementing any Reverse Stock Split would be that:
each 15 to 25 Common Shares (with the actual number depending on the Reverse Split Ratio selected by the Board), whether restricted or unrestricted, owned by a shareholder on the record date (described further below) would be combined into one Common Share;
in lieu of receiving a fractional interest in a Common Share as a result of the Reverse Stock Split, the holder of such fractional interest would instead receive cash, as explained more fully below under the heading “—Cash Payment in Lieu of Fractional Interests;”
we would have a proportionately larger amount of authorized Common Shares in relation to our outstanding Common Shares, regardless of whether Item 5B is approved by our shareholders, as described in more detail below under the heading “Item 5B – Approval of a Reduction of Our Authorized Common Shares—Reasons for the Share Reduction Proposal; Certain Risks;”
the rights of holders of our restricted stock units, Preferred Shares and preferred share purchase rights would be adjusted as follows:
based upon the Reverse Split Ratio selected by the Board, proportionate adjustments would be made to the number of shares issuable upon the vesting of all then-outstanding restricted stock units;
the conversion price of our Preferred Shares would be increased based upon the Reverse Split Ratio selected by the Board;
the terms and conditions of our outstanding preferred share purchase rights would be adjusted in the manner discussed under the heading “—Effect on NOL Rights Agreement;” and
we would furnish all requisite notices of these adjustments, make all requisite filings, and make all necessary adjustments in our records of the number of securities reserved for issuance under these instruments;
any cash due in lieu of any fractional share interests related to the adjustment of our outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards would remain subject to the vesting conditions applicable to the related equity award and would be paid only if and when the underlying equity award vests; and
the number of Common Shares then reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan and any other share limits described in such plan would be reduced proportionately based upon the Reverse Split Ratio selected by the Board.
68
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

ITEM 5A Approval of Reverse Stock Split
The following table contains illustrative information, based on share data as of March 21, 2024, intended to show the impacts of implementing a Reverse Stock Split based on certain potential Reverse Split Ratios (without giving effect to the treatment of fractional share interests), assuming that the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan Proposal and Share Reduction Proposal are both approved:
Potential Scenarios
Number of
Common Shares
Authorized
Number of
Common Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Number of Common
Shares Reserved for
Future Issuance
Number of Common
Shares Authorized but
Unissued and
Unreserved
Pre-Reverse Stock Split2,200,000,000 1,016,005,958 43,000,000 1,140,994,042 
Post-Reverse Stock Split 1:15200,000,000 67,733,731 2,866,667 129,399,602 
Post-Reverse Stock Split 1:20200,000,000 50,800,298 2,150,000 147,049,702 
Post-Reverse Stock Split 1:25200,000,000 40,640,238 1,720,000 157,639,762 
The following table contains illustrative information, based on share data as of March 21, 2024, intended to show the impacts of implementing a Reverse Stock Split based on certain potential Reverse Split Ratios (without giving effect to the treatment of fractional share interests) assuming that the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan Proposal is approved and the Share Reduction Proposal is not approved:
Potential Scenarios
Number of
Common Shares
Authorized
Number of
Common Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Number of Common
Shares Reserved for
Future Issuance
Number of Common
Shares Authorized but
Unissued and
Unreserved
Pre-Reverse Stock Split2,200,000,000 1,016,005,958 43,000,000 1,140,994,042 
Post-Reverse Stock Split 1:152,200,000,000 67,733,731 2,866,667 2,129,399,602 
Post-Reverse Stock Split 1:202,200,000,000 50,800,298 2,150,000 2,147,049,702 
Post-Reverse Stock Split 1:252,200,000,000 40,640,238 1,720,000 2,157,639,762 
After the Effective Date of any Reverse Stock Split that the Board elects to implement, our common stock would have a new CUSIP number, which is a number used to identify our Common Shares.
Our common stock is currently registered under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and we are subject to the periodic reporting and other requirements of the Exchange Act. The implementation of any proposed Reverse Stock Split would not affect the registration of our common stock under the Exchange Act. We anticipate that our Common Shares would continue to be listed on the NYSE under the symbol “LUMN” immediately following any Reverse Stock Split.
Effect on NOL Rights Agreement
The Board declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (“Right”) for each outstanding share of our common stock on February 25, 2019 and authorized and directed the issuance of one Right with respect to each share of our common stock that become outstanding after such date. As provided in our Second Amended and Restated Section 382 Rights Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2023 (as amended and restated, the “Rights Agreement”), each Right currently entitles the holder thereof to purchase for $9.00 one ten-thousandth of a share of our Series CC Junior Participating Preferred Shares (the “Series CC Preferred Stock”) in the event an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) acquires beneficial ownership of 4.9% or more of our outstanding Common Shares. If a Reverse Stock Split is implemented by the Board, the number of one ten-thousandths of a share of Series CC Preferred Stock thereafter purchasable pursuant to each Right will automatically be proportionately increased in accordance with the terms of the Right Agreement.
Cash Payment In Lieu of Fractional Interests
No fractional interest in a Common Share would be issued as a result of any Reverse Stock Split. Instead, in lieu of any fractional share interests to which a shareholder would otherwise be entitled as a result of the Reverse Stock Split, the Company would pay cash (without interest and subject to any required tax withholdings) equal to such fraction multiplied by the average of the closing sales prices of our Common Shares for the five consecutive trading days immediately preceding the Effective Date (with such average closing sales prices being adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split). After the Reverse Stock Split, a shareholder otherwise entitled to a fractional interest in a Common Share will not have any voting, dividend or other rights with respect to such fractional interest, except the right to receive the cash payment described above.
69
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 5A Approval of Reverse Stock Split
As of March 21, 2024, there were 77,671 shareholders of record of our Common Shares (which excludes beneficial owners of our Common Shares). If the shareholders approve this Reverse Split Proposal and the Board elects to implement it, shareholders owning, prior to the Reverse Stock Split, less than the number of whole shares of common stock that will be combined into one share of common stock in the Reverse Stock Split would no longer be shareholders. For example, if a shareholder held 10 Common Shares immediately prior to the Reverse Stock Split and the Reverse Split Ratio selected by the Board was 1:15, such shareholder would cease to be a shareholder of the Company following the Reverse Stock Split and would not have any voting, dividend or other rights, except the right to receive the cash payment described above. Based on our shareholders of record as of March 21, 2024, and based upon our Reverse Split Ratio range of 1:15 to 1:25, we expect that cashing out fractional shareholders would reduce the number of shareholders of record to a range of 34,670 to 44,737 holders, respectively.
This reduction in the number of our record shareholders would be incidental to implementing a Reverse Stock Split. We have not proposed this Reverse Split Proposal for this purpose, and we do not intend for this transaction to be the first step in a series of plans or proposals of a “going private transaction” within the meaning of Rule 13e-3 of the Exchange Act.
Procedures for Implementing a Reverse Stock Split
If the shareholders approve this Reverse Split Proposal and the Board elects to implement it, we would (i) retain Computershare Trust Company, N.A., our transfer agent (or some other company providing comparable services), to act as our “exchange agent” for the purpose of implementing the split, (ii) establish a record date (expected to be immediately prior to the Effective Date) for determining holders whose shares would be combined in connection with the split, (iii) file the Articles of Amendment with the Louisiana Secretary of State and (iv) administer the split substantially as summarized in this section.
Shareholders of record as of such record date holding all of their Common Shares electronically in book-entry form would have their shares automatically exchanged by the exchange agent and would receive a transaction statement indicating the number of post-split Common Shares they hold after the Reverse Stock Split, along with payment in lieu of any fractional share interests.
Beneficial owners holding Common Shares through a bank, broker or other nominee should note that such banks, brokers or other nominees may have different procedures for processing the Reverse Stock Split and making payment for fractional share interests than those applied by us for record owners. If you hold your shares through such a bank, broker or other nominee and you have questions in this regard, you are encouraged to contact your nominee.
Shareholders of record holding some or all of their Common Shares in certificate form would receive a letter of transmittal from the Company or its exchange agent, as soon as practicable after the Effective Date of the Reverse Stock Split. The transmittal letter would be accompanied by instructions specifying how the shareholder may exchange their certificates representing the pre-Reverse Stock Split Common Shares for a statement of holding. Any such holders would be asked to surrender to the exchange agent their certificates representing their pre-Reverse Stock Split Common Shares. When that shareholder duly submits certificates representing the pre-Reverse Stock Split Common Shares, that shareholder would hold post-Reverse Stock Split Common Shares electronically in book-entry form. This means that, instead of receiving a new stock certificate, that shareholder would receive a statement of holding that indicates the number of post-Reverse Stock Split Common Shares held by that shareholder in book-entry form. We plan to no longer issue physical stock certificates. If a shareholder is entitled to a payment in lieu of a fractional share interest, the payment will be made as described above under “Cash Payment In Lieu of Fractional Interests.” Beginning on the Effective Date, each certificate representing pre-Reverse Stock Split Common Shares would be deemed to evidence ownership of the post-Reverse Stock Split Common Shares. Shareholders would need to surrender their old certificates in order to effect transfers of Common Shares. If an old certificate bears a restrictive legend, the Common Shares in book-entry form would bear the same restrictive legend.
SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD NEITHER DESTROY NOR SUBMIT THEIR STOCK CERTIFICATES UNTIL THEY ARE REQUESTED TO DO SO.
No Appraisal Rights
Under the LBCA, shareholders will not be entitled to appraisal rights with respect to this Reverse Split Proposal.
70
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

ITEM 5A Approval of Reverse Stock Split
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations Related to a Reverse Stock Split
The discussion below is only a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to beneficial holders of Common Shares if we implement a Reverse Stock Split and does not purport to be a complete discussion of all possible tax considerations or consequences. This summary addresses only those shareholders who hold their pre-Reverse Stock Split shares as “capital assets” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and will hold their post-Reverse Stock Split shares as capital assets.
This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations or consequences that could be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances or to shareholders that are subject to special rules, such as financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, securities dealers, and foreign shareholders. The following summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder, judicial decisions and current administrative rulings, as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Tax considerations and consequences under state, local, foreign, and other laws are not addressed herein. Each shareholder should consult his, her or its own tax advisor as to the particular facts and circumstances that could be unique to such shareholder and also as to any estate, gift, state, local or foreign tax considerations arising out of any Reverse Stock Split.
Any Reverse Stock Split implemented by us will qualify as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result:
shareholders should not recognize any gain or loss as a result of the Reverse Stock Split, except as described below with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional share interests;
the aggregate basis of a shareholder’s pre-Reverse Stock Split Common Shares will become the aggregate basis of the Common Shares held by such shareholder immediately after the Reverse Stock Split (excluding any portion of such basis that is allocated to a fractional interest in a Common Share); and
the holding period of the shares owned immediately after the Reverse Stock Split will include the shareholder’s holding period of the pre-Reverse Stock Split Common Shares.
A shareholder who receives cash in lieu of a fractional interest in a Common Share should be treated as first receiving such fractional share interest and then receiving cash in redemption of such fractional share interest. A shareholder who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share interest should recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of the cash received in lieu of the fractional share interest and the portion of the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis allocable to the fractional share interest. Such gain or loss generally will be long‐term capital gain or loss if the shareholder’s holding period in its pre‐Reverse Stock Split Common Shares is more than one year as of the Effective Date. The deductibility of net capital losses by individuals and corporations is subject to limitations. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax effects to them of receiving cash in lieu of a fractional share interest based on their particular circumstances.
A shareholder may be subject to information reporting with respect to any cash received in exchange for a fractional share interest. Shareholders who are subject to information reporting and who do not provide a correct taxpayer identification number and other required information (such as by submitting a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9) may also be subject to backup withholding at the applicable rate. Any amount withheld under such rules is not an additional tax and may be refunded or credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is properly furnished in a timely manner to the Internal Revenue Service. THE ABOVE DISCUSSION IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED BY ANY PERSON, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING U.S. FEDERAL TAX PENALTIES. IT HAS BEEN PROVIDED SOLELY IN CONNECTION WITH PROVIDING INFORMATION IN CONNECTION WITH SOLICITING VOTES IN FAVOR OF THIS REVERSE SPLIT PROPOSAL.
Required Vote
Approval of this Reverse Split Proposal requires the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on this proposal by holders of our Voting Shares. You may vote “FOR,” “AGAINST,” or “ABSTAIN” on this Reverse Split Proposal. Abstentions and uninstructed shares will have the same effect as a vote against this proposal.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board recommends that you vote FOR approval of the Reverse Split Proposal.
71
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT


ITEM 5B
Approval of Reduction of Our Authorized Common Shares
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board is recommending that our shareholders approve an amendment to our Articles of Incorporation to reduce the number of authorized shares of our common stock from 2,200,000,000 to 200,000,000 (the “Share Reduction Proposal”), which would be effectuated if and only if Item 5A is both approved and implemented. The text of the proposed Articles of Amendment is attached as Appendix E, which reflects all of the amendments proposed pursuant to Items 5A, 5B and 5C.
The implementation of this Share Reduction Proposal is expressly conditioned upon the approval by the shareholders of the Reverse Split Proposal and implementation of a Reverse Stock Split at the discretion of the Board, as described in Item 5A above. Accordingly, if we do not receive the required shareholder approval for the Reverse Split Proposal, or if no Reverse Stock Split is implemented on or prior to the Approval Anniversary Date, we will not implement this Share Reduction Proposal. On the other hand, the Board’s authorization to implement a Reverse Stock Split is not conditioned in any way upon the approval by the shareholders of this Share Reduction Proposal. If the shareholders approve the Reverse Split Proposal but do not approve this Share Reduction Proposal, the Board will nonetheless retain the ability to implement a Reverse Stock Split and, if so effected, the total number of our authorized Common Shares would remain unchanged.
Reasons for the Share Reduction Proposal; Certain Risks
Under the LBCA, the implementation of a Reverse Stock Split does not require us to reduce the total number of our authorized Common Shares. However, if Items 5A and 5B are both approved by our shareholders and the Board elects to implement a Reverse Stock Split, the number of our authorized Common Shares would be reduced from 2,200,000,000 to 200,000,000, which would have the effect of reducing each 11 shares of our authorized common stock to one share of authorized common stock. Because any Reverse Stock Split implemented by us would reduce the number of our outstanding Common Shares to a greater extent than the 11:1 ratio used to reduce the number of our authorized Common Shares, the implementation of both Items 5A and 5B would effectively increase the proportionate number of our authorized Common Shares in relation to our outstanding Common Shares. If the Share Reduction Proposal is not approved by our shareholders, the authorized number of our Common Shares would remain unchanged even if a Reverse Stock Split is implemented, which would result in a larger increase in the proportionate number of our authorized Common Shares in relation to our outstanding Common Shares. The Board desires to have additional authorized Common Shares available to provide flexibility to use, in its discretion, our Common Shares for business and financial purposes beneficial to our shareholders, including to raise capital, restructure debt, offer competitive equity incentive compensation programs, expand our business through acquisitions, or potentially effect a future stock split. At present, we do not have any plans, arrangements, understandings or commitments to issue shares in connection with any such transactions.
Nonetheless, we have designed this Share Reduction Proposal so that we do not have what some shareholders might view as an unreasonably large number of authorized Common Shares that are unissued or unreserved for issuance following any Reverse Stock Split. In this regard, if the Reverse Split Proposal is approved but this Share Reduction Proposal is not approved, the authorized number of our Common Shares would not be reduced at all even if a Reverse Stock Split is implemented. Accordingly, the Board believes that this Share Reduction Proposal is in the best interests of the Company and our shareholders, and strikes the appropriate balance in the event a Reverse Stock Split is implemented. However, the implementation of a Reverse Stock Split and the resulting increase in the proportionate number of our authorized Common Shares available for issuance in relation to our outstanding Common Shares could enable us to issue Common Shares in transactions that are dilutive, that delay or prevent takeover proposals, or that are otherwise objectionable to shareholders, as described in more detail under “Certain Risks and Potential Disadvantages Associated with a Reverse Stock Split” under Item 5A.
72
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

ITEM 5B Approval of Reduction of Our Authorized Common Shares
Effects of Authorized Share Reduction
The principal effect of this Share Reduction Proposal would be that the number of authorized shares of our common stock would be reduced from 2,200,000,000 to 200,000,000, if and when a Reverse Stock Split is implemented. This Share Reduction Proposal would not have any effect on the rights of existing shareholders.
If this Share Reduction Proposal is not approved, but the Reverse Split Proposal is approved and implemented, the authorized number of shares of our common stock would remain unchanged at 2,200,000,000 following the Reverse Stock Split. For additional information regarding the effects of a Reverse Stock Split, see “Item 5A Approval of a Reverse Stock Split – Effects of a Reverse Stock Split.”
No Appraisal Rights
Pursuant to the LBCA, shareholders will not be entitled to appraisal rights with respect to this Share Reduction Proposal.
Required Vote
Approval of this Share Reduction Proposal requires the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on this proposal by holders of our Voting Shares. You may vote “FOR,” “AGAINST,” or “ABSTAIN” on this Shares Reduction Proposal. Abstentions and uninstructed shares have the same effect as a vote against this proposal.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board recommends that you vote FOR approval of the Share Reduction Proposal.
ITEM 5C
Approval of Elimination of the Par Value of Our Common Shares
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board is recommending that the shareholders approve an amendment to our Articles of Incorporation to eliminate the $1.00 per share par value of our common stock so that each of our Common Shares have no par value (the “Par Value Elimination Proposal”). If the shareholders approve this Par Value Elimination Proposal, then our Articles of Incorporation would be amended to eliminate the par value of our common stock and all of our authorized as well as issued and outstanding Common Shares would be designated as having no par value.
The text of the proposed Articles of Amendment is attached as Appendix E, which reflects all of the amendments proposed pursuant to Items 5A, 5B and 5C.
Background and Reasons for the Par Value Elimination
The elimination of the par value of our common stock is intended to bring the Company in line with the practice of other public companies with respect to par value. Historically, the concept of par value served to protect creditors and shareholders by ensuring that a company received at least the par value (or minimum price) as consideration for the issuance of shares of common stock.
However, over time the concept of par value has lost its significance for a variety of reasons, including recognition that creditors and shareholders are protected, or can be protected, through other means. Currently, many companies that incorporate today have no par value or use a nominal par value. In addition, like many other state corporate codes, the LBCA does not require shares to have a par value. Instead, the LBCA provides the Board with the authority to determine the adequacy of the consideration to be received for shares of common stock to be issued.
We expect the proposed elimination of the par value of our common stock will have no effect on the market value of our outstanding Common Shares.
73
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

ITEM 5C Approval of Elimination of the Par Value of Our Common Shares
The par value of our common stock currently is reflected in its financial statements by an amount equal to the number of Common Shares issued and outstanding, multiplied by the par value of $1.00. Upon the approval of this Par Value Elimination Proposal, for accounting purposes we plan to revise our balance sheet presentation to combine all accounts reflected as “Common Stock” or “Additional paid-in capital” into a single line item called “Common Stock.” There will be no other effect on our financial statements.
For the foregoing reasons, and since the Board believes that par value is unrelated to the intrinsic or market value of our Common Shares, the Board recommends eliminating the par value of our common stock, as permitted under the LBCA.
Implementation of the Par Value Elimination
Implementation of this Par Value Elimination Proposal will not be conditioned upon approval of any other proposal to be submitted to the shareholders at the meeting. If the shareholders approve this Par Value Elimination Proposal, we intend to file promptly thereafter Articles of Amendment reflecting such change with the Louisiana Secretary of State, regardless of whether Items 5A and 5B are approved by the shareholders at the meeting or implemented.
No Appraisal Rights
Pursuant to the LBCA, shareholders will not be entitled to appraisal rights with respect to this Par Value Elimination Proposal.
Required Vote
Approval of this Par Value Elimination Proposal requires the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on this proposal by holders of our Voting Shares. You may vote “FOR,” “AGAINST,” or “ABSTAIN” on this Par Value Elimination Proposal. Abstentions and uninstructed shares have the same effect as a vote against this proposal.
icon_checkbox.jpg
The Board recommends that you vote FOR approval of the Par Value Elimination Proposal.
74
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg


Our Executive Officers
We currently have fivefour executive officers. Biographical information for each of them (other than Ms. Johnson, who also serves as a director and whose biography may be found under “Board of Directors and Governance – Our Director Nominees”) is found below:
lumn-20230405_g127.jpg05_427760-1_Ashley Haynes Gaspar.jpg
Sham ChotaiAshley Haynes-Gaspar
46 years old
Executive Vice President, Chief Revenue Officer
Ashley Haynes-Gaspar joined Lumen in January 2023 and served as Lumen’s Executive Vice President, Chief Experience Officer from January to December 2023 and was appointed Executive Vice President, Chief Revenue Officer in January 2024.
With nearly 25 years of marketing, sales and operations experience, Ms. Haynes-Gaspar is responsible for Lumen’s global sales and customer success.
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar previously served as the Chief Operating Officer for the U.S. Industry and Business Applications division at Microsoft Corporation from 2017 through December 2022. Prior to that, Ms. Haynes-Gaspar held various marketing and general manager positions at General Electric Company.
05_427760-1_Stacey Golf.jpg
Stacey W. Goff
58 years old
Executive Vice
President, Product and Technology
Sham Chotai has served as Lumen’s Executive Vice President, Product and Technology since February 2023.
With nearly 35 years of technology experience, Mr. Chotai is responsible for Lumen’s product and technology strategy.
He also has oversight of product and strategy, planning and transformation.
In December 2018, Mr. Chotai founded JWM Advisors, LLC, a digital technology advisory firm, and served as a managing partner thereof through February 2023, while also serving as a general manager or advisor with respect to technology start-ups during portions of this period. Mr. Chotai served as Senior Vice President, Chief Information and Digital Officer, of Barrick Gold Corporation between August 2017 and November 2018. Prior to then, Mr. Chotai held technology or engineering positions at several technology companies, including GE Power, Hewlett-Packard and KANA Software.
lumn-20230405_g128.jpg
Stacey W. Goff
57 years old
Executive Vice
President,
General Counsel
and Secretary
Stacey W. Goff is Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Lumen.
Mr. Goff is responsible for Lumen’s legal function, as well as the communications, community relations and public policy functions.
Mr. Goff joined Lumen in 1998 and has served as General Counsel since 2009.
lumn-20230405_g129.jpg05_427760-1_Christopher Stansbury.jpg
Christopher
Stansbury
5758 years old
Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer
Christopher Stansbury has served as Lumen’s Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since April 2022.
Mr. Stansbury has global responsibility for financial planning, accounting, tax, treasury, investor relations, procurement and supply chain management and the global real estate portfolio.
Mr. Stansbury previously served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Arrow Electronics, Inc. from May 2016 through March 2022. Prior to that, Mr. Stansbury served as Vice President, Finance, and Chief Accounting Officer of Arrow Electronics, Inc. beginning in August 2014.
Prior to joining Arrow Electronics, Inc., Mr. Stansbury held finance positions at Hewlett-Packard, Inc. and PepsiCo, Inc.
lumn-20230405_g130.jpg
Scott Trezise
54 years old
Executive Vice
President,
Human Resources
Scott Trezise is Lumen’s Executive Vice President, Human Resources.
In this role, Mr. Trezise is responsible for the global employee experience, including talent acquisition, employee engagement, recognition, training and development, compensation and benefits, payroll, labor relations for represented employees and contingent labor.
Mr. Trezise joined Lumen in 2013 in his current role, and was named an executive officer in 2013.
Prior to joining Lumen, Mr. Trezise held human resources positions at The Shaw Group Inc. and Honeywell International Inc.
75
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT67


ITEM 46
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation – “Say-on-Pay”“Say-On-Pay”
lumn-20230405_g120.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg
Each year, we provide our shareholders the opportunity to vote on a non-binding, advisory resolution to approve the compensation of our named executive officers (NEOs) as disclosed in our annual proxy statements in accordance with SEC rules.
Under our executive compensation programs, our NEOs are rewarded for achieving specific annual and long-term goals, as well as increased shareholder value. We believe this structure aligns executive pay with our financial performance and the creation of sustainable shareholder value. The Human Resources and Compensation Committee of our Board (HRCC) continually reviews our executive compensation programs to ensure they achieve the goals of aligning our compensation with both current market practices and your interests as shareholders.
As discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this proxy statement, the HRCC spends considerable time and effort to ensure that not only do we have the right leadership in place, but also that our executive compensation programs continue to appropriately incentivize and reward each key member of the team in a manner that aligns with shareholder interests. In recent years, the HRCC has also placed a significant emphasis on shareholder outreach and taking action in response to the input we received from shareholders. For additional information on our executive compensation programs generally and our recent compensation actions specifically, we urge you to read the “Compensation Discussion & Analysis” and “Compensation Tables” sections of this proxy statement.
At the meeting, we will ask you to vote, in an advisory manner, to approve the overall compensation of our NEOs, as described in this proxy statement, including the Compensation Discussion & Analysis, the Summary Compensation Table and the other related tables and disclosures. This proposal, commonly known as a
“say-on-pay” “say-on-pay” proposal, gives you the opportunity to express your views. This advisory vote is not intended to address any specific element of compensation, but rather relates to the overall compensation of our NEOs and our executive compensation policies and practices as described in this proxy statement. Accordingly, your vote will not directly affect or otherwise limit any existing compensation or award arrangement of any of our NEOs.
While this “say-on-pay” vote is advisory and will not be binding on our Company or the Board, it will provide valuable information for future use by our HRCC regarding shareholder sentiment about our executive compensation. We understand that executive compensation is an important matter for our shareholders.
Accordingly, we invite shareholders who wish to communicate with our Board on executive compensation or any other matters to contact us as provided under “Board of Directors and Governance–Shareholder Engagement.”
Approval of this proposal will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast on the proposal at the meeting.
lumn-20230405_g121.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg 
The Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR this proposal.
6876
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 


Compensation Discussion & Analysis
The CD&ACompensation Discussion & Analysis (CD&A) is divided into five sections: (1) Executive Summary; (2) Compensation Philosophy and Oversight; (3) Pay and Performance Alignment; (4) Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2022;2023; and (5) HRCC Engagement and Compensation Governance. Please refer to the roadmap below in order to navigate this portion of the proxy statement.
Roadmap
77
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT69

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Section One - Executive Summary
As described in our Board Committee section above, the HRCC oversees our executive compensation program. More broadly, the HRCC provides direction to management on compensation programs for all employees with the goal of retaining the skilled talent needed for Lumen to reach its strategic objectives. The HRCC seeks to continuously improve our compensation programs based on changing market conditions, the evolving business environment, and feedback from our shareholders. This CD&A reflects the HRCC’s overall philosophy on employee compensation with a focus on compensation for our seven NEOsfive executive officers serving during the last fiscal year.year (our “NEOs”).
NEOs as of December 31, 2022:2023:
lumn-20230405_g131.jpg05_427760-1_big_Kate Johnson.jpg
lumn-20230405_g132.jpg05_427760-1_big_Chris Stansbury.jpg
lumn-20230405_g133.jpg05_427760-1_Ashley Haynes Gaspar.jpg
lumn-20230405_g134.jpg
lumn-20230405_g135.jpg05_427760-1_big_Stacey Golf.jpg
Kate Johnson
President & Chief
Executive Officer
Chris Stansbury
Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer
Ashley Haynes-Gaspar
FinancialExecutive Vice President, Chief Revenue Officer
Stacey W. Goff
Executive Vice
President, General
Counsel & Secretary
Shaun C. Andrews
Executive Vice
President, Chief
Marketing Officer1
Scott A. Trezise
Executive Vice
President,
Human Resources
Former Executives (or Former NEOs):
Jeff StoreyScott A. Trezise, Former Executive Vice President, & Chief Executive OfficerHuman Resources
As previously disclosed and described elsewhere herein, Mr. Storey retired and his employmentTrezise ceased serving as EVP, Human Resources with Lumen ended effective December 31, 2022.
Indraneel Dev,Former Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
As previously disclosedApril 24, 2023, and described elsewhere herein, Mr. Dev’s was involuntarily terminated and his employment with Lumen ended effectiveon April 1, 2022.5, 2024.
1Mr. Andrews’ was involuntarily terminated and his employment with Lumen ended on March 3, 2023.
Executive Summary
As described in greater detail throughout this proxy statement, for the last few years our performance has fallen short of our desired financial results and stock performance. In response to our performance, our Board, CEO, Senior Leadership Team and HRCC have spent considerable time and effort developing a resultmulti-year transformation strategy that we believe will reposition us for stabilization and growth. The primary objectives of this transformation strategy can be summarized as follows:
Business Transformation: Streamline our business by monetizing non-core assets and deploy our capital to invest for growth and strengthen our balance sheet.
Operational Transformation: Execute on our three-pronged strategy to secure the declinebase by creating more durable revenue streams, drive commercial excellence through sales and other go-to-market enhancements, and innovate for growth (described in Lumen’s stock price, our shareholders experienced a substantial lossgreater detail in the value“About Lumen” section of their Lumen stockthis proxy statement).
Leadership Transformation: Ensure that we have a leadership team in 2022. place who know how to deliver high-impact results and who can guide us on a path to growth (described in greater detail in “Continued Leadership Transition” later in this CD&A).
Incentive Programs Aligned with our Strategy and Performance: Ensure our compensation programs support our efforts to incentivize and retain this new leadership team, which is essential to our ability to execute on our transformation strategy (described in greater detail throughout this CD&A).
Our executive officers’ personal wealth were similarly affected bytransformation began in earnest with the decline in our stock price, but they also experienced a significant decline in their total compensation due to receiving no payout under their 2020 performance-based equity awards. As such, on March 1, 2023, fivehiring of our current or former NEOs forfeited their 2020 performance-based restricted shares (units) that had a fair market value at the time of grant ranging from $0.5 to $6.9 million. These 2020 performance-based awards represented 38-42% of our NEO’s target compensation for 2020.
Clearly, 2022 was a very significant year for our Company. We brought in a new CEO and CFO and completedcompletion of two divestitures in 2022. During 2023, we completed our third major divestiture, hired four new leaders and revised our short-term incentive program in light of our changing business strategy. The HRCC restructured our 2024 long-term incentive program to conserve shares by shifting from 60% performance-based equity to 60% performance-based cash awards and proposed creating a 43 million share equity pool under a new 2024 Equity Incentive Plan, subject to shareholder approval at the meeting.
78
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
The following table summarizes our timeline and achievements under our transformation strategy objectives during 2022, 2023 and early 2024:
Transformation Timeline and Achievements
2022
Business Transformation(1)
Aug. 2022 completed the sale of our Latin American business
Oct. 2022 completed the sale of our 20-state ILEC business
Announced the elimination of our dividend
Operational Transformation
Introduced growth-focused revenue reporting
Launched Lumen Marketplace with enterprise self-service capabilities
Accelerated Quantum Fiber buildout
Leadership Transformation(2)
Apr. 2022 executed our CFO succession plan
Nov. 2022 executed our CEO succession plan
2023
Completed the sale of select content delivery network (CDN) contracts
Further narrowed our business focus by completing the divestiture of our EMEA business on Nov. 1
Announced two-year $1 billion growth and optimization initiative
Introduced three-pronged strategy to secure the base, drive commercial excellence and innovate for growth
Launched innovative commercial offerings including network-as-a-service (NaaS) and ExaSwitch
We hired four new members to our senior leadership team:
EVP, Customer Success
EVP, Enterprise Operations
EVP, Enterprise Sales
EVP, Chief People Officer
We terminated or demoted four prior members of our senior leadership team
Early 2024
Formulated a Management Proposal for reverse stock split
Formulated a Management Proposal to approve the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan for 43 million share pool(3) to fund equity awards in the future
Identified a multi-billion market opportunity addressable with our digital product portfolio
Completed a significant debt restructuring, extending debt maturities and securing a runway to further transform the company
We hired three new members to our senior leadership team:
EVP, Chief Product Officer
EVP, Chief Technology Officer
EVP, Chief Marketing Officer
Mr. Trezise left the company in Apr. 2024
Resulting in a nearly full refreshment of our senior leadership team during the last two years
(1)For more complete information on Lumen, our business transformation and our recent performance, see the remainder of this proxy statement, including “About Lumen” and Appendix B.
(2)See “Continued Leadership Transition” for more information on on-boarding compensation and severance packages for departing NEOs.
(3)See “Item 3 - Approval of Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan” for more information.
79
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
2023 Executive Compensation Aligned with Business Performance
As discussed in greater detail in this CD&A, 93% of our CEO’s total target compensation is at risk and our incentive programs (i) are aligned with our corporate strategy, (ii) support our efforts to incentivize and retain our new leadership team, which is essential to our ability to execute on our transformation strategy (described in greater detail throughout this CD&A) and (iii) are paid out based on our performance, with realizable pay commensurate with our performance.
In 2023, we fell short of our Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue goals and our STI plan was funded at 83.2% of the target payout level. In addition, our failure to attain our Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target and our low total shareholder return (TSR) performance resulted in our senior officers forfeiting 100% of their 2021 performance-based LTI awards. For more information, see “Section Four — Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2023.”
Our CEO’s average realizable pay, as of March 1, 2024, was 34% of target compensation for the past two years. For more information, see “Section Three — Pay and Performance Alignment — Realized and Realizable Pay for Our NEOs.”
Short-Term Incentive Bonus
2023 STI Payout of 83.2%
Adjusted EBITDA: As we continued to focus on profitable revenue growth while executing on cost transformation initiatives, we generated Adjusted EBITDA of $4,631 million, which was below our target.
02_427760-1_icon_revenue.jpg
Revenue: Improving the revenue trajectory of our business is critical to achieving our strategy. In 2023, we achieved $14,526 million of Revenue, which was below our target.
02_427760-1_icon_increase.jpg
Customer experience: During 2023, we achieved slight gains for most of our Customer Experience categories and outperformed the average for our industry.
02_427760-1_icon_customer.jpg
The chart below shows our overall level of achievement and company performance funding for the financial and qualitative metrics in our 2023 STI plan:
Dollars in Millions
Performance
Metrics
Threshold
Target(1)
MaximumActual vs.
Target
Payout %WeightingWeighted
Payout %
Adjusted EBITDA
03 427760-1_bar.jpg
97.9%73.5%
 03 427760-1_pie.jpg
36.7%
Revenue
03 427760-1_bar_2.jpg
98.0%89.9%
03 427760-1_pie_1.jpg 
31.5%
Customer ExperienceMet Expectations100.0%
03 427760-1_pie_2.jpg 
15.0%
Weighted Payout Percentage of Company Performance Funding83.2%
80
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
(1)For more information on our Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue targets see “Section Two - Compensation Philosophy and Oversight — Rigorous Design and Target Goal Setting Process” and “Section Four - Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2023 — 2023 Short-Term Incentive Program.”
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
2021 LTI Payout of 0%
Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA: We generated Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA of $21,492 million for 2021, 2022 and 2023, which was below our threshold of $22,300 million.
02_427760-1_icon_Cummulative_02_427760-1_growth.jpg
Relative TSR Modifier: Our stock performance for three-year period ending December 31, 2023 was -81.18%, which was the 0th percentile relative to our peers.
02_427760-1_icon_Relative TSR_02_427760-1_growth.jpg
Dollars in Millions
Performance
Metrics
Threshold
Target(1)
MaximumActual vs.
Target
Payout
%
WeightingWeighted
Payout %
Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA
03 427760-1_bar_cummulative.jpg
91.8%0.0%
03 427760-1_pie.jpg 
0.0%
Relative TSR(2)
03 427760-1_bar_Relative TSR .jpg
n/a0.0%
03 427760-1_pie copy.jpg 
0.0%
Weighted Payout Percentage0.0%
(1)For more information on our Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target see “Section Two - Compensation Philosophy and Oversight — Rigorous Design and Target Goal Setting Process.”
(2)If Lumen’s TSR is negative over the three-year period, the payout cannot exceed target regardless of our TSR performance relative to our peers.
What’s New
“In our journey to become a growing, customer-obsessed business, we will continue to hire leaders who know how to deliver high-impact results,” said Kate Johnson, President and CEO of Lumen.
Continued Leadership Transition
Our Board and the HRCC have spent considerable time and effort ensuring that we have senior leaders in place who know how to deliver high-impact results and who can guide us on a path to growth.
As described below and elsewhere in this CD&A, during Ms. Johnson’s first few months as CEO, she evaluated the existing senior leadership team and made the decision to change several leaders, beginning in 2022 and continuing through early 2024, resulting in a nearly full refresh of our senior leadership team during the last two years.
81
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Transition of Senior Leadership Team
03 427760-1_Seniorleadership.jpg
During 2023, we brought in four new members of our senior leadership team, one of whom (Ms. Haynes-Gaspar) is an NEO whose compensation is described further below and elsewhere in this proxy statement. In early 2024, we hired three additional members of our senior leadership team and announced a third. The changesthe termination of Mr. Trezise, one of the longer-standing NEOs.
Our new senior leadership team brings deep and diverse experiences to Lumen and are consistent with our Company’s focus on transforming itself from a traditional telecom company and pivotingenergized to growth as a technology company.drive the transformation described above. As is often seen in such periods of leadership team transformations, there were on-boarding payments associated with new hire packages retention(the majority of which were awarded in the form of equity and aligns their interests with our shareholders by providing immediate equity stake in the Company), transition awards to key executives during transition and severance payments to departing executives. While we are committed to limiting the use of on-boardingthese payments and adhering to best practices when doing so, we believe our 2022 transition paymentsBoard determined they were essential to pursuing our long-term strategy to transform our Company and buildingbuild the leadership team required for the challenges and opportunities ahead. In early 2023, we continued our leadership transformation with three new senior executives and announced our new mission and core priorities, described as our North Star project further below.
70
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
What’s New
Lumen plans to pivot to growth with an energized new leadership team that includes three new executive officers, including our CEO, CFO and EVP, Product and Technology, and two new senior officers, including EVP, Enterprise Sales and Public Sector, EVP, Customer Experience Officer, Wholesale and International and are in the process of conducting a search for EVP, Enterprise Operations.
2022 Leadership Transition
As described below and elsewhere in this CD&A, we hired a new CEO and CFO during 2022.
CEO Succession
As part of our succession planning and executive talent development initiatives, the Board retained Spencer Stuart, a global executive search and leadership consulting firm, in 2018 to assist with various matters, including long-range planning with respect to identifying potential successors to the CEO. During 2022, the Board executed on our CEO succession plan.
For more information on our Board’s responsibilities, see further discussion under the heading “Item 1 —Our Board’s Responsibilities & Engagement.”
Compensation for Kate Johnson, our current CEO
Ms. Johnson succeeded Mr. Storey as CEO on November 7, 2022 (the “CEO Transition Date”). As discussed elsewhere herein, Ms. Johnson’s offer letter dated September 12, 2022 (the “Offer Letter”) provides for an annual compensation targeted near the 25th percentile of our peer group, 93% of which was at-risk.
Ms. Johnson joined the Company at a critical time of transformation and was recruited specifically for her significant leadership and experience with technology, enterprise customers, growth initiatives and cultural and business transformation. She held key leadership roles across a variety of Fortune 100 companies including Oracle, General Electric and Microsoft Corporation, having served most recently as President of Microsoft U.S., a division of Microsoft Corporation.
The HRCC, after consultation with its independent compensation consultant Semler Brossy, determined that the annual compensation package and on-boarding payments (i) were consistent with our philosophy and customary for CEO on-boarding pay packages, (ii) were necessary to attract high caliber talent to transform our Company, (iii) were necessary to induce Ms. Johnson to join us, and (iv) provided total compensation that is below median levels for comparable CEOs.
Ms. Johnson’s annual compensation package consists of:
Base salary of $1,200,000,
Target annual short-term incentive (STI) opportunity of 200% of salary(1),
Target annual long-term incentive (LTI) opportunity of $14,250,000, beginning in 2023(2),
Personal usage of Company aircraft not to exceed $200,000 in a single calendar year(3), and
Retirement and welfare benefits generally available to all employees.
1Ms. Johnson received a pro-rated annual short-term incentive award based on actual Company performance for 2022. For more information, see “Section Four - 2022 Short-Term Incentive Program” below.
2For 2022, Ms. Johnson received a pro-rated long-term incentive award of $2,375,000, which is one-sixth of target annual LTI opportunity, of time-based restricted stock, which will vest in equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject— Compensation Related to continued service and other customary terms. For more information see “Section four - 2022 Long-Term Incentive Compensation” below.
3For more information see “Compensation Tables — Summary Compensation Table — All Other Compensation.Leadership Transition.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT71

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
In addition, the HRCC approved the following on-boarding payments to Ms. Johnson:
Cash award of $1,000,000, subject to a two-year “clawback” feature if Ms. Johnson resigns or is terminated by the Company for cause before the 2-year anniversary of her start date. Based on information provided by its compensation consultant, the HRCC determined that such cash award is customary for CEO on-boarding pay packages and, in this case, was necessary to induce Ms. Johnson to join the Company.
Equity award of $1,000,000 of time-based restricted stock(1), all of which will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued service and other customary terms, and which is subject to a one-year “clawback” feature following the vesting date. Based on information provided by its compensation consultant, the HRCC determined that such an equity award is customary for CEO on-boarding pay packages and, in this case, it was in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders for her to have an equity stake in the Company immediately.
One-time reimbursement of legal fees incurred in connection with negotiating the Offer Letter, not to exceed $50,000(2).
Relocation benefits generally available to all employees(2).
1For more information see “Section Four - 2022 Long-Term Incentive Compensation” below.
2For more information on reimbursement of legal fees and relocation benefits for 2022, see “Compensation Tables — Summary Compensation Table — All Other Compensation”
The HRCC approved the following change of control payments and qualifying separation benefits for Ms. Johnson:
Ms. Johnson entered into a change of control agreement which entitles her to receive, under certain specified circumstances following a change of control of Lumen, (i) a lump sum payment equal to two and one-half times the sum of (1) her base salary in effect at the date of termination plus (2) her target STI amount for the year in which the date of termination occurs; (ii) a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination paid in the ordinary course based on actual performance; (iii) two years of continued life insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits (or an equivalent lump-sum payment where necessary to comply with plan terms); and (iv) outplacement assistance for one year.
Certain Qualifying Separation benefits, as defined in Sections 6 of the Offer Letter, which entitles her to receive, under certain specified circumstances prior to the third anniversary of her start date, pro-rated accelerated vesting for outstanding, unvested time-based and performance-based restricted shares as of the separation date.
For more information on Ms. Johnson’s personal usage of the Company aircraft, reimbursement of legal fees and relocation benefits for 2022, see “Compensation Tables — Summary Compensation Table — All Other Compensation.” For more information on Ms. Johnson’s change of control arrangement, including our rationale for providing these benefits, see “— Section Four — Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2022 — Other Benefits — Severance Benefits” and “Compensation Tables — Potential Termination Payments — Payments Made Upon a Change of Control.”
Retirement Compensation Paid to Jeff Storey, our former CEO
As planned, after a distinguished 40-year career and upon Ms. Johnson’s succession as CEO, Mr. Storey retired as CEO and member of the Board of Directors and remained on as Special Advisor to the Board and CEO through December 31, 2022 to provide continuity to the Board and Ms. Johnson during the management transition and continued to receive compensation and benefits at an undiminished rate through such date. Mr. Storey retired and his employment ended on December 31, 2022. Mr. Storey did not receive any severance benefits following his retirement from the Company on December 31, 2022.
Consistent with the terms of Mr. Storey’s 2018 offer letter and existing broad-based programs that apply to our employees, upon Mr. Storey’s retirement he was entitled to:
Accelerated vesting of his outstanding time-based RSUs, granted in 2020, 2021 and 2022, effective December 31, 2022(1),
Continue to hold all of his outstanding performance-based RSUs granted in 2020, 2021 and 2022 subject to their original performance conditions and vesting dates(2),
Pro-rated annual bonus for 2022 based on actual company performance payout(3), and
7282
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Retirement benefits payable to him under existing broad-based programs that apply to our eligible retirees.
Consistent with Section 409(A) of Internal Revenue Service Code, the time-based RSUs accelerated vesting as of Mr. Storey’s retirement date, but their release was deferred until the earlier of the original vest date (417,170 shares vested on March 1, 2023) and six-months following his retirement date (455,292 shares). For more information see “— Deferred Compensation” below.
1On March 1, 2023, 538,159 performance-based RSUs granted in 2020 were forfeited due to below threshold performance. For more information see “— LTI Linkage to Performance” below.
2For more information see “Section four - 2022 Short-Term Incentive Program” below.
Additionally, in connection with Mr. Storey’s retirement, the HRCC approved:
Gift of artwork located in Mr. Storey’s office, which was recently appraised at $3,000(1), and
Extension of COBRA benefits for an additional 11 months beyond the plan maximum of 18 months of coverage, during which period Mr. Storey will pay the COBRA premiums.
1For more information see “Compensation Tables — Summary Compensation Table — All Other Compensation”
CFO Succession
In early 2022, in connection with the Board’s long-standing succession planning and executive talent development initiatives undertaken with the assistance of Spencer Stuart, we identified Mr. Stansbury as a strong external candidate for CFO who had the skills needed to implement Lumen’s current strategies. Working with Spencer Stuart, Mr. Stansbury was evaluated and interviewed by our then CEO, Mr. Storey, Chairman of the Board, Chair of Audit Committee and key members of management. In March 2022, the Board announced its new CFO.
Mr. Stansbury brings more than 30 years of finance leadership at multinational corporations across several industries, most recently serving as CFO of Arrow Electronics, Inc. Mr. Stansbury joined the Company at a critical time of transformation and was recruited specifically for his significant experience in delivering growth and creating value during his prior roles.
Compensation for Chris Stansbury, our current CFO
Mr. Stansbury succeeded Mr. Dev as CFO effective upon his start date of April 4, 2022. As further discussed elsewhere herein, Mr. Stansbury’s annual compensation package consists of:
Base salary of $750,000,
Target annual short-term incentive (STI) opportunity of 125% of salary(1),
Target annual long-term incentive (LTI) opportunity of $4,350,000, beginning in 2022,(2) and
Retirement and welfare benefits generally available to all employees.
1For 2022, Mr. Stansbury received a pro-rated annual short-term incentive award based on actual Company performance. See “Section Four -2022 Short-Term Incentive Program” below.
2At its November 2022 meeting, the HRCC increased Mr. Stansbury’s target annual long-term incentive opportunity for 2023 to $5,000,000 in recognition of the excellent progress he has made in transforming the Company over his first seven months as CFO.
In addition, to partially offset amounts that Mr. Stansbury forfeited upon his departure from his then current employer, the HRCC approved on-boarding payments of:
Cash award of $150,000, subject to a two-year “clawback” feature if Mr. Stansbury resigns or is terminated by the Company for cause before the second anniversary of his start date, and
Equity award of $3,750,000 of time-based restricted stock which was awarded into two separate components. The first component of $750,000 will vest ratably over three years, with one-third vesting on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. The second component of $3,000,000 will vest in two equal installments, with the first installment vesting on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the grant date and the second installment vesting on the seventh (7th) anniversary of the grant date. These equity awards offset equity and retirement benefits that Mr. Stansbury forfeited upon termination from his prior employer.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT73

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Severance Compensation Paid to Indraneel Dev, our former CFO
Mr. Dev’s employment was involuntarily terminated on April 1, 2022.
Mr. Dev’s departure resulted in the forfeiture of his annual 2022 equity award valued at $4,250,000 on its grant date.
As further discussed elsewhere herein, in exchange for Mr. Dev’s delivery of a release of claims, he received upon termination the following compensation and benefits payments under our executive severance plan and existing broad-based programs that apply to our employees:
Cash severance benefits of $1,687,500(1),
COBRA benefits for 52 weeks(1), and
Pro-rated annual bonus for 2022 based on actual company performance payout(2).
1For more information see “-Other Benefits - Severance Benefits” below.
2For more information see “Section four - 2022 Short-Term Incentive Program” below.
In addition, the HRCC approved:
Accelerated vesting of his outstanding time-based restricted stock, granted in 2020 and 2021, effective April 1, 2022,  
Continuation of a pro-rated portion of his outstanding performance-based restricted stock granted in 2020 and 2021 subject to their original performance conditions and vesting dates(1) with the remaining portion of these stock awards granted in 2020 and 2021 being forfeited.
1On March 1, 2023, 128,133 performance-based restricted stock granted in 2020 were forfeited due to below threshold performance. For more information see “— LTI Linkage to Performance” below.
Lumen Business Highlights
During 2022, we accomplished several significant financial milestones. Specifically, we:
Completed or announced value-accretive business divestitures expected to generate a total of $12 billion in gross proceeds
Completed the $2.7 billion divestiture of our Latin American business to Stonepeak on Aug. 1
Completed the $7.5 billion divestiture of our 20-state ILEC business to Apollo on Oct. 3
Announced the proposed sale of our EMEA business to Colt Technology Services for $1.8 billion on Nov. 2
Reduced Estimated Net Debt by $9.9 billion in 20221
Authorized an up to $1.5 billion, two-year share repurchase program and repurchased 33 million shares of common stock for a total purchase price of $200 million
Enabled of approximately 600 thousand Quantum Fiber units in 20222
Added approximately 100 thousand Quantum Fiber subscribers in 2022 and improved Quantum Fiber ARPU on a year-over-year basis consecutively for every quarter in 2022
$9.9B$10.2B$1.8B$200M
Reduction in Estimated Net Debt1
Gross Proceeds from Business DivestituresExpected Gross Proceeds from the Announced EMEA Business DivestitureCommon Stock Repurchased
See Appendix A for definitions of the terms used above, a reconciliation of our non-GAAP metrics used above to GAAP measures, and a description of our special items. For more complete information on Lumen and our recent performance, see the remainder of this proxy statement, including Appendix B.
1During the first half of 2023, we expect to pay approximately $900 million to $1 billion of cash taxes related to the 2022 divestitures of our Latin American and 20-state ILEC businesses. To provide comparability to prior periods, Estimated Net Debt reflects the payment of those cash taxes as though it had occurred on or prior to December 31, 2022.
2Represents the total number of units capable of receiving our services at period end.
74
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Business Transformation
In August and October 2022, we completed the sale of our Latin American business and part of our incumbent local exchange carrier (ILEC) business in 20 Midwestern, Southern and Eastern states, respectively, for aggregate gross consideration of $10.2 billion.
In November 2022, we agreed to sell our European, Middle Eastern, and African (“EMEA”) business to Colt Technology Services for aggregate gross consideration of $1.8 billion. We currently anticipate that this transaction will close during late 2023 or early 2024.
Q1 2022Q2 2022
lumn-20230405_g136.jpg
CEO
Succession
In early 2022, the Board formed a special CEO Succession Committee to evaluate internal and external candidates to succeed Mr. Storey upon his retirement.The CEO Succession Committee met on a regular basis and evaluated (i) several internal candidates, and interviewed and assessed two of them and (ii) evaluated dozens of external candidates and interviewed eight of them.
lumn-20230405_g137.jpg
lumn-20230405_g138.jpg
CFO
Succession
In late 2021, we engaged an external search firm to conduct a search of the market for CFO candidates with certain skill sets. After reviewing the potential candidates, we engaged in further discussions with Mr. Stansbury.
In February 2022, Semler Brossy advised the HRCC with respect to market rates of compensation for potential incoming CFO candidates.
In March 2022, the Board announced its new CFO.
Mr. Dev’s employment was involuntarily terminated on April 1, 2022.
Mr. Stansbury succeeded Mr. Dev as CFO effective upon his start date of April 4, 2022.
Q3 2022Q4 2022
lumn-20230405_g139.jpg
Business
Highlights
In August 2022, we completed the sale of our Latin American business for pre-tax proceeds of $2.7 billion.
In October 2022, we completed the sale of our 20-state ILEC business for pre-tax cash proceeds of $5.6 billion and $1.5 billion of debt assumption.
Announced elimination of dividend and adoption of stock purchase program
Announced transaction with Colt Technology Services to sell our Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (“EMEA”) business for aggregate gross consideration of $1.8 billion
lumn-20230405_g137.jpg
lumn-20230405_g136.jpg
CEO
Succession
The CEO Succession Committee selected three final CEO candidates for in-person presentations to the independent directors.
The independent directors internally discussed each candidate and elected to engage in further discussions with Ms. Johnson.
Semler Brossy advised the CEO Succession Committee and the HRCC with respect to market rates of compensation for potential incoming CEO candidates.
In September 2022, the Board announced its new CEO.
Ms. Johnson succeeded Mr. Storey as CEO on November 7, 2022 (the “CEO Transition Date”)
Mr. Storey resigned as CEO a member of the Board, but remained employed by the Company as its Senior Advisor to the Board and CEO until December 31, 2022.
Mr. Storey retired and his employment ended on December 31, 2022.
lumn-20230405_g140.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT75

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
What’s New
"In 2023, we will be investing in and optimizing Lumen as we drive our five core priorities of developing customer obsession, innovating and investing for growth, building a reliable execution engine, radically simplifying Lumen, and further developing our culture,” said Kate Johnson, President and CEO.

76
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
2022 ExecutiveOur Compensation AlignedBest Practices
The HRCC and management stay abreast of market trends and best practices through regular consultation with Business Performancethe HRCC’s independent consultant and by attending various training programs and forums.
As discussed in greater detailIn addition to other practices described elsewhere in this CD&A, our incentive programsproxy statement, below are aligned with our corporate strategya summary and are paid out based on our performance. In 2022, we fell shortbrief descriptions of our Adjusted EBITDA goalcertain compensation policies and our STI plan was funded at 91%. In addition, the three-year performance period for our 2020 LTI awards ended on December 31, 2022, and we did not achieve threshold performance for our Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target, resulting in a 0% payout.practices.
icon_checkbox.jpg2022 STI Payout of 91%
What We Do
icon_xmarkbox.jpg
What We Don’t Do
icon_check.jpgAdjusted EBITDA: As we continuedFocus on performance-based compensation weighted heavily towards long-term incentive awards
icon_check.jpgBenchmark generally against 50th percentile peer compensation levels
icon_check.jpgMaintain robust stock ownership guidelines applicable to focus on profitable revenue growth while executing on cost transformation initiatives, we achieved Adjusted EBITDA marginsour executive officers and outside directors
icon_check.jpgAnnually review our compensation programs to avoid encouraging excessive risk taking
icon_check.jpgConduct an annual succession planning process for our CEO
icon_check.jpgConduct an annual “say-on-pay” vote
icon_check.jpgDiscuss our executive compensation program during shareholder engagement
icon_check.jpg  Impose compensation forfeiture covenants “clawback” broader than and in addition to those mandated by law (such as, fraud and reputational harm)
icon_check.jpg  Review the composition of 38.4 basis pointsour peer groups at least annually
icon_check.jpg  Conduct independent and generated Adjusted EBITDAintensive performance reviews of $6.8 billion, which was below our target.senior officers
icon_check.jpg  Cap the number of relative TSR performance-based shares that may vest if our own absolute TSR is negative
icon_check.jpg  Review realizable pay of our senior officers and total compensation “tally” sheets
icon_check.jpg  Require shareholders to approve any future severance agreements valued at more than 2.99 times the executive’s target cash compensation
lumn-20230405_g141.jpg
Revenue: Improving the revenue trajectory of our business is critical to achieving our strategy, and our objective is to reach top-line growth through our Quantum Fiber buildout and Lumen Platform initiatives. In 2022, we achieved $17.5 billion of Revenue, slightly above our target.
icon_xmark.jpg  =Maintain a supplemental executive retirement plan
icon_xmark.jpgPermit our directors or any employee to hedge our stock, or our directors or senior officers to pledge our stock
icon_xmark.jpgPermit the HRCC’s compensation consultant to provide other services to Lumen
icon_xmark.jpgPay, provide or permit:
(i)excessive perquisites,
(ii)excise tax “gross-up” payments, or
(iii)single-trigger change of control equity acceleration benefits, or
(iv)dividend payments on unvested restricted stock or RSUs
Free Cash Flow: A comprehensive measure of our overall financial position. Performance is impacted by several items, including:
capital investment to drive growth
planning to stay relatively net leverage neutral through the full investment phase
lumn-20230405_g142.jpg
Customer experience: During 2022, we achieved slight gains for most of our Customer Experience categories and outperformed the average for our industry, which was negative for the year.
=
The chart below shows our overall level of achievement for the financial and qualitative metrics in our 2022 STI plan:
Dollars in Millions
Performance
Metrics
ThresholdTargetMaximumActual vs.
Target
Payout
%
WeightingWeighted
Payout %
Adjusted EBITDA
lumn-20230405_g143.jpg
97.9%74.1%
lumn-20230405_g144.jpg
37.0%
Revenue
lumn-20230405_g145.jpg
100.4%102.2%
lumn-20230405_g146.jpg
25.6%
Free Cash Flow
lumn-20230405_g147.jpg
110.8%122.4%
lumn-20230405_g148.jpg
18.4%
Customer ExperienceMet Expectations100.0%
lumn-20230405_g149.jpg
10.0%
Weighted Payout Percent91.0%
83
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT77

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
2020 LTI Payout of 0%
Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA: We generated cumulative Adjusted EBITDA1 of $23,495 million for 2020, 2021 and 2022, which was below our threshold of $24,500 million.
lumn-20230405_g141.jpg
Relative TSR Modifier: Our stock performance for three-year period ending December 31, 2022 was -50.06%, which was the 31st percentile relative to our peers.
lumn-20230405_g141.jpg
1Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA is the sum of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding special items and certain adjustments for our incentive plans that are necessary to measure results in the same manner the targets were set, for 2020, 2021 and 2022. See Appendix A for more information.
2023 Shareholder Engagement and 2022 Compensation EnhancementsHighlights
At our 2022 annual meeting, we received support from the holders of approximately 85% of the shares voted on our say-on-pay proposal.
Each year we solicit shareholder feedback throughoutfrom holders of a majority of our shares, generally in the yearspring and fall, on a wide range of topics including(discussed in greater detail in “ITEM 1 Election of Directors - Our Board’s Responsibilities & Engagement”). Our shareholder engagement related to our executive compensation.compensation programs is summarized below. Our Chairman of the Board (who is also a member of the HRCC), HRCC Chair, NCG Committee Chair and, as appropriate, members of management typically participate in these engagements. These conversations have enabled us to receive input from our shareholders on how best to align the interests of management and the shareholders and have enabled many of our shareholders to gain a better understanding of the challenges of recruiting, retaining and motivating top executive talent in a complex, rapidly changing industry that continues to face the challenges of replacing high-margin declining legacy services with lower-marginlower-margin growing digital services.
During our 2022 shareholder engagement we invited shareholders representing 60% ofin 2022, discussions with our outstanding shares to engage, resulting in 5 meetings in the spring and 9 meetings in the fall, and overall we met with holders representing 17.4% of our outstanding shares and the remaining invited holders either declining our meeting request or not responding.
In the spring 2022 shareholder engagement, we received valuable input on executive compensation, in addition to governance and ESG matters. We were encouraged by both the constructive feedback and positive support we received regarding our compensation program changes over the last couple of years.
In our fall 2022 shareholder engagement, these discussions were focused on our CEO transition, ESG, diversity, cyber-security, board diversity and composition, capital allocation and the impact these topics have on our strategic priorities and how we design executive compensation to incentivize our long-term success. These discussionsinvestors helped to inform our 2023 executive compensation decisions, which include,included continued inclusion of relative TSR in our LTI program, elimination of Free Cash Flow as a metric in our STI program additionand review of ESG goals for our executive officers’ individual performance scorecard as part of our STI program and revisions to compensation benchmarking and TSR peer groups.groups following the completion of three major divestitures.
The table below summarizes our compensation-focused shareholder engagement efforts during 2023, including the feedback we heard, say-on-pay results and actions our HRCC has taken.
2023 Shareholder Engagement(1)
Spring Engagement: Following the filing of our 2023 proxy statement, we engaged our top 30 shareholders, representing approximately 60% of shares outstanding, to hear their feedback on executive compensation actions during 2022 and considerations going forward.
What We Heard: The shareholders we met withprovided positive feedback on the compensation packages for our CEO and CFO during 2022. Specifically, these shareholders indicated that our compensation programs were aligned with our business strategy and our STI and LTI payouts (for performance periods ending December 31, 2022) were appropriately linked with performance.
02_427760-1_icon_arrow horizontal.jpg
2023 Say-on-Pay Vote Results:At our 2023 annual meeting, we received support from the holders of 87% of the shares voted on our say-on-pay proposal.
Fall Engagement: Given our stock performance and limited equity pool available for future grants, we undertook a significant effort to seek input from shareholders as the HRCC considered changes to our 2024 compensation programs and a new equity plan proposal.
We also met with one of the major proxy advisors in December 2023. This meeting was attended by our Chairman of the Board (who is also a member of the HRCC), Chair of HRCC and Chair of NCG Committee in addition to members of management.
What We Heard: The shareholders and proxy advisor we held meetings with provided feedback on metrics for our incentive compensation programs, our upcoming proposal to replenish our equity pool and changes for our 2024 LTI awards given our recent stock performance. In addition to these discussions we also met with shareholders who were focused on our culture and ESG strategies.
02_427760-1_icon_arrow horizontal.jpg
Response to Shareholder Feedback: The HRCC reviewed shareholder feedback and approved the following changes to our 2024 LTI awards: shift the 60% performance-based portion from equity to cash, which we intend to be temporary, and add a +/-20% revenue kicker to the cumulative adjusted EBITDA metric.
These are discussed in greater detail at "Changes to 2024 LTI Design.”
(1)For more information, see “Shareholder Engagement - By the Numbers: Shareholder Engagement in 2023”
We look forward to continuing to engage in productive dialogue with our stakeholders on all governance and stewardship matters, including compensation.
7884
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Section Two - Compensation Philosophy and Oversight
Compensation is a critical element in Lumen’s overall business strategy for attracting, developing, motivating and retaining executives and key employees who possess the right skills and leadership expertise to execute our corporate strategies. Our transition towards providing more adaptive digital transmission services has placed a greater premium on attracting and retaining personnel with cutting-edge technical skills and experience with implementing transformational change. We design our compensation programs to reward executives and employees who are critical to our success.
Compensation Objectives and Design
Our compensation programs are designed to be market competitive, performance-based and fiscally responsible. Providing incentive compensation opportunities linked to our corporate performance is a key part of our compensation programs, especially for our senior leaders.leaders, representing 93% and 85% of our CEO’s and NEOs’ average total target direct compensation, respectively. But our STI and LTI programs extend much further into our organization. For 2022,2023, approximately 20,000 employees participated in our STI program and approximately 1,6001,500 employees received equity grantslong-term cash awards under our LTI program. For each participant in our incentive programs, including our NEOs, his or her total target direct compensation and individual performance metricsmodifiers are determined based on multiple factors, including the availability of talent, the criticality of skills, market compensation benchmarks and internal equity considerations.
Incentive Compensation Design
Each year over the course of several meetings, the HRCC undergoes a multi-step process to evaluate our performance objectives and priorities and establish rigorous threshold, target and maximum performance levels for our short- and long-term incentive plans for the upcoming plan year.
85
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Aligning Performance Objectives with Strategy
The HRCC selects short-term and long-term plan performance objectives designed to incentivize our executives to drive execution of our overall business strategies. This process includes (i) engagingstrategies and key strategic priorities over the relevant performance period. The HRCC works with management and its independent consultant to structure our incentive programs each year based on the HRCC’s independent compensation consultant, (ii) reviewing compensation trends at peer companies, (iii) measuring our performance against peers and (iv) receiving feedback from shareholders regarding executive compensation and incentive design. Keyfollowing key design considerations include:considerations:
Key Considerations/ObjectivesPay for Performance AlignmentMore Detail
Aligned With Our Strategy
Incentive Compensation Design
AligningEnsuring that performance-based metrics in our executive compensation programs reward performance objectivesover multiple time horizons and metricsare aligned with our short- and long-term strategies, including individual contribution and Company performance, and the goal of creating long-term shareholder value while discouraging excessive risk taking
See “Our Pay Elements” in this section
Challenging Goals
Setting ambitious short-and long-term targets at challenging but reasonably achievable levels that reflect priorities and drive progress toward our long-termlong-term vision
Assessing effectiveness of prior year design
See “Section Four - Compensation Design, Awards and targets
EnsuringPayouts for 2023”
FormulaicMaintaining STI and LTI programs with formulaic payouts that performance-based compensation rewardsare determined based on actual performance over multiple time horizonsagainst challenging financial and alignsoperational goals; with the goal of creating long-term shareholder value while discouraging excessive risk taking
Being responsive to shareholder feedback
Allowing for the flexibility to make limited adjustments, positive or negative, as may be appropriate
Monitoring share expense ratepermitted and dilutionoutlined in our Incentive Program Guidelines described herein.
See “Section Four - Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2023” and “Incentive Program Guidelines” in this section
Pay and Performance AlignmentAssessing effectiveness of prior year(s) incentive designs and targets on a quarterly basisSee “Section Three - Pay and Performance Alignment - Realized and Realizable Pay for Our NEOs”
Peer BenchmarkedUtilizing an objective set of criteria to determine companies for our compensation benchmarking peer group and TSR peer groupSee “Section Five - HRCC Engagement and Compensation Governance - Role of Peer Companies”
Pay Mix
Target Compensation
BalancingAllocating a significant portion of our NEOs target compensation to performance-based; components, with a balance between cash and equity incentive compensation
and short- Targeting total compensation at the 50th percentile to remain competitive against peers
Balancing individual contribution and Company performance
Retaining employees with essential expertise and skill
Targeting internal equity by offering comparable pay to employees who make similar contributions and have comparable skill sets and expertiselong-term incentives
See “Section Three - Pay and Performance Alignment - Pay Mix”
Monitor Equity UsageMonitoring share expense, burn rate and dilution against peer benchmarksSee “Section Four - Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2023 - 2023 Long-Term Incentive Compensation”
Shareholder FeedbackIncorporating shareholder views, including results of our annual say-on-pay vote and our shareholder engagement initiativesSee “Section One - Executive Summary - 2023 Shareholder Engagement Highlights”
For additional information on Lumen and our recent performance, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Appendix B.
86
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT79

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Rigorous Design and Target Goal Setting Process
Each year overAs described in more detail below, based on information available at the course of several meetings,time, the HRCC evaluates our incentive designs for the upcoming plan year and establishes rigorous threshold, target and maximum performance levels for the selected objectives thatunder our incentive programs. These objectives are reevaluated annually and rooted in our annual budget, public guidance and long-range strategic plan.
Our incentive design and targets are influenced by:
Aligned with Company’s Publicly Disseminated Outlook. For 2023, the Board approved annual and long-range financial and operational plans which are used to set our STI and LTI targets and inform our external outlook,that the HRCC considered in its goal setting process, including:
Detailed financial and operational goals and timelines
Anticipated timing for execution of our strategic initiatives, new product launches and completion of our then pending divestitures
Cash flow plan to execute on our capital allocation priorities
The HRCC also considered the following:
Prior year strategic goals and actual financial performance
Industry and competitive trends
Other Company-specific and external factors that influence our business
Challenging and Sufficiently Rigorous.Declines in residential voice The HRCC establishes challenging threshold, target and copper-based wireline revenue outweighmaximum performance levels that are appropriately tailored to our current business conditions as well as the customer demandprevailing business environment more broadly. For 2023, while the targets for digital services and new products, which puts increased pressure on both revenue and Adjusted EBITDA as follows:
Revenue is weighted 25% in our 2022 STI plan and we believe revenue that is flat or slightly negative year over year is a rigorous goal while we continue to transform from telecom to technology
Adjusted EBITDA, which incentivizes management to maximize profitability, is our primary financial metric, weighted 50% in both ourthe STI and LTI plans, withobjectives were set at lower levels than prior year targets and results, the HRCC believes these 2023 performance measured over different time horizonstargets were set at challenging levels, based in part on the impact of the following:
TelecomOperational Trends: Traditional telecom services’ margins are significantly greater and demand for theseour legacy copper-based wireline mass market services is in a prolonged systemic decline. We are also experiencing a weaker demand for certain older enterprise services, changing customer preferences, increased competitive and pricing pressures and higher inflation. These services are declining at a faster pace than demand is growing for our newer technology services at lower margins, which exerts significant pressure on achieving the same or higher year-over-year performance – requiring us to simultaneously (i) expand our customer base and services portfolio, while also protecting(ii) protect the valueability of theour declining residual legacy voice and copper-based wireline operations to generate high-margin revenue and (iii) adapt and adjust our cost structure in response to the pace our revenue declines – which puts increased pressure on both revenue and adjusted EBITDA in both our short- and long-term incentive plans.
Divestitures: We have completed three substantial divestitures in the last two years. Our 2022 results included operations for our LATAM and ILEC businesses, until their sales were completed in August and October 2022, respectively, and dis-synergies related to those transactions. Our 2023 results included operations for our EMEA business, until its sale was completed in November 2023, and dis-synergies related to that transaction.
Macroeconomic Environment: Continued inflationary pressures, supply constraints or macroeconomic uncertainties could continue to impact our financial performance, as described further in our periodic reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Uncertainties: Uncertainties regarding our financial performance, leverage and debt covenant compliance could continue to cause certain of our customers to reduce or cease doing business with us.
Aligned with Shareholder Interests.The Board’s careful review of the degree of difficulty of our compensation goals
ShareholderHRCC also considers shareholder feedback and observations from its independent compensation consultant observationsconsultant.
Incentive Program Guidelines
While the performance objectives and targets under our incentive programs are designed to measure objective performance over a specified period of time, the HRCC may make certain adjustments to our performance calculations. To provide structure and promote consistency in addressing such situations, the HRCC has adopted Guidelines on Administering Incentive Plans (the Guidelines) to aid its goal of reaching equitable STI and LTI payout decisions that align performance with our targets and corporate strategy. As described in the table below, the Guidelines provide three types of potential adjustments to our STI or LTI metrics that can affect the overall payout.
87
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
80

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Types of Adjustments Under Our Guidelines
STILTI
lumn-20230405_g1.jpgAdjustments Under Our Guidelines For
Performance Periods Ending December 31, 2023
Mandatory Adjustments. The first type of adjustment occurs after completion of each performance period in conjunction with the HRCC’s review of the financial results and assumptions, and requires the HRCC to make adjustments to eliminate the effects of acquisitions or divestitures and certain other unanticipated events specified in the Guidelines that correspond closely, but not exactly, with the “Non-GAAP Special Items” supplemental schedule included in our earnings release for the corresponding performance period.
These adjustments are necessary to measure our performance results in the same manner the targets were set and requires the HRCC to adjust (i) our STI targets or performance results, as appropriate, (ii) our three-year cumulative adjusted EBITDA performance results for the performance-based portion of our annual LTI grants before 2022, and (iii) beginning in 2022, our three-year cumulative adjusted EBITDA targets established under to the performance-based portion of our annual LTI grants.
02_427760-1_icon_circle.jpg
02_427760-1_icon_circle.jpg
For our 2023 STI Plan and 2021 LTI Awards:
See Appendix A - Non-GAAP Reconciliation” for details on the Non-GAAP Special Items previously reported in our February 6, 2024 earnings release
We adjusted the revenue and adjusted EBITDA targets in our 2023 STI Plan to reflect the net impact of charges and credits related to closing our EMEA divestiture earlier than estimated when targets were set and the sale of select CDN contracts, which was not anticipated when the targets were set.
We adjusted our three-year cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance results for our 2021 LTI Awards to reflect the net impact of charges and credits related to the sale of our Latin American, 20-state ILEC, EMEA and CDN businesses, which were not anticipated when targets were set, and to eliminate the CAF II and RDOF revenue that was not included when the targets were set.
Discretionary Adjustments. The second type of adjustment provides the HRCC with discretionary authority to adjust STI and LTI performance results based on any other “extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items” to prevent award payouts from being unfairly impacted by such items. The adjustments may be positive or negative and will only be made if the events were not known on the date the performance goals were established or were not reflected in the forward-looking financial information used to set such goals.
Traditionally the HRCC has used this discretionary authority infrequently and principally to adjust for foreign currency fluctuations necessary to measure our performance results in the same manner the targets were set.
02_427760-1_icon_circle.jpg
02_427760-1_icon_circle.jpg
For our 2023 STI Plan and 2021 LTI Awards:
We adjusted the performance results to eliminate the effect of foreign currency fluctuations and true-up of bonus accruals for revenue and adjusted EBITDA in our 2023 STI Plan and three-year cumulative adjusted EBITDA in our 2021 LTI Awards.
We adjusted the performance results to eliminate the CAF II and RDOF revenue that was not included in original targets for the three-year cumulative adjusted EBITDA in our 2021 LTI Awards.
Discretionary Adjustments to STI Payout Percentages. The third type of adjustment, as discussed in greater detail below under “Short Term Incentive Bonuses,” provides the HRCC with discretionary authority to adjust STI payouts. These discretionary adjustments may be made as either a specific feature of a given year’s STI plan established in advance (for example, the capped individual performance modifier included in our 2023 plan design) or as equitable adjustments made in arrears in connection with the HRCC’s approval of final STI payouts.
02_427760-1_icon_circle.jpg
No discretionary adjustments were made to the payout percentages for our 2023 STI Plan
88
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Our Pay Elements
The three core elements of our executive compensation program are base salary, annual STI bonus opportunity (typically paid in cash); and annual LTI grants (typically in(historically consisting of equity awards). Our, comprising total direct compensation for our NEOs. For 2023, our LTI awards arewere structured as a mix of performance-based restricted stock or RSUs (PBRS) and time-basedtime-based restricted stock or RSUs (TBRS), with a heavier use of PBRSs for our senior leadership team. Each element is described below and includes the performance metrics selected for our 20222023 incentive programs.
CEO
Element and Description(1)
2023 Performance Objectives
Aligned with Strategy
Metrics and Weighting 2022
lumn-20230405_g150.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_fixed.jpg
Base Salary
lumn-20230405_g151.jpg03_427760-1_pie_Bsalary.jpg
Base Salary
As with most companies, base salary is annual fixed cash compensation that provides a competitively set and stable component of income to our executives.
lumn-20230405_g152.jpg04_427760-1_gfx_atrisk.jpg
Short-Term Incentive Bonus
lumn-20230405_g153.jpg03_427760-1_pie_Sterm.jpg
STI Program
STI bonus is annual variable cash compensation based on the achievement of annual performance measures.
Alignment to Compensation Philosophy
STI provides competitive short-term incentive opportunities for our executives to earn annual bonuses, typically paid in cash, based on performance objectives that, if attained, can reasonably be expected to (i) promote our business and strategic objectives and (ii) correspond to those paid to similarly situated and comparably-skilled executives at peer companies. The HRCC retains discretionary authority over determining any and all amounts to be paid under the STI plan.
For 2022, the HRCC maintained the same STI design and elements as the prior year, which remain aligned with our telecom to tech transitioning strategies, and increased Revenue weighting by 10% and decreased Free Cash Flow weighting by 10% from prior year.
02_427760-1_icon_revenue.jpg
Adjusted EBITDA measures the operational performance and profitability of our businesses and is commonly used by industry investors to evaluate our total enterprise value. (50%)
Revenuegeneration is critical to our goal of transitioning to growthgrowth. . (25%)
Free Cash Flow is a comprehensive measure of our overall financial position and ability to service our debt. (15%(35%)
Customer Experience is critical to maintain and grow our revenue base. (10%(15%)
A positive or negative adjustment for individual performance based on “line of sight” for their specific areas of responsibility and individual objectives. Any positive adjustments for a NEO’s individual performance are capped at 20% of the STI amount otherwise payable based on Company performance. (Individual Performance modifier)
02_427760-1_icon_increase.jpg
02_427760-1_icon_customer.jpg
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
lumn-20230405_g154.jpg03_427760-1_pie_Lterm.jpg
LTI Program
LTI isprovides variable compensation historically awarded annually in equity that vests over three years from the date of grant, with at least 60% of the award for our senior leaders based on the level of achievement measured againstof pre-established performance measures for a three-year period.
Alignment to Compensation Philosophy
LTI fosters a culture of ownership, aligns the long-term interests of our executives with our shareholders and helps to retain executives through stock price growth and the creation of long-term value. In addition, the number of shares vesting under our performance-based awards is dependent upon our performance measured against key business objectives over a multi-year period, further strengthening the alignment between executive pay, Company performance and shareholder value creation. The amount of LTI compensation that is ultimately realized depends on how successfully we execute our strategic goals and our overall stock performance.
02_427760-1_icon_Cummulative.jpg
Time-Vested LTI Awards (TBRS): Our grants of TBRS are intended to reinforce the link of interests betweenalign our executives and our shareholders interests by focusing on the long-termlong-term value of our common stock.
Performance-Based LTI Awards (PBRS):
For 2022, the HRCC maintained the same PBRS design and elements as the prior year, withare comprised of two-equally weighted metrics (i) Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA and (ii) relative TSR.metrics:
Cumulative Adjusted EBITDAmeasures sustained operational performance and profitability of our businesses over a three- year period. Commonlyperiod and is commonly used by industry investors to evaluate our total enterprise value. (50%)
Relative Total Shareholder Return or TSR rewards for achievingachievement of stock price growth relative to our TSR peer group over a three-year period. Furtherperiod and further strengthens the alignment of executive and shareholder interests. (50%)
02_427760-1_icon_Relative TSR.jpg
(1)For more information, see “Section Four — Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2023.”
For a discussion of how the HRCC allocates compensation betweenamong these three key components, see section below entitled “Pay“Section Three — Pay and Performance Alignment.”
89
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT81

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Primary Performance Measure
As noted in our discussion of STI and LTI metrics below, in light of the systemic revenue decline for our high-margin, legacy voice and copper wireline services, we annually adjust our cost structure, requiring a disciplined focus on adjusted EBITDA and margins. The HRCC elected to use adjusted EBITDA as our primary performance measure for both 2023 STI and LTI awards, albeit measured over different periods, which incentivizes our senior officers to focus on both cost savings and profitable revenue growth over one- and three-year periods, consistent with our publicly disseminated outlook.
Section Three - Pay and Performance Alignment
In allocating NEO target pay opportunities among the different compensation elements, the HRCC does not adhere to a prescribed formula but generally emphasizes performance-based and at-risk elements. TheFor 2023, the total target cash compensation opportunity (base salary plus target STI) representsrepresented less of each NEO’s total target compensation than the total target LTI opportunity, in order to increase alignment with shareholders’ interests and motivate performance that creates sustainable long-term shareholder value.
Goal Setting
As noted above, STI and performance-based LTI payouts are determined at the end of a performance period based on our achievement of pre-established goals. In order to ensure compensation elements are aligned with both company performance and our evolving corporate strategies, incentive goals and targets are not automatically carried forward from one year to the next. Rather, the HRCC reevaluates performance goals annually, in order to establish goals that are:
challenging and sufficiently rigorous, based on the information available to us at the time, including the Company’s publicly-disseminated annual outlook;
appropriately tailored to our current business conditions as well as the prevailing business environment more broadly;
aligned with shareholder interests and recent shareholder input; and
designed to incentivize our executives to drive our key strategic objectives over the relevant performance period.
82
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Incentive Program Guidelines
While our incentive goals, targets and payout criteria are designed to measure objective performance over a specified period of time, the HRCC does have the ability to make certain adjustments to our performance calculations. To provide structure and promote consistency in addressing such situations, the HRCC has adopted Guidelines on Administering Incentive Plans (the Guidelines) to aid its goal of reaching balanced STI and LTI payout decisions that align performance with our targets and corporate strategy. As described in the table below, the Guidelines provide four types of potential adjustments to our STI or LTI metrics that can affect the overall payout.
Types of Adjustments Under
Our Incentive Program Guidelines
STILTI2022 Adjustments Under
Our Incentive Program Guidelines
Mandatory Adjustments to Results. The first type of adjustment occurs after completion of each performance period and in conjunction with our annual external reporting process when the HRCC reviews the financial information and assumptions in order to make certain adjustments mandated under our Guidelines to STI and LTI performance results to eliminate the effects of certain unanticipated, material and special events specified in the Guidelines. Generally, these adjustments have corresponded closely, but not exactly, with the “Non-GAAP Special Items” supplemental schedule included in our earnings release for the corresponding performance period.
lumn-20230405_g155.jpg
lumn-20230405_g155.jpg
For our 2022 STI Plan and 2020 LTI Awards:
See “Appendix A - Non-GAAP Reconciliation” for details on the Non-GAAP Special Items previously reported in our February 7, 2023 earnings release.
We also adjusted the three-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target in our 2020 LTI awards to reflect the net impact of charges and credits related to the change in the closing date for the sale of our Latin American and 20-state ILEC business from the date estimated when targets were originally set.
Discretionary Adjustments to Results.The second type of adjustment provides the HRCC with discretionary authority to adjust STI and LTI performance results based on any other “extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items” to prevent award payouts from being unfairly impacted by such items. In either case, the adjustments may be positive or negative but will only be made if the events were not known on the date the performance goals were established or were not reflected in the forward-looking financial information used to set such goals.
lumn-20230405_g155.jpg
lumn-20230405_g155.jpg
For our 2022 STI Plan:
Adjustments for 2022 included the elimination of the effect of foreign currency fluctuations and true-up of bonus accruals for 2022 STI.
These adjustments were not included in adjustments we publicly reported in connection with reporting earnings.
Discretionary Adjustments to STI Payout Percentages.The third type of adjustment, as discussed in greater detail below under “Short Term Incentive Bonuses,” provides the HRCC with additional discretionary authority under the terms of the STI plan to adjust STI payouts. These discretionary adjustments may be made as either a specific feature of a given year’s STI plan established in advance (for example, the capped individual performance modifier included in our 2022 plan design) or as equitable adjustments made in arrears pursuant to the HRCC’s overall authority to authorize final STI payouts.
lumn-20230405_g155.jpg
For our 2022 STI Plan:
None for 2022.
Mandatory Adjustments to LTI Targets.The final type of adjustment, adopted in early 2022, requires the HRCC to adjust our three-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets as applied to the performance-based portion of our annual LTI grants to eliminate the effects of changes in tax law, changes in accounting standards and certain specified extraordinary items or events.
lumn-20230405_g155.jpg
For our 2022 LTI Plan:
We adjusted the three-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets in our 2022 LTI awards to reflect the net impact of charges and credits related to the change in the closing date for the sale of our Latin American and 20-state ILEC business from the date estimated when targets were originally set.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT83

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Pay Mix
The following chart illustrates the approximate allocation of the total targetdirect compensation opportunity,(at target), as of December 31, 2022,2023, for our current CEO and the named executive officers (NEOs), respectively, between elements that are fixed, and variable, or performance-based pay that isand “at risk.” As a result, the actual (or take home) pay that our CEO realizesexecutives realize in a given year may be more or less than hertheir total target compensation for that year, as illustrated in the “Pay Versus Performance” below.
CEO - Total Target OpportunityDirect Compensation (at Target)
2022Current NEOs(1) - Total Target OpportunityDirect Compensation (at Target)
lumn-20230405_g156.jpg03_427760-1_piechart_pay mix_CEO.jpg
lumn-20230405_g157.jpg03_427760-1_piechart_pay mix_current NEOs.jpg
A fixed annual salary (base salary) represents 7% of our CEO’s total target compensation and 16%15% of our othercurrent NEOs’ average target total compensation.
Variable pay, consisting of an STI bonus opportunity and LTI awards, represents 93% of our CEO’s total target compensation and 84%85% of our other NEOs’ average target total compensation. This portion of pay is considered at-risk since the receipt or value of the award is subject to the attainment of certain performance goals, vesting requirements and overall stock performance. LTI performance-based compensation is the largest component, representing 48% of our CEO’s and 40% of our other NEOs target total compensation, and provides the greatest alignment between our NEO compensation and the interests of our shareholders.
(1)NEOs at December 31, 2023 excludes Mr. Trezise who ceased serving as an executive officer of Lumen effective April 24, 2023.
90
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Realized and Realizable Pay for Our NEOs
As noted below, STI and performance-based LTI payouts are determined at the end of a performance period based on our achievement of pre-established goals.
Short-Term Performance: In the last five years, all of our STI payouts were at or below target for an average payout of 94%.
Long-Term Performance: We failed to achieve threshold performance (resulting in 0% payouts) for each of the three-year LTI performance periods ending on December 31, 2022 and 2023.
Impact of Changes in Stock Price: The performance of the Company’s stock has a material impact on the amount of compensation ultimately realized by our NEOs. The annual LTI awards to our NEOs have historically been equity-based and include relative TSR as a performance metric. As a result, if the market price of the stock declines, so does the value of stock they own and outstanding awards they hold, and if our TSR performance is below that of our peers, there is an additional negative impact on the realizable pay for our NEOs under outstanding performance-based LTI awards.
The table and illustration below summarize the realized(1) and realizable(2) pay for our NEOs, of which 81% or more was at-risk variable compensation (STI, TBRS and PBRS) during the last five years(3). The average realized and realizable pay for our NEOs as of March 1, 2024 was:
Our CEO -average of 34% of target compensation for the past two years.
Longer-Tenured NEOs(5)- average of 60% and 47% of target compensation for the past five and three years, respectively.
Realized Pay(1)
Realizable Pay(2)
20192020202120222023
Company Performance
STI Company Funding %(3)
97 %91 %100 %97 %83.2 %
LTI (TBRS + PBRS)107 %25 %17 %%23 %
60% PBRS(4)
Performance Period2019-20202020-20222021-20232022-20242023-2025
Adjusted EBITDA Run Rate149.9 %n/an/an/an/a
Cumulative Adjusted EBITDAn/a%%TBDTBD
Relative TSRn/a%%TBDTBD
Realized and Realizable Pay for Our NEOs
Our CEOn/an/an/a31 %37 %
Average for Our Longer-Tenured NEOs104%57 %52 %43 %46 %
03_427760-1_barchart_realized and realizable_CEO.jpg
03_427760-1_barchart_realized and realizable_NEO.jpg
(1)Realized Pay measures the actual pay realized by adding together (i) actual salary paid during the year, (ii) STI bonus that was ultimately paid for that year and (iii) the value of time- and performance-based LTI awards that vested (based on the closing stock price on each vesting date and achieved payout levels for PBRS).
(2)Realizable Pay measures the actual pay realizable for a given year by adding together the (i) realized pay, as describe in note (1) and (ii) the value of unvested time- and performance-based LTI, at “target” levels, based on our stock price as of March 1, 2024.
91
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
(3)For further information on our 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022 STI performance and 2021 PBRS awards, see our 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023 proxy statements. For further discussion on our 2023 STI payout, see “Section Four - 2023 Short-Term Incentive Program.”
(4)For further discussion on our 2019, 2020 and 2021 PBRS performance, see our 2021 and 2022 proxy statements. For further discussion on our 2021 PBRS performance, see “Section Four - LTI Linkage to Performance - No Payouts Under 2021 PBRS Awards.” “TBD” means to be determined upon completion of the performance periods ending on December 31, 2024 and 2025 and are assumed at target for this calculation.
(5)Longer-Tenured NEOs is comprised of Mr. Goff and Mr. Trezise.
Section Four - Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 20222023
Our fiscal 20222023 executive compensation program was generally similar to our 20212022 program, except for a recalibrationthe elimination of free cash flow metric from our STI program metrics and changes relatedincreases to the 2023 target LTI awards granted to two of our executive transitions.NEOs.
84
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Target Compensation
As noted previously, the three key elements of our executive compensation program are base salary, STI bonus opportunity and LTI awards (60% of which are PBRS). The HRCC has establishedestablishes target compensation levels for each of our senior officers on each of these three elements, reviewing the pay mix and pay levels at least annually. As of December 31, 2022,2023, the total target compensation opportunities for our NEOs as of such date were as follows:
Total 20222023 Target Compensation as of December 31, 20222023(1)
NEONEOBase Salary
STI
Target
Bonus %
STI Target
Bonus
Opportunity
Total Target
Cash
LTI Target(2)
Total Target
Compensation(3)
NEOBase Salary
STI
Target
Bonus %
STI Target
Bonus
Opportunity
Total Target
Cash
LTI Target(2)
Total Target
Compensation(3)
Ms. JohnsonMs. Johnson$1,200,000 200 %$2,400,000 $3,600,000 $14,250,000 $17,850,000 
Mr. StansburyMr. Stansbury800,000 125 %1,000,000 1,800,000 5,000,000 6,800,000 
Mr. GoffMr. Goff700,000 120 %840,000 1,540,000 2,250,000 3,790,000 
Mr. Andrews650,000 100 %650,000 1,300,000 2,000,000 3,300,000 
Mr. Trezise575,000 100 %575,000 1,150,000 2,000,000 3,150,000 
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar
1(1)For more complete information presented in accordance with the SEC’s rules, see the Summary Compensation Table below.
2(2)The LTI target in this table represents the value of the target levels of equity awards as of December 31, 2022, which2023, except Mr. Stansbury’s LTI target does not include a one-time increase of $2.5 million for his 2023 equity grant. As discussed further below, these amounts differ materially from 2022 annual LTI awardthe amounts in “2022 Annual LTI Grants” below and reported in “Compensation TablesTables—Summary Compensation Table”, which are calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 .and reflect significantly lower grant date values ($0.92-$2.39) as compared to the stock price used to calculate the number of time-based and performance-based equity awards granted ($3.90), which was based on a 15-day volume-weighted average closing price.
3(3)Based on our compensation benchmarking data, the Total Target Compensation for Messrs. Andrews, Goff and Stansbury and TreziseMs. Haynes-Gaspar was near the 50th percentile of compensation paid to comparable executives, and near the 25th percentile for Ms. Johnson.
On an annual basis, we review the competitive market analyses of the total direct compensation for our NEOs and senior officers. We target the median of our compensation peer group, while taking into consideration all relevant factors, including (i) the need to attract and retain employees with essential expertise and skill, (ii) internal equity for employees who make similar contributions and have comparable skill sets and expertise and (iii) individual performance. For more information on how we determined specific pay levels in 2023, see further discussion in “Section Four - Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2023” and under the heading “—Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group.”
Each of these elements is discussed in greater detail below. For more information on how we determined specific pay levels in 2022,2023, see further discussion under the heading “—Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group.”
92
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Base Salary
Early each year, the HRCC takes a number of steps in connection with setting annual base salaries, including the review of (i) compensation tally sheets and benchmarking data, (ii) each senior officer’s pay and performance relative to other senior officers, (iii) the scope and complexity of the officer’s role, (iv) the officer’s experience and proficiency and the criticality andof the skill set needed to execute the officer’s role and (v) when the officer last received a pay increase.
Annual Review Process (February 2022)2023). During its annual review of executive compensation in February 2022,2023, the HRCC reviewed the compensation benchmarking data for each senior officer, comparing the officer’s pay to our peer group. Following this review and discussion, the HRCC increased Mr. Goff’sMs. Haynes-Gaspar’s annual base salary to $660,000$575,000 and left unchanged the base salaries for our other NEOs employed at the time. The base salary for Ms. Johnson remained unchanged and the amount reported in the Summary Compensation Table reflects a full year of employment during 2023; whereas, the amount reported for 2022 was pro-rated based on 55 days of employment (from hire date of November 7, 2022).
Mid-Year Actions (November 2022). In November 2022, As described elsewhere herein, in April 2023, Mr. Trezise ceased serving as EVP, Human Resources and the HRCC reviewed updated compensation benchmarking data for all executive officers and increaseddecreased his salary from $575,000 to $535,000 commensurate with the salaryreduction of Mr. Andrews to $650,000, Mr. Goff to $700,000, Mr. Stansbury to $800,000 and Mr. Trezise to $575,000.his responsibilities.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT85

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
2022 Short-Term Incentive Program
As described below, the 20222023 STI design incorporates three components in determining the calculated STI bonus amount (payout) for our NEOs:
TARGET
BONUS
OPPORTUNITY
×
COMPANY
PERFORMANCE
FUNDING
×
INDIVIDUAL
PERFORMANCE
MODIFIER
=
STI Bonus

Amount
(Base Salary x STI
Target Bonus %)
(Ranges from 0%

to 200%)
(20% cap

on upward

adjustments

for NEOs)
20222023 STI Performance Metricsand Results
As discussed in detail below, for 2022,2023, the HRCC, maintained the sameafter consultation with our CEO and its independent compensation consultant Semler Brossy, revised our STI design and metrics as thefrom prior year and increased Revenue weighting by 10%, increased the Customer Experience weighting by 5% and decreasedeliminated the Free Cash Flow weighting by 10% frommetric, which was weighted 15% the prior year. Due to the uncertainty associated with the restructuring of our triple C debt, the HRCC eliminated Free Cash Flow from our 2023 STI Plan. This further aligns with our strategy of pursuing profitable growth.
1) Company Performance Funding
As described further below, 90%85% of our 20222023 STI was based on threetwo financial metrics, twoone of which are non-GAAP measuresis a non-GAAP measure that excludeexcludes special items as described in Appendix A, and all three include certain adjustments for our incentive plans described further below in this section.A. The remaining 10%15% was based on qualitative metrics measuring Customer Experience.
In February 2022,2023, based on the information available at the time, the HRCC approved the 20222023 STI Planprogram metrics and set the following “threshold,” “target” and “maximum” target goals for each metric:metric, as set forth below. Our 2023 Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue targets were set below our actual 2022 financial results, which was primarily driven by the two divestitures completed in 2022 and a third in 2023. For more information see “Section Two - Compensation Philosophy and Oversight — Rigorous Design and Target Goal Setting Process.”
93
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
The table below reconciles our actual adjusted 2022 results to our actual adjusted 2023 results.
(Amounts in Millions)
Adjusted 2022
Results(2)
Adjustments for Post-
Closing Commercial
Agreements / Divestitures(3)
Organic Declines /
Other Adjustments
Adjusted 2023
Results(4)
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
$6,849 -$1,369 -$849 $4,631 
Revenue$17,533 -$2,084 -$923 $14,526 
(1)As used in our STI plan, adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense (“Adjusted EBITDA”) is a non-GAAP metric that excludes certain one time or non-recurring charges or credits and eliminates the effects of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items. See Appendix A for more information.
(2)As explained in greater detail in our 2023 Proxy Statement, these 2022 Target:results have been adjusted to reflect the net effect of certain charges or credits to eliminate the impact of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items not reflected in Appendix A. See “Section Two - Incentive Program Guidelines” for more information.
(3)Represents the net financial impacts related to (i) the Latin American business divested on August 1, 2022 and the 20-state ILEC business divested on October 3, 2022, and the EMEA business divested on November 1, 2023 (the "divestitures”), which will not recur in periods following the completion of these divestitures, (ii) actual amounts received or paid by the Company under its post-closing agreements with the purchasers of the divested businesses and (iii) the Federal Communications Commission's Connect America Fund ("CAF") Phase II program, which lapsed on December 31, 2021.
(4)As explained in greater detail below, these 2023 results have been adjusted to reflect the net effect of certain charges or credits to eliminate the impact of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items not reflected in Appendix A. See “Section Two - Incentive Program Guidelines” and for more information.
In February 2022,2024, the HRCC approved the below described targets, which were subsequently increased to reflectcalculated Company performance funding of 83.2% (as confirmed by our Internal Auditors) for our 2023 STI program and based on the impactfinancial and qualitative metrics detailed below. The HRCC reviewed audited results of the delay in closing the sales of our Latin American and 20-state ILEC business.
Consistent with Publicly Disclosed Guidance and Board-Approved Annual Budget: In February 2022, we disclosed Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cash Flow guidance of $6.5 to $6.7 billion and $1.6 to $1.8 billion, respectively, which included the accounting impacts of assets and liabilities held for sale and assumed a mid-year 2022 sale of our Latin American and 20-state ILEC business.
Year Over Year: Targets for 2022 were set at a lower level than 2021 results. The HRCC nonetheless believes these 2022Company’s performance targets were rigorously set at challenging levels, after taking into consideration, but not limitedas compared to the impact of the following:
our 2022 divestituresfinancial and dis-synergies related to those transactionsoperational targets established in February 2023 and, the planned divestiture of the EMEA business;
the COVID-19 pandemic and the ensuing macroeconomic environment, as described further in our periodic reports filed with the U.S. Securitiesgreater detail in this section, determined and Exchange Commission; and
trends impacting our operations that exerts significant pressure on achieving the same or higher year-over-year performance, which include, but are not limited to a prolonged systemic decline in demandapproved certain adjustments for our legacy copper-based wireline mass market services, weaker demand for certain older enterprise services, changing customer preferences, increasing pricing pressures and higher inflation.financial metrics in accordance with our Guidelines.
For additional information on Lumen and our recent performance, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Appendix B.

86
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
lumn-20230405_g158.jpg02_427760-1_box.jpg 
Adjusted EBITDA (weighted 50%)
Alignment to Strategy
Adjusted EBITDA remainsremained our most heavily-weighted STI financial performance objective at 50% for 2022.2023. We believe this metric is aligned with our shareholders’ best interests and our corporate strategy of pursingpursuing profitable growth. As described elsewhere herein, in light of the systemic revenue decline for our higher-margin legacy services, we continuously need to adjust our cost structure - requiring a disciplined focus on Adjusted EBITDA and margins. The metric of Adjusted EBITDA is designed to incentivize and reward our senior officers to focus on both cost savings and profitable revenue growth.
Payout as a % of
Target Award
Threshold
50%
Target(2)
100%
Maximum
200%
Results(3)
Target Amount of
Adjusted EBITDA(1),(2)
(in millions)
lumn-20230405_g143.jpgPayout as a % of
Target Award
Results(3):
Maximum
$4,933 million
Below
target
200 
%
ACHIEVED$4,631 million
(Below Target)
ACHIEVED
PAYOUT OF
74.1%73.5
%(4)
Target$4,733 million100 %
Threshold$4,576 million50 %
Below Threshold< $4,576 million%
1(1)In February 2023, we projected earning Adjusted EBITDA of $4.6 to $4.8 billion for 2023, which assumed the sale of our EMEA business after 2023 and did not contemplate the sale of our CDN business.
(2)As used inmandated under our 2022 STI plan, adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense (“Adjusted EBITDA”) is a non-GAAP metric that excludes certain one time or non-recurring charges or credits and eliminatesGuidelines, the effects of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items. See Appendix A for more information.
2Target includes a $423 million increase toHRCC decreased our Adjusted EBITDA target approved by the HRCC in February 2022$34 million to reflect the positive impactsnet impact of (i) Latin Americanthe EMEA divestiture closing approximately one month latertwo months earlier than originally projected in theour 2023 budget and (ii) the 20-state ILEC divestiture closing approximately three months later than originally projectedsale of our CDN business which was not contemplated in theour budget. See “Section ThreeTwo - Incentive Program Guidelines” for more information.
3(3)As used inpermitted under our 2022 STI plan, results include $9 million of reducedGuidelines, the HRCC increased our actual Adjusted EBITDA by $3 million to reflect the net effect of certain charges or credits to eliminate the impact of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items not reflected in Appendix A.our 2023 budget. These net charges and credits include the elimination of the effect of foreign currency fluctuations and true-up of bonus accruals for 2023. See “Section ThreeTwo - Incentive Program Guidelines” for more information.
4(4)The achieved payout percentage is calculated for each financial performance objective based on a corresponding payout scale approved by the HRCC. If the threshold performance level with respect to any particular financial performance objective under our STI program is not attained, the bonus payable to the participating officer with respect to that portion of his or her targeted bonus opportunity will be calculated as zero. If threshold performance is met on any particular metric, each participating officer will earn a reduced portion of his or her target bonus amount for that portion of the award. If the maximum performance level with respect to any particular metric is met or exceeded, each participating officer will earn a maximum of 200% of his or her target bonus amount for that portion of the award. Measurement of the attainment of any particular metric is interpolated if actual performance is between (i) the “threshold” and the “target” performance levels or (ii) the “target” and the “maximum” performance levels.
94
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT87

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
lumn-20230405_g158.jpg02_427760-1_box.jpg 
Revenue (Weighted 25%35%)
Alignment to Strategy
The generation of revenue is critical to our goal of increasing revenue from our growth products in amounts sufficient to offset our continuing and systemic legacy revenue losses. Thus, we includedcontinued to include revenue as a metric and, for the second year in a row, increased its weighting by 10%, from 15%25% to 25%35% for our 20222023 STI plan.
The HRCC believes our senior officers are appropriately incentivized to achieve our 20222023 revenue targets with a balanced approach, since the majority of our 20222023 STI is based on Adjusted EBITDA, and free cash flow, which rewards our senior officers for achieving profitable revenue growth.
Target Amount
of Revenue(1)
Payout as a % of
Target Award
Threshold
50%
Target(1)
100%
Maximum
200%
Results(2):
Target Amount of
Revenue
(in millions)
Maximum
≥ $15,417 million200 %
lumn-20230405_g145.jpg$14,526 million
(Below Target)
Slightly above
targACHIEVEDe
tPAYOUT OF
89.9
%
Target$14,824 million100 %
Threshold
ACHIEVED
PAYOUT OF
102.2%
$14,231 million
50 %
Below Threshold< $14,231 million%
1(1)Target includes $584As mandated under our Guidelines, the HRCC decreased our revenue target by $129 million increase to Revenue target approved by HRCC in February 2022 to reflect the positive impactsnet impact of (i) the Latin AmericanEMEA divestiture closing approximately one month latertwo months earlier than originally projected in theour 2023 budget and (ii) the ILEC divestiture closing approximately three months later than originally projectedsale of our CDN business which was not contemplated in theour budget. See “Section ThreeTwo - Incentive Program Guidelines” for more information.
2(2)As used inpermitted under our 2022 STI plan, resultsGuidelines, the HRCC increased our actual revenues to include $55$31 million of additional revenue to reflect the net effect of certain charges or credits to eliminate the impact of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items not reflected in Appendix A. See “Section ThreeTwo - Incentive Program Guidelines” for more information.
lumn-20230405_g158.jpg02_427760-1_box.jpg 
Free Cash FlowCustomer Experience (Weighted 15%)
Alignment to Strategy
Free Cash FlowOne of our five core priorities is important to supportingdevelop customer obsession. In January 2023, we hired Ms. Haynes-Gaspar to lead our abilityCustomer Experience organization, bringing an increased level of energy and focus to pay our debt when due and reduce our consolidated indebtedness. We continued to include Free Cash Flow as a metric, but decreased its weighting from 25% to 15% for our 2022 STI plan to place more emphasis on revenue growth.this critical area.
“We help guide the company toward our North Star by listening and learning from our customers, then acting on their needs. That way, we surprise and delight them while accomplishing our mission of digitally connecting people, data and apps — quickly, securely and effortlessly.” Ms. Haynes-Gaspar
Payout as a % of
Target Award
Threshold
50%
Target(2)
100%
Maximum
150%
Results(3)
Target Amount of
Free Cash Flow(1)
(in millions)
lumn-20230405_g147.jpg
Above
target
ACHIEVED
PAYOUT OF
122.4%
1As used in our 2022 STI plan, Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP measure of net cash from operating activities less capital expenditures, adjusted for certain one-time or non-recurring charges or credits and eliminates the effects of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items. See Appendix A for more information.
2Target includes $319 million increase to Adjusted EBITDA target approved by HRCC in February 2022 to reflect the positive impacts of (i) the Latin American divestiture closing approximately one month later than originally projected in the budget and (ii) the 20-state ILEC divestiture closing approximately three months later than originally projected in the budget. See “Section Three - Incentive Program Guidelines” for more information.
3As used in our 2022 STI plan, results include $0.8 million of additional Free Cash Flow to reflect the net effect of certain charges or credits to eliminate the impact of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items not reflected in Appendix A. See “Section Three - Incentive Program Guidelines” for more information.
88
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
lumn-20230405_g158.jpg
Customer Experience (Weighted 10%)
Alignment to Strategy
We are committed to meeting the needs of all our customers. Improvingbelieve that improving customer satisfaction and service scores, increasing investment in priority areas and reducing complexity, customer inconveniences and decreasing repair times are criticalwill drive gains in customer satisfaction, correlating to supportinghigher revenue for the Company. Thus, we continued to include customer experience as a metric and increased its weighting from 10% to 15% for our goal of attracting business and improving our revenue trajectories.2023 STI plan.
We believe the ease of doing business with the Company is a top driver of customer loyalty, which will be reflected inloyalty. Net Promoter Score (NPS). is a lagging indicator of our performance. Customer experience research suggests increased promoter scores will generate increased customer spending within 24 months. Customer Ease Score (CES) is a leading indicator with direct correlation to NPS. As such, the primary measures for Customer Experience performance are NPS and Customer Ease Score (CES).CES, which together provide a good combination of leading indicators and outcomes.
20222023 Goals
Although there are quantitative metrics that we use to measure our Customer Experience, the overall metric is qualitative in nature. Each business unit is charged with improving relationships with our customers and is part of the annual planning process. Our customer experience goals and transformation programs are informed and prioritized using customer data trends and insights. Using regression analysis, we can model which programs drive the greatest improvements for the greatest number of customers. For goal setting, we consider historical Lumen performance trends and industry benchmarks to ensure that we are setting appropriate growthperformance targets by segment.
95
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Targets
In February 2022, as part of a bold ambition2023, in connection with our initiative to improve customer experience, the HRCC approved the following aspirational goals and objectives for our 20222023 STI plan:
Execute on Company-wide on transformative programs that truly improve the way we operate in order to improve relationship NPSachieve meaningful improvement in customer experience
Improve rNPS and CES for each of our Enterprise business unitsand improve transactional NPS (tNPS) for our Mass Markets business
Improve relationship NPS (rNPS) and CES for each of our business units
Performance Highlights
Based on macro-economic pressures our industry averaged a score of -4 rNPS, a loss of 4pts, that was not predicted.  During 2022,2023, we still achieved year over year improvement and outperformed our industry with slight gains in our Enterprise rNPS in most categories rather than losses. (as adjusted for revenue) and tNPS for Mass Markets.
As a result of these factors, the HRCC approved 100% funding for our 20222023 customer experience goal.
ENTERPRISE RESULTS
Relationship NPS +0.6(revenue weighted) increased 17 points vs. prior year
Relationship CES +0
Transactional scores upheld flat vs. prior year, over yearwhich was 2 points below target
MASS MARKETS RESULTS
Relationship NPS +2.5
Relationship CES +1
Transactional scores upNPS increased 3 points vs. prior year, over yearwhich was 1 point above target
QUANTUM FIBER RESULTS
Relationship NPS -6.6
Relationship CES -1
Transactional scores are mixed year over year
NETWORK OPERATIONS PERFORMANCE
Exceeded Enterprise transactional goals
Exceeded Consumer transactional goals
ACHIEVED PAYOUT OF 100%

2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT89

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
HRCC STI Award Oversight
In February 2023, the HRCC reviewed audited results of the Company’s performance as compared to the financial and operational performance targets and respective weighting for the established metrics for our 2022 STI plan and determined that the calculated STI payout based on Company performance was 91% (as confirmed by our Internal Auditors), based on the financial metrics detailed above, before considering each NEO’s individual performance modifier as discussed below.
For the individual performance multiplier, the HRCC has adopted a cap on upward adjustments of 20% of the STI amount otherwise payable based on Company performance. For 2022, no individual adjustment exceeded this percentage.
Bonus Amounts2) Individual Performance Modifier
As contemplated by the STI plan and the Guidelines, the HRCC reserves the right to increase or decrease the STI bonus payout level based on theirits qualitative assessments for each senior officer’s performance against certain specific objectives and benchmarks, as well as overall companyCompany and individual performance during the year. For 2022, these adjustments are indicated
Given the importance of our NEOs in making and putting into operation decisions that set the “Individual Performance Modifier” heading inCompany up for future success, the table below. HRCC assessed their individual performance against the following four key objectives for 2023:
Financial - relevant financial objectives based on the individual’s role
Strategic - goals vary based on individual and cover areas such as customer obsession, innovation and investing for growth
Operations - goals vary based on individual and cover areas such as building a reliable execution engine and radically simplifying our Company
Organization - goals vary based on individual and cover areas such as culture, talent retention and development and IDEAS (Inclusion, Diversity, Equity, Allyship and Social Impact).
In certain circumstances, the HRCC may apply discretion to modify senior officer compensation, with any upward adjustments for NEOs capped at 20% (or 120% of company performance funding). The
For 2023, the HRCC discussed each NEO’s 2022 performance and leadership accomplishments and approved the following Individual Performance Modifiers, as quantified in the table below.below (with 100% indicating that no upward or downward adjustment was applied).
96
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
NEOIndividual Performance Scorecard
Individual
Performance
Modifier
Current NEOs


Ms. Johnson
Quickly hired three world-class executiveCreated a new, compelling north star, strategy and senior officers to position the company for growthculture transformation with internal and external validation
Launched our “North Star” project to bring clarity around Lumen’s strategyExceptional connection and impact with employees, customers, investors and the Board
Reorganized internal productExecuted on leadership transition strategy by hiring an experienced and technology teams to deliver customer solutions with improved speedenergized senior leadership team
Oversaw the completion of the divestiture of our EMEA business and agilityrestructuring of our debt
100%
Mr. Stansbury
Provided significant support for successful divestituresExceptional leadership on our debt restructuring which moved approximately $10 billion of near-term debt maturities to 2029 and beyond and provided us with ample runway to execute a turnaround
Substantially improved our standing with investors and customers in clarifying our financial position and outlining a path towards improved performance
Is a champion of our Latin Americanculture and 20-state ILEC businesses
Focused leadership on investments for growthtruly lives and long-term successleads with clarity and revising our capital allocation prioritiestransparency. He has built trusting relationships with key stakeholders and customers.
100%110%
Mr. Goff
Provided significant support for successful divestitures ofExceptional leadership on our Latin American and 20-state ILEC businessesdebt restructuring
Enabled Quantum Fiber rolloutSuccessfully led the divestiture work from a Legal perspective
Legal oversightStrong advisor to exit business operations in Russiathe CEO and did an excellent job onboarding the CEO
100%
Mr. AndrewsMs. Haynes-Gaspar
Because Mr. Andrews was terminated without cause after year-end, he was entitled under our STI planSuccessfully led the Customer Success, International, Strategy and Marketing teams to receiveimprove NPS and increase customer obsession and data orientation
Hired exceptional talent, re-organized the teams and built a 2022 STI bonusreliable execution engine while improving prioritization and an individual performance multiplier of 90%simplification
90%105%
Former NEO
Mr. Trezise
Successfully transitioned 5,300 employees as part ofonboarded the divestituresCEO and collaborated with her to successfully recruit new members of our Latin American and 20-state ILEC businesses
Supported the HRCC in the transition of our CEO and CFO and another executive officer, plus three senior officers
Successfully negotiated the CWA labor agreement ahead of schedule for significant costs savings and avoidance of labor disruptionsleaders
100%
Former NEOs
Mr. Storey
In accordance with the terms of our STI plan and Mr. Storey’s amended and restated offer letter, and having met the retirement age and service requirements upon his retirement on December 31, 2022, Mr. Storey was contractually entitled to receive a 2022 STI bonus and individual performance multiplier of 100%
100%
Mr. Dev
Because Mr. Dev was terminated without cause in the second quarter of 2022, he was entitled under our STI plan to receive a pro-rated 2022 STI bonus and an individual performance multiplier of 90%
90%
90
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
3) Bonus Amounts
The HRCC approved each NEO’s STI bonus as summarized in the table below.
20222023 STI Bonus Amounts
NEONEO
Target Bonus
Opportunity
(1)
Company
Performance
Funding
(2)
Individual
Performance
Modifier
(3)
Calculated STI
Bonus Amount
NEO
STI Target Bonus
Opportunity(1)
Company
Performance
Funding(2)
Individual
Performance
Modifier(3)
Calculated STI
Bonus Amount
Current NEOsCurrent NEOs
Ms. JohnsonMs. Johnson$361,680 X91 %X100%=$329,129 
Ms. Johnson
Ms. Johnson
Mr. StansburyMr. Stansbury706,500 X91 %X100%=642,915 
Mr. GoffMr. Goff787,605 X91 %X100%=716,721 
Mr. Andrews562,600 X91 %X90%=460,769 
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar
Former NEO
Mr. TreziseMr. Trezise531,293 X91 %X100%=483,477 
Former NEOs
Mr. Storey$3,600,022 X91 %X100%=$3,276,020 
Mr. Dev233,719 X91 %X90%=191,416 
Mr. Trezise
Mr. Trezise
1(1)Determined based on earned salary and applicable STI target bonus percentage during 2022.2023. The amount for Ms. JohnsonHaynes-Gaspar reflects a pro–rated amount based on 55357 days of employment during 20222023 (from hire date of November 7, 2022). The amount for Mr. Stansbury reflects a pro-rated amount based on 272 days of employment during 2022 (from hire date of April 4, 2022)January 9, 2023) and also an increase in salary (from $750,000$500,000 to $800,000), effective as of November 16, 2022. The amount for Mr. Goff reflects a pro-rated amount based on salary increase (from $600,017 to $660,000 and from $660,000 to $700,000)$575,000), effective as of February 23, 202219, 2023 and November 16, 2022, respectively. The amount for Mr. Andrews reflects a pro-rated amount based on an increase in salary (from $550,000 to $650,000), effective asSTI target bonus percentage of November 16, 2022.100%. The amount for Mr. Trezise reflects a pro-rated amount based an increaseon decrease in salary (from $524,992$575,000 to $575,000)$535,000), effective as of November 16, 2022. The amountApril 30, 2023 and an STI target bonus percentage of 100%. For more information on amounts for Mr. Dev reflects a pro-rated amount based on 91 days of employment during 2022 (through termination date of April 1, 2022).Ms. Johnson and Messrs. Stansbury and Goff, see “Section Four — Target Compensation” above.
2(2)Calculated and adjusted as discussed in “Company Performance Funding” above.
3(3)See “Bonus amounts”“Individual Performance Modifier” above.
2022
97
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
2023 Long-Term Incentive Compensation
For 2022,2023, our annual LTI grants consisted of a mix of time- and performance-based equity awards, as described below.
Mix
Form of LTI AwardFormer
CEO
Current
CEO and
NEOs
Vesting and Performance Period
Time-Based Restricted Stock or RSUs (TBRS)36 %40 %One-third vesting each year over three-years; subject to continued service on vesting date.
Performance-Based Restricted Stock or RSUs (PBRS)64 %60 %Three-year performance period with vesting on March 1, 2024 with payout ranging from 0% to 200% based on achievement as measured against performance metrics subject to continued service through vesting date.
2023 LTI Design
2022 LTI Grants03_427760-1_pie_LTI Design_2023 LTI.jpg
The HRCC grantedAnnual Review Process (February 2023). During its annual LTI awards to our then-current NEOs onreview of executive compensation in February 25, 2022 at their respective LTI target grant values with the same mix as the awards granted to them in 2021. In February 2022,2023, the HRCC reviewed the compensation benchmarking data for all executive officerseach senior officer, comparing the officer’s pay to our peer group. Following this review and discussion, the HRCC increased the annual LTI target opportunity for Mr. Stansbury to $5,000,000, Ms. Haynes-Gaspar to $2,000,000 and Mr. Trezise to $2,000,000 and left unchanged the LTI target grant values from prior year.opportunities for Ms. Johnson and Mr. Goff. See further discussion under the heading “Role of Peer Companies” below.
Effective upon Mr. Stansbury’s start date on April 4, 2022 and in accordance with his offer letter dated March 24, 2022, the HRCC granted a 2022 LTI award at his LTI target grant value of $4,350,000, with a mix of 40% TBRS and 60% PBRS with performance measured against the same metrics as other 2022 LTI awards granted to our other executives in February 2022.
Effective upon Ms. Johnson’s start date on November 7, 2022 and in accordance with her offer letter dated September 12, 2022, the HRCC granted a pro-rated 2022 LTI award of $2,375,000, which is one sixth (representing approximately 2 months of employment during 2022) of her LTI target of $14,250,000, all of which consisted of TBRS with graded-vesting on the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT91

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
No performance-based restricted shares were awarded since ten months of the performance period had already lapsed. In March 2023, Ms. Johnson received a 2023 annual LTI award at her LTI target of $14,250,000, with a mix of 40% TBRS and 60% PBRS, which PBRS awards remain subject to the approval of the Amended and Restated Plan at the meeting.
2022 Annual LTI Grants
Time-Vested
Restricted Shares
or RSUs
Performance-Based Restricted Shares or RSUs
Total Grant
Value
(4)
Named Officer
No. of
Shares
(1)(3)
Grant
Value
(4)
No. of
Shares
(2)(3)
Grant
Value
(4)
Current NEOs
Ms. Johnson(5)
351,118 $2,375,000 — $— $2,375,000 
Mr. Stansbury157,622 1,740,000 236,435 2,610,000 4,350,000 
Mr. Goff84,488 900,000 126,734 1,350,000 2,250,000 
Mr. Andrews(6)
60,080 640,000 90,122 960,000 1,600,000 
Mr. Trezise56,326 600,000 84,489 900,000 1,500,000 
Former NEOs
Mr. Storey(7)
473,137 5,040,000 841,133 8,960,000 14,000,000 
Mr. Dev(8)
159,590 1,700,000 239,385 2,550,000 4,250,000 
The HRCC also approved one-time increases and awarded the annual LTI awards for Messrs. Stansbury and Trezise at 150% of their respective annual LTI target opportunity, as described in the footnotes to the table below. The HRCC granted annual LTI awards to our then-current NEOs effective March 1,For 2023, except that the PBRS awards to Ms. Johnson and Mr. Stansbury representswere effective May 18, 2023 following approval of our equity plan proposal at the 2023 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting (the “2023 Annual LTI Awards”).
2023 Annual LTI Grants
Time-Vested
Restricted Shares
or RSUs
Performance-Based
Restricted Shares or RSUs
Total Target
Grant Value(4)
Named Officer
No. of
Shares(1)(3)
Target Grant
Value(4)
No. of
Shares(2)(3)
Target Grant
Value(4)
Current NEOs
Ms. Johnson(5)
1,459,854 $5,700,000 2,189,781 $8,550,000 $14,250,000 
Mr. Stansbury(5)(6)
768,344 3,000,000 1,152,517 4,500,000 7,500,000 
Mr. Goff230,503 900,000 345,755 1,350,000 2,250,000 
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar(7)
204,891 800,000 307,338 1,200,000 2,000,000 
Former NEO
Mr. Trezise(8)
307,337 1,200,000 461,007 1,800,000 3,000,000 
(1)Represents the number of restricted shares granted April 4, 2022 with graded vesting on April 4,March 1, 2023 2024, 2025. For Messrs. Dev, Goff, Andrews and Trezise, represents the number of restricted shares and for Mr. Storey represents the number of RSUs, all granted on February 25, 2022 with graded-vesting on March 1, 2023, 2024, 2025 and 2025.2026.
2(2)For Messrs. Dev, Goff, Andrews and Trezise, representsRepresents the target number of performance-based restricted shares and for Mr. Storey represents the target number of performance-based RSUs, all granted on February 25, 2022March 1, 2023 for Ms. Haynes-Gaspar and Messrs. Goff and Trezise and granted on May 18, 2023 for Ms. Johnson and Mr. Stansbury, all with three-year cliff vesting on March 1, 2025. For Mr. Stansbury, reflects the performance-based restricted shares granted on April 4, 2022 with three-year cliff vesting on April 4, 2025.2026. As discussed under “2022“2023 LTI Performance Metrics” below, the actual number of shares that vest in the future may be lower or higher (between 0-200%), depending on the level of performance achieved.
3(3)DividendsAny dividends on the shares of restricted stock (or, with respect to RSUs, dividend equivalents) willwould not be paid on unvested awards but willwould accrue and be paid or be forfeited in tandem with the vesting of the related shares or RSUs.
4(4)For purposes of these grants, we determined both the number of time-vested and target performance-based restricted shares or RSUs granted by dividing the total grant value approved for the executive by $3.90, which was the volume-weighted average closing price of a share of our common stock over the 15-trading-day period ending one trading day prior to the grant date rounding to the nearest whole share.(March 1, 2023). However, as noted previously,
98
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
for purposes of reporting these awards in the Summary Compensation Table, our shares of time-vested restricted stock or RSUs are valued based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant and our shares of performance-based restricted stock or RSUs are valued as of the grant date based on probable outcomes, as required by applicable accounting and SEC disclosure rules. For 2023, this resulted in the values reported in the Summary Compensation Table being materially lower than those show above for most of our NEOs. See footnote 12 to the Summary Compensation Table for more information.
5(5)Represents the number of restricted shares for Ms. Johnson grantedand Mr. Stansbury’s 2023 annual LTI awards were approved by the HRCC on November 7, 2022February 24, 2023 with graded-vesting on November 7,a mix of 40% TBRS and 60% PBRS shares determined as described in Footnote 4 above. However, the PBRS awards were subject to shareholder approval of our Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Plan at the 2023 2024 and 2025. If Ms. Johnson is terminated without Cause or terminated with Good Reason before the third anniversary of her start date, a prorated number of outstanding awards (based on number of days from the grant date to the separation date) will accelerate, with the remaining outstanding shares being forfeited.
6Mr. Andrews’ 2022 LTI grant was forfeitedAnnual Shareholders’ Meeting in its entirety upon his termination on March 3,May 2023.
7(6)In recognition of his performance demonstrated in 2022 and to incentivize Mr. Storey’s 2022 LTIStansbury’s retention during our Company’s transformation and execution against our long-term strategy, the HRCC approved a one-time increase to his 2023 equity grant was acceleratedvalue of $2.5 million, which is included in its entirety upon his retirement on December 31, 2022, in accordance with his amended and restated offer letter.the table above.
8(7)Excludes the on-boarding equity grant awarded to Ms. Haynes-Gaspar in early January 2023, as described under “2023 On-Boarding Equity Grant.”
(8)On March 1, 2023, the HRCC approved a one-time increase to the 2023 equity grant value of $1.0 million (included in the table above) for Mr. Dev’s 2022 LTI grantTrezise in recognition for the trusted advice he provided to the HRCC and our CEO and in connection with building a new senior leadership team over the preceding year and early 2023. As discussed elsewhere herein, Mr. Trezise’s employment was forfeited in its entirety uponinvoluntarily terminated on April 5, 2024 and the outstanding TBRS and PBRS related to this one-time increase were forfeited. See discussion under “Severance Compensation to Be Paid to Scott Trezise, our former EVP, Human Resources” below for how his termination on April 1, 2022.impacted these awards.
20222023 LTI Performance Metrics
The 20222023 metrics approved by the HRCC in early 20222023 were consistent to those used in 20212022 and, as described further below, align with our corporate strategy and are designed to strike the right balance between performance incentives and long-term shareholder interests.
Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA – Weighted at 50%. Adjusted EBITDA measures the operational performance and profitability of our businesses as we continue to make progress on ourtransition from a telecommunications to technology transformation strategy.company.
Relative TSR– Weighted at 50%. We believe this metric bestmost directly aligns the interests of our shareholders with those of our executives.

92
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Following the end of the three-year performance period, January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2025, the number of shares vesting under the PBRS granted in 20222023 will be calculated by: (i) determining achievement of the three-yearthree-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target and (ii) determining achievement of Lumen’s TSR performance relative to our TSR Peer Group, each of which is described further below. Each metric is calculated independently with the ultimate payout ranging between zero to 200% of the target number granted. Any shares earned under the PBRS will vest in full on March 1, 2025,2026, subject to the holder’s continued employment through that date (except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement).
Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA Metric (weighted 50%)
Alignment to Strategy
As noted in our discussion of STI metrics above, in light of the systemic revenue systemic decline for our high-margin, legacy voice and copper wireline services, we annually adjust our cost structure, requiring a disciplined focus on Adjusted EBITDA and margins. The metric of Adjusted EBITDA incentivizes our senior officers to focus on both cost savings and profitable revenue growth. For this reason, the HRCC elected to use Adjusted EBITDA as a performance metric for both 20222023 STI and LTI awards, albeit measured over different periods.
Rigor of Goal Setting
The HRCC based the three-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets on our long-range plan and multi-year forward-looking guidance publicly communicated to investors in June 2023, which we believe included significant stretch goals and aligned with market consensus.
The HRCC believes that these targets were set at levels that were both appropriate and sufficiently rigorous,challenging, particularly when viewed in light of (i) our industry operating environment, (ii) wireline industry trends, (iii) the competitive landscape, (iv) product lifecycles, (v) our operational initiatives, (vi) our capital allocation priorities and (vii) several other Company-specific items that influence our business. For more information see “Section Two - Compensation Philosophy and Oversight — Rigorous Design and Target Goal Setting Process.”
99
Performance Level Attainment2023 ANNUAL REPORT
Target Amount of Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Payout as a % of this Component of Target Award(2)
2024 PROXY STATEMENT
Maximum≥ Maximum Amount200 %
Target
Target Amount(3)
100 %
ThresholdThreshold Amount50 %
Below Threshold< Threshold%

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Performance Level Attainment
Target Amount of Cumulative
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Payout as a % of this
Component of Target Award(2)
Maximum≥ Maximum Amount(4)200 %
Target$13,700 million(3)100 %
ThresholdThreshold Amount(4)50 %
Below Threshold< Threshold%
1(1)Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA is the sum of our Adjusted EBITDA excluding special items (except with adjustments to reflect a 100% bonus accrual for each year) for 2022, 2023, 2024 and 2024.2025. See Appendix A for more information.
2(2)Payouts interpolated between defined performance levels.
3(3)Our Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target is the sum of forward-looking guidance communicated in June 2023 for 2023 including EMEA, 2024 and 2025.
(4)We do not feel it is appropriate to disclose our Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targetmaximum and threshold goals as it would constitute competitively sensitive forward-lookingforward-looking guidance.
Relative TSR Metric (Weighted 50%)
Alignment to Strategy
The HRCC believes a relative metric is an important way to ensure that Lumen’s performance is measured appropriately relative to peers. Our Relative TSR performance shares are measured on our percentile rank versus the other 15 companies in our TSR peer group over the three-year period, which could result in a payout of zero to 200% of this component of the target award. However, if Lumen’s TSR is negative over the three-year period, the payout cannot exceed target regardless of our TSR performance relative to our peers. We believe this cap better aligns the LTI payout with the interests of our shareholders if our TSR is negative over the three-yearthree-year performance period.

2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT93

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Rigor of Goal Setting
With the aid of its compensation consultant, the HRCC set a TSR peer group that is focused principally on broader universe of companies we believe investors are considering when they decide whether to invest in us or our industry. As a result, our TSR peer group is comprised of telecommunications, cable and other communications companies that are generally comparable to us in terms of size, markets and operations. For information regarding our TSR peer group, see further discussion under the heading “— TSR Peer Group” below.
Target
Payout as a % of this
Component of Target Award(1)
Maximum≥ 75th Percentile200 %
Target50th Percentile100 %
Threshold25th Percentile50 %
Below Threshold< 25th Percentile%
1(1)Payouts interpolated between defined performance levels.
Outstanding Performance-Based LTI Awards2023 On-Boarding Equity Grant
As part of December 31, 2022negotiating her offer package, Ms. Haynes-Gaspar received an on-boarding equity award. The HRCC’s independent compensation consultant advised that this award was customary in connection with recruiting new executives, and illustratedthe HRCC Committee determined that such a grant was necessary to induce her to accept. The HRCC further believed that Ms. Haynes-Gaspar’s on-boarding grant was appropriate to partially offset equity that she forfeited upon her departure from her then prior employer and also served to align her interest with shareholders by giving her an immediate equity stake in the table below, we had three outstanding tranches of LTI awards, granted in 2020, 2021 and 2022, with overlapping three-year performance periods and performances metrics of Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA and Relative TSR.
Grant YearPerformance PeriodMetric Weighting20202021
2022(1)
20232024
2020(2)
2020-2022100%
3-YR Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA(4)
+/- 20% Relative TSR Modifier
2021(2)
2021-202350%3-YR Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA
50%3-YR Relative TSR
2022(3)
2022-202450%3-YR Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA
50%3-YR Relative TSR
1The sale our Latin American and 20-state ILEC business, which were completed in August 2022 and October 2022, respectively, occurred during the third, second and first year of each three-year performance period for our outstanding 2020, 2021 and 2022 LTI awards, respectively.
2For our 2020 and 2021 PBRS, the Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets were set in the first quarter of their respective three-year performance period and we had not yet entered into definitive agreements for these divestitures. As such, the targets assumed our continued operations of those businesses throughout the full three-year performance period. As discussed in further detail below (under the heading “LTI Linkage to Performance”), in February 2023, the HRCC approved adjustments to measure our performance results to prevent holders of PBRS Awards from being penalized by the impact of these transactions.
3When the three-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target was set in the first quarter of 2022, the Company expected its pending divestitures of both its Latin American and 20-state ILEC business to close in 2022, but did not know the actual closing date. For purposes of setting this target, the HRCC assumed both divestitures would close on July 1, 2022. The sale our Latin American and 20-state ILEC business were actually completed in August 2022 and October 2022, respectively. The HRCC plans to make adjustments to targets to prevent holders of PBRS from receiving an unintended benefit from these delays.
4For more information on below threshold 0% payout for our 2020 PBRS, see “LTI Linkage to Performance” below.
LTI Linkage to Performance - No Payouts Under 2020 PBRS Awards
The three-year performance period for our 2020 PBRS ended on December 31, 2022 and was based on performance against Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target and a relative TSR modifier. The number of shares vesting were calculated in two-steps: (i) determining achievement of the three-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target and (ii) applying the Relative TSR modifier, with the ultimate payout ranging between 0%-200% of the number granted. Any shares earned under the PBRS were scheduled to vest in full on March 1, 2023, subject to the holder’s continued employment through that date (except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement).

Company.
94100
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Our 2020 Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets were set in the first quarter of 2020 based on our long-range plan, before the COVID-19 global pandemic was known. Within the first few months of the three-year performance period, as the pandemic spread across the world, the Company, in real time, adjusted our operational priorities while continuing to focus on the long-term execution of our business. Many of our existing and potential enterprise customers were affected by uncertainty related to the pandemic, resulting in some delayed decision making which extended sales cycles. Despite this challenging backdrop, we achieved results of $8,105, $7,843 and $7,547 million for 2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively, achieving $23,495 million Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA for the three-year period ending December 31, 2022. The HRCC made no adjustments to our targets or results for any of the impacts the COVID-19 global pandemic had on our performance.
Target Amount of
Adjusted EBITDA
(1)
Payout as a % of
Target Award
Results:
Maximum≥ $26,000 million200 %
$23,495 million(2)
(
Below threshold)
ACHIEVED
PAYOUT OF
0%(3)
Target$25,500 million100 %
Threshold$24,500 million50 %
Below Threshold< $24,500 million%
1As used in our 2020 STI plan, adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense (“Adjusted EBITDA”) is a non-GAAP metric that excludes certain one time or non-recurring charges or credits and eliminates the effects of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items. See Appendix A for more information.
2As used in our 2020 LTI plan, results include an increase of $535 million Adjusted EBITDA (not reflected in Appendix A) to reflect the sale our Latin American and 20-state ILEC business, which were completed in August 2022 and October 2022, respectively. The targets for our 2020 Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA were set before we entered into these definitive agreements and thus the targets assumed our continued operations of those businesses during the entire three-year performance period. These adjustments were necessary to measure our performance results in the same manner the targets were set in the first quarter of 2020. (i.e. reflect the net effect of certain charges or credits to eliminate the impact of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items. See “Section Three - Incentive Program Guidelines - Mandatory Adjustments to Results.”
3The achieved payout percentage is calculated for each financial performance objective based on a corresponding payout scale approved by the HRCC. If the threshold performance level with respect to any particular financial performance objective under our STI program is not attained, the bonus payable to the participating officer with respect to that portion of his or her targeted bonus opportunity will be calculated as zero. If threshold performance is met on any particular metric, each participating officer will earn a reduced portion of his or her target bonus amount for that portion of the award. If the maximum performance level with respect to any particular metric is met or exceeded, each participating officer will earn a maximum of 200% of his or her target bonus amount. Measurement of the attainment of any particular metric is interpolated if actual performance is between (i) the “threshold” and the “target” performance levels or (ii) the “target” and the “maximum” performance levels.
No Earned 2020 PBRS Payout:
Our Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance of $23.5 billion was below threshold of $24.5 billion, resulting in 0% payout of the 2020 PBRS awards. As such, no relative TSR modifier was applied and all performance-based restricted shares or RSUs, as well as the related accrued dividends or dividend equivalents, granted to our executive officers, as well as approximately 1,130 employees who participated in our 2020 LTI program, were forfeited on March 1, 2023.
20222023 On-Boarding Equity GrantsGrant
As part of negotiating their offer packages, Ms. Johnson and Mr. Stansbury received on-boarding equity awards. In the case of both, the HRCC’s independent compensation consultant advised that these awards were customary in connection with recruiting new CEOs and CFOs, and the HRCC Committee determined that such grants were necessary to induce each to accept. The HRCC further believed that for Mr. Stansbury, his on-boarding grant was appropriate to partially offset equity and pension benefits that he forfeited upon his departure from his then current employer and for Ms. Johnson, her award aided in transition costs. See further discussion under the heading “—2022 Leadership Transition” above.
Time-Vested
Restricted Shares
Named Officer
No. of
Shares(1)(2)
Grant
Value(3)
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar224,022 $1,200,000 

2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT95

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
2022 On-Boarding Equity Grants
Time-Vested
Restricted Shares
Named Officer
No. of
Shares
(3)
Grant
Value
(4)
Ms. Johnson(1)
147,839 $1,000,000 
Mr. Stansbury(2)
339,705 $3,750,000 
1(1)Represents the number of time-based restricted shares granted to Ms. JohnsonHaynes-Gaspar on November 7, 2022 with cliff vesting on first anniversary and subsequent holding requirement until the second anniversary of the grant date. If Ms. Johnson is terminated without Cause or terminated with Good Reason before the third anniversary of her start date, a prorated number of outstanding awards (based on number of days from the grant date to the separation date) will accelerate, with the remaining outstanding shares being forfeited.
2Represents the number of time-based restricted shares granted to Mr. Stansbury on April 4, 2022. (i) 67,941January 9, 2023 which have graded-vesting on April 4, 2023,January 9, 2024, and 2025 and (ii) 271,764 which have graded-vesting on April 4, 2027 and 2029.2026.
3(2)DividendsAny dividends on the shares of restricted stock willwould not be paid on unvested awards but willwould accrue and be paid or be forfeited in tandem with the vesting or forfeiture of the related shares.
4(3)For purposes of these grants,this grant, we determined the number of time-vested restricted shares by dividing the total grant value granted to the executiveMs. Haynes-Gaspar by the volume-weighted average closing price of a share of our common stock over the 15-trading-day period ending one trading day prior to the grant date, rounding to the nearest whole share. However, as noted previously, for purposes of reporting these awards in the Summary Compensation Table, our shares of time-vested restricted stock are valued based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. See footnote 1 to the Summary Compensation Table for more information.
Outstanding Performance-Based LTI Awards
As of December 31, 2023 and illustrated in the table below, we had three outstanding tranches of LTI awards, granted in 2021, 2022 and 2023, with overlapping three-year performance periods and performances metrics of Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA and Relative TSR.
Grant Year
Performance
Period
Metric
Weighting
2021
2022(1)
2023(2)
20242025
2021(6)
2021-202350%
3-YR Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA(3)
04_427760-1_gfx_payouttimeline_Arrow.jpg
50%3-YR Relative TSR Modifier
04_427760-1_gfx_payouttimeline_Arrow.jpg
20222022-202450%
3-YR Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA(4)
50%3-YR Relative TSR
04_427760-1_gfx_payouttimeline1.jpg
20232023-202550%
3-YR Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA(5)
50%3-YR Relative TSR

04_427760-1_gfx_payouttimeline2.jpg
(1)The sale our Latin American and 20-state ILEC business, which were completed in August 2022 and October 2022, respectively, occurred during the second and first year of each three-year performance period for our outstanding 2021 and 2022 LTI awards, respectively.
(2)The sale our CDN and EMEA business, which was completed in October and November 2023, respectively occurred during the third, second and first year of each three-year performance period for our outstanding 2021, 2022 and 2023 LTI awards, respectively.
(3)For 2021 PBRS, when the three-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target was set in the first quarter of 2021, we had not yet entered into definitive agreements for these divestitures. As such, the targets assumed our continued operations of those businesses throughout the full three-year performance period. As discussed in further detail below (under the heading “LTI Linkage to Performance”), in February 2023 and February 2024, the HRCC approved adjustments to measure our performance results to prevent holders of PBRS Awards from being penalized by the impact of these transactions.
(4)For 2022 PBRS, when the three-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target was set in the first quarter of 2022, the Company expected its pending divestitures of both its Latin American and 20-state ILEC business to close in 2022, but did not know the actual closing date. For purposes of setting this target, the HRCC assumed both divestitures would close on July 1, 2022. The sale our Latin American and 20-state ILEC business were actually completed in August 2022 and October 2022, respectively. The Company had not yet entered into definitive agreement for the EMEA divestiture; as such, the targets assumed continued operations of that business throughout the full three-year performance period. The HRCC approved adjustments to targets to prevent holders of PBRS from receiving an unintended benefit from the delayed closing of its Latin American and 20-state ILEC business or an unintended penalty from the accelerated sale of our EMEA business.
(5)For 2023 PBRS, when the three-year Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target was set in the first quarter of 2023, the Company expected its pending divestitures of its EMEA business to close in 2023, but did not know the actual closing date. For purposes of setting this target, the HRCC assumed the divestiture would close on January 1, 2024. The sale our EMEA business was actually completed in November 2023. The HRCC approved adjustments to targets to prevent holders of PBRS from receiving an unintended penalty from the accelerated closing.
(6)For more information on below threshold 0% payout for our 2021 PBRS, see “LTI Linkage to Performance” below.
101
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
LTI Linkage to Performance - No Payouts Under 2021 PBRS Awards
In early 2021, the HRCC approved 2021 PBRS awards(1) to approximately 1,580 employees, senior and executive officers based on two equally-weighted metrics (Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA and Relative TSR) over a three-year period ending December 31, 2023.
As described in greater detail below, we achieved below threshold performance against targets for both metrics, resulting in 0% payout and forfeiture of all PBRS on March 1, 2024.
(1)For further discussion on our 2021 LTI Awards, see our 2022 proxy statement.
Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA Metric (weighted 50%)
Our 2021 Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets were set in the first quarter of 2021 based on our long-range plan. We achieved results of $21,492 million Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA for the three-year period ending December 31, 2023.
Target Amount of
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Payout as a % of
Target Award
Results:
Maximum≥ $25,700 million200 %
$21,492 million(2)
(Below threshold)
ACHIEVED
PAYOUT OF
0%
Target$23,400 million100 %
Threshold$22,300 million50 %
Below Threshold< $22,300 million%
(1)As used in our 2021 LTI plan, adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense (“Adjusted EBITDA”) is a non-GAAP metric that excludes certain one time or non-recurring charges or credits and eliminates the effects of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items. See Appendix A for more information.
(2)As permitted under our Guidelines, we adjusted our actual results to reflect a net increase of $1.886 million in Adjusted EBITDA (not reflected in Appendix A), comprised of (i) an increase of $2,446 million to reflect the sale our Latin American, 20-state ILEC, EMEA and CDN businesses, which were completed in August 2022, October 2022 and November 2023, respectively. (ii) a decrease of $543 million to eliminate the CAF II and RDOF revenue that was not included in original targets and (iii) a decrease of $17 million of other adjustments to measure our performance in the same manner the targets were set. The targets for our 2021 Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA were set before we entered into these definitive agreements and thus the targets assumed our continued operations of those businesses during the entire three-year performance period. These adjustments were necessary to measure our performance results in the same manner the targets were set in the first quarter of 2021. See “Section Two - Incentive Program Guidelines - Mandatory Adjustments.”
Relative TSR Metric (Weighted 50%)
We achieved TSR of -81.18% for the three-year period ending December 31, 2023, which was below the 25th percentile of -27.23% and threshold performance for our peer group.
Relative TSR
Performance(1)
Payout as a % of
Target Award
Results:
Maximum≥ 75th Percentile200 %
 -81.18%(2)
(Below Threshold)
ACHIEVED
PAYOUT OF
0%(3)
Target50th Percentile100 %
Threshold25th Percentile50 %
Below Threshold< 25th Percentile%
No Earned 2021 PBRS Payout
On March 1, 2024, the holders of our outstanding 2021 PBRS awards, including two of our NEOs, forfeited a total of 3,071,700 performance-based restricted shares or RSUs, and related accrued dividends, as set forth in the table below.
102
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Outstanding 2021 PBRS Forfeited in Their Entirety
Performance-Based
Restricted Shares or RSUs
Named Officer
No. of
Shares(1)(2)
Grant
Value
Current and Former NEOs
Mr. Goff100,728 $1,200,000 
Mr. Trezise60,437 $720,000 
All other executive officers and employees as a group (1,005 persons)(3)
2,910,535 $34,674,084 
Overall Total3,071,700$36,594,084 
(1)Represents the target number of performance-based restricted shares granted on February 24, 2021
(2)Dividends on the shares of restricted stock were not be paid on unvested awards; the related accrued dividends were forfeited in tandem with the forfeiture of the related performance-based restricted shares or RSUs.
(3)Includes any former executive or senior officers and employees who retained any 2021 PBRS, subject to performance criteria, as part of their severance or retirement packages.
LTI Governance and Oversight
In addition to our senior leadership team, approximately 1,200 employees in the upper management of our Company are eligible for annual LTI awards, which has declined from approximately 1,600 eligible employees in 2021. Historically, their awards have been awarded in the form of equity. The decline in our stock price has put increased pressure on our ability to incentivize our senior leadership team and employees through equity awards.
Year Over Year LTI Award Structure Changes
2023 LTI Award Structure
In an effort to manage our share usage, burn rate, dilution and overhang levels, the HRCC approved a modified approach for our 2023 LTI awards, as follows:
Senior Leadership Team: we continued our historical practice and granted the 2023 annual LTI awards for our senior leadership team in equity (60% performance-based restricted shares and 40% time-based restricted shares).(1) During 2023, as part of the continued leadership transitions, we offered any sign-on LTI awards included with offer packages in a mix of cash and equity.
Employees below the executive level: for approximately 1,400 employees below the executive level, the HRCC changed the structure of their 2023 annual LTI award and granted it in the form of time-based cash awards (which, subject to continued employment, will vest over three years) instead of a mix of time- and performance-based equity. From time to time, we offer sign-on LTI awards as part of offer packages for critical talent below the executive level and, during 2023, we awarded nearly all of these on-boarding LTI awards in cash rather than equity in order to manage our share usage throughout 2023.
(1)Discussed in greater detail in “2023 Long-Term Incentive Compensation”,
2024 LTI Award Structure
In the second half of 2023, given our continued decline in stock price and the expected low number of shares available for grant in 2024, the HRCC worked closely with management and the HRCC’s compensation consultant to (i) monitor our share usage and projected awards for 2023 and 2024, (ii) listen to feedback from our investors and proxy advisory firms during our fall shareholder engagement, (iii) carefully weigh the pros and cons of various modifications for our 2024 LTI awards and (iv) develop a strategy for 2024 LTI awards.
103
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
In early 2024, based on the extensive analysis performed in the second half of 2023, the HRCC further modified our grant practices for 2024:
Senior Leadership Team: the HRCC recalibrated our 2024 LTI program and modified the structure of the awards to our senior leadership team as follows:
Maintained 40% time-based restricted stock
Shifted the 60% performance-based portion from equity to cash
Maintained our two equally-weighted metrics of Relative TSR and Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA
Added a +/-20% revenue modifier to the cumulative adjusted EBITDA metric
Employees below the executive level: we granted annual LTI awards to approximately 1,200 employees below the executive level, and for the second consecutive year, their 2024 LTI awards were granted in the form of time-based cash (which, subject to continued employment, will vest over three years) instead of a mix of time- and performance-based equity.
2024 LTI Design for Our Senior Leadership Team
03_427760-1_pie_LTI Design_2024 LTI.jpg
Share Dilution, Burn Rate and Stock-Based Compensation Expense
As part of their governance and oversight function, the HRCC approves the LTI grant values for our officers and, under delegated authority, approximately 1,580 eligible employees who participated in our 2022 annual LTI program. The HRCC also closely monitors our share usage, burn rate, dilution and overhang levels.
As noted herein under the heading “Item 3 - Approval of Our Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan,” as of December 31, 2022, we had approximately 18.5 million shares authorized for future issuance. Our stock-based compensation expense during any particular period reflects expense for outstanding awards during that period, generally covering three different annual LTI awards and, to a lesser degree, other awards for our LTI participants that were granted upon hire or promotion throughout the year.
On a quarterly basis, the HRCC reviews our share usage and burn rate projections. For 2020 and 2021, our burn rate, dilution and overhang levels were within or below industry benchmark levels. We experienced a slight increase in our 2022 burn rate, following the decline in our stock price after announcing the elimination of our dividend.
Given our greater use of cash awards in 2023, the overall number of equity shares granted of 14,787 million and burn rate of 1.47% in 2023 were below the 18,788 million shares granted and 1.86% burn rate in 2022.
As explained above, in response to the further decline in our stock price, we have taken further steps to modify our approach for our 2024 equity grants in an effort to minimize shareholder value dilution, and the HRCC will continue to monitor our share usage on a quarterly basis.
Replenishment of Our Equity Pool
As noted herein under the heading “Item 3 - Approval of Our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan,” as of March 21, 2024, following the grant of our 2024 LTI awards, we had approximately 5,974,868 shares authorized for future issuance under our current equity incentive plan.
104
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
We intend our use of cash-settled LTI awards (granted to our senior leadership team in 2024 and employees below the executive level in 2023 and 2024) to be a temporary measure, which we hope to discontinue or reduce when circumstances warrant. Adoption of our new 2024 Equity Incentive Plan at the annual meeting would significantly enhance our ability to reinstate equity-based awards for all award recipients.(1)
(1)See “Item 3 - Approval of Our Amended and Restated 20182024 Equity Incentive Plan” for more information.
What’s
Compensation Arrangements Related to Leadership Transition
Compensation for Ashley Haynes-Gaspar, our New EVP Chief Customer Experience Officer
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar joined the Company at a critical time of transformation and was recruited specifically for her impressive proven track record of driving customer-focused transformation, which is one of our key strategic goals.
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar’s extensive technology leadership experience spans global business strategy, change management and innovation, most recently as Chief Operating Officer of Microsoft U.S., a division of Microsoft Corporation, overseeing industry and business applications for the U.S. subsidiary of Microsoft. There she drove ground-breaking programs that successfully increased market share and revenue growth year-over-year. Prior to joining Microsoft, she held various senior-level positions at GE.
The HRCC, after consultation with its independent compensation consultant Semler Brossy, determined that Ms. Haynes-Gaspar’s proposed annual compensation package and on-boarding payments (i) were consistent with our philosophy and customary for executive on-boarding pay packages, (ii) were necessary to attract high caliber talent to transform our operations and induce her to join us, and (iii) provided total compensation that is competitive against median levels for comparable executive officer positions.
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar joined the Company on January 9, 2023 and her initial scope of responsibility included Customer Success, Wholesale and International. Shortly after her start, and following the exit of other executives in early 2023, we expanded her responsibilities to include marketing.
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar’s initial annual compensation package consisted of:
Base salary of $500,000(1),
Target annual short-term incentive (STI) opportunity of 100% of salary,
Target annual long-term incentive (LTI) opportunity of $1,500,000(2), and
Retirement and welfare benefits generally available to all employees.
(1)Following an expansion in her scope of responsibilities, Ms. Haynes-Gaspar’s salary was increased to $575,000 on February 19, 2023. For more information see “Section Four - Base Salary” above.
(2)Following an expansion in her scope of responsibilities, Ms. Haynes-Gaspar’s long-term incentive opportunity was increased to $2,000,000. For more information see “Section Four - 2023 Long-Term Incentive Compensation” above.
In addition, to partially offset amounts that Ms. Haynes-Gaspar forfeited upon her departure from her prior employer, the HRCC approved certain on-boarding payments described below. Based on information provided by its compensation consultant, the HRCC determined that these awards are customary for executive on-boarding pay packages and, in this case, were necessary to induce Ms. Haynes-Gaspar to join the Company.
Cash award of $500,000 to offset a portion of equity and annual bonus that Ms. Haynes-Gaspar forfeited upon termination from her prior employer. This cash award was paid in two installments:
The first installment of $250,000 was paid upon her joining the Company, subject to a “clawback” if Ms. Haynes-Gaspar resigns or is terminated by the Company for cause before the 2-year anniversary of her start date.
The second installment of $250,000 was paid to her in early 2024 on the first anniversary of her start date, subject to “clawback” if Ms. Haynes-Gaspar resigns or is terminated by the Company for cause before the 2-year anniversary of her start date.
In 2023, to manage our share usage, burn rate, dilution and overhang levels, we granted 2023 annual LTI awards to approximately 1,400 employees below the executive level in the form of cash instead of equity. No changes were made to the historical grant practices for our executive officers. Cash-settled LTI awards are intended to be a temporary measure, which may continue until economic conditions allow for equity awards to be reinstated to employees below the executive level.
105
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
96

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Equity award valued at $1,200,000 consisting of time-based restricted stock, which will vest in one-third annual installments, subject to continued service and other customary terms(1). This equity award offsets equity that Ms. Haynes-Gaspar forfeited upon termination from her prior employer and aligned her interests with shareholders by providing immediate equity stake in the Company.
(1)For more information see “Section Four - 2023 Long-Term Incentive Compensation” above.
Severance Compensation to Be Paid to Scott Trezise, our former EVP, Human Resources
As described further below, we reduced the responsibilities of Mr. Trezise in 2023 and he was involuntarily terminated on April 5, 2024.
Mr. Trezise joined as an executive officer in 2013, and over the past decade played a key role in facilitating several critical executive transitions and re-shaping our workforce to address the rapidly evolving digital needs of our customers. After our current CEO joined us in November 2022, Mr. Trezise collaborated with her on building a new senior leadership team, including the successful recruitment of Ms. Haynes-Gaspar and several other new senior leaders. On March 1, 2023, the HRCC granted Mr. Trezise, in his capacity as Executive Vice President, Human Resources, an LTI award valued at $3,000,000.(1)
In April 2023, our CEO elected to initiate a search to replace Mr. Trezise, while retaining him in a non-executive capacity to assist with key initiatives. In connection with these changes, the HRCC decreased Mr. Trezise’s base annual salary to $535,000, effective April 30, 2023, and maintained his STI target opportunity at 100% of salary. Following the hiring of his successor on September 1, 2023, Mr. Trezise assisted his successor in completing additional executive transitions that ultimately resulted in the replacement of substantially all of the prior senior leadership team that reported to our former CEO.
In exchange for Mr. Trezise’s delivery of a release of claims in connection with his termination, he will receive the following compensation and benefits payments under our pre-existing executive severance plan and broad-based programs that apply to our employees:
Cash severance payment of $1,150,000(2),
COBRA benefits for 52 weeks(2), and
Pro-rated annual bonus for 2024 based on actual company performance payout(3).
In addition to these prior arrangements, the HRCC exercised its discretion to approve the following treatment for a pro-rated portion of his outstanding equity, effective upon his termination and also conditioned on his delivery of a release of claims, and the remaining portion of his outstanding equity were forfeited:
Accelerated vesting of a pro-rated portion, 155,370 shares, of the outstanding time-based restricted stock granted to him in 2022 and 2023, with the remaining (68,298 shares) being forfeited.
Continuation of a pro-rated portion, 191,425 target shares, of his outstanding performance-based restricted stock granted to him in 2022 and 2023, subject to their original performance conditions and vesting dates as disclosed elsewhere herein in the “Outstanding Equity Awards” table, with the remaining 354,071 shares of these target stock awards being forfeited.
(1)For more information see “Section Four - 2023 Long-Term Incentive Compensation” above.
(2)For more information see “-Other Benefits - Severance Benefits” below.
(3)For more information see “Section Four - 2023 Short-Term Incentive Program” above.
2022 Special Transformation Award
During 2022, our leadership team was experiencing recruitment, retention and motivational challenges following many years of revenue and adjusted EBITDA pressure, stock price decline, heavy workload to complete two divestitures in 2022 and a third pending divestiture. In November of 2022, following candid talent discussions with Ms. Johnson, the HRCC, with the assistance of its compensation consultant and management, approved a transformation award for Mr. Goff to continue as General Counsel through April 2024.
In order to further align Mr. Goff’s interests with the Company’s successful execution of the pending sale of our European operations, the HRCC awarded him a special cash award of $1,125,000 (“Special Transformation Award”) subject to vesting in full (100%) on April 1, 2024 if the EMEA divestiture was completed by such date and his continued employment through such date. Since these conditions were met, we paid Mr. Goff this award on April 1, 2024.
106
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Other Benefits
As a final component of executive compensation, we provide certain benefits designed to be competitive, in the aggregate, with similar benefits provided by our peers. We summarize these additional benefits below.
Retirement Plans
We maintain traditional broad-based qualified defined benefit and defined contribution retirement plans for our employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. In addition to these qualified plans, we maintain nonqualified supplemental plans that permit our officers to receive or defer supplemental amounts in excess of contribution caps under the Code that limit the amount of benefits highly compensated employees are entitled to receive or contribute under qualified plans. Additional information regarding our retirement plans is provided in the tables and accompanying discussion included below under the heading “Compensation Tables.”
Change of Control Arrangements
We have agreed to provide cash and other severance benefits to each of our executive officers who is terminated under certain specified circumstances following a change of control of Lumen.
Ms. Johnson entered into a change of control agreement which entitles her to receive, underin connection with certain specified circumstancesqualifying terminations following a change of control of Lumen, (i) a lump sum payment equal to two and one-halfone-half times the sum of (1) her base salary in effect at the date of termination plus (2) her target STI amount for the year in which the date of termination occurs; (ii) a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination paid in the ordinary course based on actual performance; (iii) two years of continued life insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits (or an equivalent lump-sum payment where necessary to comply with plan terms); and (iv) outplacement assistance for one year.Foryear. For each of our other NEOs, if triggered, the benefits under these change of control agreements include payment of (i) a lump sum cash severance payment equal to a multiple of the officer’s annual cash compensation, (ii) the officer’s STI bonus, based on actual performance and the portion of the year served, (iii) certain welfare benefits for a limited period and (iv) the value or benefit of any LTI compensation, if and to the extent that the exercisability, vesting or payment thereof is accelerated or otherwise enhanced upon a change of control pursuant to the terms of any applicable long-term equity incentive compensation plan or agreement.
Under these agreements, change of control benefits are payable to our executive officers if within a certain specified period following a change in control (referred to as the “protected period”), the officer is terminated without cause or resigns with “good reason,” which is defined to include a diminution of responsibilities, an assignment of inappropriate duties and a transfer of the officer exceeding 50 miles.
The table below shows (i) the length of the “protected period” afforded to officers following a change of control and (ii) the multiple of salary and bonus payment and years of welfare benefits to which officers will be entitled if change of control benefits become payable under our agreements and related policies:
Protected Period
Multiple of
Annual Cash
Compensation
Years of
Welfare
Benefits
CEO2 years2.5 times2.5 years
Other Executives1.5 years2 times2 years
Other Officers1 year1 time1 year
For more information on change of control arrangements applicable to our executives, including our rationale for providing these benefits, see “Compensation Tables — Potential Termination Payments — Payments Made Upon a Change of Control.” For information on change of control severance benefits payable to our junior officers and managers, see “— Severance Benefits” in the next subsection below.

107
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT97

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Severance Benefits
Our executive severance plan provides cash severance payments equal to two years of total targeted cash compensation (defined as salary plus the targeted amount of annual incentive bonus) for our CEO or one year of total targeted cash compensation for any other senior officer in the event that the senior officer is involuntarily terminated by us without cause in the absence of a change of control.
The table below shows (i) the multiple of salary and bonus payment and (ii) years of welfare benefits to which officers will be entitled if a senior officer is involuntarily terminated by us without cause in the absence of a change of control:
Multiple of
Annual Cash
Compensation
Years of
Welfare
Benefits
CEO2 times2 years
Other Executives and Senior Officers1 time1 year
Under our executive severance plan, subject to certain conditions and exclusions, more junior officers or managers receive certain specified cash payments and other benefits if they are either (i) involuntarily terminated without cause in the absence of a change of control or (ii) involuntarily terminated without cause or resign with good reason in connection with a change of control. Our full-time non-represented employees not covered by our executive severance plan may, subject to certain conditions, be entitled to certain specified cash severance payments in connection with certain qualifying terminations.
Under a policy that we adopted in 2012, we have committed to seek shareholder approval of any future senior executive severance agreements providing for cash payments, perquisites and accelerated health or welfare benefits with a value greater than 2.99 times the sum of the executive’s base salary plus target bonus.
Life Insurance Benefits
We sponsor a long-standing supplemental life insurance premium reimbursement plan that has been closed to new participants for nearly a decade. Only one of our current senior officers (Mr. Goff) holds supplemental life insurance policies for which we are obligated to pay the premiums. For 2022,2023, we reimbursed Mr. Goff a total of $10,957 for these premiums.
Perquisites
Officers are entitled to be reimbursed for the cost of an annual physical examination, plus related travel expenses.
OurFor several years and during the majority of 2023, the Company operated a fleet of company-owned aircraft for use by our CEO and executives for business and personal travel. During this period, use of company-owned aircraft by our executives was governed by an aircraft usage policy permitsapproved by the HRCC.
During 2023, our aircraft usage policy permitted the CEO to use our aircraft for personal travel up to $200,000 per year ($250,000 per year for our former CEO) without reimbursing us and permitspermitted each other executive officer to use our aircraft for personal travel only if he or she payspaid for the cost of a flight in accordance with the terms of an Aircraft Timesharing Agreement. In all such cases, personal travel iswas permitted only if aircraft iswas available and not needed for superseding business purposes. Periodically,
In late 2023, the Company sold its entire fleet of aircraft and entered into a time-share agreement with NetJets to provide business and personal travel for our CEO and executives. In light of the change to NetJets, in early 2024, the HRCC reviewsreviewed the anticipated cost associated with the personal use of aircraft by senior managementfor our CEO and determines whether or not to alterexecutives and revised our aircraft usage policy. In connection with electingpolicy to retain this policy,change the HRCC has determined that the policy (i) provides valuable and cost-effective benefitsannual usage limit for our CEO from $200,000 to our executives that reside or frequently travel into our corporate headquarters that is located in a small city with limited commercial airline service, (ii) enables our executives to travel in a manner that we believe is more expeditious than commercial airline service and (iii) is being used responsibly by the executives.50 flight hours.
For purposes of valuing and reporting the use of our aircraft, we determine the incremental cost of aircraft usage on an hourly basis, calculated in accordance with applicable guidelines of the SEC. The incremental cost of this usage, which may be substantially different than the cost as determined under alternative calculation methodologies, is reported in the Summary Compensation Table appearing below.
108
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
For more information on the items under this heading, see the Summary Compensation Table appearing below.

98
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Other Employee Benefits
We maintain certain broad-based employee welfare benefit plans in which the executive officers are generally permitted to participate on terms that are either substantially similar to those provided to all other participants or which provide our executives with enhanced benefits upon their death or disability.
Special Transformation Awards
Our leadership team is experiencing recruitment, retention and motivational challenges following many years of revenue and adjusted EBITDA pressure, stock price decline, heavy workload to complete two divestitures in 2022 and a third pending divestiture. In November of 2022, following candid talent discussions with Ms. Johnson, the HRCC, with the assistance of its compensation consultant and management, approved transformation awards that were intended to incentivize the performance of certain key officers to complete two key transformation initiatives. Messrs. Andrews and Goff were selected to participate and the details of these awards are outlined below.In late 2022, given that Mr. Andrews was an internal candidate for the CEO position, the Company became concerned that he was a retention risk following the announcement of Mr. Storey’s retirement and Ms. Johnson’s appointment as CEO. Mr. Andrews had deep knowledge of our products and customers and was critical to the on-boarding of our new CEO. Additionally, within the first thirty days of Ms. Johnson’s start date, she announced and selected Mr. Andrews to lead the North Star internal restructuring project (“North Star”) that was targeted to be communicated in the first quarter of 2023 and used to define our long-term strategy and transformation. Mr. Andrews was uniquely qualified to lead this critical project.
The HRCC, in consultation with Ms. Johnson, other members of the Board and its compensation consultant, took two compensation actions to address this retention concern:
First, as discussed elsewhere herein, in November 2022, the HRCC approved an increase in Mr. Andrew’s salary and LTI target for 2023 (had he continued employment and received such award).
Second, in December 2022, to further align Mr. Andrews’ interests with the long-term strategy outlined by our new CEO, those of our shareholders and to incentivize him during the critical transformation period, the HRCC awarded him a special cash award of $1,000,000 (“Special Transformation Award”) that was intended to vest in two equal installments (i) 50% ($500,000) would vest on April 1, 2023, provided that both (1) as of such date the North Star has been publicly announced by the Company, and (2) Mr. Andrews was continuously employed by the Company until and on April 1, 2023; and (ii) 50% ($500,000) would vest on December 31, 2023, provided that Mr. Andrews was continuously employed by the Company until and on December 31, 2023.
As discussed elsewhere herein, Mr. Andrews’ employment was terminated without cause on March 3, 2023, which qualified him for payments under our executive severance plan and payment of his 2022 STI bonus under the terms of our STI program. In addition to these contractual arrangements, and conditioned upon Mr. Andrews’ execution of a general release, the HRCC believed that it was appropriate and in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders to pay the first installment of Mr. Andrews’ retention award in the amount of $500,000, due to vest and be payable on April 1, 2023, since Mr. Andrews had met the performance requirements for the first installment and assisted with successfully on-boarding our new CEO. All of Mr. Andrews’ outstanding equity awards, including those granted to him in fiscal 2022, were forfeited upon his termination of employment.
Ms. Johnson also (i) quickly assessed the deep knowledge and leadership Mr. Goff provided in the value-accretive Latin American and ILEC divestitures in 2022 and (ii) determined that retaining Mr. Goff would be critical to successfully attaining the regulatory approvals necessary to complete the Company’s pending EMEA divestiture (which is expected to close in late 2023 or early 2024).
The HRCC, in consultation with Ms. Johnson, other members of the Board and its compensation consultant, approved two compensation actions to incentivize Mr. Goff to continue as General Counsel through April 2024:
First, and as discussed elsewhere herein, in November 2022, the HRCC approved an increase in his salary and increased his LTI target.
Second, in December 2022, in order to further align Mr. Goff’s interests with the Company’s successful execution of the pending sale of our European operations, the HRCC awarded him a special cash award of $1,250,000 (“Special Transformation Award”) that will vest in full (100%) on April 1, 2024 provided that both (1) on or before April 1, 2024, the Company’s sale of its EMEA business to Colt Technology Services Group Limited has been completed or terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors (and thus will not be completed) and (2) Mr. Goff remains continuously employed by the Company until April 1, 2024.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT99

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Section Five - HRCC Engagement and Compensation Governance
HRCC Human Capital Priorities
Our board recognized that a healthy culture, robust talent strategy, diverse workforce and engaged employee base are essential elements to our long-term success. As such, the HRCC has incorporated regular review and discussion of these topics into its charter. HRCC human capital resources priorities include:
Talent Management and Development
The HRCC is focused on growing and developing talent that is well positioned to meet the business’ strategic priorities by supporting our success enablers to (i) be inclusive, (ii) own commitments and (iii) grow themselves, others and Lumen. Our success enablers are embedded in robust processes in the areas of goal setting, quarterly performance discussions, differentiated talent assessments, individual development and growth planning, and skills transformation. These processes are supported by a wide array of technical, sales, product and leadership training programs.
Culture Shaping and Engagement
The HRCC reviews management efforts and metrics to ensure that our culture fosters ethical behavior, promotes high levels of employee engagement and supports a high performance work environment. Our strategy strives to inspire employees with purpose as we demonstrate our many connections to furthering human progress through technology. At least twice a year a detailed engagement survey is completed to measure engagement and is reviewed with the HRCC. Our most recent engagement survey, completed in October 2022, yielded a substantial overall engagement score (71% positive) with a strong level of employee participation (67%).
Talent Acquisition
In 2022, we continued to raise the bar and focus on driving a culture of inclusion and diverse representation across our U.S. workforce resulted in positive changes through our talent selection and hiring processes. As a result of implementing these new processes the representation of diverse new hires increased by 3.4%, and our overall applicant traffic for diverse talent increased by 17.6% from the first to second half of the year despite a severe labor shortage throughout the nation.
The Lumen internship program continues to be best-in-class and is a critical diverse talent attraction effort and pipeline for our organization. For the fourth consecutive year, our internship program was recognized amongst the Top 100 internship programs. We also hired a record cohort for diversity with 47% female and more than 50% people of color. Over 60% of the university events we sponsored were minority servicing institutions inclusive of historically black, Asian, Hispanic and female Institutions.
Labor Relations
With 24% of our U.S. workforce unionized, it is important that proactive efforts are deployed to manage this strategic relationship. In 2022, we were able to negotiate ten expiring collective bargaining agreements, six of those contracts conveyed as part of the divestiture to Brightspeed and four remain with Lumen. Lumen constructively partners with union representatives where representation exists and aims to remain union-free where representation does not currently exist.
100
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Diversity, Inclusion and Belonging
In 2022, we were proud to receive positive recognition for our efforts in the area of diversity and inclusion by being included in Forbes America’s Best Employers for Diversity, Forbes World’s Top Female Friendly Companies, and for once again receiving a 100% perfect score on the prominent Human Rights Campaign Foundation’s Corporate Equality Index, which evaluates the LGBTQ climate in an organization. We also received a 100% perfect score on the Disability Equality Index from DisabilityIN, and we received several recognitions from diversity focused publications for our efforts in fostering a diverse and inclusive culture and environment. The HRCC continued its oversight on the expanded resource groups and ensuring that all management practices are positively impacting diversity, inclusion and belonging in the Lumen culture.
Health and Wellness
We have expanded our wellness programs and implemented strategic design changes to our benefit programs that have enabled Lumen to keep employee premiums flat for the last five years. In 2023, we added comprehensive women’s virtual health care, virtual weight loss and alcohol addiction care, and expanded voluntary lifestyle benefits to the full suite of wellness and benefit offerings available to our employees.
Role of Human Resources and Compensation Committee
Our highly competitive business requires attracting, developing and retaining a motivated team inspired by leadership, engaged in meaningful work, motivated by growth opportunities and thriving in a culture that embraces diversity, inclusion and belonging. Understanding and anticipating the priorities of our current and future employees is important to realizing our purpose to further human progress through technology. As described above, the HRCC is responsible for overseeing Lumen’s human resources strategies, prioritizing Lumen’s efforts to attract and retain employees and leaders with the skills and experience needed to achieve our strategic objectives in dynamic market conditions and creating an environment promoting equity and diversity. During 2022,2023, the HRCC engaged with management on several issues impacting Lumen’s human capital strategy, including: effective employee engagement; diversity, inclusion and belonging; positive corporate culture, pay equity, executive and employee succession, and recruiting and retention. In addition, as discussed elsewhere herein, the HRCC spent a considerable amount of time in 2023 engaged with management and the HRCC’s independent compensation consultant on our incentive programs and our share usage, burn rate, dilution and overhang levels.
109
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT101

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Year-round Engagement Informs Compensation Design and Awards
The HRCC’s processes to review and approve our executive compensation programs are both cyclical and ongoing.
04_427760-1_gfx_shareholder.jpg
1st quarter
lumn-20230405_g159.jpg
2nd quarter
lumn-20230405_g160.jpg
3rd quarter
lumn-20230405_g161.jpg
4th quarter
At-least quarterly engagement with its independent compensation consultant, discussing compensation trends, our performance against peers and market influences;REVIEW CURRENT PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
Quarterly review of year-to-date results and projected performance during the respective performance periods (one- or three-years) to measure our projected payouts under the various eligible outstanding incentive programs;against targets and peers
QuarterlyAt-least annual review of anticipated individual eligible award values, including individual NEOrealized and realizable pay and tally sheets.sheets for our senior leadership team
MARKET TRENDS AND FEEDBACK
Spring shareholderAt-least quarterly engagement discussing executivewith the HRCC’s independent compensation (orconsultant
Review compensation trends at peer companies and market influences
Shareholder engagement in the spring and fall, more often if the opportunity arises)arises, to listen to feedback from shareholders regarding executive compensation and incentive design
REVIEW COMPANY STRATEGY
Annual Board meeting to set annual and long-term strategy
Board approval of annual budget and long-term plan
APPROVE CURRENT PERFORMANCE PAYOUTS AND SET PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES FOR THE UPCOMING YEAR
Year-end review of year-to-date results and performance during the respective performance periods (one- or three-years) to calculate and approve our payouts against targets and peers
Implement any program design changes to our performance objectives in light of compensationbusiness priorities, shareholder input, corporate governance trends, best practices and regulatory developments
The HRCC approves performance against peers, market influencesobjectives and shareholder feedback, independent compensation consultant observations and current value of prior awards
Discussion of recent feedback from Annual Shareholders’ Meeting and overall market trends
Fall shareholder engagement discussing executive compensation (or more often if the opportunity arises)
Discussions about possible program design changesrigorous targets for the following fiscalupcoming year in light of compensation trends, performance against peers, market influences and shareholder feedback, independent compensation consultant observations and current value of prior awards
102110
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
HRCC Executive Compensation Review Process
The HRCC’s annual process for compensation oversight, design and decisions includes
Performance objectives align with strategy
HRCC selects STI and LTI plan performance objectives designed to drive execution of our overall business strategy. This includes engaging an independent compensation consultant and discussing compensation trends, our performance against peers and market influences throughout the year, as well as considering feedback from shareholder engagement regarding executive compensation and incentive design.
Application of guidelines to administer
incentive awards
After the end of the performance period, initial payout projections, as adjusted under the HRCC’s long-standing Guidelines, are compared against Company performance for the entirety of the performance period. The HRCC may make further adjustments in accordance with the Guidelines, as discussed above in Section three. The HRCC reviews award values in light of the Guidelines and determines if positive or negative adjustments are necessary to mitigate the impact of extraordinary events.
Rigorous design and target setting process
The HRCC establishes rigorous threshold, target and maximum performance levels for the selected objectives that are rooted in our annual budget, public guidance and long-range strategic plan. The HRCC takes into consideration various factors influencing our business, including but not limited to, the decline in our legacy wireline revenues, the pace at which revenues are growing for digital services and new products, and the continuous need to adjust our cost structure.
Performance results and calculated payouts
Upon completion of each fiscal year, after our actual financial performance results are determined, including any adjustments or discretion applied under our Guidelines, the incentive payouts are calculated and reviewed by Lumen’s Internal Audit. Then, individual bonus and equity payouts are determined for our officers based on our LTI and STI programs and the related performance and relevant individual performance considerations.
Monitor interim performance
On a quarterly basis, the HRCC monitors actual performance and projected payouts under our outstanding incentive awards.
Role of CEO and Management
The HRCC regularly reviews the compensation programs for our senior leadership team including our NEOs and the broader range of participating employees to ensure they achieve our compensation objectives, including aligning executive compensation with our strategies and shareholder interests. The HRCC closely monitors the compensation programs and pay levels of executives from companies of similar size and complexity, to gauge our compensation programs against market practices and trends to support our efforts to retain and incentivize our executive talent.
TheFor each member of the senior leadership team, the HRCC discusses directly with our CEO, in executive session as appropriate, (i) the CEO’s and HRCC’s assessment of each of their performance and the CEO’s recommendations regarding each of their compensation as compared to “market” and internal equity (including adjustments to base salary, target STI and annual LTI target opportunity). In executive session, the HRCC discusses its assessment of the performance of our CEO and the senior leadership team and (ii) the CEO’s recommendations regarding the compensation of each member of the senor leadership teamfor our CEO (including adjustments to base salary, target STI and annual LTI levels)target opportunity).
111
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT103

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Role of Compensation Consultants
The HRCC engages an independent compensation consultant to assist in the design and review of executive compensation programs, to determine whether the HRCC’s philosophy and practices are reasonable and compatible with prevailing practices and to provide guidance on specific compensation levels based on industry trends and practices.
Since July 2021, Semler Brossy has served as the HRCC’s independent compensation consultant and actively participated in the design and development of our 20222023 executive compensation programs. During 2022,2023, Semler Brossy supported the HRCC in developing the compensation packages for ourthe incoming and outgoing CEOsmembers of our senior leadership team and CFOs.partnered with management on monitoring our share usage, burn rate, dilution and overhang levels, review of industry trends and practices and evaluating changes to our 2024 LTI program.
Semler Brossy does not provide any other services to the Company and does not have a prior relationship with any of our NEOs. As required by SEC rules and NYSE listing standards, the HRCC assessed the independence of Semler Brossy and concluded that their work has not raised any conflicts of interest.
Role of Peer Companies
In the second half of each year, with assistance from its independent consultant, the HRCC reviews “peer groups” of other companies comparable to Lumen for purposes of assessing the compensation for our senior officers (Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group) and our total shareholder return performance (TSR Peer Group) which will inform decisions regarding our executive pay programs and compensation decisions for the upcoming year.
Throughout August 2022 and February 2023, the HRCC engaged in extensive discussions with shareholders and, with the guidance of its compensation consultant, conducted a comprehensive review of peer practices. The HRCC’s deliberate approach to setting pay, as described under “Role of Peer Companies,” is intended to ensure that our executive compensation program is appropriately calibrated to achieving the complementary goals of delivering value to shareholders and attracting, rewarding and retaining the talent necessary to lead us through our ongoing corporate evolution.
Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group
Annually, with the assistance of its compensation consultant and management, the HRCC reviews and approves the Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group – a list of peer companies we use in the competitive market analyses of compensation for our NEOs and senior officers.
We believe that our Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group should reflect Lumen’s industry, organizational complexity and market for executive talent. However, we believe the list of direct peers is limited because few, if any, other communications companies are similarly sized and similarly configured in terms of their lines of business, markets and customers.
Further, as we continue to evolve into a technology-focused company, our employee base, peer group, and compensation programs are also evolving. Although in the past we had considerable success in attracting and retaining talent with fiscally prudent market-based pay packages, we now compete with software and other technology-focused companies for a more limited pool of executive talent. As a result, the individuals in that limited candidate pool, who frequently have unique talents and expertise, are able to command much higher levels of compensation than what we have paid historically, making executive recruitment and retention more challenging.
To address these challenges, the HRCC reviews and approves the list of companies that compose our Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group during a two-step process.
104112
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
In the first step, we have used the framework below to capture companies that are comparable in size, have similar business strategies and financial models, recognizing that there are very few, if any direct peers. The following attributes were reviewed and screened in order of importance:
Screening ProcessAnalysis of Screening ProcessOutcomes from Screening Process
Primary Screen
Revenues (target between one-half and two times our revenue);
Market capitalization (target between one-thirdone-third and three times our market cap);
Secondary Screen
Assets (target between one-third and three times our assets); and
Enterprise value (target between one-thirdone-third and three times our enterprise value).
Qualitative Screen
Focus on companies with a growth strategy similar to Lumen as it transitions away from its traditional telecom business to its enterprise technology business.
Disclosed peer of peers;
Reverse peers; and
Peer group disclosed by proxy advisors.
There are a limited number of potential peer companies with comparable revenues, so the annual revenue for some of our peers are more or less than our targeted multiple. Our revenue is well positioned at the 54th47th percentile compared to the peer company revenue. Additionally, each company in our Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group is engaged in a line of business conducted by us, and are included in the peer of peers and proxy advisor peer screens, which further supports their inclusion in such group.
There are very few peers with market capitalization similar to ours. The HRCC, in agreement from its independent consultant, believe revenue is a more appropriate, stable and common metric for sizing and selecting peer groups.groups and is a better measure for assessing organizational complexity.
The HRCC believes the use of the median and not the average, for competitive market data mitigates the inclusion of both larger and smaller peer companies.
2022 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group
In August 2021, as a result of the screening process and based on input from HRCC’s independent consultant, the HRCC reviewed the 2021 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group of 17 companies and approved the following changes and approval of the 18 peer companies in our 2022 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group listed below.
Replace 1 company:
Remove HP Inc. and replace with Hewlett Packard Enterprise, a spin-off from HP Inc., which is a more compatible business fit with its focus on hybrid IT, cloud and security and met all four financial screens.
Add 1 company:
Add VMWare due to its compatible business fit and passed both the revenue and enterprise value screens and fell just below the assets screen and slightly above the market cap screen.
2023 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group
In August 2022, as a result of the screening process and based on input from HRCC’s independent consultant, the HRCC reviewed the 2022 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group of 18 companies and approved the following changes and approval of the 14 peer companies in our 2023 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group listed below.
Remove 4 companies:
Verizon Communications Inc. is a direct competitor in the cloud solutions business, but the other aspects of their business deviate from our business. Verizon Communications Inc. is considerably higherlarger than us for all four financial screens.
Comcast Corporation is a direct competitor in broadband business, but the other aspects of their business deviate from our business. Comcast Corporation lists us as one of their peers, but is considerably higherlarger than us for all four financial screens.
BCE Inc. is a direct competitor in the traditional fiber and telecommunications business in Canada, but the other aspects of their business deviate from our business. BCE Inc. meets our revenue, assets and enterprise value screens, but fails to meet our market cap screen.
TELUS Corporation is a direct competitor in the traditional fiber and telecommunications business in Canada, but the other aspects their business deviate from our business. TELUS Corporation meets all four financial screens.
2024 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group
In August 2023, as a result of the screening process and based on input from HRCC’s independent consultant, the HRCC reviewed the 2023 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group of 14 companies and approved no changes to our 2024 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group.
113
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT105

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Compared to the 2022 and 2023 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Groups, Lumen’s ranking is illustrated below:
Industry Screen
2022 Compensation
Benchmarking Peer Group
(1)
Changes
2023 Compensation
Benchmarking Peer Group
(2)
Revenue54th percentile = 54th percentile
Assets65th percentile
lumn-20230405_g142.jpg
70th percentile
Enterprise Value4th percentile
lumn-20230405_g142.jpg
53rd percentile
Market Capitalization47th percentile
lumn-20230405_g141.jpg
16th percentile
1In August 2021, the HRCC completed the above described screening process and approved the 2022 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group summarized in the table following discussion of our TSR Peer Group below.
2In August 2022, the HRCC completed the above described screening process and approved the 2023 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group, summarized in the table following discussion of our TSRLumen’s 2024 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group below.is positioned at the 47th percentile in terms of revenue and the 2nd percentile in terms of market capitalization. These statistics represent a slight downwards shift compared to last year’s analysis, where Lumen was positioned at the 54th and 16th percentiles, respectively.
In the second step, the HRCC’s compensation consultant calculates median salaries for our senior officer positions using compensation data publicly disclosed by members of the Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group and, for executive positions with no publicly disclosed compensation data, the HRCC reviews compensation survey data for companies in the telecommunications industry and general industry that are generally similar to us in size. Then, the HRCC compares the compensation of each of our senior officers to the median compensation of comparable officers derived from such market analysis to determine if our senior officers are being paid below, at or above “market” rates.
The HRCC used median compensation data derived from its analysis of pay by members of our 2022 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group to inform its compensation decisions in February 2022. The HRCC used median compensation data derived from its analysis of pay by members of our 2023 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group to inform its compensation decisions with respect to approving (i) Ms. Johnson’s compensation in September 2022 and (ii) the compensation ofoffer packages for our other senior officers in November 2022 and February 2023 (and plans to use such data for any remaining compensation decisions in 2023).throughout 2023. For more information see “Section One - Executive Summary -2022- Continued Leadership Transition” and “Section Four - Compensation, Design, Awards and Payouts for 2022”2023” above.
Once established, we believe that a well-selected peer group for compensation benchmarking should remain fairly stable for several years to help inform reliable and consistent market positioning, longer-term pay trends and market practices. Our Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group is summarized in the table following discussion of our TSR Peer Group below.
TSR Peer Group
We separately maintain a TSR Peer Group for purposes of measuring our relative stock price performance, which impacts payouts under our most recent LTI grants. As discussed above, our Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group is somewhat constrained by the number of companies based on revenue, enterprise value and market cap size. However, our TSR Peer Group is composed of a broader universe of companies we believe investors are considering when evaluating whether to invest in Lumen or our industry because profiles of investment opportunity and risk are likely to be more important to an investor than company size.
106114
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
During the second half of 2021,2022 and early 2023, in preparation for the 20222023 LTI grant, the HRCC’s independent consultant ledcollaborated with management as part of an evaluation process to identify and screen relevant public companies to determine our TSR Peer Group, with the desired result of at least 15 to 20 peer companies, as follows:
Screening ProcessAnalysis of Screening ProcessOutcomes from Screening Process
Primary Screen
The primary consideration when selecting our TSR Peer Group for 20212023 was the need to have peers with similar industry, business and risk profiles as ours.
Start with a universe of potential similar industry peers with technology, telecommunications, cable and satellite services and various technology industries within our GICS industry and sub-industry;sub-industry;
Secondary Screen
Conduct a historical stock price correlation between Lumen and a potential peer universe based on the industry sectors identified; and
Perform back-testing on historical stock performance (including TSR and Beta and impacts of macroeconomic factors that would impact all companies similarly).
Qualitative Screen
Focus on companies with a growth strategy similar to Lumen as it transitions away from its traditional Telecom business to Enterprise Technology.
Disclosed peer of peers;
Reverse peers; and
Disclosed compensation peer group by proxy advisors.
OurThe analysis of our 2023 TSR Peer Group started with a review of our 2022 TSR Peer Group, iswhich was comprised of:
12 TSR peers from U.S. technology and telecom industry; and
3 large international integrated telco companies based outside the U.S. (BT Group plc, Orange S.A. and Telefonica S.A.).
The three non-U.S. companies were recommended for removal due to the recently completed divestitures of our Latin American and EMEA business that make their inclusion less relevant going forward.
In the next step, management and the HRCC’s independent consultant reviewed companies in the S&P 1500 Communications Services sector and selected five additional companies to maintain a robust sample of peers (of at least 15 to 20 peer companies) and because the companiesthey are large, complex and provide services similar to ours.
2022 Compensation Benchmarking2023 TSR Peer Group
In August 2021, as a result of the screening process and based on input from HRCC’s independent consultant, the HRCC reviewed and approved:
No companies to be added or removed from our 2021 TSR Peer Group.
Therefore, the HRCC deemed it was appropriate to continue to include all 15 peer companies in our 2022 TSR Peer Group listed below.
January 2023, Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group
In August 2022, as a result of the screening process and based on input from HRCC’s independent consultant, the HRCC reviewed and approved the following changes:
Remove 1 US and 4 non-US companies due to recently completed and pending divestitures of our Latin American and EMEA business that make their inclusion less relevant going forward:companies:
BT Group, plc
Orange S.A.
Telefonica S.A.
TELUS Corporation
United States Cellular Corporation
Add 5 companies in the Communications Services sector:
4 of the 5 were highly correlated for historical stock price and Beta screens
Cable One, Inc.
Charter Communications, Inc.
Cogent Communications Holding, Inc.
Consolidated Communications Holding, Inc.
Frontier Communications Parent, Inc., which recently emerged from bankruptcy
Therefore, the HRCC approved the 15 peer companies in our 2023 TSR Peer Group listed below.
2024 TSR Peer Group
In August 2023, as a result of the screening process and based on input from HRCC’s independent consultant, the HRCC reviewed the 2023 TSR Peer Group of 15 companies and approved no changes to our 2024 TSR Peer Group.
In December 2023, DISH Network Corp was acquired by EchoStar Corporation and will be excluded from our 2024 TSR peer group and 2024 annual LTI awards.
115
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT107

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Compared to the 2022 and 2023 TSR Peer Groups, Lumen’s ranking is illustrated below:
Industry Screen
2022 TSR Peer Group(1)
Changes
2023 TSR Peer Group(2)
Historical Stock Price Correlation48th percentile
lumn-20230405_g141.jpg
31st percentile
3-Year Leveraged Beta73rd percentile
lumn-20230405_g141.jpg
42nd percentile
1In November 2021, the HRCC completed the above described screening process and approved the 20222024 TSR Peer Group summarized below.
2In February 2023,is positioned at the HRCC completed5th percentile in terms of three-year TSR and the above described screening process23rd percentile in terms of market cap. These statistics represent a downwards shift compared to last year’s analysis, where Lumen was positioned at the 31st and approved the 2023 TSR Peer Group summarized in the table below.46th percentiles, respectively.
The 20222023 Compensation Benchmarking and TSR Peer Groups are summarized in the table below.
Our Compensation
Benchmarking Peer
Group
Common to both
peer groups
Our TSR Peer
Group
BCE Inc.(1)
Charter Communications
Cognizant Technology
Solutions Corp
DXC Technology Corp
Hewlett Packard
Enterprise
Oracle Corp
QUALCOMM Inc.
Seagate Technology plc
T-Mobile US, Inc.
VMWare
Western Digital Corp
Charter Communications
CISCO Systems Inc.
Comcast Corporation(1)
DISH Network Corp.
Liberty Global plc
Motorola Solutions, Inc.
TELUS Corporation(1)(2)
Verizon Communications
  Inc.(1)
AT&T, Inc.
BT Group, plc(2)Cable One, Inc.
Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc.
Comcast Corporation
Consolidated Communications
EchoStar Corporation
Orange, S.A.(2)
Telefonica S.A.(2)Frontier Communications Parent, Inc.
Telephone & Data
Systems Inc.
United States Cellular
  CorporationVerizon Communications Inc.
Viasat, Inc.
1814 Compensation
Benchmarking peers
15 TSR peers
1In August 2022, the HRCC completed the above described screening process and removed Verizon, Comcast Corporation, BCE Inc. and TELUS Corporation for the 2023 Compensation Benchmarking Peer Group.
2In February 2023, the HRCC completed the above described screening process and removed BT Group plc, Orange S.A, Telefonica, S.A., TELUS Corporation and United States Cellular Corporation and added Cable One, Inc., Charter Communications, Inc., Cogent Communications Holdings, Inc., Consolidated Communications Holdings, Inc. and Frontier Communications Parent, Inc. for the 2023 TSR Peer Group.
Stock Ownership Guidelines
Under our current stock ownership guidelines, our executive officers are required to beneficially own Lumen stock in market value equal to a multiple of their annual salary, as outlined in the table below and each outside director must beneficially own Lumen stock equal in market value to five times the annual cash retainer payable to outside directors.
Stock Ownership Guidelines
PartyGuideline
Value(1)(2)
CEO6X Base Salary$7,200,000 
Other Executive OfficersCurrent NEOs3X Base Salary$2,043,7502,075,000 
Outside Directors5X Annual Cash Retainer$500,000 
1(1)Value for CEO of $7.2M is based on Ms. Johnson’s annual salary as of December 31, 2022.2023.
2(2)Value for our other executive officersCurrent NEOs is based on the average annual salary for such officers as of December 31, 2022.2023.
108
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Each executive officer and outside director has three and five years, respectively, to attain these targets. For any year during which an executive or outside director does not meet his or her ownership target, the executive or director is required to hold 65% of the Lumen stock that he or she acquires through our equity compensation programs, excluding shares sold to pay related taxes.
Other than as noted below, asBefore the recent decline in the trading price of December 31, 2022,the Common Shares, all of our executive officers and all of our outside directors were in compliance with and in most cases significantly exceeded, our stock ownership guidelines. Theguidelines, or otherwise within their three exceptions areand five year compliance window.
In November 2023, Ms. Johnson Mr. Allen and Mr. Jones. Ms. Johnson, who joined LumenStansbury acquired 1,000,000 and 500,000 shares, respectively, on November 7, 2022, has until November 7, 2025 to comply with these guidelines. Mr. Allen, who joined our Board on February 25, 2021, has until February 25, 2026 to comply with these guidelines. Mr. Jones, who joined our Board on January 1, 2020, has until January 1, 2025 to comply with these guidelines.the open market.
Due to the decline in the trading price
116
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
As of the Common Shares after December 31, 2022, sixMarch 21, 2024, out of our 15 executive officers and outside directors, whofive(1) were in compliance, with the guidelines at year-end (Ms. Bejar, Mr. Brown, Mr. Chilton, Mr. Hanks, Mr. Robertssix(2) were out of compliance and Ms. Siegel)four(3) were no longer inwithin were within their respective three and five year compliance with these guidelines as of the record date. windows, against their respective stock ownership guidelines.
In accordance with the guidelines, each of these six directorsexecutive officer and outside director not in compliance with the guidelines will be required to hold 65% of the Common Shares that he or she acquires through Lumen’s equity compensation programs, excluding shares sold to pay related taxes, until they are once again in compliance.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT109

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Our Governance of Executive Compensation
The HRCC(1)Messrs. Clontz, Glenn and management stay abreast of market trendsStansbury and best practices through regular consultation with the HRCC’s independent consultantMesses. Johnson and by attending various training programs and forums. In addition to other practices described elsewhereHaynes-Gaspar were in this proxy statement, below are a summary and brief descriptions of certain compensation policies and practices.
What We DoWhat We Don’t Do
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Focus on performance-based compensation weighted heavily towards long-term incentive awards
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Benchmark generally against 50th percentile peer compensation levels
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Maintain robust stock ownership guidelines applicable to our executive officers and outside directors
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Annually review our compensation programs to avoid encouraging excessive risk taking
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Conduct an annual succession planning process for our CEO
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Conduct an annual “say-on-pay” vote
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Discuss our executive compensation program during shareholder engagement
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Maintain a compensation “clawback” policy
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Impose compensation forfeiture covenants broader than those mandated by law
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Review the composition of our peer groups at least annually
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Conduct independent and intensive performance reviews of our senior officers
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Cap the number of relative TSR performance-based shares that may vest if our own absolute TSR is negative
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Review realizable pay of our senior officers and total compensation “tally” sheets
lumn-20230405_g162.jpg Require shareholders to approve any future severance agreements valued at more than 2.99 times the executive’s target cash compensation
lumn-20230405_g163.jpg  Maintain a supplemental executive retirement plan
lumn-20230405_g163.jpg  Permit our directors or employees to hedge our stock, or our directors or senior officers to pledge our stock
lumn-20230405_g163.jpg  Pay dividends on unvested restricted stock or RSUs
lumn-20230405_g163.jpg  Permit the HRCC’s compensation consultant to provide other services to Lumen
lumn-20230405_g163.jpg  Pay, provide or permit:
(i)excessive perquisites,
(ii)excise tax “gross-up” payments, or
(iii)single-trigger change of control equity acceleration benefits.
110
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Forfeiture and Clawback of Incentive Compensation
All incentive compensation earned by our executive officers and other incentive compensation plan participants are subject to certain forfeiture and clawback provisions in accordance with any applicable conditions set forth in the policies. The HRCC is authorized to waive these forfeiture and clawback provisions if it determines in its sole discretion that such action is in our best interests.
Equity Compensation. For approximately 20 years, all recipients of our LTI grants have been required to contractually agree to forfeit certain of their awards if at any time during their employment with us or within 18 months after termination of employment they engage in activity contrary or harmful to our interests, as described further below. For unvested equity compensation, the recipient would forfeit any rights to future vestings of certain equity awards. We can clawback previously vested equity by requiring the recipient to return to us any cash, securities or other assets received by them upon the sale of Common Shares they acquired through certain prior equity awards.compliance.
Short-Term Incentive Compensation.(2) Our STI plan contains substantially similar forfeiture provisions, under which the recipient would forfeit any rights to future paymentsMessrs. Chilton, Brown, Goff and Roberts and Messes. Bejar and Siegel were out of certain STI awards if at any time during their employment with us (or after termination of employment and prior to STI bonus payment) they engage in activity contrary or harmful to our interests, as described further below.compliance.
Additional Clawback Provisions for Executive Officers.(3) Our Corporate Governance Guidelines authorize theMr. Allen, who joined our Board on February 25, 2021, has until February 25, 2026 to recover, or “clawback,” compensation from an executive officer if thecomply with these guidelines. Mr. Fowler, who joined our Board determines that any bonus, incentive payment, equity award or other compensation received by the executive was based on any financial or operating result that was impacted by the executive’s knowing or intentional fraudulent or illegal conduct. Certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 would requireAugust 7, 2023, has until August 7, 2028 to comply with these guidelines. Mr. Jones, who joined our CEO and CFO to reimburse us for incentive compensation paid or trading profits earned following the release of financial statements that are subsequently restated due to material noncompliance with SEC reporting requirements caused by misconduct. Finally, during 2023, we will be updating our clawback policies to incorporate the additional requirements reflected in the new NYSE listing standards mandated by the Dodd Frank Act that will become effective later in 2023.
Use of Employment Agreements
We have a long-standing practice of not providing traditional employment agreements to our officers and none of our executives has an employment agreement. However, we do from time to time enter into initial employment offer letters with prospective new employees, including executive officers, some of which include future commitmentsBoard on our part. Mr. Storey’s offer letter, as amended and restated in 2018, contained certain commitments by the Company and Ms. Johnson’s offer letter, dated September 12, 2022, contains certain commitments by the Company that end after three-year anniversary of her start date, both of which are described in greater detail under “Potential Termination Payments.”
Anti-Hedging and Anti-Pledging Policies
Under our insider trading policy, our employees and directors may not:
purchase or sell short-term options with respect to Lumen shares,
engage in “short sales” of Lumen shares; or
engage in hedging transactions involving Lumen shares which allow employees to fix the value of their Lumen shareholdings without all the risks of ownership or cause them to no longer have the same interests or objectives as our other shareholders (including, but not limited to, financial instruments such as prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds).
In addition, under our insider trading policy, our senior officers and directors are prohibited from holding our securities in a margin account or otherwise pledging our securities as collateral.
To our knowledge, all of our senior officers and directors are currently in compliance with our anti-hedging and anti-pledging policies.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT111

Compensation Discussion & Analysis
Deductibility of Executive Compensation
Section 162(m) of the Code disallows a deduction to public companies for annual compensation over $1 million paid to a chief executive officer and certain other executive officers (covered employees). Prior to 2018, compensation paid to our covered employees that met the Section 162(m) requirements of “qualified performance-based compensation” was not subject to this deduction limitation. Effective for our taxable year beginning January 1, 2018, Section 162(m) was amended2020, has until January 1, 2025 to eliminate the exception for qualified performance-based compensation, subjectcomply with these guidelines. Ms. Linear, who joined our Board on February 22, 2024, has until February 22, 2029 to transition relief for certain grandfathered arrangements in effect as of November 2, 2017. Although the deductibility of compensation is a consideration evaluated by the HRCC, the HRCC believes it is important to preserve flexibility in designing compensation programs and that the lost deduction on compensation payable in excess of the $1-million limitation for the NEOs who are covered employees does not outweigh the benefit of being able to attract and retain talented management. Accordingly, the HRCC will continue to retain the discretion to approve compensation that exceeds the $1-million deductibility limit.comply with these guidelines.
Human Resources and Compensation Committee Report
The HRCC has reviewed and discussed with management the report included above under the heading “Compensation Discussion & Analysis.” Based on this review and discussion, the HRCC recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion & Analysis report be included in this proxy statement and incorporated into our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
Submitted by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
Laurie A. Siegel (Chair)
Martha H. Bejar
Steven T. Clontz
T. Michael Glenn
Michael J. Roberts
117
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
112
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg


Compensation Tables
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the compensation paid to each of our NEOs in all capacities in which they served for fiscal years 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2022.2023.
Summary Compensation Table
Name and Principal
Position
YearSalary
Other
Bonus(1)
Stock
Awards(2)
Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(3)
Change in
Pension
Value(4)
All Other
Compensation(5)
Total
Current NEOs
Kate Johnson
President and CEO
2022$180,840 $1,000,000 $3,013,700 $329,129 $— $254,461 $4,778,130 
Chris Stansbury
EVP and CFO
2022$565,200 $150,000 $8,792,466 $642,915 $— $10,854 $10,161,435 
Stacey W. Goff
EVP, General Counsel and Secretary
2022$656,338 $— $2,336,539 $716,721 $— $44,653 $3,754,251 
2021600,018 — 2,444,501 720,021 — 22,557 3,787,097 
2020600,018 — 1,815,218 674,876 138,543 22,657 3,251,312 
Shaun C. Andrews(6)
EVP, Chief Marketing Officer
2022$562,600 $— $1,661,535 $460,769 $— $14,150 $2,699,054 
2021546,301 — 1,955,599 518,986 — 11,600 3,032,486 
2020525,000 — 1,270,652 492,083 — 11,400 2,299,135 
Scott A. Trezise
EVP, Human Resources
2022$531,293 $— $1,557,694 $483,477 $— $14,150 $2,586,614 
2021503,091 — 1,466,698495,694 — 11,600 2,477,083 
2020500,011 — 907,609 429,985 — 11,400 1,849,005 
Former NEOs
Jeffrey K. Storey
Former President and CEO
2022$1,800,011 $— $14,594,705 $3,276,020 $— $146,070 $19,816,806 
20211,800,011 — 17,120,198 3,600,022 — 134,550 22,654,781 
20201,800,011 — 11,435,870 3,600,022 — 123,330 16,959,233 
Indraneel Dev
Former EVP and CFO
2022$186,975 $— $4,413,460 $191,416 $— $1,733,077 $6,524,928 
2021750,000 — 5,194,548 937,500 — 53,073 6,935,121 
2020734,700 — 3,630,435 872,756 — 11,400 5,249,291 
Name and
Principal
Position
YearSalary
Bonus(1)
Stock
Awards(2)
Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(3)
Change in
Pension
Value(4)
All Other
Compensation(5)
Total
Current NEOs
Kate Johnson
President and CEO
2023$1,200,000 $— $6,215,329 $1,996,800 $— $180,834 $9,592,963 
2022180,840 1,000,000 3,013,700 329,129 — 254,461 4,778,130 
Chris Stansbury
EVP and CFO
2023$800,000 $— $3,271,226 $915,200 $— $10,354 $4,996,780 
2022565,200 150,000 8,792,466 642,915 — 10,854 10,161,435 
Ashley Haynes-Gaspar
EVP, Customer Experience Officer
2023$553,972 $250,000 $2,160,675 $483,950 $— $9,000 $3,457,597 
Stacey W. Goff
EVP, General Counsel and Secretary
2023$700,000 $— $1,079,907 $698,880 $176,563 $63,999 $2,719,349 
2022656,338 — 2,336,539 716,721 — 44,653 3,754,251 
2021600,018 — 2,444,501 720,021 — 22,557 3,787,097 
Former NEO
Scott A. Trezise(6)
Former EVP, Human Resources
2023$548,041 $— $1,439,876 $410,372 $— $12,200 $2,410,489 
2022531,293 — 1,557,694 483,477 — 14,150 2,586,614 
2021503,091 — 1,466,698 495,694 — 11,600 2,477,083 
1(1)On-boarding bonusRepresents on-boarding bonuses paid following start date and subject to 2-year clawback if resignthe NEO resigns or termedis terminated for Cause before the 2-year anniversary of their start date.
2(2)For 2022,2023, the amounts shown in this column reflect the fair value of annual grants of restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards made to our named executives under our LTI program. For additional information about these equity grants, see the section entitled, “Long-Term Incentive Compensation” in our CD&A. The fair value of the time-vested and performance-based awards presented in the table above has been determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, based on the closing trading price of our Common Shares on the day of grant. Seegrant, as well as certain adjustments and assumptions set forth in Note 12 titled “Stock-based Compensation” of the notes to our audited financial statements included in our Annual Report on.on Form 10-K10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 for an explanation of material assumptions that we used to calculate the fair value of these stock awards.2023. The aggregate value of the LTI awards granted to each named executive in 2022,2023, assuming maximum payout of his or her performance-based award, would be as follows: Ms. Johnson, $3,013,700,$6,927,009, Mr. Stansbury, $11,850,751,$4,706,110, Ms. Haynes-Gaspar, $2,630,902, Mr. Goff, $3,792,712, Mr. Andrews, $2,697,037,$1,608,913 and Mr. Trezise, $2,528,472, Mr. Storey, $24,259,326$2,145,217. As noted in the Compensation Discussion and Mr. Dev, $7,163,993.Analysis, the grant date values of the equity awards reflect significantly lower grant date values ($0.92-$2.39) as compared to the stock price used to calculate the number of time-based and performance-based equity awards granted ($3.90), which was based on a 15-day volume-weighted average closing price. As a result, the values reported in this column are significantly below the NEOs’ LTI target grant values for 2023.
3(3)The amounts shown in this column reflect cash payments made under our short-term incentive program for actual performance in the respective years. For additional information, see the section entitled, “2022“2023 STI Program” in our CD&A.
4(4)Reflects the net change during each of the years reflected in the present value of Mr. Goff’s accumulated benefits under the defined benefit plansplan discussed below under the heading “—Pension Benefits.”
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT113

Compensation Tables
5(5)For fiscal 2022,2023, the amounts shown in this column are comprised of (i) personal use of our aircraft; (ii) Company contributions or other allocations to our defined contribution plans; (iii) payments of life insurance premiums under a legacy reimbursement plan; and (iv) personal identity theft protection service; (v) for Ms. Johnson, reimbursement of legal fees as part of her offer letter; (vi) reimbursement for the cost of an annual physical examination; (vii) for Ms. Johnson, costs related to her relocation from Seattle, Washington to Denver, Colorado, including temporary housing, the cost of moving goods, and a related tax gross-up payment, all as provided under the terms of our broad-based employee relocation policy; (viii) the fair market value of a sentimental piece of art our Board gifted to Mr. Storey upon his retirement; and (ix) for Mr. Dev, cash severance payments and other post-employment benefits pursuant to our executive severance plan,service, in each case for and on behalf of the named executives as follows:
118
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Tables
All Other Compensation - 20222023
NEOAircraft
Use
Contributions
to Plans
Insurance
Premiums
Identity
Theft
Protection
Legal
Fees
Physical
Exam
Relocation
Cost
Tax Gross-
Up on
Relocation
Costs
Retirement
Gift
Severance
Benefits
Total 2022
All Other
Compensation
Current NEOs
Ms. Johnson$21,120 $— $— $5,750 $42,613 $— $124,071 $60,907 $— $— $254,461 
Mr. Stansbury— 1,354 — 9,500 — — — — — — 10,854 
Mr. Goff— 33,696 10,957 — — — — — — 44,653 
Mr. Andrews(6)
— 12,200 — — — 1,950 — — — — 14,150 
Mr.
Trezise
— 12,200 — — — 1,950 — — — — 14,150 
Former NEOs
Mr. Storey122,370 12,200 — 8,500 — — — — 3,000 — 146,070 
Mr. Dev— 45,577 — — — — — — — 1,687,500 1,733,077 
NEOAircraft
Use
Contributions
to Plans
Insurance
Premiums
Identity
Theft
Protection
Total 2023
All Other
Compensation
Current NEOs
Ms. Johnson(6)
$171,834 $— $— $9,000 $180,834 
Mr. Stansbury(7)
— 1,354 — 9,000 10,354 
Ms. Haynes-Gasper(8)
— — — 9,000 9,000 
Mr. Goff— 53,042 10,957 — 63,999 
Former NEO
Mr. Trezise(9)
— 12,200 — — 12,200 
For additional information regarding perquisites, see “Compensation Discussion & Analysis.”
6(6)Ms. Johnson’s employment with us began on November 7, 2022.
(7)Mr. Andrews’Stansbury’s employment with us began on April 4, 2022.
(8)Ms. Haynes-Gaspar’s employment with us began on January 9, 2023.
(9)Mr. Trezise’s’ employment with Lumen ended effective March 3, 2023.will end on April 5, 2024.
Grant of Plan Based Awards
The following table presents additional information regarding all equity and non-equity incentive plan awards granted to our NEOs in fiscal 2022.2023.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
NEONEO
Type of Award and Grant Date(3)
Range of Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)
Estimated Future Share Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2)
All other Stock Awards: Unvested Shares(4) (#)
Grant Date
Fair Value Awards(5)
NEO
Type of
Award and
Grant Date(3)
Range of Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
Estimated Future Share Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(2)
All other
Stock
Awards:
Unvested
Shares(4)
(#)
Grant Date
Fair Value
Awards(5)
Threshold ($)Target
($)
Maximum ($)Threshold (#)Target (#)Maximum (#)Threshold
($)
Target
($)
Maximum
($)
Threshold
(#)
Target
(#)
Maximum
(#)
Current NEOsCurrent NEOs
Ms. JohnsonMs. JohnsonBonus$180,840 $361,680 $723,360 — — — — — 
TBRS - Prorated Annual— — — — — — 351,118 $2,120,753 
TBRS - Initial— — — — — — 147,839 892,948 
PBRS - Relative TSR— — — — — — — — 
PBRS - EBITDA
PBRS - Relative TSR
Mr. StansburyMr. StansburyBonus$353,250 $706,500 $1,413,000 — — — — — 
TBRS - Annual— — — — — — 157,622 $1,817,382 
TBRS - Initial— — — — — — 339,705 3,916,799 
PBRS - EBITDA— — — 59,109 118,218 236,436 — 1,363,054 
PBRS - Relative TSR— — — 59,109 118,217 236,434 — 1,695,232 
Ms. Haynes- Gasper
Mr. GoffMr. GoffBonus$393,803 $787,605 $1,575,211 — — — — — 
TBRS - Annual— — — — — — 84,488 $880,365 
PBRS - EBITDA— — — 31,684 63,367 126,734 — 660,284 
PBRS - Relative TSR— — — 31,684 63,367 126,734 — 795,890 
Mr. Andrews(6)
Bonus$281,300 $562,600 $1,125,200 — — — — — 
TBRS - Annual— — — — — — 60,080 $626,034 
PBRS - EBITDA— — — 22,531 45,061 90,122 — 469,536 
PBRS - Relative TSR— — — 22,531 45,061 90,122 — 565,966 
119
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
114
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Tables
NEONEO
Type of Award and Grant Date(3)
Range of Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)
Estimated Future Share Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2)
All other Stock Awards: Unvested Shares(4) (#)
Grant
Date
Fair Value Awards(5)
NEO
Type of
Award and
Grant Date(3)
Range of Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
Estimated Future Share Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(2)
All other
Stock
Awards:
Unvested
Shares(4)
(#)
Grant Date
Fair Value
Awards(5)
Threshold ($)Target
($)
Maximum ($)Threshold (#)Target (#)Maximum (#)Threshold
($)
Target
($)
Maximum
($)
Threshold
(#)
Target
(#)
Maximum
(#)
Former NEO
Mr. Trezise(6)Mr. Trezise(6)Bonus$265,647 $531,293 $1,062,586 — — — — — 
TBRS - Annual— — — — — — 56,326 $586,917 
PBRS - EBITDA— — — 21,123 42,245 84,490 — 440,193 
PBRS - Relative TSR— — — 21,122 42,244 84,488 — 530,585 
Former NEOs
Mr. Storey(7)
Bonus$1,800,011 $3,600,022 $7,200,045 — — — — — 
TBRS - Annual— — — — — — 473,137 $4,930,088 
PBRS - EBITDA— — — 210,284 420,567 841,134 — 4,382,308 
PBRS - Relative TSR— — — 210,283 420,566 841,132 — 5,282,309 
Mr. Dev(8)
Bonus$116,859 $233,719 $467,438 — — — — — 
TBRS - Annual— — — — — — 159,590 $1,662,928 
PBRS - EBITDA— — — 59,847 119,693 239,386 — 1,247,201 
PBRS - Relative TSR— — — 59,846 119,692 239,384 — 1,503,332 
PBRS - EBITDA
PBRS - Relative TSR
1(1)Represents potential payouts under the annual STI bonus program for 20222023 for our named executives. The actual amounts paid for 20222023 performance are reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table. Failure to meet the “threshold” level of performance would result in no payout to the executive.
2(2)Represents the performance-based portion of our annual LTI grants, which were issued on April 4, 2022May 18, 2023 to Ms. Johnson and Mr. Stansbury, and on February 25, 2022March 1, 2023 to all other NEOs, except Ms. Johnson. Ms. Johnson did not receive annual performance since she was hired on November 7, 2022.NEOs. Payout under these awards (restricted stock or RSUs) may range between zero to 200%. For information regarding the performance metrics on which vesting is contingent, please see note 6 to the “Outstanding Equity Awards” table.
3(3)Definitions of these terms and information on the grant dates appear elsewhere herein.in these footnotes.
4(4)Represents the time-based portion of our annual LTI grantsawards granted to our NEOs except Ms. Johnson, and initial awards to Ms. Johnson and Mr. Stansbury. On November 7, 2022, Ms. Johnson was issued a pro-rated annual LTI award that will vest one-third per year on November 7March 1, 2023 (restricted stock or RSUs). One-third of 2023, 2024, 2025 and an on-boarding LTI grant that will vest on November 7, 2023 and is subject to clawback through November 7, 2024. On April 4, 2022, Mr. Stansbury was issued the time-based portion of his annual LTI grant that will vest one-third per year on April 4 of 2023, 2024, 2025 and an on-boarding LTI grant that will vest 50% on April 4, 2025 and 50% on April 4, 2029. On February 25, 2022, all other NEOs were issued the time-based portion of theirthese annual LTI grants (restricted stock or RSUs) thatvested on March 1, 2024 and the remainder will vest on March 1 of 2025 and 2026. For Ms. Haynes-Gaspar, also includes an initial on-boarding award granted on January 9, 2023, one-third of which vested on January 9, 2024 and 2025. Allthe remainder of which will vest in two equal installments on January 9 of 2025 and 2026, as described in more detail under “Compensation Discussion & Analysis — Part Four — Compensation Arrangements Related to Leadership Transition — Compensation for Ashley Haynes-Gaspar, our new EVP, Customer Experience Officer.” Vesting of all of the aforementioned time-based restricted stock or RSUs areis subject to the executive’s continued employment through the vesting date or as otherwise provided in the executive’s award agreement.
5(5)Calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 in the manner described in Note 1 to the Summary Compensation Table above.
6(6)Mr. Andrews’ 2022 annual LTI grantTrezise’s employment was forfeited in its entirety upon his termination on March 3, 2023.
7Mr. Storey’s 2022 annual LTI grant was accelerated in its entirety upon his retirement on December 31, 2022, in accordance with his amended and restated offer letter.
8Mr. Dev’s 2022 annual LTI grant was forfeited in its entirety upon his terminationinvoluntarily terminated on April 1, 2022.5, 2024, and in exchange for delivering of a release of claims, the HRCC accelerated vesting of a pro-rated portion of his outstanding time-based restricted stock awards and permitted him to retain a portion of his outstanding performance-based restricted stock awards, subject to their original performance conditions and vesting dates, with the remainder of his equity grants forfeited, all as described in more detail under “Compensation Discussion & Analysis — Part Four — Compensation Arrangements Related to Leadership Transition — Severance Compensation to be Paid to Scott Trezise, our former EVP, Human Resources.”
For more information, see Compensation Discussion & Analysis—Section Four—Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2022”2023” and “—Potential Termination Payments.”
120
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT115

Compensation Tables
Outstanding Equity Awards
The following table summarizes information about all outstanding unvested equity awards held by our named executives as of December 31, 2022.2023.
Outstanding Awards at December 31, 20222023
Stock Awards
Equity Incentive Awards(1)
Stock AwardsStock Awards
Equity Incentive Awards(1)
NameNameGrant Date
Number of
Unvested Shares
or Units (#)
(2)
Market Value of
Shares that Have
Not Vested ($)
Number of
Unvested Shares
or Units (#)
Market Value of
Unvested Shares
or Units ($)
NameGrant Date
Number of
Unvested Shares
or Units (#)(2)
Market
Value of
Shares that
Have Not
Vested ($)
Number of
Unvested Shares
or Units (#)
Market Value
of Unvested
Shares or
Units ($)
Current NEOsCurrent NEOs
Ms. JohnsonMs. Johnson11/7/2022498,957 (3)$2,604,556 — 
Ms. Johnson
5/18/2023
Mr. StansburyMr. Stansbury4/4/2022497,327 (4)$2,596,047 236,435 (8)$1,234,191 
Mr. Stansbury
Ms. Haynes-Gasper
Mr. Goff2/26/202018,983 $99,091 85,422 (6)$445,903 
2/24/202144,768 233,689 100,728 (7)525,800 
2/25/202284,488 441,027 126,734 (8)661,551 
Mr. Andrews2/26/202013,288 $69,363 59,796 (6)$312,135 
2/24/202135,814 186,949 80,583 (7)420,643 
2/25/202260,080 313,618 90,122 (8)470,437 
Mr. Goff
Mr. TreziseMr. Trezise2/26/20209,492 $49,548 42,711 (6)$222,951 
2/24/202126,861 140,214 60,437 (7)315,481 
2/25/202256,326 294,022 84,489 (8)441,033 
Former NEOs
Mr. Storey2/26/2020— (5)$— 538,159 (6)$2,809,190 
2/26/2021— (5)— 745,958 (7)3,893,901 
2/25/2022— (5)— 841,133 (8)4,390,714 
Mr. Dev2/26/2020— — 128,133 (6)$668,854 
2/24/2021— — 89,186 (7)465,551 
Mr. Trezise
3/1/2023
1(1)Represents performance-based equity awards, payouts of which may range between zero to 200%. The table above assumes that, as of December 31, 2022,2023, we would perform at “target” levels for our annual 2021, 2022 and 20222023 awards, such that all performance-based shares granted to each named executive would vest at 100%. With respect to our 20202021 performance-based equity awards, the number of shares earned is based onour actual performance atwas "below threshold" and no shares vested (see note 6 below).
2(2)RepresentsExcept as otherwise provided in notes 3, 4 or 5 below, represents an annual grant of time-vested restricted stock (for Messrs. Andrews, Goff and Trezise) that will vest in three equal installments on March 1 of each of the first three years following the grant date, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.
Vesting Dates
Vesting Dates
Grant DateVesting Date
February 26, 202024, 2021 for Messrs. Goff Andrews and TreziseMarch 1, 20232024
February 24, 202125, 2022 for Messrs. Goff Andrews, and TreziseTwo equal installments on March 1 of 20232024 & 20242025
February 25, 2022March 1, 2023 for Messes. Johnson and Haynes-Gasper and Messrs. Stansbury, Goff Andrews and TreziseThree equal installments on March 1 of 2023, 2024, & 2025, 2026
3(3)Ms. Johnson's was issuedRepresents the unvested portion of a pro-rated annual grant of time-vested restricted stock (351,118 restricted shares)for Ms. Johnson that was granted upon her start and will vest in threetwo equal installments on November 7 of each of the first three years following the grant date,2024 and a new hire grant (147,839 restricted shares) that will vest 100% on November 7th of the first year following the grant date and is2025, subject to clawback through November 7, 2024. Both grants of time-vested restricted stock are subject to the executive’sher continued employment through the applicable vesting date. If termedMs. Johnson is terminated without Cause or she resigns with Good Reason before the third anniversary of her start date (November 7, 2022), a prorated number of outstanding awards (based on number of days from grant date to separation date) will accelerate (time-based) or remain outstanding subject to original terms (performance-based); any remaining outstanding shares will be forfeited. After the third anniversary, standard treatment per award agreements and standard practice for LTI acceleration to similar situated executive officers.
4(4)Mr. Stansbury's annual grantStansbury was awarded two grants of time-vested restricted stock (157,622 restricted shares) will vest in three equal installments on April 4upon his start, consisting of each of the first three years following thean (1) annual grant date, and a new hire(2) initial grant, (339,705 restricted shares) with half to vest on April 4th in the fifth year and the other half on the seventh year following the grant date, subject to the executive’shis continued employment through the applicable vesting dates. Of the 105,082 shares of his unvested restricted stock granted in connection with his annual award, half vested on April 4, 2024 and the other half is scheduled to vest on April 4 2025, subject to his continued employment through such date. Of the 317,058 shares of his unvested restricted stock granted in connection with his initial grant, 22,647 vested on April 4, 2024, 22,647 are scheduled to vest on April 4, 2025, and two installments of 135,882 each are scheduled to vest on April 4, 2027 and April 4, 2029, subject to his continued employment through such vesting dates.
5(5)Does not includeOne-third of Ms. Haynes-Gaspar’s time-vested RSUs held by Mr. Storey thatrestricted stock granted upon her start vested upon his retirement but were not payable until 2023. See “Compensation Tables—Deferred Compensation-Deferred RSUs for Mr. Storey.”on January 9, 2024, with the remainder scheduled to vest in two equal installments on January 9, 2025 and January 9, 2026, subject to her continued employment through such vesting dates.
121
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
116
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Tables
6(6)Represents the performance-based portion of our 2020 annual restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards. The number of shares earned will range between zero to 200% of the number granted, with the number earned determined using a two-step process: (1) between zero to 200% of target will be earned depending on the Company’s cumulative Adjusted EBITDA results for the three-year period from 2020 to 2022 and (2) provided that threshold performance is met or exceeded under step (1), the executives may earn a positive or negative adjustment (+/-20%) based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return over the same period against the performance of a peer group of companies in the telecommunications industry. The three-year performance period for the 2020 performance-based awards (the amounts reported in the table above) ended on December 31, 2022 and our Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance was below threshold, resulting in 0% payout. As such, no relative TSR modifier was applied and all performance-based restricted stock or restricted stock units, as well as the related accrued dividends or dividend equivalents were forfeited on March 1, 2023.
7Represents the performance-based portion of our 20212023 annual restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards. The number of shares earned will range between 0 to 200% of the number granted, with the number earned determined depending on the Company’s achievement of the following two separate performance targets for the three-year period from 2023 to 2025: (1) 50% of the total target shares granted will be earned depending on the Company’s cumulative Adjusted EBITDA results and (2) 50% of the total target shares granted will be based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return against the performance of a peer group of companies in the communications industry, subject to certain limits if our TSR is negative. These awards will vest on March 1, 2026, subject to meeting such targets and the executive’s continued employment through the vesting date.
(7)Represents the performance-based portion of our 2022 annual restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards. The number of shares earned will range between 0 to 200% of the number granted, with the number earned determined depending on the Company’s achievement of the following two separate performance targets for the three-year period from 2022 to 2024: (1) 50% of the total target shares granted will be earned depending on the Company’s cumulative Adjusted EBITDA results and (2) 50% of the total target shares granted will be based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return against the performance of a peer group of companies in the communications industry, subject to certain limits if our TSR is negative. These awards will vest as follows, subject to meeting such targets and the executive’s continued employment through the vesting date.
Vesting Dates
Grant DateVesting Date
February 25, 2022 for Messrs. Goff and TreziseMarch 1, 2025
April 4, 2022 for Mr. StansburyApril 4, 2025
(8)Represents the performance-based portion of our 2021 annual restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards. The number of shares earned could range between 0 to 200% of the number granted, with the number earned determined depending on the Company’s achievement of the following two separate performance targets for the three-year period from 2021 to 2023: (1) 50% of the total target shares granted will be earned depending on the Company’s cumulative Adjusted EBITDA results and (2) 50% of the total target shares granted will be based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return against the performance of a peer group of companies in the telecommunications industry. If Lumen’scommunications industry, subject to certain limits if our TSR is negativenegative. On March 1, 2024, Messrs. Goff and Trezise forfeited 100% of these shares due to our failure to attain threshold levels with respect to both our Cumulative Adjusted EBITDA and TSR over the three-year period, the payout cannot exceed target regardless of our TSR performance relative to our peers. These awards will vest on March 1, 2024, subject to continued employment through the vesting date.
8Represents the performance-based portion of our 2022 annual restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards. The number of shares earned will range between 0 to 200% of the number granted, with the number earned determined depending on the Company’s achievement of two separate performance targets for the three-year period from 2022 to 2024: (1) 50% of the total target shares granted will be earned depending on the Company’s cumulative Adjusted EBITDA results and (2) 50% of the total target shares granted will be based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return against the performance of a peer group of companies in the telecommunications industry. If Lumen’s TSR is negative over the three-year period, the payout cannot exceed target regardless of our TSR performance relative to our peers. These awards will vest on March 1, 2025, subject to continued employment through the vesting date.period.
Stock Vesting Table
The following table provides details regarding the equity awards held by our named executives that vested during 2022.2023. Restricted stock or restricted stock units were the only equity awards held by our named executives during 2022.2023.
Stock Vested During 20222023
NameName
Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting(1)
Value Realized on Vesting(2)
Name
Number of Shares Acquired
on Vesting(1)
Value Realized on Vesting(2)
Current NEOsCurrent NEOs
Ms. JohnsonMs. Johnson— $— 
Ms. Johnson
Ms. Johnson
Mr. StansburyMr. Stansbury— — 
Mr. Haynes-Gasper
Mr. GoffMr. Goff124,400 1,296,248 
Mr. Andrews62,332 649,499 
Former NEO
Mr. TreziseMr. Trezise56,134 584,916 
Former NEOs
Mr. Storey(3)
782,562 8,154,296 
Mr. Dev330,722 3,591,200 
Mr. Trezise
Mr. Trezise
1(1)Represents both time-vested and performance-based equity awards that vested during 2022.2023.
2(2)Based on the closing trading price of the Common Shares on the applicable vesting date.
3Does not include RSUs held by Mr. Storey that vested upon his retirement but were not payable until certain specified dates in 2023. See “Compensation Tables—Deferred Compensation-Deferred RSUs for Mr. Storey.”
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT117

Compensation Tables
Pension Benefits
The following table and discussion summarize pension benefits payable to one of our named executives under (i) the Lumen Combined Pension Plan, a qualified retirement plan under Code Section 401(a), which permits eligible participants (including officers) who have completed at least five years of service to receive a pension benefit upon attaining early or normal retirement age and (ii) our non-qualified supplemental defined benefit plan, which is designed to pay supplemental retirement benefits to certain officers in amounts equal to the benefits such officers would otherwise forego due to Code limitations on compensation and benefits under qualified plans. We refer to these particular defined benefit plans below as our “Qualified Plan” and our “Supplemental Plan,” respectively and as our “Pension Plans,” collectively.
122
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Tables
Pension Benefits
NEOs(1)
Plan NameNumber of Years of
Credited Service
Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit
as of 12/31/22
Payments During
Last Fiscal Year
Participating NEO(1)
Participating NEO(1)
Plan Name
Number of Years of
Credited Service
Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit
as of 12/31/23(2)
Payments During
Last Fiscal Year
Mr. GoffMr. GoffQualified Plan24$740,773 $— 
Supplemental Plan24451,011 — 
Supplemental Plan
1(1)None of Ms.Messes. Johnson or Haynes-Gaspar or Messrs. Andrews, Dev, Stansbury Storey or Trezise are eligible to participate in these plans since they joined the company after both of our Pension Plans were closed to new participants.
2(2)These figures represent accumulated benefits as of December 31, 20222023 based on several assumptions, including the assumption that the executive remains employed by us and begins receiving retirement benefits at the normal retirement age of 65, with such accumulated benefits being discounted from the normal retirement age to December 31, 20222023 using discount rates ranging between 5.56%5.20% and 5.60%5.21%. See Note 11 titled “Employee Benefits” of the notes to our audited financial statements included in Appendix B for additional information.
PENSION PLANS. With limited exceptions specified in the Pension Plans, we “froze” our Qualified Plan and Supplemental Plan as of December 31, 2010, which means that no additional monthly pension benefits have accrued under such plans since that date (although service after that date continues to count towards vesting and benefit eligibility and a limited transitional benefit for eligible participants continued to accrue through 2015).
Prior to this freezing of benefit accruals, the aggregate amount of each senior officer’s total monthly pension benefit under the Qualified Plan and Supplemental Plan was equal to his or her years of service since 1999 (up to a maximum of 30 years) multiplied by the sum of (i) 0.5% of his or her final average pay plus (ii) 0.5% of his or her final average pay in excess of his or her Social Security covered compensation, where “final average pay” was defined as his or her average monthly compensation during the 60 consecutive month period within his or her last ten years of employment in which he received his or her highest compensation. Effective December 31, 2010, the Pension Plans were amended to cease all future benefit accruals under the above formula (except where a collective bargaining agreement provides otherwise). In lieu of additional accruals under the above-described formula, each affected participant’s accrued benefit as of December 31, 2010 were increased 4% per year, compounded annually through the earlier of December 31, 2015 or the termination of the participant’s employment.
Under both Pension Plans, “average monthly compensation” is determined based on the participant’s salary plus annual cash incentive bonus. Although the retirement benefits described above are provided through separate plans, we have in the past transferred benefits from the Supplemental Plan to the Qualified Plan and reserve the right to make further similar transfers to the extent allowed under applicable law. The value of benefits transferred to the Qualified Plan, which directly offset the value of benefits in the Supplemental Plan, will be payable to the recipients in the form of enhanced annuities or supplemental benefits and are reflected in the table above under the “Present Value of Accumulated Benefits”Benefits as of 12/31/23” column.
The normal form of benefit payment under both of our Pension Plans is (i) in the case of unmarried participants, a monthly annuity payable for the life of the participant and (ii) in the case of married participants, an actuarially equivalent monthly annuity payable for the lifetime of the participant and a survivor annuity payable for the lifetime of the spouse upon the participant’s death. Participants may elect optional forms of annuity benefits under each Pension Plan and, in the case of the Qualified Plan, an annuity that guarantees ten years of benefits, all of which are actuarially equivalent in value to the normal form of benefit. The enhanced annuities described in the prior paragraph may be paid in the form of a lump sum, at the participant’s election.
118
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Tables
The normal retirement age is 65 under both of the Pension Plans. Participants may receive benefits under both of these plans upon “early retirement,” which is defined as attaining age 55 with five years of service. Under both of these plans, the benefit payable upon early termination is calculated under formulas that pay between 60% to 100% of the base plan benefit and 48% to 92% of the excess plan benefit, in each case with the lowest percentage applying to early retirement at age 55 and proportionately higher percentages applying to early retirement after age 55. For additional information on early retirement benefits, please see the applicable early retirement provisions of the Pension Plans, copiesQualified Plan, a copy of which arewe have filed with the SEC.
123
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Tables
Deferred Compensation
The following table and discussion provide information on our (i) Supplemental Savings Plan, under which certain named officers may elect to defer a portion of their salary in excess of the amounts that may be deferred under our qualified 401(k) plans, and (ii) the deferred compensation arrangements we have with each of Messrs. Andrews,Mr. Goff, and Storey, which areis described in more detail in the text following the table below. Only three of our named executives (Messrs. Dev,Mr. Goff and Andrews) havehas elected to participate in the Supplemental Savings Plan and of these three, only Mr. Goff and Mr. Dev made contributions to the plan during 2022.2023.
Deferred Compensation
Executive
Aggregate
Balance at
December 31,
2021
(1)
Executive
Contributions in
2022
(2)
Company
Contributions in
2022
(3)
Aggregate
Earnings in
2022
(4)
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
Aggregate
Balance at
December 31,
2022
(1)
Current NEOs
Mr. Goff$3,422,827$32,243$21,496$(606,874)$— $2,869,692
Mr. Andrews27,877 — — (5,219)— 22,658 
Former NEOs
Mr. Storey— — 4,554,252 — — 4,554,252 
Mr. Dev196,174 64,904 43,269 (271,519)— 32,828 
Participating NEO
Aggregate
Balance at
December 31,
2022(1)
Executive
Contributions
in 2023(2)
Company
Contributions
in 2023(3)
Aggregate
Earnings in
2023(4)
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
Aggregate
Balance at
December 31,
2023(1)
Mr. Goff$2,869,692 $71,503 $40,842 $606,126 $— $3,588,163 
1(1)For each of Messrs. Goff, Andrews and Dev, thisThis figure represents the aggregate balance of each NEO’sMr. Goff’s Supplemental Savings Plan account. For Mr. Storey, this figure represents the value of RSUs that accelerated immediately following is retirement, in accordance with is amended and restated offer letter, but which will payout in Common Shares during 2023 in accordance with Section 409(A) of the Internal Revenue Service Code (the “Deferred RSUs”).
2(2)The amountsamount in this column reflectreflects Mr. Goff’s contributions under the Supplemental Savings Plan by the officer of salary paid in 20222023 and reported as 20222023 salary compensation in the Summary Compensation Table.
3(3)This column includes our partial match of the officer’sMr. Goff’s contribution under the terms of the Supplemental Savings Plan, all of which werewas included as 20222023 compensation in the column of the Summary Compensation Table labeled “All Other Compensation.”
4(4)This column represents aggregate earnings in 20222023 including interest, dividends and distributions earned with respect to deferred compensation invested by the officersMr. Goff in the manner described in the text below.
Supplemental Savings Plan
Under our Supplemental Savings Plan, certain of our senior officers may defer up to 50% of their salary in excess of the Code limit on annual contributions to a qualified 401(k) plan. For every dollar that an eligible participant contributes to this plan up to 6% of his or her excess salary, we add an amount equal to the total matching percentage then in effect for matching contributions made by us under our qualified 401(k) plan (which for 20222023 equaled the sum of all of the initial 1% contributed and half of the next 5% contributed). All amounts contributed under this supplemental plan by the participants or us are allocated among deemed investments that follow the performance of the same broad array of funds offered under our qualified 401(k) plan. This is reflected in the market value of each participant’s account. Participants may change their deemed investments in these funds at any time. We reserve the right to transfer benefits from the Supplemental Savings Plan to our qualified 401(k) or retirement plans to the extent allowed under Treasury regulations and other guidance. The value of benefits transferred to our qualified plans directly offsets the value of benefits in the Supplemental Savings Plan. Participants in the Supplemental Savings Plan normally receive payment of their account balances in a lump sum once they cease working full-time for us, subject to any deferrals mandated by federal law.

2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT119

Compensation Tables
Deferred RSUs for Mr. Storey
As provided in Mr. Storey’s 2018 offer letter, as amended and restated, upon his retirement on December 31, 2022, we accelerated the vesting of his outstanding time-based RSUs. Consistent with Section 409A of Internal Revenue Service Code, the time-based RSUs shall not be released until the earlier of original vest date or six-months following termination date. As such, the following vested and deferred RSUs held by Mr. Storey settled or will settle in Common Shares on the following dates: 417,170 RSUs on March 1, 2023 and 455,292 RSUs on July 1, 2023.
Potential Termination Payments
The materials below discuss payments and benefits that our officers are eligible to receive if they: (i) resign or retire, (ii) are terminated by us, with or without cause, (iii) die or become disabled, or (iv) become entitled to termination benefits following a change of control of Lumen.
Notwithstanding the information appearing below, you should be aware that our officers have agreed to forfeit their equity compensation awards (and profits derived therefrom) if they compete with us or engage in other activity harmful to our interests while employed with us or within 18 months after termination. Certain other compensation might also be recoverable by us under certain circumstances after termination of employment. See “Compensation Discussion & Analysis—Our Governance of Executive Compensation—Forfeiture of Prior Compensation” for more information.
124
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Tables
Payments Made Upon All Terminations
Regardless of the manner in which our employees’ employment terminates prior to a change of control, they are entitled to receive amounts earned during their term of employment (subject to the potential forfeitures discussed above). With respect to each such terminated employee, such amounts include his or her:
salary through the date of termination, payable immediately following termination in cash;
annual incentive bonus through the date of termination, but only if such employee served for at least three months during the entire bonus period or through the date such bonus is payableplan year (unless this service requirement is waived, or more favorable treatment is applicable in the case of retirement, death or disability);
equity awards that have vested;
benefits accrued and vested under our qualified and supplemental defined benefit pension plans, with payouts generally occurring at early or normal retirement age;
vested account balance held in our qualified and supplemental defined contribution plans, which the employee is generally free to receive at the time of termination; and
rights to continued health care benefits to the extent required by law.
Payments Made Upon Involuntary Terminations
In addition to benefits described under the heading immediately above, employees involuntarily terminated by us without cause prior to a change of control are also entitled, subject to certain conditions, to:
payment of their annual incentive bonus or a pro rata portion thereof, depending on their termination date;
if approved by the HRCC in its discretion, the terminated employee will (i) receive accelerated vesting of all, or a portion of, unvested time-vested equity awards, (ii) be permitted to retain all or a portion of his or her unvested performance-based restricted stockequity awards for the remainder of the applicable performance period or (iii) a combination of both; and
a cash severance payment in the amount described under “Compensation Discussion & Analysis—Section Four—Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2022—2023—Other Benefits—Severance Benefits” plus the receipt of any short-term incentive bonus payable under their applicable bonus plan, continued health coverage for the covered executive and his/her covered dependents for the shorter of 12 months following cessation of employment and the period for which the individuals are eligible for and elect such coverage and outplacement assistance benefits.
None of the benefits listed immediately above are payable if the employee resigns or is terminated for cause.
120
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Tables
Payments Made Upon Retirement
Employees who retire in conformity with our retirement plans and policies are entitled, subject to certain conditions, to:
payment of their annual incentive bonus or a pro rata portion thereof, depending on their retirement date;
post-retirement life, health and welfare benefits; and
all of the benefits described under the heading “—Payments Made Upon All Terminations.”
In addition, the HRCC has discretion to accelerate the vesting of all, or a portion of, unvested time-vested equity awards or to permit an employee who retires from the Company to retain all or a portion of his or her unvested performance-based equity awards for the remainder of the applicable performance period.
125
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Tables
Payments Made Upon Death or Disability
Upon death or disability, officers (or their estates) are generally entitled to (without duplication of benefits):
payments under our disability or life insurance plans, as applicable;
keep all of their time-vested equity awards, whether vested or unvested;
vesting of their performance-based equity awards, with performance deemed achieved at target;
payment of their annual incentive bonus or a pro rata portion thereof, depending on their date of death or disability;
continued rights to receive (i) life, health and welfare benefits at early or normal retirement age, in the event of disabilities of employees with ten years of prior service, or (ii) health and welfare benefits payable to surviving eligible dependents, in the event of death of employees meeting certain age and service requirements; and
all of the benefits described under the heading “—Payments Made Upon All Terminations,” except that (i) death benefits under our retirement plans are generally available only to surviving spouses and (ii) benefits payable to mentally disabled employees under our nonqualified defined benefit retirement plans may be paid prior to retirement age.
Equity Acceleration Provisions of Mr. Storey’s Amended and Restated Offer Letter
In conjunction with appointing Mr. Storey as our CEO in 2018, we amended and restated our offer letter with him to include provisions defining his rights with respect to his outstanding equity awards upon certain events of termination. Under these provisions, upon Mr. Storey’s retirement (provided that he has given us 90 days’ notice of his intent to retire), Mr. Storey is entitled to receive full-service vesting with respect to his annual LTI grants with any performance-based awards remaining subject to their original performance and vesting conditions.
Equity Acceleration Provisions of Ms. Johnson’s Offer Letter
In conjunction with appointing Ms. Johnson as our CEO in 2022, our Offer Letter with her provides that certain outstanding, unvested equity awards will accelerate upon a “qualifying termination” within three years following her start date. A “qualifying termination” is defined in her Offer Letter to include termination by us without “cause” (as defined in our Executive Severance Plan) or termination by Ms. Johnson with “good reason” (as defined in her Offer Letter). Upon a qualifying termination, vesting of a pro-rated portion of unvested time-vested awards is accelerated and, with respect to performance-based awards, Ms. Johnson will be permitted to retain a pro-rated portion of such awards although they will remain subject to their original performance conditions and payout schedule (except upon her death, when the awards would pay out at target).

2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT121

Compensation Tables
Payments Made Upon a Change of Control
We have entered into agreements that entitle each of our executive officers who are terminated without cause or resign under certain specified circumstances within certain specified periods following any change in control of Lumen to receive (i) a lump sum cash severance payment equal to a multiple of such officer’s annual cash compensation (defined as salary plus the average annual incentive bonus over the past three years) and (ii) the other benefits described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Section Four—Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2022—2023—Other Benefits—Change of Control Arrangements.”
Under Lumen’s above-referenced agreements, a “change in control” of Lumen would be deemed to occur upon: (i) any person (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becoming the beneficial owner of 30% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, (ii) a majority of our directors being replaced, (iii) consummation of certain mergers, substantial asset sales or similar business combinations, or (iv) approval by the shareholders of a liquidation or dissolution of Lumen.
The above-referenced agreements provide the benefits described above if we terminate the officer’s employment without cause or the officer resigns with “good reason,” which we describe further under the heading “Compensation Discussion & Analysis—Our Compensation Program and Components of Pay—Other Benefits–Change of Control Arrangements.” We have filed copies or forms of these agreements with the SEC.
Participants in our supplemental defined benefit plan whose service is terminated within two years of the change in control of Lumen will receive a cash payment equal to the present value of their plan benefits (after providing age and service credits of up to three years if the participant is terminated by us without cause or resigns with “good reason”), determined in accordance with actuarial assumptions specified in the plan. Certain account balances under our qualified retirement plans will also fully vest upon a change of control of Lumen.
126
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Compensation Tables
Under the terms of our equity incentive plans, incentives granted under those plans will not vest, accelerate, become exercisable or be deemed fully paid unless otherwise provided in a separate agreement, plan or instrument. None of our equity award agreements provide for any such accelerated recognition of benefits solely upon a change of control. Instead, our award agreements provide that any holder of incentives who is terminated by us or our successor without cause or resigns with good reason following a change of control will be entitled to receive full vesting of his or her time-vested restricted shares and continued rights under his or her performance-based restricted shares (on the same terms as if he or she had not been terminated).
We believe the above-described change of control benefits enhance shareholder value because:
prior to a takeover, these protections help us to recruit and retain talented officers and to help maintain the productivity of our workforce by alleviating concerns over economic security and
during or after a takeover, these protections (i) help our personnel, when evaluating a possible business combination, to focus on the best interests of Lumen and its shareholders and (ii) reduce the risk that personnel will accept job offers from competitors duringafter the commencement of takeover discussions.

122
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Tables
Estimated Potential Termination Payments
The table below provides estimates of the value of payments and benefits that would become payable if our named executives were terminated in the manner described below, in each case based on various assumptions, the most significant of which are described in the table’s notes.
Potential Termination Payments
Type of Termination of Employment(1)
Type of Termination of Employment(1)
Type of Termination of Employment(1)
NameName
Type of Termination
Payment
(2)
Involuntary
Termination
Without
Cause
(3)
Retirement(4)
DisabilityDeath
Termination
Upon a Change
of Control
(5)
Name
Type of Termination
Payment(2)
Involuntary
Termination
Without
Cause(3)
Retirement(4)
DisabilityDeath
Termination
Upon a
Change
of Control(5)
Ms. JohnsonMs. JohnsonAnnual Bonus$329,129 n/a$329,129 $329,129 $329,129 
Equity Awards(6)
2,400,010 n/a2,604,556 2,604,556 2,604,556 
Pension and Welfare(7)
60,200 n/a— — 174,600 
Cash Severance(8)
7,200,000 n/a— — 10,800,000 
$9,989,339 n/a$2,933,685 $2,933,685 $13,908,285 
Ms. Johnson
Mr. StansburyAnnual Bonus$642,915 n/a$642,915 $642,915 $642,915 
Equity Awards(6)
— n/a3,830,238 3,830,238 3,830,238 
Pension and Welfare(7)
33,800 n/a— — 64,600 
Cash Severance(8)
1,800,000 n/a— — 3,600,000 
$2,476,715 n/a$4,473,153 $4,473,153 $8,137,753 
Mr. Stansbury
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar
Mr. GoffAnnual Bonus$716,721 $716,721 $716,721 $716,721 $703,873 
Equity Awards(6)
— — 2,076,286 2,076,286 2,076,286 
Pension and Welfare(7)
33,800 n/a— — 64,600 
Cash Severance(8)
1,540,000 n/a— — 3,080,000 
$2,290,521 $716,721 $2,793,007 $2,793,007 $5,924,759 
Mr. AndrewsAnnual Bonus$460,769 n/a$460,769 $460,769 $490,613 
Equity Awards(6)
— n/a1,302,708 1,302,708 1,302,708 
Pension and Welfare(7)
31,000 n/a— — 59,000 
Cash Severance(8)
1,300,000 n/a— — 2,600,000 
$1,791,769 n/a$1,763,477 $1,763,477 $4,452,321 
Mr. TreziseAnnual Bonus$483,477 n/a$483,477 $483,477 $469,719 
Equity Awards(6)
— n/a1,242,731 1,242,731 1,242,731 
Pension and Welfare(7)
31,000 n/a— — 59,000 
Cash Severance(8)
1,150,000 n/a— — 2,300,000 
$1,664,477 n/a$1,726,208 $1,726,208 $4,071,450 
Mr. Goff
Mr. Trezise(9)
127
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Compensation Tables
1(1)All data in the table reflects our estimates of the value of payments and benefits assuming the named officer was terminated on December 31, 2022.2023. The closing price of the Common Shares on such date was $5.22.$1.83. The table reflects only estimates of amounts earned or payable through or at such date based on various assumptions. Actual amounts can be determined only at the time of termination. If a named officer voluntarily resigns or is terminated with cause, he or she will not be entitled to any special or accelerated benefits but will be entitled to receive various payments or benefits that vested before the termination date. The table reflects potential payments based upon a physical disability; additional benefits may be payable in the event of a mental disability.
2(2)As further described above, upon termination of employment, the named officers may become entitled to receive certain special, accelerated or enhanced benefits, including, subject to certain exceptions, the right to receive payment of their annual cash incentive bonus, an acceleration under certain circumstances of the vesting of their outstanding equity awards, current or enhanced pension and welfare benefits, or cash severance payments. The table excludes (i) payments or benefits made under broad-based plans or arrangements generally available to all salaried full-time employees and (ii) benefits, awards or amounts that the officer was entitled to receive prior to termination of employment.
3(3)The amounts listed in this column reflect payments to which the named officer would be entitled to under our executive severance plan if involuntarily terminated by us without cause prior to a change of control. The amounts listed in this column would not be payable if the officer voluntarily resigns or is terminated for cause.
4(4)The amounts listed in this column reflect payments to which Mr. Goff and Mr. Trezise would be entitled to under the provisions our STI plan. Mr. Goff is eligible to retire early under Lumen’s defined benefit pension plans described above under the heading “Executive Compensation —Pension Benefits.” The amounts reflected in this column do not reflect the amount of lifetime annuity payments payable upon early retirement, upon which as of December 31, 2022, Mr. Goff would have been entitled at December 31, 2023 to monthly annuity payments of approximately $7,932$8,734 over his lifetime.
5(5)The information in this column assumes each named officer became entitled on December 31, 20222023 to the benefits under Lumen’s agreements in existence on such date described above under “—Payments Made Upon a Change of Control” upon an involuntary termination without cause or resignation with good reason. All amounts are based on several assumptions.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT123

Compensation Tables
6(6)The information in this row (i) reflects the benefit to the named officer arising out of the accelerated vesting of some or all of his or her restricted stock or RSUs triggered by the termination of employment and (ii)employment. The information in this row also assumes that the HRCC would not approve the acceleration of the restricted stock or RSUsnamed officer receiving accelerated vesting of any named officerportion of his or her unvested time-based equity awards or being permitted to retain any portion of his or her unvested performance-based equity awards, notwithstanding that in the event of an involuntary termination.past the HRCC has generally approved both with respect to equity awards granted at least one year prior to the termination date.
7(7)The information in this row reflects only the incremental benefits that accrue upon an event of termination and excludes benefits that were vested on December 31, 2022.2023. For information on the present value of the named officers’ accumulated benefits under our defined benefit pension plans, see “—Pension Benefits,” and for information on the aggregate balances of the named officers’Mr. Goff’s non-qualified deferred compensation, see “—Deferred Compensation.” As indicated above, the named officer would also be entitled to receive a distribution of his or her 401(k) benefits and various other broad-based benefits.
8(8)The information in this row excludes, in the case of disability or death, payments made by insurance companies.
(9)For actual amounts to be paid to Mr. Trezise in connection with his involuntary termination of employment on April 5, 2024, see “– Amounts Paid to Former ExecutivesExecutive” immediately below.
Two of our NEOs terminated employment with us on or prior to December 31, 2022, and therefore neither of them (Messrs. Dev and Storey) are included in the above table. The amounts paid or payable to these officers upon their termination are detailed in “Compensation Discussion & Analysis2022 Leadership Transition.”Amounts Paid To Former Executive
As noted previously, Mr. Andrews’ employment with usTrezise was involuntarily terminated effective March 3, 2023. The HRCC determined that Mr. Andrews qualified for payments under our executive severance plan. Under that plan, Mr. Andrews received a cash severance payment equal to one year of total target compensation ($1,300,000) and approximately $23,000 to cover COBRA premium payments during the applicable severance period. In addition to these contractual arrangements, and conditioned upon Mr. Andrews’ execution of a general release, the HRCC believed that it was appropriate and in the best interest of the Company to pay the first installment of Mr. Andrews’ retention award in the amount of $500,000, due to vest and be payable on April 1, 2023 for the reasons discussed under the heading5, 2024. For a description of amounts and benefits payable to Mr. Trezise in connection with his separation, see “Compensation Discussion & AnalysisSectionPart FourCompensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2022Special Transformation Awards.” All of Mr. Andrews’ outstanding equity awards, including those grantedArrangements Related to him in fiscal 2022, were forfeited upon his termination of employment.Leadership Transition – Severance Compensation to be Paid to Scott Trezise, our former EVP, Human Resources.”
CEO Pay Ratio Disclosure
As mandated by federal law and related SEC rules, we are required to disclose a ratio of the pay of our CEO to that of our median employee. For 2022,2023, the total compensation of our CEO, Ms. Johnson (as reported in the Summary Compensation Table but annualized as noted below)Table) was $4,778,130,$9,592,963, while the annual total compensation for our median employee was $79,220.$84,804. As a result, the ratio of CEO pay to median employee pay was approximately 60113 to 1.
We calculated our 20222023 pay ratio using the following assumptions:
Median employee determination. The median employee was determined by reviewing the annual total target compensation (the sum of base salary, target short-term incentive and target long-term incentive awards) as of December 31, 20222023 for approximately 29,50028,000 active employees employed on that date, excluding our CEO.
Median employee identification. The median employee was identified as a BuyerOperations Technician II, locatedemployed by us in the U.S. and with the Company for 87 years.
Median employee total compensation calculation. To determine the median pay ratio, we calculated the median employee’s pay using the same pay elements and calculation methodology as used in determining the CEO’s pay for purposes of disclosure in the Summary Compensation Table.

124
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Tables
Because Ms. Johnson was not serving as CEO for the full year, we annualized certain compensation items that she received for her services as CEO during 2022 (specifically, using her salary for the full year and for calculation of her STI payout). As a result, the compensation figure we used for purposes of calculating our pay ratio differs from the total of her 2022 compensation as reported in the Summary Compensation Table, as detailed in the table below, which yielded a ratio of CEO pay to median employee pay of approximately 238 to 1.
Compensation ComponentsAmount Reported in Summary Compensation TableAnnualized Amount Used for Pay Ratio Calculation
Salary$180,840 $1,200,000 (1)
Bonus1,000,000 1,000,000 
Stock Awards3,013,700 14,250,000 (2)
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation329,129 2,184,000 (3)
All Other Compensation254,461 254,461 
Total$4,778,130$18,888,461
1Represents Ms. Johnson’s salary for a full twelve months.
2Represents Ms. Johnson’s target annual LTI award for 2022.
3Represents the product of Ms. Johnson’s target STI percentage (200%) and her annualized salary, multiplied by the product of the actual STI payout percentage and Ms. Johnson’s individual modifier as approved by the HRCC (91% * 100%).
The SEC rules permit companies to choose between different methodologies for median pay calculations. Other public companies may calculate their pay ratio using a different methodology than ours, and you should not assume our ratio data is comparable to that of other companies.
128
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT125

Compensation Tables
Pay Versus Performance Disclosure
In accordance with rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, we provide the following disclosure regarding executive compensation for our principal executive officers (“PEOs”) and Non-PEO NEOs and Company performance for the fiscal years listed below. The Human Resources and Compensation Committee did not consider the pay versus performance disclosure below in making its pay decisions for any of the years shown.
YearYearSummary Compensation Table Total for Mr. Storey¹
($)
Summary Compensation Table Total for Ms. Johnson¹
($)
Compensation Actually Paid to Mr. Storey¹˒²˒³
($)
Compensation Actually Paid to Ms. Johnson¹˒²˒³
($)
Average Summary Compensation Table Total for Non-PEO NEOs1
($)
Average Compensation Actually Paid to Non-PEO NEOs1,2,3
($)
Value of Initial Fixed td00 Investment based on:4
Net Income
($ Millions)
Adjusted EBITDA⁵
($ Millions)
Year
Summary
Compensation
Table Total for
PEO 1(1)
($)
Summary
Compensation
Table Total for
PEO 2(1)
($)
Compensation
Actually Paid to
PEO 1(1),(2),(3)
($)
Compensation
Actually Paid to
PEO 2(1),(2),(3)
($)
Average
Summary
Compensation
Table Total
for Non-PEO
NEOs(1)
($)
Average
Compensation
Actually Paid
to Non-PEO
NEOs(1),(2),(3)
($)
Value of
Initial Fixed
td00
Investment
based on:(4)
Net
Income
($ Millions)
Adjusted
EBITDA(5)
($ Millions)
TSR ($)Peer Group TSR
($)
TSR
($)
Peer
Group
TSR
($)
(a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(f)(g)(h)(i)
2023
20222022$19,816,806 $4,778,130 $(5,200,491)$4,368,986 $5,145,256 $511,978 $50 $90 $(1,548)$6,703 
2021202122,654,781 — 32,390,881 — 4,057,947 5,127,580 112 150 2,033 8,424 
2020202016,959,233 — 10,189,461 — 3,162,186 2,308,534 81 124 (1,232)8,489 
1(1)Mr.Jeffery K. Storey was our PEO from May 24, 2018 to November 7, 2022. Ms.2022 (“PEO 1”). Kathleen Johnson has been our PEO since November 7, 2022.2022 (“PEO 2”). The individuals comprising the Non-PEO NEOs for each year presented are listed below.
20202020202120222020202120222023
Indraneel DevIndraneel DevStacey W. GoffIndraneel DevStacey W. Goff
Stacey W. GoffStacey W. GoffChris StansburyStacey W. GoffChris Stansbury
Shaun C. AndrewsShaun C. AndrewsShaun C. AndrewsAshley Haynes-Gaspar
Scott A. TreziseScott A. TreziseScott A. Trezise
Indraneel Dev
Indraneel Dev
2(2)The amounts shown for Compensation Actually Paid have been calculated in accordance with Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K and do not reflect compensation actually earned, realized, or received by the Company’s NEOs. These amounts reflect the Summary Compensation Table Total with certain adjustments as described in footnote 3 below.
3(3)CompensationFor 2023, compensation Actually Paid reflects the exclusions and inclusions of certain amounts for the PEOs and the Non-PEO NEOs as set forth below. Equity values are calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and include the probable performance as of the respective fair value measurement dates.718. Amounts in the Exclusion of Stock Awards column are the totals from the Stock Awards column set forth in the Summary Compensation Table. Amounts in the Exclusion of Change in Pension Value column reflect the amounts, if any, attributable to the Change in Pension Value reported in the Summary Compensation Table. There are no amounts reported in the Inclusion of Pension Service Cost because with limited exceptions specified in the Pension Plans, we “froze” our defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2010, as described under the heading “ – Pension Benefits”.
YearSummary Compensation Table Total for Mr. Storey
($)
Exclusion of Change in Pension Value for Mr. Storey
($)
Exclusion of Stock Awards for Mr. Storey
($)
Inclusion of Pension Service Cost for Mr. Storey
($)
Inclusion of Equity Values for Mr. Storey
($)
Compensation Actually Paid to Mr. Storey
($)
2022$19,816,806 $— $(14,594,705)$— $(10,422,592)$(5,200,491)
202122,654,781 — (17,120,198)— 26,856,298 32,390,881 
202016,959,233 — (11,435,870)— 4,666,098 10,189,461 
Year
Summary
Compensation
Table Total for
PEO 2
($)
Exclusion of
Change in
Pension Value for
PEO 2
($)
Exclusion of
Stock Awards for
PEO 2
($)
Inclusion of
Pension Service
Cost for
PEO 2
($)
Inclusion of
Equity Values for
PEO 2
($)
Compensation
Actually Paid to
PEO 2
($)
2023$9,592,963 $— $(6,215,329)$— $3,880,793 $7,258,427 

YearSummary Compensation Table Total for Ms. Johnson
($)
Exclusion of Change in Pension Value for Ms. Johnson
($)
Exclusion of Stock Awards for Ms. Johnson
($)
Inclusion of Pension Service Cost for Ms. Johnson
($)
Inclusion of Equity Values for Ms. Johnson
($)
Compensation Actually Paid to Ms. Johnson
($)
2022$4,778,130 $— $(3,013,700)$— $2,604,556 $4,368,986 

YearAverage
Summary
Compensation
Table Total for
Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average
Exclusion of
Change in
Pension Value for
Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average
Exclusion of
Stock Awards for
Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average Inclusion
of Pension
Service Cost for
Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average Inclusion
of Equity Values
for Non-PEO
NEOs
($)
Average
Compensation
Actually Paid to
Non-PEO NEOs
($)
2023$3,396,054 $(44,141)$(1,987,921)$— $482,695 $1,846,687 
129
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
126
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Tables
YearAverage Summary Compensation Table Total for Non-PEO NEOs ($)Average Exclusion of Change in Pension Value for Non-PEO NEOs ($)Average Exclusion of Stock Awards for Non-PEO NEOs ($)Average Inclusion of Pension Service Cost for Non-PEO NEOs ($)Average Inclusion of Equity Values for Non-PEO NEOs ($)Average Compensation Actually Paid to Non-PEO NEOs ($)
2022$5,145,256 $— $(3,752,339)$— $(880,939)$511,978 
20214,057,947 — (2,765,337)— 3,834,970 5,127,580 
20203,162,186 (34,636)(1,905,979)— 1,086,963 2,308,534 
The amounts in the Inclusion“Inclusion of Equity ValuesValues” columns in the tables above are derived from adding or deducting the amounts set forth in the following tables:
YearYear-End Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted During Year That Remained Unvested as of Last Day of Year for Mr. Storey
($)
Change in Fair Value from Last Day of Prior Year to Last Day of Year of Unvested Equity Awards for Mr. Storey
($)
Vesting-Date Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted During Year that Vested During Year for Mr. Storey
($)
Change in Fair Value from Last Day of Prior Year to Vesting Date of Unvested Equity Awards that Vested During Year for Mr. Storey
($)
Fair Value at Last Day of Prior Year of Equity Awards Forfeited During Year for Mr. Storey
($)
Total - Inclusion of Equity Values for Mr. Storey
($)
2022$4,014,058 $(15,055,425)$2,824,628 $(2,205,853)$— $(10,422,592)
202119,352,105 1,820,468 — 5,683,725 — 26,856,298 
20207,004,367 (2,769,223)— 430,954 — 4,666,098 
Year
Year-End Fair
Value of Equity
Awards Granted
During Year That
Remained
Unvested as of
Last Day of Year
for PEO 2
($)
Change in Fair
Value from Last
Day of Prior Year
to Last Day of
Year of Unvested
Equity Awards for
PEO 2
($)
Vesting-Date Fair
Value of Equity
Awards Granted
During Year that
Vested During
Year for PEO 2
($)
Change in Fair
Value from Last
Day of Prior Year
to Vesting Date
of Unvested
Equity Awards
that Vested
During Year for
PEO 2
($)
Fair Value at Last
Day of Prior Year
of Equity Awards
Forfeited During
Year for PEO 2
($)
Total - Inclusion
of Equity Values
for PEO 2
($)
2023$5,712,642 $(793,527)$— $(1,038,322)$— $3,880,793 
Year
Average Year-
End Fair Value of
Equity Awards
Granted During
Year That
Remained
Unvested as of
Last Day of Year
for Non-PEO
NEOs
($)
Average Change
in Fair Value from
Last Day of Prior
Year to Last Day
of Year of
Unvested Equity
Awards for Non-
PEO NEOs
($)
Average Vesting-
Date Fair Value of
Equity Awards
Granted During
Year that Vested
During Year for
Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average Change
in Fair Value from
Last Day of Prior
Year to Vesting
Date of Unvested
Equity Awards
that Vested
During Year for
Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average Fair
Value at Last Day
of Prior Year of
Equity Awards
Forfeited During
Year for Non-PEO
NEOs
($)
Total - Average
Inclusion of
Equity Values for Non-PEO NEOs
($)
2023$1,580,761 $(990,288)$— $(107,778)$— $482,695 

YearYear-End Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted During Year That Remained Unvested as of Last Day of Year for Ms. Johnson
($)
Change in Fair Value from Last Day of Prior Year to Last Day of Year of Unvested Equity Awards for Ms. Johnson
($)
Vesting-Date Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted During Year that Vested During Year for Ms. Johnson
($)
Change in Fair Value from Last Day of Prior Year to Vesting Date of Unvested Equity Awards that Vested During Year for Ms. Johnson
($)
Fair Value at Last Day of Prior Year of Equity Awards Forfeited During Year for Ms. Johnson
($)
Total - Inclusion of Equity Values for Ms. Johnson
($)
2022$2,604,556 $— $— $— $— $2,604,556 

YearAverage Year-End Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted During Year That Remained Unvested as of Last Day of Year for Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average Change in Fair Value from Last Day of Prior Year to Last Day of Year of Unvested Equity Awards for Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average Vesting-Date Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted During Year that Vested During Year for Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average Change in Fair Value from Last Day of Prior Year to Vesting Date of Unvested Equity Awards that Vested During Year for Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Average Fair Value at Last Day of Prior Year of Equity Awards Forfeited During Year for Non-PEO NEOs
($)
Total - Average Inclusion of Equity Values for Non-PEO NEOs
($)
2022$1,316,385 $(1,664,976)$— $(1,479)$(530,869)$(880,939)
20213,116,955 327,410 — 390,605 — 3,834,970 
20201,167,394 (82,944)— 2,513 — 1,086,963 
4(4)The Peer Group TSR set forth in this table utilizes the S&P 500 Communication Services Sector Index, which we also utilize in the stock performance graph appearing herein under the heading “Other Items-Lumen Performance History.”History”. The comparison assumes $100 was invested for the period starting December 31, 2019, through the end of the listed year in the Company and in the S&P 500 Communication Services Sector Index, respectively. Historical stock performance is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance.
5(5)We determined Adjusted EBITDA to be the most important financial performance measure used to link Company performance to Compensation Actually Paid to our PEO 2 and Non-PEO NEOs in 2022. As described in the CD&A,2023. Adjusted EBITDA measures the operational performance and profitability of our businesses, and we use this measure in our compensation programs to incentivize and reward our senior officers to focus on the combination of cost savings and profitable revenue growth. Adjusted EBITDA, which is described in further detail in Appendix A – Non-GAAP Reconciliations, is a non-GAAP metric that excludes certain one time or non-recurring charges or creditsmetric. This performance measure may not have been the most important financial performance measure for prior years and eliminates the effects of certain unanticipated, extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring transactions or items. Wewe may determine a different financial performance measure to be the most important financial performance measure in future years.
130
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT127

Compensation Tables
Relationship Between PEOsPEO and Non-PEO NEO Compensation Actually Paid and Company Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) and Peer Group TSR
The following chart sets forth the relationship between Compensation Actually Paid to our PEOs, the average of Compensation Actually Paid to our Non-PEO NEOs, and the Company’s cumulative TSR and S&P 500 Communication Services Sector Index TSR over the threefour most recently completed fiscal years.
PEO and Average Non-PEO NEO Compensation Actually Paid Versus Company TSR
lumn-20230405_g164.jpg03 427760-1_barchart_tsr.jpg
Relationship Between PEOsPEO and Non-PEO NEO Compensation Actually Paid and Net Income
The following chart sets forth the relationship between Compensation Actually Paid to our PEOs, the average of Compensation Actually Paid to our Non-PEO NEOs, and our Net Income during the threefour most recently completed fiscal years.
PEO and Average Non-PEO NEO Compensation Actually Paid Versus Net Income
lumn-20230405_g165.jpg03 427760-1_barchart_Net income.jpg
131
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
128
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Compensation Tables
Relationship Between PEOsPEO and Non-PEO NEO Compensation Actually Paid and Adjusted EBITDA
The following chart sets forth the relationship between Compensation Actually Paid to our PEOs, the average of Compensation Actually Paid to our Non-PEO NEOs, and our Adjusted EBITDA during the threefour most recently completed fiscal years.
PEO and Average Non-PEO NEO Compensation Actually Paid Versus Adjusted EBITDA
lumn-20230405_g166.jpg
Relationship Between Company TSR and Peer Group TSR
The following chart compares our cumulative TSR over the three most recently completed fiscal years to that of the S&P 500 Communication Services Sector Index over the same period.
Comparison of Cumulative TSR of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and
S&P 500 Communication Services Sector Index
lumn-20230405_g167.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT129

Compensation Tables
03 427760-1_barchart_EBITDA.jpg
Tabular List of Most Important Financial Performance Measures
The following table presents the financial performance measures that the Company considers to have been the most important in linking Compensation Actually Paid to our PEOsPEO 2 and otherNon-PEO NEOs for 20222023 to Company performance. The measures in this table are not ranked.
Most Important Financial Performance Measures
Adjusted EBITDA
Free Cash Flow
Revenue
130132
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 


Other Matters
Stock Ownership
The following table sets forth information regarding ownership of our Common Shares by the persons known to us to have beneficially owned more than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares on December 31, 20222023 (the “investors”), unless otherwise noted.
Stock Ownership
Name and Address
Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership of
Common Shares
(1)
Percent of
Outstanding
Common Shares
(1)
The Vanguard Group
100 Vanguard Blvd.
Malvern, PA 19355
115,778,437(2)
11.2 %
Blackrock, Inc.
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
77,854,525(3)
7.5 %
State Street Corporation
State Street Financial Center
One Lincoln Street
Boston, MA 02111
53,903,325(4)
5.2 %
Name and Address
Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership of
Common Shares(1)
Percent of
Outstanding
Common Shares(1)
Blackrock, Inc.
50 Hudson Yards
New York, NY 10001
152,311,260 (2)15.1 %
The Vanguard Group
100 Vanguard Blvd.
Malvern, PA 19355
118,327,820 (3)11.7 %
State Street Corporation
State Street Financial Center
One Lincoln Street
Boston, MA 02111
53,171,627 (4)5.3 %
1(1)The figures and percentages in the table above have been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the SEC based upon information furnished by the investors, except that we have calculated the percentages in the table based on the actual number of Common Shares outstanding as of the record date, as opposed to the estimated percentages set forth in the reports of such investors referred to below in such notes. In addition to Common Shares, we have outstanding Preferred Shares that vote together with the Common Shares as a single class on all matters. One or more persons beneficially own more than 5% of the Preferred Shares; however, the percentage of total voting power held by such persons is immaterial. For additional information regarding the Preferred Shares, see “Frequently Asked Questions —How many votes may I cast?”
2(2)Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A Report dated as of February 9, 2023,January 22, 2024, that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of December 31, 2022,2023, it (i) shared voting power with respect to none of these shares, (ii) held sole voting power with respect to 148,604,763 of these shares and (iii) held sole dispositive power with respect to all of the above-listed shares.
(3)Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A Report dated as of February 13, 2024, that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of December 31, 2023, it (i) held sole voting power with respect to none of these shares, (ii) shared voting power with respect to 1,316,825657,954 of these shares, (iii) held sole dispositive power with respect to 111,672,031116,595,555 of these shares and (iv) shared dispositive power with respect to 4,106,4061.732,265 of these shares.
3(4)Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G13G/A Report dated as of January 31, 2023,24, 2024, that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of December 31, 2022, it (i) shared voting power with respect to none of these shares, (ii) held sole voting power with respect to 70,088,681 of these shares and (iii) held sole dispositive power with respect to all of the above-listed shares.
4Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A Report dated as of February 6, 2023, that this investor filed with the SEC. In this report, the investor indicated that, as of December 31, 2022, it (i) held sole voting power with respect to none of these shares, (ii) shared voting power with respect to 39,016,25241,648,190 of these shares, (iii) held sole dispositive power with respect to none of these shares and (iv) shared dispositive power with respect to 53,895,88853,171,627 of these shares.
133
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT131

Other Matters
Ownership of Executive Officers & Directors
The following table sets forth information, as of the record date, regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by our executive officers and directors. It also includes any shares subject to restricted stock units that are scheduled to be issued within sixty days of our record date. Except as otherwise noted, all beneficially owned shares are held with sole voting and investment power and are not pledged to third parties.
Ownership of Executive Officers & Directors
Components
of Total Shares
Beneficially Owned
Total Shares
Beneficially
Owned
(3)(4)
Vested
Deferred
Stock
Units
(5)
Unrestricted
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
(1)
Unvested
Restricted
Stock
(2)
Components
of Total Shares
Beneficially Owned
Components
of Total Shares
Beneficially Owned
Total Shares
Beneficially
Owned(3)(4)
Vested
Deferred
Stock
Units(5)
Unrestricted
Shares
Beneficially
Owned(1)
Unrestricted
Shares
Beneficially
Owned(1)
Unvested
Restricted
Stock(2)
Named Executive OfficersNamed Executive Officers
Ms. JohnsonMs. Johnson— 1,958,811 1,958,811 — 
Ms. Johnson
Ms. Johnson
Mr. StansburyMr. Stansbury— 1,502,106 1,502,106 — 
Ms. Haynes-Gaspar(6)
Mr. GoffMr. Goff379,639 882,430 1,262,069 — 
Former Named Executive Officer
Mr. TreziseMr. Trezise188,625 964,252 1,152,877 — 
Former Named Executive Officers
Mr. Storey(6)
3,809,266 — 3,809,266 455,292 
Mr. Dev(7)
620,180 214,047 837,227 — 
Mr. Andrews(8)
143,236 — 143,236 — 
Mr. Trezise
Mr. Trezise
Outside DirectorsOutside Directors
Mr. AllenMr. Allen— — 14,536 
Mr. Allen
Mr. Allen
Ms. BejarMs. Bejar57,308 — 57,308 25,608 
Mr. Brown(9)
84,604 18,514 103,118 
Mr. Brown(7)
Mr. ChiltonMr. Chilton85,335 — 85,335 13,152 
Mr. ClontzMr. Clontz321,515 18,514 340,029 
Mr. Glenn(10)
149,362 — 149,362 64,195 
Mr. Hanks133,147 18,514 151,661 — 
Mr. Fowler(8)
Mr. Glenn(9)
Mr. JonesMr. Jones42,475 18,514 60,989 
Ms. Linear(10)
Mr. RobertsMr. Roberts80,231 18,514 98,745 14,706 
Ms. Siegel90,333 18,514 108,847 
All current executive officers and directors as a group (15 persons)(11)
Ms. Siegel(11)
All current executive officers and directors as a group (15 persons)(12)
Overall TotalOverall Total1,612,572 6,058,970 7,671,542 132,197 
Overall Total
Overall Total
1(1)This column includes 4,002 shares allocated to Mr. Goff’s account under one of our qualified 401(k) plans. Participants in these plans are entitled to direct the voting of their plan shares, as described in greater detail elsewhere herein.
2(2)Reflects (i) for all shares listed, unvested shares of restricted stock over which the person holds sole voting power but no investment power and (ii) with respect to our performance-based restricted stock granted to our executive officers, the number of shares that will vest if we attain target levels of performance.
3(3)Excludes (i) restricted stock units that do not vest and settle in shares within 60 days and (ii) “phantom units” held by Mr. Roberts that are payable in cash upon the termination of his service as a director, as described further under “Item No. 1 – Election of Directors — Director Compensation — Other Benefits.”
4(4)None of the persons named in the table beneficially owns more than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares. The shares beneficially owned by all directors and executive officers as a group constituted 0.76%1.68% of the outstanding Common Shares as of the record date.
5(5)This column reflects vested equity awards deferred by outside directors that will settle in shares at a future date according to the directors election, including 18,51485,605 of deferred stock units scheduled to vest on May 18, 2023,17, 2024, but will not settle in shares until the director’s elected deferral date for Ms. Bejar and Messrs. Allen, Chilton and Glenn.
6(6)Reflects Mr. Storey’s last reported holdings as of his retirement on December 31, 2022, including 282,786 time-based restricted stock units that vested, net of shares withheld for taxes, on March 1, 2023 and excluding 1,131,799 unvested performance-based restricted stock units.Ms. Haynes-Gaspar joined Lumen in January 2023.
7Reflects Mr. Dev’s last reported holdings as of April 1, 2022 when his employment with us ended.
8Reflects Mr. Andrews’ last reported holdings as of March 3, 2023 when his employment with us ended.
9(7)Includes 24,297 shares held by a tax-exempt charitable foundation, as to which Mr. Brown has voting and dispositive powers by virtue of his control of the foundation.
10(8)Mr. Fowler joined the Board in August 2023.
(9)Includes 77,143 shares held indirectly by Mr. Glenn in a trust.
11(10)AsMs. Linear joined the Board in February 2024.
(11)Includes 44,536 shares held indirectly by Ms. Siegel in a trust.
(12)Amounts do not include holdings for Mr. Trezise and, as described further in the notes above, includesinclude (i) 24,297 shares held beneficially through a foundation and (ii) 77,143121,679 shares held indirectly by trust.
132134
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Other Matters
Transactions with Related Parties
Review Procedures. Early each year, our management distributes to the Audit and NCG Committees a written report listing payments that exceed a materiality threshold involving parties that have been identified as related parties by our officers and directors through their completion of an annual questionnaire. These transactions do not include regular compensation paid to the officers and directors but would include any payments to the officers and directors outside of regular compensation arrangements. This annual report permits the independent directors to evaluate our material related party transactions.
Recent Transactions. There were no related party transactions identified for 2022.2023.
Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires Lumen’s directors, certain officers and greater than 10% shareholders to file with the SEC certain reports regarding their beneficial ownership of our common stock. To our knowledge, based solely on a review of SEC filings and written representations from our officers and directors, we believe that, between January 1, 2022, through the date of this proxy statement, all such reports were filed timely with the exception of two such reports. A report for Ms. Siegel reporting a gift of shares to a trust that occurred on August 9, 2022 was filed late on March 11, 2024 due to an administrative error. A report for Mr. Stansbury reporting one transaction that occurred on April 4, 2023 was filed one day late also due to an administrative error.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During the last fiscal year, our HRCC included Laurie Siegel, Martha H. Bejar, Steven T. “Terry” Clontz, T. Michael Glenn, and Michael Roberts. No member of the HRCC served as an officer or employee of the Company or any of our subsidiaries prior to or while serving on the HRCC.
135
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Other Matters
Lumen Performance History
The graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our Common Shares with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Communication Services Sector Index for the period from December 31, 20172018 to December 30, 2022,29, 2023, in each case assuming (i) the investment of $100 on January 1, 2018,2019, at closing prices on December 31, 20172018 and (ii) reinvestment of dividends.
lumn-20230405_g168.jpg03_427760-1_line_businesshighlights.jpg
December 31,
201720182019202020212022
December 31,December 31,
2018201820192020202120222023
LumenLumen$100.00 $103.00 $98.52 $86.81 $104.90 $73.57 
S&P 500 IndexS&P 500 Index$100.00 $95.93 $124.17 $145.26 $183.90 $152.89 
S&P 500 Communication Services Sector Index1
$100.00 $86.27 $111.03 $134.29 $160.48 $102.20 
S&P 500 Communication Service Sector Index(1)
1(1)As of December 31, 2022,2023, the S&P 500 Communications Service Sector Index consisted of Omnicom Group, Inc., Verizon Communications, Inc., The Walt Disney Company, Alphabet Inc., AT&T Inc., Charter Communications Inc., Match Group Inc., Netflix Inc., Warner Bros Discovery Inc., Comcast Corp., Activision Blizzard Inc., Paramount Global, Electronic Arts Inc., Meta Platforms Inc..Inc., Take-Two Interactive Software Inc., Interpublic Group, T-MobileT-Mobile US, Inc., Fox Corp., News Corp, and Fox Corp.Live Nation Entertainment Inc.
136
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT133


ITEM 5
Advisory Vote Regarding the Frequency of Our Executive Compensation Votes
lumn-20230405_g120.jpg
This year we are once again providing our shareholders with the opportunity to cast an advisory vote regarding the frequency of our advisory votes on executive compensation, commonly known as “say-on-pay” votes. Shareholders may vote on whether our say-on-pay votes should occur every one, two, or three years.
We are required to provide our shareholders with an advisory vote on the frequency of our say-on-pay votes at least every six years. In 2017, the last time we held such a vote, a majority of our shareholders voted in favor of an annual say-on-pay vote, which was the frequency recommended by the Board at that time. Following that vote, the Board adopted annual say-on-pay votes as its standard.
We believe that say-on-pay votes should be conducted annually so that you may express your views on our executive compensation programs each year. An annual advisory vote is consistent with our policy of seeking input from you on corporate governance and executive compensation matters. We understand you may have different views as to what is the best compensation approach for our executives, and we believe annual advisory votes will facilitate a continued dialogue. For additional information about our say-on-pay votes, see “— Advisory Vote to Approve Our Executive Compensation” elsewhere herein.
The proxy card provides four choices for this frequency vote: shareholders may indicate a preference for say-on-pay votes to be held every one, two, or three years, or may abstain from voting. The frequency that receives the highest number of votes cast will be the frequency approved by our shareholders. Please be advised that this vote is advisory only, and the Board may ultimately decide that it is in the best interests of our shareholders to hold an advisory vote on executive compensation more or less frequently than the option selected by our shareholders. However, the Board intends to take into consideration the outcome of the vote when making future decisions about how frequently to schedule our say-on-pay votes.
lumn-20230405_g121.jpg
The Board unanimously recommends that you vote to hold an advisory vote on executive compensation EVERY YEAR.
134
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg


Frequently Asked Questions About Voting and the Annual Meeting
Q    Why am I receiving these proxy materials?
A    Our Board of Directors is soliciting your proxy to vote at our 20232024 annual meeting of shareholders because you owned shares of our stock at the close of business on March 23, 2023,21, 2024, the record date for the meeting and are entitled to vote those shares at the annual meeting. This proxy statement and our annual report were first made available to shareholders on or about April 5, 2023.2024. This proxy statement is furnished in connection with the solicitation of proxies by our Board to be voted during the annual meeting for the purposes set forth in the accompanying Notice of 20232024 Annual Shareholders Meeting.
Q    When and how will the meeting be held?
A Date: Date: May 17, 202315, 2024
Time: 12:00 noon Central Time
Virtual Meeting Location: virtualshareholdermeeting.com/LUMN2023LUMN2024
Q    How may I access these materials?
A    We are furnishing proxy materials to our shareholders primarily via the Internet instead of mailing printed copies of those materials to each shareholder. By doing so, we save costs and reduce the environmental impact of our annual meeting. On or about April 5, 2023,2024, we commenced mailing a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials to most of our shareholders. The Notice contains instructions about how to access our proxy materials online and submit your proxy online or by telephone. If you previously chose to receive our proxy materials electronically, you will continue to receive access to these materials via email unless you elect otherwise. If you would like to receive a paper copy of our proxy materials, please follow the instructions included in the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials.
Q    What matters will be considered at the meeting and what vote will be required?
A    The following table summarizes the proposals being considered at the meeting, the votes required for passage of each proposal and the effect of abstentions and uninstructed shares held by brokers.

137
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT135

Frequently Asked Questions About Voting and the Annual Meeting
Items For Consideration
ItemBoard Voting
Recommendation
Vote Required
for
Approval
Effect of
Abstentions
Effect of
Uninstructed
Shares
1(1)
Page
Reference
ITEM 1
Election ofElect the 1011 director nominees named herein
lumn-20230405_g169.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg
FOR
Affirmative vote
of a majority of
the votes cast
Not cast
Not cast
17
ITEM 2
Ratify KPMG LLP as our independent auditor for 20232024
lumn-20230405_g169.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg
FOR
Affirmative vote
of a majority of
the votes cast
Not cast
Discretionary
voting
52
ITEM 3
Approval of our Second Amended and Restated 20182024 Equity Incentive Plan
lumn-20230405_g169.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg
FOR
Affirmative vote
of a majority of
the votes cast
Not cast
Not cast
57
ITEM 4
Non-binding advisory vote to approveRatify the Amendment and Restatement of our executive compensationNOL Rights Plan
lumn-20230405_g169.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg
FOR
Affirmative vote
of a majority of
the votes cast
Not cast
Not cast
6862
ITEM 55A
Non-binding advisoryApprove an Articles Amendment to Authorize a Reverse Stock Split of Our Common Shares
icon_checkbox.jpg
FOR
Affirmative vote regarding
of a majority of
the frequencyvotes entitled
to be cast
Same as
voting
against
Discretionary
voting
ITEM 5B
Approve an Articles Amendment to Reduce the Number of Authorized Common Shares, subject to the conditions specified herein
icon_checkbox.jpg
FOR
Affirmative vote
of a majority of
the votes entitled
to be cast
Same as
voting
against
Discretionary
voting
ITEM 5C
Approve an Articles Amendment to Eliminate the Par Value of our executive compensation votesCommon Shares
lumn-20230405_g169.jpgicon_checkbox.jpg
ONE YEARFOR
Alternative receiving Affirmative vote
of a majority of
the highest number votes entitled
to be cast
Same as
voting
against
Same as
voting
against
ITEM 6
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation – “Say-On-Pay”
icon_checkbox.jpg
FOR
Affirmative vote
of a majority of
the votes cast
Not cast
Not cast
13376
1(1)“Uninstructed Shares” refers to shares as to which a broker or custodian receives no voting instructions from the shares’ beneficial owner and which, other than as noted below for ItemItems 2, 5A and 5B, cannot be voted under applicable NYSE standards. Because brokers will have discretionary authority to vote with respect to ItemItems 2, 5A and 5B, there should be no uninstructed shares for this item.those items.
Q    What vote is required to approve these matters?
A    For each proposal submitted to the shareholders for a vote,Items 1, 2, 3, 4 and 6, approval requires athe affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast. Acast on the proposal at the meeting. For these matters, (i) a majority of votes cast means the number of shares cast “for” a proposal exceeds the number of votes cast “against” that proposal. Abstentionsproposal, (ii) abstentions will not be counted as votes cast. Uninstructedcast and (iii) uninstructed shares will not be counted as votes cast except with respect to Item #2, Ratifying KPMG as our Independent Auditor for 2023,2024, for which brokers and custodians have discretion to vote.
Additionally, unless otherwise directed, all
138
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg

Frequently Asked Questions About Voting and the Annual Meeting
For Items 5A, 5B and 5C, approval requires the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes attributableentitled to Voting Shares represented by each duly executed and delivered proxy will be cast foron the election ofproposal. For each of these matters, abstentions and uninstructed shares will have the above-named nominees. If you wish to give specific instructions with respect to voting for directors, you may do so by indicating your instructions on your proxy or voting instruction card. Under our Bylaws nominating procedures, these nominees are the only individuals who may be elected at the meeting. If for any reason any such nominee should decline or become unable to stand for electionsame impact as a director, which we do not anticipate,vote against the persons named as proxies may vote instead for another candidate designated by the Board, without re-soliciting proxies.proposal.
Q    How many votes may I cast?
A    You may cast one vote for every share of our Common Stock or Series L Preferred Stock that you owned on the record date, which vote together as a single class on all matters. In this proxy statement, we refer to these shares as our “Common Shares” and “Preferred Shares,” respectively and as our “Voting Shares,” collectively. As of the Record Date, we had 1,004,873,2971,016,005,958 Common Shares and 7,018 Preferred Shares issued and outstanding.
136
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Frequently Asked Questions About Voting and the Annual Meeting
Q    What is the difference between holding shares as a shareholder of record and as a beneficial owner?
A    If shares are registered in your name with our transfer agent, Computershare Investor Services L.L.C., you are the “shareholder of record” of those shares and you may directly vote these shares, together with any shares credited to your account if you are a participant in our automatic dividend reinvestment and stock purchase service.
If your shares are held on your behalf in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are the “beneficial owner” of shares held in “street name.” We have requested that our proxy materials be made available to you by your broker, bank or nominee, who is considered the shareholder of record of those shares.
Q    If I am a shareholder of record, how do I vote?
A    Regardless of whether you plan to join the annual meeting, please promptly submit your proxy and voting instructions via the Internet, or by phone or mail as described herein. Shareholders are encouraged to submit proxies and voting instructions in advance of the meeting as early as possible to avoid any possible delays. If you are a shareholder of record, you may vote yourself or by proxy in any of the following four ways:
By Internet: visit proxyvote.com and follow the instructions at that site
By phone: call 1-800-690-6903 and follow the instructions provided;
By mail: if you have received printed proxy materials, mark, sign and date your proxy or voting instructions card and return it to Broadridge Financial Solutions Inc.; if you have not received printed proxy materials but would like to, you can request a paper copy of our proxy materials and, following receipt thereof, mark, sign and date your proxy or voting instructions card and return it to Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.
By Live virtual meeting: vote electronically at the virtual annual meeting – virtualshareholdersmeeting.com/ LUMN2023LUMN2024
Prior to the live meeting, if you need additional help with voting, please call proxy support at 866-232-3037 (Toll-free) or 720- 358-3640 (International Toll). If you encounter any difficulties accessing the virtual Meetingmeeting webcast, please call the technical support number that will be posted on the annual meeting website log-inlog-in page.
Unless otherwise noted below, you may vote by telephone or the Internet up until 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on May 16, 2023,14, 2024, but not thereafter.
Q    If I am a beneficial owner of shares held in street name, how do I vote?
A    As the beneficial owner, you have the right to instruct your broker, bank or nominee how to vote your shares by using any voting instruction card supplied by them or by following their instructions for voting by telephone, the Internet, or live during the virtual meeting.
Q    If I am a benefit plan participant, how do I vote?
A    If you beneficially own any of our Common Shares by virtue of participating in our retirement plan, then you will receive separate voting instructions that will enable you to direct the voting of these shares. You are entitled, on a confidential basis, to instruct the trustees how to vote the shares allocated to your plan account. The plan requires you to act as a “named fiduciary,” which requires you to exercise your voting rights prudently and in the interests of all plan participants. Plan participants who wish to vote should instruct the trustees how to vote the shares allocated to their plan accounts in accordance with the voting instructions. If you elect not to vote the shares allocated to your accounts, your shares will be voted in the same proportion as voted shares regarding each of the items submitted to a vote at the meeting. Plan participants that wish to revoke their voting instructions must contact the trustee and follow its procedures.
139
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Frequently Asked Questions About Voting and the Annual Meeting
To be counted, your voting instructions for shares held in our retirement plan must be received by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on May 14, 2023,12, 2024, but not thereafter.

2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT137

Frequently Asked Questions About Voting and the Annual Meeting
Q    How do I participate in the annual meeting?
A    This year’s annual meeting will be held in a virtual format through a live webcast.
You are entitled to participate in the annual meeting if you were a record shareholder as of the close of business on March 23, 2023,21, 2024, the record date, or hold a valid proxy for the meeting. To be admitted to the annual meeting at proxyvote.com, you must enter the 16-digit control number found next to the label “Control Number” on your Notice of Internet Availability, proxy card, or voting instruction form, or in the email sending you the proxy statement. If you are a beneficial shareholder, you may contact the broker, bank or other institution with whom you hold your account if you have questions about obtaining your Control Number.
The question and answer session of the meeting will include questions submitted in advance of and questions submitted live during the annual meeting. You may submit a question in advance of the meeting at proxyvote.com after logging in with your Control Number. Questions may be submitted during the live virtual annual meeting by following the instructions on your log-in screen.
We encourage you to access the annual meeting before it begins. Online check-in will start approximately 15 minutes before the meeting on May 17, 2023.15, 2024.
Q    What can I do if I need technical assistance during the annual meeting?
A    The virtual meeting platform is fully supported across browsers (Internet Explorer, Firefox, Chrome and Safari) and devices (desktops, laptops, tablets and cell phones) running the most updated version of applicable software and plugins. If you encounter any difficulties accessing the virtual Meeting webcast, please call the technical support number that will be posted on the annual meeting website log-in page.
Q    Who sets the rules regarding conduct at the meeting?
A    Under our Bylaws, the Chairman has broad responsibility and legal authority to conduct the meeting in an orderly and timely manner. This authority includes establishing rules for shareholders who wish to address the meeting. Copies of these rules will be available prior to the meeting in the “Events & Presentations” section of our website ir.lumen.com and during the meeting. The Chairman may also exercise broad discretion regarding (i) recognizing shareholders who wish to speak, (ii) determining the extent of discussion on each item of business and (iii) consolidating the Company’s response to similar questions. In light of the need to conduct all necessary business and to conclude the meeting within a reasonable period of time, we cannot assure you that each question submitted will be addressed.
Q    What is the quorum requirement for the meeting?
A    Our Bylaws provide that the presence at the meeting, including by proxy, of a majority of the outstanding Voting Shares constitutes a quorum to organize the meeting. For these purposes, abstentions and uninstructed shares are counted as being present.
Q    Can I revoke or change my voting instructions after I deliver them?
A    Shareholders of record may revoke their proxy or change their votes at any time before their proxy is voted at the meeting by timely giving a written revocation notice to our secretary before the virtual meeting, by timely delivering a proxy bearing a later date or by voting during the virtual meeting. Joining the virtual meeting will not be enough to revoke your proxy. Beneficial shareholders may revoke or change their voting instructions by contacting the broker, bank or nominee that holds their shares.
Q    Who pays the cost of soliciting proxies?
A    The Board, on behalf of the Company, is soliciting the proxy accompanying this proxy statement. Proxies may be solicited by Lumen officers, directors and employees, none of whom will receive any additional compensation for their services. Alliance Advisors, LLC may solicit proxies at a cost we anticipate will not exceed $40,000. These solicitations may be made personally or by mail, telephone, messenger, email, or other electronic transmission. Lumen will pay persons holding shares of common stock in their names or in the names of nominees, but not owning such shares beneficially, such as brokerages, banks and other fiduciaries, for the expense of forwarding solicitation materials to their principals. Lumen will pay all proxy solicitation costs.
138140
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 

Frequently Asked Questions About Voting and the Annual Meeting
Q    Could other matters be considered and voted upon at the meeting?
A    Our Board does not expect to bring any matter before the meeting other than those listed in this proxy statement. Further, management has not timely received any notice that a shareholder desires to present any matter for action at the meeting in accordance with our Bylaws (which are described below under “Frequently Asked Questions — What is the deadline to propose actions for consideration at the 20242025 annual meeting of shareholders or to nominate individuals to serve as directors?”) and is otherwise unaware of any matter to be considered by shareholders at the meeting other than those matters specified in the accompanying notice of the meeting. Our proxy and voting instruction cards, however, will confer discretionary voting authority with respect to any other matter that may properly come before the meeting. It is the intention of the persons named therein to vote in accordance with their best judgment on any such matter.
Q    What happens if the meeting is postponed or adjourned?
A    The Chairman may postpone or adjourn the meeting. Unless a new record date is fixed, your proxy will still be valid and may be voted at the postponed or adjourned meeting. You will still be able to change or revoke your proxy until it is voted in the manner noted above.
Q    What happens if I do not indicate my voting instructions for one or more of the matters on my proxy card?
A    If you execute and return your proxy but do not give voting instructions, your shares will be voted as recommended by the Board. This means that unless your proxy is otherwise marked, properly executed proxies will be voted FOR the election of each of the director nominees and FOR each of the other proposals.
Q    What is the deadline to propose actions for consideration at the 20242025 annual meeting of shareholders or to nominate individuals to serve as directors?
A    You may submit proposals, including director nominations, for consideration at future annual meetings of shareholders.
Shareholder Proposals in the Proxy Statement. To be eligible for inclusion in our 20242025 proxy materials, any shareholder proposal must be received by December 7, 20232024 and must comply with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange ActAct.
Director Nominations in the Proxy Statement. Our Bylaws permit a shareholder or group of up to 10 shareholders who have owned at least 3% of our outstanding Common Shares continuously for at least the previous three years to submit director nominees for inclusion in our 20242025 proxy materials if the nominating shareholder(s) satisfies the requirements specified in our Bylaws. The number of shareholder-nominated candidates appearing in any of our annual meeting proxy materials cannot exceed 20% of the number of directors then serving on the Board. Based on the 11 directors constituting our Board immediately following the meeting, two is the maximum number of proxy access candidates that we would be required to include in our 20242025 proxy materials for the 20242025 annual meeting. With respect to shareholder-nominated candidates as directors submitted for inclusion in our 20242025 proxy materials, written notice of nominations must be provided by the shareholder proponent(s) to us in accordance with our Bylaws. The notice must be received by December 7, 2023.2024.
Other Proposals and Nominations. In addition, our Bylaws require shareholders to furnish timely advance written notice of their intent to nominate a director or bring any other matter before a shareholders’ meeting, whether or not they wish to include their candidate or proposal in our proxy materials. In general, notice must be received in writing by our Secretary, addressed in the manner specified below, between November 19, 202317, 2024 and February 17, 202415, 2025 and must contain various information and comply with all applicable provisions as specified in our Bylaws. (If the date of the 20242025 annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after May 17, 2024,15, 2025, please consult our Bylaws to determine the applicable deadline.)
In addition to satisfying the foregoing requirements under our bylaws, to comply with the SEC’s universal proxy rules, shareholders who intend to solicit proxies in support of director nominees other than our nominees must provide notice to our secretary at the address noted below that sets forth the information required by Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act no later than March 18, 2024.
Proxies granted by a shareholder will give discretionary authority to the proxy holders to vote on any matters introduced pursuant to the above-described advance notice bylaw provisions, subject to applicable rules of the SEC.16, 2025.
General. All proposals and nominations must be in writing and received by the applicable deadline(s) described above at our principal executive offices at 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203, Attention: Stacey W. Goff, Secretary. If we do not receive a proposal or nomination by the deadline(s) described above or if any nomination or proposal fails to comply with our Bylaw procedures, we may exclude or disregard such proposal or nomination. The summaries above are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of Rule 14a-8, our Bylaws and Rule 14a-19. You may obtain a full copy of our Bylaws by reviewing our reports filed with the SEC, by accessing our website at lumen.com or by contacting our Secretary in the manner specified below.
Proxies granted by a shareholder will give discretionary authority to the proxy holders to vote on any matters introduced pursuant to the above-described advance notice bylaw provisions, subject to applicable rules of the SEC.
141
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT139


Other Information
Proxy Materials
As described further above, shareholders will receive only a written notice of how to access our proxy materials and will not receive printed copies of the proxy materials unless requested. If you would like to receive a paper copy of our proxy materials, you should follow the instructions for requesting the materials in the notice.
The full set of our materials include:
the notice and proxy statement for the meeting,
a proxy or voting instruction card, and
our 20222023 annual report furnished in the following two parts: (1) our 20222023 Annual Financial Report, which constitutes Appendix B to this proxy statement and (2) our CEO’s letter appearing at the beginning of this document.
Annual Financial Report
Appendix B includes our 20222023 Annual Financial Report, which is excerpted from portions of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022,2023, that we filed with the SEC on February 23, 2023.22, 2024. In addition, we have provided you with a copy of or access to our CEO’s letter, which precedes this proxy statement at the beginning of this document. Neither of these documents is a part of our proxy soliciting materials.
You may obtain a copy of our Form 10-K report without charge by writing to Stacey W. Goff, Secretary, Lumen Technologies, Inc., 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203, or by visiting our website at lumen.com.lumen.com.
You may view online this proxy statement and related materials at proxyvote.com.proxyvote.com.
By Order of the Board of Directors
pg121-sign_goffstacey.jpg
Stacey W. Goff Secretary
April 5, 20232024
140142
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg 


Appendix A
Non-GAAP Reconciliations
Description of Non-GAAP Metrics
Pursuant to Regulation G, the company is hereby providing (i) definitions of non-GAAP financial metrics that are used in the sections of the proxy statement under the headings “About Lumen,” “Compensation Discussion & Analysis — Section One — Executive Summary — Lumen Business Highlights”Summary” and “Compensation Discussion & Analysis — Section Four — Compensation Design, Awards and Payouts for 2022”2023” and (ii) reconciliations of these metrics to the most directly comparable GAAP measures.
The following describes and reconciles those financial measures as reported under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) with those financial measures as adjusted by the items detailed below. These calculations are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and should not be viewed as alternatives to GAAP.
We use the term Special Items as a non-GAAP measure to describe items that impacted a period’s statement of operations for which investors may want to give special consideration due to their magnitude, nature or both. We do not call these items non-recurring because, while some are infrequent, others may recur in future periods.
In connection with setting performance targets for purposes of executive compensation, the company from time to time uses modified versions of the non-GAAP metrics referred to below. For further information of such modifications, see “Compensation Discussion & Analysis — Section ThreeTwoPayCompensation Philosophy and Performance AlignmentOversight — Incentive program guidelines.Program Guidelines.
Adjusted EBITDA ($) is defined as net income (loss) from the Statements of Operations before income tax (expense) benefit, total other income (expense), depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and impairments.
Adjusted EBITDA Margin (%) is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenue.
Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are relevant and useful metrics to provide to investors, as they are an important part of our internal reporting and are key measures used by management to evaluate profitability and operating performance of Lumen and to make resource allocation decisions. Management believes such measures are especially important in a capital-intensive industry such as telecommunications. Management also uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin (and similarly uses these terms excluding Special Items) to compare our performance to that of our competitors and to eliminate certain non-cash and non-operating items in order to consistently measure from period to period our ability to fund capital expenditures, fund growth, service debt and determine bonuses. Adjusted EBITDA excludes non-cash stock compensation expense and impairments because of the non-cash nature of these items. Adjusted EBITDA also excludes interest income, interest expense and income taxes, and in our view constitutes an accrual-based measure that has the effect of excluding period-to-period changes in working capital and shows profitability without regard to the effects of capital or tax structure. Adjusted EBITDA also excludes depreciation and amortization expense because these non-cash expenses primarily reflect the impact of historical capital investments, as opposed to the cash impacts of capital expenditures made in recent periods, which may be evaluated through cash flow measures. Adjusted EBITDA further excludes the gain (or loss) on extinguishment and modification of debt and other income (expense), net, because these items are not related to the primary business operations of Lumen.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTA-1

Appendix A
There are material limitations to using Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure, including the difficulty associated with comparing companies that use similar performance measures whose calculations may differ from our calculations. Additionally, by excluding the above-listed items, Adjusted EBITDA may exclude items
A-1
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix A
that investors believe are important components of our performance. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin (either with or without Special Items) should not be considered a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP.
Free Cash Flow is defined as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less capital expenditures as disclosed in the Statements of Cash Flows. Management believes that Free Cash Flow is a relevant metric to provide to investors, as it is an indicator of our ability to generate cash to service our debt. Free Cash Flow excludes cash used for acquisitions, principal repayments and the impact of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents balances.
There are material limitations to using Free Cash Flow to measure our performance as it excludes certain material items that investors may believe are important components of our cash flows. Comparisons of our Free Cash Flow to that of some of itsour competitors may be of limited usefulness since Lumen doesuntil recently we did not currently pay a significant amount of income taxes due to net operating loss carryforwards, and therefore, generatesgenerated higher cash flow than a comparable business that does pay income taxes. Additionally, this financial measure is subject to variability quarter over quarter as a result of the timing of payments related to interest expense, accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll and capital expenditures. Free Cash Flow (either with or without Special Items) should not be used as a substitute for net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Net Debt is defined as total long-term debt, excluding unamortized discounts, premiums, and other, net and unamortized debt issuance costs, minus cash and cash equivalents.
Net Debt-to-Adjusted EBITDA Ratio is defined as Net Debt, divided by Adjusted EBITDA.
Non-GAAP Special Items
(Unaudited; $ in millions)
Special Items Impacting Adjusted EBITDASpecial Items Impacting Adjusted EBITDA20222021Special Items Impacting Adjusted EBITDA20232022
Consumer and other litigationConsumer and other litigation$(3)16 
SeveranceSeverance12 
Transaction and separation costs(1)
Transaction and separation costs(1)
219 37 
Real estate transactions(2)
Real estate transactions(2)
— (40)
Gain on sale of businesses(3)
(773)— 
Loss on disposal groups held for sale700 — 
Net loss (gain) on sale of businesses(3)
Loss on disposal group held for sale
Net loss on sale of select CDN contracts
Total Special Items impacting Adjusted EBITDATotal Special Items impacting Adjusted EBITDA$155 16Total Special Items impacting Adjusted EBITDA$482 155155
Additional Special Items Impacting Net Loss
Goodwill impairment
Goodwill impairment
Goodwill impairment
Net gain on early retirement of debt(4)
Income from transition and separation services(5)
Tax effect of Special Items impacting Net Loss(6)
Total Special Items Impacting Net Loss
1(1)Reflects transactionTransaction and separation costs associated with (i) the sale of our Latin American business on August 1, 2022, (ii) the sale of our 20-state ILEC business on October 3, 2022, (iii) the exclusive arrangement to divest Lumen’s operations in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (the “EMEA” business”) announcedsale of our EMEA business on November 2, 20221, 2023 and (iv) our evaluation of other potential transactions.
2(2)ReflectsReal estate transactions include the Q2 2023 and Q4 2023 loss on donation of real estate and Q3 2021 (gain) on sale of real estate, net of other impairment charges or acceleration of costs associated with our real estate rationalization program.
3(3)Reflects primarily (i) the pre-tax gain of $597 million recorded in operating income as a result of our Latin American business divestiture completed August 1, 2022, and (ii) the pre-tax gain of $176 million recorded in operating income as a result of our 20-state ILEC business divestiture completed October 3, 2022 subjectand (iii) the net loss of $102 million recorded for the year ended 2023 operating income and $660 million recorded for the year ended 2022 operating income as a result of our EMEA business divestiture completed November 1, 2023.
(4) Reflects a gain as a result of (i) $19 million of debt exchanges in Q2 2023, (ii) $1.5 billion of debt exchanges in Q1 2023, (iii) $4.4 billion in early debt retirement in Q4 2022 and (iv) $2.3 billion in early debt retirement in Q3 2022
(5)Income from transition and separation services includes charges we billed for transition services and IT professional services provided to certain post-closing adjustments.the purchasers in connection with our 2022 and 2023 divestitures.
(6)Tax effect calculated using the annualized statutory tax rate, excluding any non-recurring discrete items.
A-2
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix A
Adjusted EBITDA Non-GAAP Reconciliation
(Unaudited; $ in millions)
20222021
Net income$(1,548)2,033 
202320232022
Net loss
Income tax expenseIncome tax expense557 668 
Total other expense, netTotal other expense, net1,086 1,584 
Depreciation and amortization expenseDepreciation and amortization expense3,239 4,019 
Stock-based compensation expenseStock-based compensation expense98 120 
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment3,271 — 
Adjusted EBITDAAdjusted EBITDA$6,703 8,424 
Add back: Severance(1)
Add back: Severance(1)
$12 
Add back: Consumer and other litigation(1)
Add back: Consumer and other litigation(1)
(3)16 
Add back: Transaction and separation costs(1)
Add back: Transaction and separation costs(1)
219 37 
Add back: Real estate transactions(1)
Add back: Real estate transactions(1)
— (40)
Remove: Gain on sale of business(1)
(773)— 
Add back: Loss on disposal groups held for sale(1)
700 — 
Add back: Net loss on sale of select CDN contracts(1)
Add back: Net loss (gain) on sale of businesses(1)
Add back: Loss on disposal group held for sale(1)
Adjusted EBITDA excluding Special ItemsAdjusted EBITDA excluding Special Items$6,858 8,440 
Net income excluding Special Items(1)
Total revenueTotal revenue$17,478 19,687 
Net loss marginNet loss margin(70.7)%(8.9)%
Net income margin, excluding Special ItemsNet income margin, excluding Special Items1.3 %8.9 %
Adjusted EBITDA marginAdjusted EBITDA margin38.4%42.8%Adjusted EBITDA margin28.5 %38.4 %
Adjusted EBITDA margin excluding Special ItemsAdjusted EBITDA margin excluding Special Items39.2%42.9%Adjusted EBITDA margin excluding Special Items31.8 %39.2 %
1(1)Refer to Non-GAAP Special Items table for details of the Special Items included above.
Free Cash Flow Reconciliation
(Unaudited; $ in millions)
20222021
202320232022
Net cash provided by operating activitiesNet cash provided by operating activities$4,735 6,501 
Capital expendituresCapital expenditures(3,016)(2,900)
Free Cash FlowFree Cash Flow1,719 3,601 
Add back: Severance(1)
Add back: Severance(1)
37 70 
Add back: Consumer and other litigation(1)
Add back: Consumer and other litigation(1)
— 47 
Add back: Transaction and separation costs(1)
Add back: Transaction and separation costs(1)
282 20 
Add back: Real estate transactions(1)
— 
Add back: Pension contributions(2)
Add back: Pension contributions(2)
319 — 
Remove: Income from transition and separation services(3)
Remove: Income from transition and separation services(3)
(97)— 
Free Cash Flow excluding cash Special ItemsFree Cash Flow excluding cash Special Items$2,260 3,742 
1(1)Refer to Non-GAAP Special Items table for details of the Special Items impacting cash flow included above.
2(2)Reflects cash pension contribution following a revaluation of the pension obligation and pension assets for the Lumen Pension Plan, in connection with the closing of the sale of the 20-state ILEC business on October 3, 2022.
3(3)Reflects income from transition and separation services including charges we billed for transition services and IT professional services provided to the purchasers in connection with our 2022 and 2023 divestitures.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTA-3
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix A
Net Debt-to-Adjusted EBITDA Ratio Calculation
(Unaudited; $ in millions)
20222021
202320232022
Total long-term debtTotal long-term debt$20,576 30,478 
Exclude: unamortized discounts, premiums and other, net and unamortized debt issuance costsExclude: unamortized discounts, premiums and other, net and unamortized debt issuance costs176 199 
Minus: cash and cash equivalentsMinus: cash and cash equivalents(1,294)(394)
Net debtNet debt19,458 30,283 
Adjusted EBITDA excluding Special ItemsAdjusted EBITDA excluding Special Items6,858 8,440 
Net Debt-to-Adjusted EBITDA RatioNet Debt-to-Adjusted EBITDA Ratio2.8 3.6 
Broadband Engagement Data
Statistical data regarding broadband-enabled locations refers to the total number of units capable of receiving the Company’s broadband services at period end. Other companies may use different methodologies to count their broadband enabled units.
A-4
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg


Appendix B
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Annual Financial Report
December 31, 20222023
Index to Annual Financial Report
December 31, 20222023
The materials included in this Appendix B are excerpted from Items 5, 7 and 8 of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023. We filed the Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2023,22, 2024, and have not updated any of the following excerpted materials for any changes or developments since such date. Please see the Form 10-K for additional information about our business and operations.
B-2
B-2
B-23xx
B-24
B-24
*All references to “Notes” in this Appendix B refer to these Notes.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-1
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’sRegistrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") and the Berlin Stock Exchange and is traded under the symbol LUMN and CYTH, respectively.
At February 21, 2023,20, 2024, there were approximately 81,60078,000 stockholders of record, although there were significantly more beneficial holders of our common stock.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Effective November 2,During the fourth quarter of 2022, our Board of Directors authorized a new two-year program to repurchase up to an aggregate of $1.5 billion of our outstanding common stock. During the three months ended December 31, 2022, we repurchased and retired 33 million shares of our outstanding common stock in the open market. These shares were repurchasedmarket for an aggregate market price of $200 million, or an average purchase price of $6.07 per share. AllSince then, we have not repurchased any shares of our outstanding common stock has been retired.under this program. For additional information, see Note 20—Repurchases of Lumen Common Stock to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.
The following table contains information about shares of our previously-issued common stock that were repurchased under our above-described Stock Repurchase Program:
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
Average Price Paid
Per Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares That
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs
Period
November 202228,413,768 $6.16 28,413,768 $1,325,011,442 
December 20224,559,200 $5.48 4,559,200 $1,300,012,827 
2023.
The following table contains information about shares of our previously-issued common stock that we withheld from employees upon vesting of their stock-based awards during the fourth quarter of 20222023 to satisfy the related tax withholding obligations:
Total Number of
Shares Withheld
for Taxes
Average Price Paid
Per Share
Period
October 202250,287 $7.02 
November 202210,629 6.04 
December 202224,553 5.58 
Total85,469  
Total Number of Shares
Withheld for Taxes
Average Price Paid
Per Share
Period  
October 202328,853 $1.29 
November 202395,290 1.37 
December 2023117,524 1.55 
Total241,667  
Equity Compensation Plan Information
See Item 12 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
ITEM 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
All references to "Notes" in this Item 7 of Part II refer to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II ofbelow. Certain statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022. Certain statements in such report2023 constitute forward-looking statements. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" immediately prior to Item 1 of Part I of such reportour Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 for factors relating to these statements and "Risk Factors" in Item 1A of Part I of such reportour Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 for a discussion of certain risk factors applicable to our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or prospects.
B-2
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
Overview
We are an internationala facilities-based technology and communications company focused on providing our business and mass markets customers withthat provides a broad array of integrated products and services necessary to fully participate in our rapidly evolving digital world.domestic and global business customers and our domestic mass markets customers. We operate one of the world's most interconnected networks. Our platform empowers our customers to rapidlyswiftly adjust digital programs to meet immediate demands, create efficiencies, accelerate market access and reduce costs, – allowingwhich allows our customers to rapidly evolve their IT programs to address dynamic changes. With approximately 160,000170,000 on-net buildings and 400,000350,000 route miles of fiber optic cable globally, we are among the largest providers of communications services to domestic and global enterprise customers. Our terrestrial and subsea fiber optic long-haul network throughout North America Europe and Asia Pacific connects to metropolitan fiber networks that we operate. We provide services in over 60 countries, with most of our revenue being derived in the United States.
B-2
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business
On August 1, 2022, affiliates of Level 3 Parent, LLC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Lumen Technologies, Inc., sold Lumen’s Latin American business for pre-tax cash proceeds of approximately $2.7 billion.
On October 3, 2022, we and certain of our affiliates sold the portion of our ILEC business conducted primarily within 20 Midwestern and Southeastern states. In exchange, we received $7.5 billion of consideration, which was reduced by approximately $0.4 billion of closing adjustments and partially paid through purchaser's assumption of approximately $1.5 billion of our long-term consolidated indebtedness, resulting in pre-tax cash proceeds of approximately $5.6 billion, subject tobillion.
On November 1, 2023, we and certain post-closing adjustments and indemnities.
Under agreements entered into on November 2, 2022 and February 8, 2023,of our affiliates of Level 3 Parent, LLC, have agreed to divest certainsold Lumen's operations in EMEAEurope, the Middle East and Africa (the "EMEA business") to Colt Technology Services Group Limited, a portfolio company of Fidelity Investments, in exchange for $1.8pre-tax cash proceeds of $1.7 billion in cash,after certain closing adjustments and transaction costs. This consideration is further subject to certain other post-closing adjustments. Level 3 Parent, LLC expects to close the transaction as early as late 2023, following receipt of all requisite regulatory approvalsadjustments and indemnities set forth in the U.S.Purchase Agreement, as amended and certain countries where the EMEA business operates, as well as the satisfaction of other customary conditions. The actual amount of our net after-tax proceeds from this divestiture could vary substantially from the amounts we currently estimate, particularly if we experience delays in completing the transaction or any of our other assumptions provesupplemented to be incorrect.date.
For more information, see (i) Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20222023 and (ii) the risk factors included in Item 1A of Part I of such report.our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-3

Appendix B
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic andChanges in the Macroeconomic, EnvironmentIndustry and Work Environments
Societal, governmental and macroeconomic changes arising out of the COVID-19 pandemic have impacted us, our customers and our business in several ways since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in the U.S. in March 2020. Beginning in the second half of 2020 and continuing into 2022,2023, we rationalized our leasedlease footprint and ceased using 3942 underutilized leased property locations that were underutilized.locations. These lease cancellations resulted in accelerated lease costs, including $35 million and $8 million of such costs recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2023, respectively, but will lower our future operating costs. We did not further rationalize our lease footprint or incur material accelerated lease costs during the year ended December 31, 2022. However,During the second quarter of 2023, we also donated our Monroe, Louisiana campus and leased back a portion thereof. This donation resulted in a loss recognized during the second and fourth quarters, as discussed further below. In conjunction with our plans to continue to reduce costs, we expect to continue our real estate rationalization efforts and expect to incur additional accelerated leasereal estate costs in future periods.
Additionally, as discussed further elsewhere herein, the pandemic and macroeconomic changes arising therefrom have resulted in (i) increases in certain revenue streams and decreases in others, (ii) increases in overtime expenses during 2020 and 2021, (iii) operational challenges resulting from inflation and, to a lesser extent, shortages of certain components and other supplies that we use in our business, (iv)(iii) delays in our cost transformation initiatives and (v)(iv) delayed decision-making by certain of our customers. None of these effects, individually or in the aggregate, have to date materially impacted our financial performance or financial position.
The COVID-19 pandemic and other factorsIndustry developments over the past couple years have led to increased fiber construction demand combined with increaseddemand. The resulting increase in construction labor rates that have reducedincreased the numbercost of enabling units to be capable of receiving our fiber buildout projects that met our internal payback requirement. Thus far,broadband services. In 2022 and 2021, we believe these factors have contributed to a delay in attaining our Quantum Fiber buildouts, but otherwise have not had a significantbuildout targets.
Continued inflationary pressures, supply constraints or business uncertainty could materially impact on our business results.
We reopened our offices in April 2022 under a "hybrid" working environment, which will permit some of our employees the flexibility to work remotely at least some of the time for the foreseeable future.
If any of the above-listed factors intensify, our financial results could be materially impacted in a variety of ways, including by increasing our expenses, decreasing our revenues, further delaying our network expansion plans or otherwise interfering with our ability to deliver products and services. For additional information on the impacts of the pandemic and the macroeconomic changes arising therefrom, see (i) the remainder of this item, including "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Overview of Sources and Uses of Cash" and (ii) Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
Reporting Segments
Our reporting segments are currently organized as follows, by customer focus:
Business Segment: Under our Business segment, we provide our products and services under four sales channels:
International and Global Accounts("IGAM"):Our IGAM sales channel includes multinational and enterprise customers. We provide our products and services to global enterprise customers and carriers.
B-3
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
Large Enterprise: Under our large enterprise sales channel, we provide our products and services to large enterprises, including multinational and the public sector, including the U.S. Federal government, stateglobal enterprise customers and local governments and research and education institutions.carriers.
Mid-Market Enterprise: Under our mid-market enterprise sales channel, we provide our products and services to medium-sized enterprises directly and through our indirect channel partners.
Public Sector: Under our public sector sales channel, we provide our products and services to the public sector, including the U.S. Federal government, state and local governments and research and education institutions.
Wholesale: Under our wholesale sales channel, we provide our products and services to a wide range of other communication providers across thecompanies providing wireline, wireless, cable, voice and data center sectors.services.
As we have previously disclosed, we plan to update these sales channels beginning with our first quarterly report filed after this annual report.
Mass Markets Segment. Under our Mass Markets segment, we provide products and services to residential and small business customers. At December 31, 2022,2023, we served 3.02.8 million broadband subscribers under our Mass Markets segment.
See Note 17—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20222023 for additional information.
B-4
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
We categorize our Business segment revenue among the following products and services categories:
Compute and Application ServicesGrow, which includeincludes products and services that we anticipate will grow, including our dark fiber, Edge Cloud services, IT solutions,IP, managed security, software-defined wide area networks ("SD WAN"), secure access service edge ("SASE"), Unified Communications and Collaboration ("UC&C"), data center, content delivery network ("CDN") and managed securitywavelengths services;
IP and Data ServicesNurture, which include Ethernet, IP,includes our more mature offerings, including ethernet and VPN data networks including software-defined wide area networks ("SD WAN") based services, Dynamic Connections and Hyper WAN;services;
Fiber Infrastructure ServicesHarvest, which include dark fiber, opticalincludes our legacy services and equipment; and
Voice and Other, which includemanaged for cash flow, including Time Division Multiplexing ("TDM") voice, private line and other legacy services; and
Other, which includes equipment sales, IT solutions and other services.
We categorize our Mass Markets products and services revenue among the following categories:
Fiber Broadband, under which we provide high speed broadband services to residential and small business customers utilizing our fiber-based network infrastructure;
Other Broadband, under which we provide primarily lower speed broadband services to residential and small business customers utilizing our copper-based network infrastructure; and
Voice and Other, under which we derive revenues from (i) providing local and long-distance voice services, professional services, and other ancillary services, and (ii) federal broadband and state support payments.programs.
Trends Impacting Our Operations
In addition to the above-described impact of the pandemic and its aftermath, our consolidated operations have been, and will continue to be, impacted by the following company-wide trends:
Customers’ demand for automated products and services and competitive pressures will require that we continue to invest in new technologies and automated processes to improve the customer experience and reduce our operating expenses.
The increasinglyincreased use of digital environment and the growth inapplications, online video, gaming and gaming requireartificial intelligence has substantially increased demand for robust, scalable network services. We are continuing to enhance our product capabilities and simplify our product portfolio based on demand and profitability to enable customers to have access to greater bandwidth.
Businesses continue to adopt distributed, global operating models. We are expanding and enhancing our fiber network, connecting more buildings to our network to generate revenue opportunities and reducing our reliance upon other carriers.
Changes in customer preferences and in the regulatory, technological and competitive environment are (i) significantly reducing demand for our more mature service offerings, commoditizing certain of our other offerings, or resulting in volume or rate reductions for other of our offerings and (ii) also creating certain opportunities for us arising out of increased demand for lower latency provided by Edge computing and for faster and more secure data transmissions.
B-4
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
The operating margins of several of our newer, more technologically advanced services, some of which may connect to customers through other carriers, are lower than the operating margins on our traditional, on-net wireline services.
Uncertainties regarding our financial performance, leverage and debt covenant compliance have caused, and may continue to cause, certain of our customers and other third parties to reduce or cease transacting business with us.
Our expenses will be impacted by higher vendor costs, reduced economies of scale and other dis-synergies due to our completed 2022 and 2023 divestitures and any future divestitures.
Declines in our traditional wireline services and other more mature offerings have necessitated right-sizing our cost structures to remain competitive.
The amount of support payments we receive from governmental agenciesInflation has decreased substantially since December 31, 2021. Inflation during 2021 and 2022 placed downward pressure on our margins and macroeconomic uncertainties have likely contributed to delayed decision-making by certain of our customers, which are trends that will likely continue to impact us as long as inflation rates remain elevated. These and other developments and trends impacting our operations are discussed elsewhere in this Item 7.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-5

Appendix B
Results of Operations
In this section, we discuss our overall results of operations and highlight special items that are not included in our segment results. In "Segment Results" we review the performance of our two reporting segments in more detail. Results in this section include the results of our Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA businesses prior to their sale on August 1, 2022, and October 3, 2022 and November 1, 2023 respectively.
Revenue
The following table summarizes our consolidated operating revenue recorded under each of our two segments and in our four revenue sales channels within the Business segment described above:
Years Ended December 31,2022 vs 2021 % Change2021 vs 2020 % Change Years Ended December 31,
2023 vs
2022 %
Change 
 2022 vs
2021 %
Change 
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions)
Business Segment:Business Segment:
International & Global Accounts$3,645 4,083 4,137 (11)%(1)%
Business Segment:
Business Segment:
Large Enterprise
Large Enterprise
Large EnterpriseLarge Enterprise3,409 3,771 3,961 (10)%(5)%$4,616 5,377 5,377 5,918 5,918 (14)(14)%(9)%
Mid-Market EnterpriseMid-Market Enterprise2,465 2,649 2,901 (7)%(9)%Mid-Market Enterprise2,011 2,212 2,212 2,398 2,398 (9)(9)%(8)%
Public SectorPublic Sector1,783 1,861 2,111 (4)%(12)%
WholesaleWholesale3,520 3,616 3,809 (3)%(5)%Wholesale3,125 3,591 3,591 3,692 3,692 (13)(13)%(3)%
Business Segment RevenueBusiness Segment Revenue13,039 14,119 14,808 (8)%(5)%Business Segment Revenue11,535 13,041 13,041 14,119 14,119 (12)(12)%(8)%
Mass Markets Segment RevenueMass Markets Segment Revenue4,439 5,568 5,904 (20)%(6)%Mass Markets Segment Revenue3,022 4,437 4,437 5,568 5,568 (32)(32)%(20)%
Total operating revenueTotal operating revenue$17,478 19,687 20,712 (11)%(5)%Total operating revenue$14,557 17,478 17,478 19,687 19,687 (17)(17)%(11)%
Our consolidated operating revenue decreased by $2.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, $2.1 billion of which is attributable to the sale of our Latin American and ILEC businesses in the second half of 2022, and the sale of our EMEA business on November 1, 2023. Our consolidated revenue decreased by $2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 due to revenue declines in all of our revenue categories listed above, in addition to an approximately $1.0 billion decrease attributable to the sale of our Latin American and ILEC businesses asin the second half of August 1, 2022 and October 3, 2022, respectively. Our consolidated revenue decreased by $1.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 due to revenue declines in all of our revenue categories listed above.2022. See our segment results below for additional information.
Operating Expenses
The following table summarizes our operating expenses for the yearyears ended December 31, 20222023 and 2021.2022. For information regarding expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020,2021, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of our Annual Report Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.2022.
Years Ended December 31,% Change
20222021
(Dollars in millions)
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)$7,868 8,488 (7)%
Selling, general and administrative3,078 2,895 %
Gain on sale of businesses(773)— nm
Loss on disposal groups held for sale700 — nm
Depreciation and amortization3,239 4,019 (19)%
Goodwill impairment3,271 — nm
Total operating expenses$17,383 15,402 13 %
B-5
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
 Years Ended December 31,% Change
 20232022
 (Dollars in millions)
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)$7,144 7,868 (9)%
Selling, general and administrative3,198 3,078 %
Net loss (gain) on sale of businesses121 (113)nm
Loss on disposal group held for sale— 40 nm
Depreciation and amortization2,985 3,239 (8)%
Goodwill impairment10,693 3,271 nm
Total operating expenses$24,141 17,383 39 %
nm    Percentages greater than 200% and comparisons between positive and negative values or to/from zero values are considered not meaningful.
B-6
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
Cost of Services and Products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) decreased by $620$724 million for the year ended December 31, 20222023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.2022. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $718 million due to the sale of the Latin American and ILEC businesses in the second half of 2022 and the sale of the EMEA business on November 1, 2023, as well as reductionsreduction of $108 million in employee-relatedemployee-related expense from lower headcountheadcount. These decreases were partially offset by higher network and lower facility costs and network expenses.maintenance expense of $130 million.
Selling, General and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $183$120 million for the year ended December 31, 20222023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. The2022. This increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to gains on sales of assets during the year ended December 31, 2021driven by a $101 million loss incurred as well as higher professional fees during the year ended December 31, 2022 associated with facilitating the divestituresa result of our Latin Americandonation of our Monroe, Louisiana campus and ILEC businesses.a $73 million net loss as a result of the sale of select CDN contracts. Additionally, employee-related expense increased $97 million and marketing and advertising expense increased $50 million. A portion of these and other expense increases were driven by our ongoing growth and optimization initiatives. These increases were partially offset by lower expensesa $185 million decrease due to the sale of the Latin American and ILEC businesses.businesses in the second half of 2022 as well as the sale of the EMEA business on November 1, 2023 and $21 million from gains on the sale of property and assets.
GainLoss (Gain) on Sale of Businesses and Loss on Disposal Groups Held for Sale
For a discussion of the loss on the sale of the EMEA business and gain on the salesales of the Latin American and ILEC businesses and the loss on disposal groups held for sale that we recognized for the yearyears ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, see Note 2—2Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business.Businesses.
Depreciation and Amortization
The following table provides detail of our depreciation and amortization expense:
Years Ended December 31,% Change
20222021
(Dollars in millions)
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,% Change
202320232022
(Dollars in millions)
Depreciation
Depreciation
DepreciationDepreciation$2,133 2,671 (20)%$1,932 2,133 2,133 (9)(9)%
AmortizationAmortization1,106 1,348 (18)%Amortization1,053 1,106 1,106 (5)(5)%
Total depreciation and amortizationTotal depreciation and amortization$3,239 4,019 (19)%Total depreciation and amortization$2,985 3,239 3,239 (8)(8)%
Depreciation expense decreased by $538$201 million for the year ended December 31, 20222023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20212022 primarily due to the discontinuation during the third quarter of 2021 of the depreciation of the tangible assets of our recently divested Latin American and ILEC businesses and the discontinuation during the fourth quarter of 2022 of the depreciation of the tangible EMEA assets of our planned divestiture of our EMEA business,we divested, resulting in an aggregatea decrease of $359$152 million of depreciation expense during the year ended December 31, 20222023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. In addition,2022, depreciation expense decreased $193 million due to the early retirement of certain copper-based infrastructure during the fourth quarter of 2021 and $38$137 million due to the impact of annual rate depreciable life changes, which wasThe decreases were partially offset by higher depreciation expense of $61$92 million associated with net growth in depreciable assets.
B-6
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Amortization expense decreased by $242$53 million for the year ended December 31, 20222023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.2022. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $119 million resulting from certain customer relationship intangible assets becoming fully amortized at the end of the first quarter 2021, a decrease of $50 million associated with net reductions in amortizable assets, a decrease of $42 million due to the discontinuation during third quarter of 2021 of the amortization of the intangible assets of our recently divested Latin American and ILEC businesses and the discontinuation during the fourth quarter of 2022 of the amortization of the intangible EMEA assets we divested, resulting in a decrease of our planned divestiture$30 million of our EMEA business and a $16amortization expense during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, amortization expense decreased $18 million decrease due to accelerated amortization for decommissioned applications.resulting from certain customer relationship intangible assets becoming fully amortized in the second quarter of 2023.
Further analysis of our segment operating expenses by segment is provided below in "Segment Results."
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-7

Appendix B
Goodwill Impairments
We are required to perform impairment tests related to our goodwill annually, which we perform as of October 31, or sooner if an indicator of impairment occurs. We considered the sustained decline in our share price during the second quarter of 2023 an event or change in circumstance requiring evaluation of goodwill impairment.
We report under two segments: Business and Mass Markets. As of December 31, 2022,2023, we havehad three reporting units for goodwill impairment testing, which are (i) Mass Markets, (ii) North America Business ("NA Business") and (iii) Asia Pacific ("APAC") region. Prior to the planned divestiture of the EMEA business, the EMEA region was also a reporting unit and was tested for impairment in the pre-classification test as of October 31, 2022 discussed below.elsewhere herein. Prior to its August 1, 2022 divestiture, the Latin American ("LATAM") region was also a reporting unit.
During the second and fourth quarters of 2023, we determined circumstances existed indicating it was more likely than not that the carrying value of one or more of our reporting units exceeded its fair value. When we performed an impairment test, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than their carrying value of equity as of our testing date. As a result, we recorded non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $10.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. When we performed our impairment tests during the fourth quarter of 2022, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than our carrying value of equity as of our testing date. As a result, we recorded non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges aggregating to $3.3 billion in the fourth quarter of 2022. When we performed our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2021, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of our reporting units. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our annual assessment date in the fourth quarter of 2021. When we performed
We are currently experiencing competitive, macroeconomic and financial pressures, including dis-synergies resulting from our impairment tests during the fourth quarter of 2020, we concluded that the estimated fair value of certain of2022 and 2023 divestitures and concerns about our reporting units was less than our carrying value of equity as of our testing date. As a result, we recorded non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges aggregatingability to $2.6 billionrefinance debt in the fourth quarterfuture. In 2023, we also experienced a sustained decline in our share price. These and other factors contributed to us recognizing the above-described goodwill impairments. If these pressures continue, we may experience additional deterioration in our projected cash flows or market capitalization, or make significant changes to our assumptions of 2020.discount rates and market multiples. Any of these could result in additional goodwill impairments in future quarters.
See Note 3—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20222023 for further details on these tests and impairment charges.
Other Consolidated Results
The following tables summarize our total other expense, net and income tax expense:
Years Ended December 31,% Change Years Ended December 31,% Change
20222021 20232022
(Dollars in millions)
Interest expenseInterest expense$(1,332)(1,522)(12)%
Other income (expense), net246 (62)nm
Interest expense
Interest expense$(1,158)(1,332)(13)%
Net gain on early retirement of debtNet gain on early retirement of debt618 214 189 %
Other (expense) income, netOther (expense) income, net(113)32 nm
Total other expense, netTotal other expense, net$(1,086)(1,584)(31)%Total other expense, net$(653)(1,086)(1,086)(40)(40)%
Income tax expenseIncome tax expense$557 668 (17)%Income tax expense$61 557 557 (89)(89)%
nm    Percentages greater than 200% and comparisons between positive and negative values or to/from zero values are considered not meaningful.
B-7
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
Interest Expense
Interest expense decreased by $190$174 million for the year ended December 31, 20222023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021.2022. The decreasedecline was primarily due to thea $4.5 billion decrease in average long-termoutstanding long-term debt from $30.4 billion to $24.8 billion,(inclusive of debt classified as held for sale), which was partially offset by thean increase in the average interest rate from 5.14% to 5.9%.
Net Gain on Early Retirement of 4.82% to 5.14%.Debt
B-8
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
For a discussion of the exchange offers that resulted in the net gain on debt that we recognized for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, see Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities.
Other (Expense) Income, (Expense), Net
Other (expense) income, (expense), net reflects certain items not directly related to our core operations, including (i) gains and losses on extinguishments of debt, (ii) components of net periodic pension and post-retirement benefit costs, (iii)(ii) foreign currency gains and losses, (iv)(iii) our share of income from partnerships we do not control, (v)(iv) interest income, (vi)(v) gains and losses from non-operatingnon-operating asset dispositions, (vii)(vi) income from transition and separation services provided by us to the purchasers of our Latin American businessdivested businesses and ILEC business, and (viii)(vii) other non-core items.
Years Ended December 31,
20222021
(Dollars in millions)
Net gain on extinguishment of debt$214 
Pension and post-retirement net periodic income (expense)(295)
Foreign currency gain (loss)12 (28)
(Loss) gain on investment in limited partnership(83)138 
Loss on investment in equity securities(109)— 
Transition and separation services152 — 
Other59 115 
Total other income (expense), net$246 (62)
Years Ended December 31,
20232022
(Dollars in millions)
Pension and post-retirement net periodic (expense) income$(158)
Foreign currency (loss) gain(10)12 
Loss on investment in limited partnership(75)(83)
Loss on investment in equity securities(22)(109)
Transition and separation services186 152 
Interest income41 24 
Other(75)35 
Other (expense) income, net$(113)32 
The change of $296 million in pension and post-retirement net periodic income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 is primarily driven by settlement charges in 2021 associated with the acceleration of the recognition of a portion of previously unrecognized actuarial losses in the Lumen Combined Pension Plan. Other income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2021 also included a distribution from a previously dissolved captive insurance company and other non-core items. See Note 14—Fair Value of Financial Instruments to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 for more information regarding the losses for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the gain for the year ended December 31, 2021 recognized on the investmentour investments in equity securities and a limited partnership and investment in equity securities. The net gain on extinguishment of debt for the year ended December 31, 2022 was a result of multiple transactions in which our debt was reacquired below its carrying value. See Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 for more information regarding our net gains on extinguishment of debt.partnership.
Income Tax Expense
For the years ended December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, our effective income tax rate was (56.2)(0.6)% and 24.7%(56.2)%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes a $2.2 billion unfavorable aggregate impact of non-deductible goodwill impairments and a $137 million favorable impact as a result of utilizing available capital losses generated by the sale of our Latin American business in 2022. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2022 includes a $682 million unfavorable impact of a non-deductible goodwill impairmentimpairments and a $128 million unfavorable impact as a result of the sale of our Latin American business. SeeFor additional information, see Note 16—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20222023 and "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Income Taxes" below for additional information..
B-8
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-9

Appendix B
Segment Results
General
Reconciliation of segment revenue to total operating revenue is below. The results presented in this section include results of our Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA businesses prior to their sale on August 1, 2022, and October 3, 2022 and November 1, 2023 respectively:
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Operating revenueOperating revenue
BusinessBusiness$13,039 14,119 14,808 
Business
Business
Mass MarketsMass Markets4,439 5,568 5,904 
Total operating revenueTotal operating revenue$17,478 19,687 20,712 
Reconciliation of segment EBITDA to total adjusted EBITDA is below:
 Years Ended December 31,
 202220212020
 (Dollars in millions)
Adjusted EBITDA
Business$8,678 9,453 9,885 
Mass Markets3,754 4,876 5,122 
Total segment EBITDA12,432 14,329 15,007 
Operations and Other EBITDA(5,729)(5,905)(6,518)
Total adjusted EBITDA$6,703 8,424 8,489 
 Years Ended December 31,
 202320222021
 (Dollars in millions)
Net (loss) income$(10,298)(1,548)2,033 
Income tax expense61 557 668 
Total other expense, net653 1,086 1,584 
Depreciation and amortization expense2,985 3,239 4,019 
Goodwill impairment10,693 3,271 — 
Stock-based compensation expense52 98 120 
Total adjusted EBITDA$4,146 6,703 8,424 
Business segment adjusted EBITDA$7,165 8,569 9,358 
Mass Markets segment adjusted EBITDA1,589 2,690 3,730 
Other unallocated expense(4,608)(4,556)(4,664)
For additional information on our reportable segments and product and services categories, see Note 4—4Revenue Recognition and Note 17—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
Business Segment
 Years Ended December 31,Percent Change
 2022202120202022 vs 20212021 vs 2020
 (Dollars in millions)
Business Segment Product Categories:
Compute and Application Services$1,665 1,742 1,735 (4)%— %
IP and Data Services5,771 6,207 6,422 (7)%(3)%
Fiber Infrastructure Services2,152 2,258 2,277 (5)%(1)%
Voice and Other3,451 3,912 4,374 (12)%(11)%
Total Business Segment Revenue13,039 14,119 14,808 (8)%(5)%
Expenses:
Total expense4,361 4,666 4,923 (7)%(5)%
Total adjusted EBITDA$8,678 9,453 9,885 (8)%(4)%
B-10
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
 Years Ended December 31,Percent Change
 2023202220212023 vs 20222022 vs 2021
 (Dollars in millions)
Business Segment Product Categories:
Grow$4,469 4,595 4,687 (3)%(2)%
Nurture3,465 4,094 4,540 (15)%(10)%
Harvest2,785 3,557 4,069 (22)%(13)%
Other816 795 823 %(3)%
Total Business Segment Revenue11,535 13,041 14,119 (12)%(8)%
Expenses:
Total expense4,370 4,472 4,761 (2)%(6)%
Total adjusted EBITDA$7,165 8,569 9,358 (16)%(8)%
Year ended December 31, 20222023 compared to the years ended December 31, 20212022 and December 31, 20202021
B-9
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
Business segment revenue decreased $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 and decreased $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 and decreased $689 million2021. Approximately $1.0 billion of the decrease for the year ended December 31, 20212023 compared to December 31, 2020. The 2022 changes in all product categories were impacted negatively by bothwas due to the sale of the Latin American, business on August 1,ILEC and EMEA businesses in late 2022 and 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021, the sale of the Latin American and ILEC business on October 3, 2022. In addition to the impact of these divestitures, the changes reflectedbusinesses in the table above were primarily duesecond half of 2022 caused a decrease of $511 million. More specifically, within each product category for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the following factors:
ComputeDecember 31, 2022 and Application Services decreased for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 due to a contract ending in2021:
Grow decreased $126 million and $92 million, reflecting decreases of approximately $370 million and $176 million associated with the Public Sector within our Large Enterprise sales channel and lower colocation revenuesale of the divested businesses. This was offset by increases of approximately $244 million primarily in our Wholesale sales channel, which were partially offset by higher IT Solutions revenue in our Wholesale sales channel.
ComputeIP, wavelengths, dark fiber, enterprise broadband and Application Services increasedcolocation products for the year ended December 31, 20212023 compared to December 31, 2020 driven by growth in Managed Security2022 and IT Solutions services to Public Sector customers and an increase in colocation and data center servicesapproximately $84 million primarily in our IGAM sales channel. These increases were partially offset by a large customer disconnect for IT Solutions, lower rates for content delivery network services within our IGAM sales channelIP, enterprise broadband, and a decrease in Cloud Services within our Large Enterprise and IGAM sales channels.
IP and Data Services decreased during both periods due to declines in traditional VPN networks and continued declines in Ethernet revenue across all our sales channels, partially offset by an increase in IP services across multiple sales channels.
Fiber Infrastructure Services decreasedwavelengths products for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 due to lower equipment and dark fiber revenue in our Large Enterprise sales channel and lower wavelengths revenue in our IGAM sales channel, partially offset by growth in wavelengths revenue in our Wholesale sales channel.2021;
Fiber Infrastructure ServicesNurture decreased $629 million and $446 million, approximately $262 million and $119 million of which was attributable to the sale of the divested businesses. The remainder of these declines are principally attributable to declines in traditional VPN networks services of $261 million and $245 million and declines in Ethernet services of $112 million and $87 million;
Harvest decreased by $772 million and $512 million, approximately $370 million and $209 million of which was attributable to the sale of the divested businesses. The remainder of the decline is principally attributable to a $265 million and $211 million decline in legacy voice services;
Other increased by $21 million for the year ended December 31, 20212023 compared to December 31, 2020 due to lower equipment revenue in our Large Enterprise sales channel2022 and lower broadband revenue in all sales channels, partially offset by growth in dark fiber and wavelengths revenue primarily from our IGAM and Wholesale sales channels.
Voice and Other decreased during both periods due to continued decline of legacy voice, private line and other services to customers across all of our sales channels. Additionally, voice services revenue decreased$28 million for the year ended December 31, 20212022 compared to December 31, 2020, which had in-part benefited from higher COVID-related demand.2021. Equipment revenue drove both the increase for the year ended December 31, 2023 and the decrease for the year ended December 31, 2022 with an increase of $35 million and a decrease of $20 million, respectively.
The decrease in Business segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 was also driven by $31 million of unfavorable foreign currency adjustments as compared to December 31, 2022. The decrease in Business segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 was also driven by $54 million of unfavorable foreign currency adjustments as compared to December 31, 2021. The decrease in Business segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 was slightly offset2022 as compared to December 31, 2021.
Business segment expense decreased by $16$102 million of favorable foreign currency adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2021 as2023 compared to December 31, 2020.
2022 primarily due to the sale of the divested businesses of $230 million. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of $80 million in cost of sales and $48 million in selling, general and administrative expenses, primarily $31 million of increased professional fees and $17 million of increased employee-related costs. A portion of these and other expense increases were driven by our ongoing growth and optimization initiatives. Business segment expenseexpenses decreased by $305$289 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021, primarily due to lowera $138 million decrease in expenses from the divested businesses, as well as decreases in cost of sales of $105 million and external commissions both due to the decline$46 million in revenue, lower employee costs from lower headcountselling, general and a decrease inadministrative expenses, primarily from the divestiture of the Latin American business. Business segment expenses decreased by $257 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020, primarily due to lower cost of sales due to the decline in revenue and lowerreduced employee-related costs from lower headcount.of $38 million.
Business segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 67%62%, 66% and 66% for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020.2021.
B-10
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-11

Appendix B
Mass Markets Segment
Years Ended December 31,Percent Change Years Ended December 31,Percent Change
2022202120202022 vs 20212021 vs 2020 2023202220212023 vs 20222022 vs 2021
(Dollars in millions)
Mass Markets Product Categories:Mass Markets Product Categories:
Mass Markets Product Categories:
Mass Markets Product Categories:
Fiber Broadband
Fiber Broadband
Fiber BroadbandFiber Broadband$604 524 427 15 %23 %$636 604 604 524 524 %15 %
Other BroadbandOther Broadband2,163 2,507 2,639 (14)%(5)%Other Broadband1,394 2,164 2,164 2,507 2,507 (36)(36)%(14)%
Voice and OtherVoice and Other1,672 2,537 2,838 (34)%(11)%Voice and Other992 1,669 1,669 2,537 2,537 (41)(41)%(34)%
Total Mass Markets Segment RevenueTotal Mass Markets Segment Revenue4,439 5,568 5,904 (20)%(6)%Total Mass Markets Segment Revenue3,022 4,437 4,437 5,568 5,568 (32)(32)%(20)%
Expenses:Expenses:
Total expenseTotal expense685 692 782 (1)%(12)%
Total expense
Total expense1,433 1,747 1,838 (18)%(5)%
Total adjusted EBITDATotal adjusted EBITDA$3,754 4,876 5,122 (23)%(5)%Total adjusted EBITDA$1,589 2,690 2,690 3,730 3,730 (41)(41)%(28)%
Year ended December 31, 20222023 compared to the years ended December 31, 20212022 and December 31, 20202021
Mass Markets segment revenue decreased by $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 and decreased $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 20212021. Approximately $1.1 billion and decreased $336$448 million of these decreases are due to the sale of our ILEC business in the fourth quarter of 2022. More specifically, within each product category for the year ended December 31, 20212023 compared to December 31, 2020. The 2022 changesand for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021:
Fiber Broadband revenue increased $32 million and $80 million, primarily driven by $73 million and $83 million of increases driven by growth in all product categories were impacted negativelythe number of fiber customers associated with our continued increase in enabled locations from our Quantum Fiber buildout, which was partially offset by respective decreases of $41 million and $3 million due to the sale of the ILEC business. In additionbusiness relating to the impactsuch periods;
Other Broadband revenue decreased $770 million and $343 million. Approximately $563 million and $230 million of this divestiture, the changes reflected in the table above were primarilydecrease was due to the following factors:ILEC divestiture and $207 million and $113 million was due to fewer customers for our lower speed copper-based broadband services;
Fiber BroadbandVoice and Other decreased $677 million and $868 million. These declines were principally due to (i) a $472 million and $215 million decrease due to the sale of the ILEC business, (ii) a $146 million and $222 million decrease due to the continued loss of copper-based voice customers and (iii) for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022, the recognition in the first quarter of 2022 of $59 million of previously deferred revenue increasedrelated to the CAF II program, which lapsed on December 31, 2021. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 and increased for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to year ended December 31, 2020was additionally driven by growth in fiber customers associated with our continued increase in enabled units from our Quantum Fiber buildout.
Other Broadband revenue decreased during both periods as a result of customer losses in our lower speed copper-based broadband services.
Voice and Other decreased for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 due to (i) a net reduction in CAF II revenue due to the conclusion of the CAF II program on December 31, 2021 and (ii) the continued loss of legacy voice customers. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to year ended December 31, 2020 were primarily due to continued losses of legacy voice customers and our exit of the Prism video product.$431 million.
Mass Markets segment expense decreased by $7$314 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 primarily due to a $295 million decrease due to the ILEC divestiture and a $37 million decrease in professional fees, partially offset by an increase of $42 million in employee-related costs and $27 million in marketing and advertising costs. Mass Markets segment expense decreased $91 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 and decreased $90primarily due to a $176 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020. Decreases in expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 were primarilydecrease due to the divestiture of the ILEC business, and lower employee costs,partially offset by higher bad debt expense. Decreases for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 were primarily due to lower employee-related costs from lower headcount, lower costs$107 million of sales driven by the decrease in Prism operating costs and lower overall revenue, and higherincreased bad debt expense, for the year ended December 31, 2020 due to the COVID-19 induced economic slowdown. These decreases were partially offset by higher network-related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021.network expense and professional fees.
Mass Markets segment adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 85%53%, 88%61% and 87%67% for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020,2021, respectively.
B-11
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
B-12
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles that are generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. We have identified certain policies and estimates as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our past or present results of operations related to (i) goodwill, customer relationships and other intangible assets; (ii) pension and post-retirement benefits; (iii) loss contingencies and litigation reserves and (iv) income taxes. These policies and estimates are considered critical because they had a material impact, or they have the potential to have a material impact, on our consolidated financial statements and because they require us to make significant judgments, assumptions or estimates. We believe that our estimates, judgments and assumptions made when accounting for the items described below were reasonable, based on information available at the time they were made. However, actual results may differ from those estimates, and these differences may be material.
Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets
We have a significant amount of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets that are assessed at least annually for impairment. At December 31, 2022,2023, goodwill and intangible assets totaled $18.8$7.4 billion, (excluding goodwill and other intangible assets classified as assets held for sale), or 41%22%, of our total assets. The impairment analyses of these assets are considered critical because of their significance to us and our segments and the subjective nature of certain assumptions used to estimate fair value.
We have assigned our goodwill balance to our segments at December 31, 20222023 as follows:
BusinessMass MarketsTotal
(Dollars in millions)
As of December 31, 2022$7,906 4,751 12,657 
BusinessMass MarketsTotal
(Dollars in millions)
As of December 31, 2023$— 1,964 1,964 
Intangible assets arising from business combinations, such as goodwill, customer relationships, capitalized software, trademarks and tradenames, are initially recorded at estimated fair value. We amortize customer relationships primarily over an estimated life of 7 to 14 years, using the straight-line method, depending on the customer. Certain customer relationship intangible assets became fully amortized at the end of the first quarter 2021 using the sum-of-years-digits method, which iswe no longer useduse for any of our remaining intangible assets. We amortize capitalized software using the straight-line method primarily over estimated lives ranging up to 7 years. We amortize our other intangible assets using the straight-line method over an estimated life of 9 to 20 years. Other intangible assets not arising from business combinations are initially recorded at cost. Where there are no legal, regulatory, contractual or other factors that would reasonably limit the useful life of an intangible asset, we classify thethem as indefinite-lived intangible asset as indefinite-livedassets and such intangible assets are not amortized.
OurWe assess our long-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, with indefinite lives are assessed for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be an impairment. These assets are carried at the estimated fair value at the time of acquisition and assets not acquired in acquisitions are recorded at historical cost. However, if their estimated fair value is less than their carrying amount, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of these assets exceeds their estimated fair value.
Our goodwill was derived from numerous acquisitions where the purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired.
We are required to reassign goodwill to reporting units whenever reorganizations of our internal reporting structure changes the composition of our reporting units. Goodwill is reassigned to the reporting units using a relative fair value approach. When the fair value of a reporting unit is available, we allocate goodwill based on the relative fair value of the reporting units. When fair value is not available, we utilize an alternative allocation methodology that we believe represents a reasonable approximation of the fair value of the operations being reorganized. For additional information on our segments, see Note 17—Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-13

Appendix B
2023 and 2022, we concluded it was more likely than not that our indefinite-lived intangible assets were not impaired; thus we recorded no impairment charge for these assets.
We are required to assess our goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicates it is more likely than not the fair values of any of our reporting units were less than their carrying values. In assessing goodwill for impairment, we may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value.
Our annual impairment assessment date for goodwill is October 31, at which date we assess our reporting units. We report two segments: Business and Mass Markets. At October 31, 2022, under these segments,2023, we had fourthree reporting units for goodwill impairment testing, which are (i) Mass Markets (ii) North America Business ("NA Business"), and (iii) Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA") region and (iv) Asia Pacific ("APAC") region. Prior to its August 1,their divestitures in 2023 and 2022, divestiture, the EMEA and Latin American ("LATAM") region wasregions were also aeach considered their own reporting unit. At October 31, 2020, we used eight reporting units for goodwill impairment testing, which were consumer, small and medium business, enterprise, wholesale, North American global accounts ("NA GAM"), EMEA, LATAM and APAC.
B-12
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete full financial statements. Our assets and liabilities are employed in and relate to the operations of multiple reporting units and are allocated to individual reporting units based on their relative revenue or earnings before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"). For each reporting unit, we compare its estimated fair value of equity to its carrying value of equity that we assign to the reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, we conclude that no impairment exists. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we record a non-cash impairment charge equal to the excess amount. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we typically estimate the fair value of our reporting units by considering either or both of (i) a discounted cash flow method, which is based on the present value of projected cash flows over a discrete projection period and a terminal value, which is based on the expected normalized cash flows of the reporting units following the discrete projection period, and (ii) a market approach, which includes the use of multiples of publicly-traded companies whose services are comparable to ours. With respect to our analysis using the discounted cash flow method, the timing and amount of projected cash flows under these forecasts require estimates developed from our long-range plan, which is informed by wireline industry trends, the competitive landscape, product lifecycles, operational initiatives, capital allocation plans and other company-specific and external factors that influence our business. These projected cash flows consider recent historical results and are consistent with the Company'sour short-term financial forecasts and long-term business strategies. The development of these projected cash flows, and the discount rate applied to such cash flows, is subject to inherent uncertainties, and actual results could vary significantly from such estimates. Our determination of the discount rate is based on a weighted average cost of capital approach, which uses a market participant’s cost of equity and after-tax cost of debt and reflects certain risks inherent in the projected cash flows. With respect to our analysis using the market approach, we estimate the fair value of a reporting unit is estimated based upon a market multiple applied to the reporting unit’s revenue and EBITDA, adjusted for an appropriate control premium based on recent market transactions. The fair value of reporting units estimated usingWe weigh these revenue and EBITDA market multiples are weighted depending on the characteristics of the individual reporting unit to determine the estimated fair value under the market approach.unit. We also reconcile the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization to conclude whether the indicated control premium is reasonable in comparison to recent transactions in the marketplace.
Declines in our stock price have in the past caused an impairment of our goodwill, and future declines in our stock price could potentially cause additional impairments of our goodwill. Changes in the underlying assumptions that we use in allocating the assets and liabilities to reporting units under either the discounted cash flow or market approach method can result in materially different determinations of fair value. We performedperform sensitivity analyses that consideredconsider a range of discount rates and a range of EBITDA market multiples and we believe the estimates, judgments, assumptions and allocation methods used by us are reasonable, butreasonable. Nonetheless, changes in any of them can significantly affect whether we must incur impairment charges, as well as the size of such charges.
For additional information on our goodwill balances by segment and results of our impairment analyses, see Note 3—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.
B-14
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
2023.
Pension and Post-retirement Benefits
We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit pension plan (referred to herein as our qualified pension plan, the "Lumen Combined Pension Plan" or the "Combined Pension Plan") for a substantial portion of our current and former employees in the United States. As of January 1, 2022, we spun off a new pension plan (the "Lumen Pension Plan") from the Combined Pension Plan in anticipation of the sale of thea portion of our ILEC business on October 3, 2022. We recognized pension costs related to both plans through the sale of the ILEC business, at which time balances related to the Lumen Pension Plan were reflected in the calculation of our gain on the sale of the ILEC business and the pension obligation and assets of the Lumen Pension Plan were transferred to the purchaser. We also maintain post-retirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance benefits for certain eligible retirees.
In addition to the Lumen Combined Pension Plan, we also maintain several non-qualified pension plans for certain eligible highly compensated employees. Due to the insignificant impact of these non-qualified plans on our consolidated financial statements, we have excluded them from the following pension and post-retirement benefits disclosures for 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020.2021. See Note 11—Employee Benefits for additional information.
We also maintain post-retirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance benefits primarily for certain eligible retirees.
B-13
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
In 2023, approximately 62% of the Combined Pension Plan's January 1, 2023 net actuarial loss balance of $1.4 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of 14 years for participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plan. We treated the other 38% of the Combined Pension Plan's beginning net actuarial loss balance as indefinitely deferred during 2023. In 2023, approximately 56% of the beginning net actuarial gain of $371 million at January 1, 2023 for the post-retirement benefit plans was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense, with the other 44% of the beginning net actuarial gain balance for the post-retirement benefit plans treated as indefinitely deferred.
In 2022, approximately 62% of the Combined Pension Plan's January 1, 2022 net actuarial loss balance of $2.2 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of 14 years for participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plan. TheWe treated the other 38% of the Combined Pension Plan's beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2022. Additionally, upon the sale of the ILEC business on October 3, 2022, we recognized $564 million of net actuarial loss, pre-tax, related to the Lumen Pension Plan, offsettingwhich partially offset our gain on the sale of the business. TheWe treated the entire beginning net actuarial loss of $217 million at January 1, 2022 for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2022.
As of January 1, 2021, our qualified pension plan had a net actuarial loss balance of approximately $3.0 billion. A portion of this balance was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period for participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plan. During 2021, our lump sum pension settlement payments exceeded the settlement threshold and as a result we recognized a non-cash settlement charge of $383 million, accelerating previously unrecognized actuarial losses from our net actuarial loss balance. For our post-retirement benefit plans, the majority of the beginning net actuarial loss balance of $346 million at January 1, 2021 continued to be deferred during 2021.
In 2020, approximately 59% of the qualified pension plan's January 1, 2020 net actuarial loss balance of $3.0 billion was subject to amortization as a component of net periodic expense over the average remaining service period of 9 years for participating employees expected to receive benefits under the plan. The other 41% of the qualified pension plan's beginning net actuarial loss balance was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2020. The entire beginning net actuarial loss of $175 million for the post-retirement benefit plans was treated as indefinitely deferred during 2020.
In computing our pension and post-retirement health care and life insurance benefit obligations, our most significant assumptions are the discount rate and mortality rates. In computing our periodic pension expense, our most significant assumptions are the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets. In computing our post-retirement benefit expense, our most significant assumption is the discount rate.
The discount rate for each plan is the rate at which we believe we could effectively settle the plan's benefit obligations as of the end of the year. We selected each plan's discount rate based on a cash flow matching analysis using hypothetical yield curves from high-quality U.S. corporate bonds and projections of the future benefit payments that constitute the projected benefit obligation for the plans. This process establishes the uniform discount rate that produces the same present value of the estimated future benefit payments as is generated by discounting each year's benefit payments by a spot rate applicable to that year. The spot rates used in this process were derived from a yield curve created from yields on the 60th to 90th percentile of U.S. high quality bonds.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-15

Appendix B
The impacts of atable below illustrates hypothetical changechanges in the discount rate on theour benefit obligation for the qualified pension plan and the post-retirement benefit plans obligation are detailed in the table below.if we had selected a higher or lower discount rate.
Percentage point
change
Increase/(decrease) at
December 31, 2022
 (Dollars in millions)
Percentage
point change
Percentage
point change
Increase/(decrease) at
December 31, 2023
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Combined Pension Plan discount rateCombined Pension Plan discount rate%$(377)
(1)%458 
(1)
Post-retirement benefit plans discount ratePost-retirement benefit plans discount rate%(163)
(1)%163 
(1)
Published mortality rates help predict the expected life of plan participants and are based on historical demographic studies by the Society of Actuaries ("SOA"). The SOA publishes new mortality rates (mortality tables and projection scales)scales on a regular basis which reflect updates to projected life expectancies in North America. Historically, we have adopted the new projection tables immediately after publication. The SOA did not release any revised mortality tables or projection scales in 2022.2022 or 2023.
The expected rate of return on plan assets is the long-term rate of return we expect to earn on the plans' assets in the future, net of administrative expenses paid from plan assets. The rate of return is determined by the strategic allocation of plan assets and the long-term risk and return forecast for each asset class. The forecasts for each asset class are generated primarily from an analysis of the long-term expectations of various third-partythird-party investment management organizations, to which we then add a factor of 50 basis points to reflect the benefit we expect to result from our active management of the assets. The expected rate of return on plan assets is reviewed annually by management and our Board of Directors and is revised, as necessary, to reflect changes in the financial markets and our investment strategy.
B-14
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Changes in any of the above factors could significantly impact operating expenses in our consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive loss in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), as well as the valueamount of the liability and accumulated other comprehensive loss of stockholders' equity on our consolidated balance sheets.
Loss Contingencies and Litigation Reserves
We are involved in several potentially material legal proceedings, as described in more detail in Note 18—18Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items. On a quarterly basis, we assess potential losses in relation to these and other pending or threatened tax and legal matters. For matters not related to income taxes, if a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. To the extent these estimates are more or less than the actual liability resulting from the resolution ofincurred upon resolving these matters, our earnings will be increased or decreased accordingly. If the differences are material, our consolidated financial statements could be materially impacted.
For matters related to income taxes, if we determine in our judgment that the impact of an uncertain tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, then we recognize in our financial statements a benefit for the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. NoWe do not recognize any portion of an uncertain tax position will be recognized if we determine in our judgment that the position has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Though the validity of any tax position is a matter of tax law, the body of statutory, regulatory and interpretive guidance on the application of the law is complex and often ambiguous, particularly in certain of the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate. Because of this, whether aAs such, our tax position will ultimatelypositions may not be sustained, may be uncertain.which could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.
Income Taxes
Our provision for income taxes includes amounts for tax consequences deferred to future periods. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to (i) tax credit carryforwards, (ii) differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax basis of those assets and liabilities and (iii) tax NOLs. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect of a change in tax rate on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.
B-16
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
The measurement of deferred taxes often involves the exercise of considerable judgment related to the realization of tax basis. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect our assessment that tax positions taken in filed tax returns and the resulting tax basis are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. Assessing tax rates that we expect to apply and determining the years when the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income requires judgment about the future apportionment of our income among the states in which we operate. Any changes in our practices or judgments involved in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations.
In connection with recording deferred income tax assets and liabilities, we establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be realized. We evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine whether adjustments to our valuation allowances are appropriate in light of changes in facts or circumstances, such as changes in tax law, interactions with taxing authorities and developments in case law. In making this evaluation, we rely on our recent history of pre-tax earnings. We also rely on our forecasts of future earnings and the nature and timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets, all of which involve the exercise of significant judgment. At December 31, 2022,2023, we established a valuation allowance of $550$399 million primarily related to state NOLs, based on our determination that it was more likely than not that this amount of these NOLs would expire unused. If forecasts of future earnings and the nature and estimated timing of future deductions and benefits change in the future, we may determine that existing valuation allowances must be revised or eliminated or new valuation allowances created, any of which could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations. See Note 16—Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
B-15
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
Market Risk
As of December 31, 2023, we were exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable rate long-term debt obligations and fluctuations in certain foreign currencies.
Management periodically reviews our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and periodically implements strategies to manage the exposure. From time to time, we have used derivative instruments to swap our exposure to variable interest rates for fixed interest rates. We have established policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting and monitoring of derivative instrument activities. As of December 31, 2023, we did not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $7.9 billion of unhedged floating rate debt based on the secured overnight financing rate ("SOFR"). A hypothetical increase of 100 basis points in SOFR relating to our $7.9 billion of unhedged floating rate debt would, among other things, decrease our annual pre-tax earnings by approximately $79 million.
We conduct a portion of our business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which our consolidated financial statements are reported. Prior to the November 1, 2023 divestiture of our EMEA business, certain of our former European subsidiaries used the local currency as their functional currency, as the majority of their sales and purchases were transacted in their local currencies. Although we continue to evaluate strategies to mitigate risks related to the effect of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we will likely recognize gains or losses from international transactions. Accordingly, changes in foreign currency rates relative to the U.S. dollar could positively or negatively impact our operating results.
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the computation of exposures to market risks. Actual values may differ materially from those disclosed by us from time to time if market conditions vary from the assumptions used in the analyses performed. These analyses only incorporate the risk exposures that existed at December 31, 2023.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview of Sources and Uses of Cash
We are a holding company that is dependent on the capital resources of our subsidiaries to satisfy our parent company liquidity requirements. Several of our significant operating subsidiaries have borrowed funds either on a standalone basis or as part of a separate restricted group with certain of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The terms of the instruments governing the indebtedness of these borrowers or borrowing groups may restrict our ability to access their accumulated cash. In addition, our ability to access the liquidity of these and other subsidiaries may be limitedconstrained by tax, legal and other considerations.limitations.
At December 31, 2022,2023, we held cash and cash equivalents of $1.3 billion, a small portion$2.2 billion. As of which is classified as held for sale, andDecember 31, 2023, we also had $2.2approximately $1.8 billion of borrowing capacity available under our $2.2 billion revolving credit facility.facility, net of undrawn letters of credit and borrowings issued to us thereunder. We typically use our revolving credit facility as a source of liquidity for operating activities and our other cash requirements. We had approximately $97$61 million of cash and cash equivalents outside the United States at December 31, 2022.2023. We currently believe that there are no material restrictions on our ability to repatriate cash and cash equivalents into the United States, and that we may do so without paying or accruing U.S. taxes. Other than transactions related to our EMEA divestiture, weWe do not currently intend to repatriate to the United States any of our foreign cash and cash equivalents from operating entities.
In response to COVID-19, the U.S. Congress passed the CARES Act on March 27, 2020. Under the CARES Act, we deferred $134 million of our 2020 payroll taxes, $61 million of which were repaid in 2022 and $67 million of which were repaid in 2021. We transferred $6 million of this deferred payment obligation to the purchasers of our ILEC business on October 3, 2022.
Our executive officers and our Board of Directors review our sources and potential uses of cash in connection with our annual budgeting process and wheneverthroughout the year as circumstances warrant. Generally speaking, our principal funding source is cash from operating activities, and our principal cash requirements include operating expenses, capital expenditures, income taxes, debt repayments, periodic securities repurchases, periodic pension contributions and other benefits payments. The impact of the salesales of our Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA businesses and pending sale of the EMEA business is further described below.
Based on our current capital allocation objectives, during 20232024 we project expending approximately $2.9$2.7 billion to $3.1$2.9 billion of capital expenditures.
For the 12 month12-month period ending December 31, 2023,2024, we project that our fixed commitments will include (i) $125 million of scheduled term loan amortization payments and (ii) $32 million of finance lease and other fixed payments (which includes $3payments.
B-16
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
In January 2024, we received a cash federal income tax refund of $729 million, including interest. For additional information, see Note 24—Subsequent Events, to our consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of finance lease obligations that have been classified as heldPart II of this annual report.
As discussed elsewhere herein, we recorded an aggregate of $14.0 billion of non-cash, non tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges in 2023 and 2022, which has substantially reduced our total stockholders’ equity. See "Results of Operations—Goodwill Impairments" discussing the potential for sale). additional goodwill impairments in future quarters.
We will continue to monitor our future sources and uses of cash, and anticipate that we will make adjustments to our capital allocation strategies when, as and if determined by our Board of Directors. We may also draw on our revolving credit facility as a source of liquidity for operating activities and to give us additional flexibility to finance our capital investments, repayments of debt, pension contributions and other cash requirements.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-17

Appendix B
For additional information, see "Risk Factors—Financial Risks" in Item 1A of Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
Impact of the Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business
As discussed in Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022,2023, we sold our Latin American, ILEC and ILEC BusinessesEMEA businesses on August 1, 2022, and October 3, 2022 respectively. Additionally, we have agreed to divest our EMEA business subject to the receipt of various approvals and the satisfaction of other customary conditions.November 1, 2023, respectively. As further described elsewhere herein, these transactions have provided or are expected to provide us with a substantial amount of cash proceeds but ultimately will reducehave also reduced our base of income-generatingincome-generating assets that generate our recurring cash from operating activities. AsFor a resultdiscussion of these divestitures, we have utilized allthe impact of our NOLs available for use in 2022. The estimated amount of cashdivestitures upon our federal income taxes, related to our 2022 divestitures is $900 million to $1 billion. See " —Net Operating Loss Carryforwards" below.see "Liquidity and Capital Resources–Federal Income Tax Obligations.”
Capital Expenditures
We incur capital expenditures on an ongoing basis to expand and improve our service offerings, enhance and modernize our networks and compete effectively in our markets. We evaluate capital expenditure projects based on a variety of factors, including expected strategic impacts (such as forecasted impact on revenue growth, productivity, expenses, service levels and customer retention) and our expected return on investment. The amount of capital investment is influenced by, among other things, current and projected demand for our services and products, our network requirements, cash flow generated by operating activities, cash required for debt services and other purposes, regulatory considerations (such as governmentally-mandated infrastructure buildout requirements) and the availability of requisite supplies, labor and permits.
Our capital expenditures continue to be focused on enhancing network operating efficiencies, supporting new service developments, and expanding our fiber network, including our Quantum Fiber buildout plan. A portion of our 2023 capital expenditures will also be focused on restoring network assets destroyed or damaged by Hurricane Ian in Florida during 2022.2022 or replacing aged network assets. For more information on our capital spending, see (i) "—Overview of Sources and Uses of Cash" above, (ii) "Cash Flow Activities—Investing Activities" below and (iii) Item 1 of Part 1 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
Debt Instruments and Financing Arrangements
Debt Instruments
On January 22, 2024, Lumen entered into an amended and restated transaction support agreement with a group of creditors representing over $12.5 billion of the outstanding indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, extend maturities of the debt instruments of the Company and Level 3 Financing, Inc. and provide access to a new revolving credit facility in an amount expected to be approximately $1.0 billion. In addition, the creditors have committed to provide $1.325 billion of financing to the Company through new long-term debt. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the amended and restated transaction support agreement is subject to the satisfaction of various closing conditions. For more information, see Note 24—Subsequent Events, to our consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of Part II of this annual report.
Pursuant to exchange offers commenced on March 16, 2023 (the "Exchange Offers"), (i) on March 31, 2023, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued $915 million of its 10.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030 in exchange for $1.535 billion of Lumen’s outstanding senior unsecured notes and (ii) on April 17, 2023, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued an additional $9 million of its 10.500% Notes in exchange for $19 million of Lumen's outstanding senior unsecured notes. All exchanged notes were concurrently cancelled. These transactions resulted in a net reduction in the aggregate principal amount of Lumen’s consolidated indebtedness of approximately $630 million and, along with a repurchase of notes in the first quarter of 2023, a gain of $618 million during the year ended December 31, 2023.
B-17
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
At December 31, 2022,2023, we had $10.4$11.4 billion of outstanding consolidated secured indebtedness, $10.1$8.5 billion of outstanding consolidated unsecured indebtedness (excluding (i) finance lease obligations, (ii) unamortized premiums, net and (iii) unamortized debt issuance costs) and $2.2approximately $1.8 billion of unused borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility, as discussed further below.
Under our amended and restated credit agreement dated as of January 31, 2020 (the “Amended Credit Agreement”), we maintained at December 31, 20222023 (i) a $2.2 billion senior secured revolving credit facility, under which we owed nothing$200 million and had $218 million of letters of credit issued and undrawn as of such date, and (ii) $5.2$5.1 billion of senior secured term loan facilities. For additional information, see (i) "—Overview of Sources and Uses of Cash," and (ii) Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
At December 31, 2022,2023, we had $33$260 million undrawn letters of credit outstanding, $218 million of which were issued under our revolving line of credit, $40 million of letters of credit outstanding under our $225 million uncommitted letter of credit facility. Additionally, under separate facilities, we had outstanding letters of credit, or other similar obligations, of approximately $61facility and $2 million as of December 31, 2022, of which $3 millionwere issued under a separate facility maintained by one of our subsidiaries (the full amount of which is collateralized by cash that is reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as restricted cash within other assets.assets).
In addition to its indebtedness under our Amended Credit Agreement, Lumen Technologies is indebted under its outstanding senior notes, and several of its subsidiaries are indebted under separate credit facilities or senior notes.
For additional information on the terms and conditions of other debt instruments of ours and our subsidiaries, including financial and operating covenants, see (i) Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20222023 and (ii) "—Other Matters" below.
B-18
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
Future Financings and Debt Reduction Transactions
Subject to market conditions, we expectplan to continue to issue debt securities from time to time in the future to refinance a substantial portion of our maturing debt, including issuing debt securities of certain of our subsidiaries to refinance their maturing debt to the extent permitted under our debt covenants and consistent with our capital allocation strategies. The availability, interest rate and other terms of any new borrowings will depend on the ratings assigned by credit rating agencies, among other factors.
As of the filing date of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022,2023, the credit ratings for the senior secured and unsecured debt of Lumen Technologies, Inc., Level 3 Financing, Inc. and Qwest Corporation were as follows:
Borrower
Moody's
Investors
Service, Inc.
Standard &
Poor's
Fitch Ratings
Lumen Technologies, Inc.:
UnsecuredB2CaBCCC-/CBBCCC-
SecuredBa3Caa3BBB/CCBB+B-
Level 3 Financing, Inc.:
UnsecuredBa3Caa2B+CCBBCCC+
SecuredBa1B3BBBBBB-B-
Qwest Corporation:
UnsecuredBa2Caa3BBBBBB+
Our credit ratings are reviewed and adjusted from time to time by the rating agencies. Any future changes in the senior unsecured or secured debt ratings of us or our subsidiaries could impact our access to capital or borrowing costs. With the recent downgrade of certain of our credit ratingsWe cannot provide any assurances that we may find it more difficultwill be able to borrow additional funds on favorable terms, or at all. See "Risk Factors—Financial Risks" in Item 1A of Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
From time to time over the past couple of years, we have engaged in various refinancings, redemptions, tender offers, open market purchases and other transactions designed to reduce our consolidated indebtedness, lower our interest costs, improve our financial flexibility or otherwise enhance our debt profile. We planSubject to continue tomarket conditions, restrictions under our debt covenants, and other limitations, we may pursue similar transactions in the future. Whether and when we implement any additional such transactions depends on a wide variety of factors, including without limitation market conditions, our upcoming debt maturities, and our cash requirements. There is no guarantee that we will be successful in implementing any such transactions or attaining our stated objectives. We may not disclose these transactions in advance, unless required by applicable law or material in nature or amount.future to the extent feasible. See Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20222023 for additional information.
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards
B-18
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Federal Income Tax Obligations
As of December 31, 2022,2023, Lumen Technologies had approximately $1.0 billion$800 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs"),NOLs which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, canmay be used to offset future taxable income. These NOLs are primarily related to federal NOLs we acquired through the Level 3 acquisition on November 1, 2017 and are subject to limitations under Section 382. We maintain a Section 382 rights agreement designed to safeguard through late 20232026 our ability to use those NOLs. We have utilized a substantial portion of our previously available NOLs to offset taxable gains generated by the completion of our 2022 divestitures. As a result, we anticipate that our cash income tax liabilitiesliability will increase substantially in future periods. The amounts of our near-term future tax payments will depend upon many factors, including our future earnings and tax circumstances and the impact of any corporate tax reform or taxable transactions. Based on current laws and our current assumptions and projections, we estimate our cash federal income tax liability related to the 2023 tax year will range from $200 million to $300 million.
Although we expect to use substantially all of our remaining NOLs in future periods in accordance with Section 382's annual limitations, we cannot assure this. See "Risk Factors—Financial Risks—We may not be able to fully utilize our NOLs" in Item 1A of Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-19

Appendix B
Dividends
Between the first quarter of 2019 and the third quarter of 2022, our Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends of $0.25 per share of our outstanding common stock. On November 2, 2022, we announced that our Board had terminated our quarterly cash dividend program. Under this revised capital allocation policy, the company plans to continue to invest in growth initiatives.
Stock Repurchases
Effective November 2, 2022, our Board of Directors authorized a new two-year program to repurchase up to an aggregate of $1.5 billion of our outstanding common stock (the "November 2022 stock repurchase program"). During the year ended December 31, 2022,2023, we repurchased 33 milliondid not repurchase any shares of our outstanding common stock under this program. As of December 31, 2023, we were authorized to purchase up to an aggregate of $1.3 billion of our outstanding common stock under this program. We currently do not plan to purchase any shares of our outstanding common stock under this program in the open market for an aggregate market price of $200 million, or an average purchase price of $6.07 per share. All repurchased common stock has been retired. We expect repurchases made in 2023 and beyond to be subject to a non-deductible 1% excise tax on the fair market value of the stock under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022.near term.
Pension and Post-retirement Benefit Obligations
We are subject to material obligations under our existing defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans. At December 31, 2022,2023, the accounting unfunded status of our qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and our qualified post-retirement benefit plans was $615$769 million and $2.0$1.9 billion, respectively. For additional information about our pension and post-retirement benefit arrangements, see "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Pension and Post-retirement Benefits" in Item 7 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20222023 and Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of such report.our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.
On October 19, 2021, we, as sponsor of the Lumen Combined Pension Plan ("Combined Pension Plan"), along with the Plan’s independent fiduciary, entered into an agreement committing the Plan to use a portion of its plan assets to purchase an annuity from an insurance company (the "Insurer") to transfer $1.4 billion of the Plan’s pension liabilities. This agreement irrevocably transferred to the Insurer future Plan benefit obligations for approximately 22,600 U.S. Lumen participants ("Transferred Participants") effective on December 31, 2021. This annuity transaction was funded entirely by existing Plan assets and iswas intended to provide equivalent benefits to the Transferred Participants. The Insurer is committed to assume responsibility for administrative and customer service support, including distribution of payments to the Transferred Participants.
As of January 1, 2022, we spun off the Lumen Pension Plan from the Combined Pension Plan in anticipation of the sale of the ILEC business, as described further in Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business to our consolidated financial statements in Item 1 of Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023. At the time of the spin-off we transferred $2.5 billion of pension benefit obligation and $2.2 billion of plan assets to the Lumen Pension Plan. Following a revaluation of the pension obligation and pension assets for the Lumen Pension Plan in preparation for the closing of the ILEC business divestiture, we contributed approximately $319 million of cash in September 2022 to satisfy our contractual obligations to the purchaser of the divested business. This plan was subsequently assumed by the purchaser as part of our divestiture of our ILEC business divestiture on October 3, 2022. Upon sale of the ILEC business, we recognized $403 million of net actuarial loss and prior service cost, net of tax impact, related to the Lumen Pension Plan, which partially offset our gain on sale of the business.
Benefits paid by our Combined Pension Plan are paid through the trust that holds the Combined Pension Plan's assets. Based on current laws and circumstances, we do not expect any contributions to be required for our Combined Pension Plan during 2023.2024. The amount of required contributions to our Combined Pension Plan in 20242025 and beyond will depend on a variety of factors, most of which are beyond our control, including earnings on plan investments, prevailing interest rates, demographic experience, changes in plan benefits and changes in funding laws and regulations. We occasionally make voluntary contributions to our plans in addition to required contributions and reserve the right to do so in the future. We last made a voluntary contribution to the trust for our Combined Pension Plan during 2018. We currently do not expect to make a voluntary contribution in 2023.2024.
B-19
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
Substantially all of our post-retirement health care and life insurance benefits plans are unfunded and are paid by us with available cash. As described further in Note 11—Employee Benefits, aggregate benefits paid by us under these plans (net of participant contributions and direct subsidy receipts) were $194 million, $210 million $203 million and $211$203 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020,2021, respectively. For additional information on our expected future benefits payments for our post-retirement benefit plans, see Note 11—Employee Benefits to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.
B-20
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
2023.
For 2022,2023, our expected annual long-term rate of return on the pension plan assets, net of administrative expenses, was 5.5%6.5%. For 2023,2024, our expected annual long-term rate of return on these assets is 6.5%. However, actual returns could be substantially different.
Our pension plan contains provisions that allow us, from time to time, to offer lump sum payment options to certain former employees in settlement of their future retirement benefits. We record an accounting settlement charge, consisting of the recognition of certain deferred costs of the pension plan, associated with these lump sum payments only if, in the aggregate, they exceed the sum of the annual service and interest costs for the plan’s net periodic pension benefit cost, which represents the settlement accounting threshold. As of December 31, 2021, lump sum pension settlement payments exceeded the settlement threshold. As a result, for the year ended December 31, 2021 we recognized a non-cash settlement charge of $383 million to accelerate the recognition of a portion of the previously unrecognized actuarial losses in the qualified pension plan, which was allocated and reflected in other (expense) income, (expense), net in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021. The settlement threshold was not exceeded for the yearyears ended December 31, 2023 or December 31, 2022. The amount of any future non-cash settlement charges will be dependent on several factors, including the total amount of our future lump sum benefit payments.
Future Contractual Obligations
Our estimated future obligations as of December 31, 20222023 include both current and long term obligations. These amounts include liabilities that have been classified as liabilities held for sale on our consolidated balance sheet. We haveAt December 31, 2023, we had a current obligation of $157 million and a long-term obligation of $20.6$20 billion of long-term debt (excluding unamortized premiums, net and unamortized debt issuance costs, inclusive of obligations that have been classified as held for sale)costs). Under our operating leases, at December 31, 2023 we havehad a current obligation of $449$350 million and a long-term obligation of $1.5 billion (inclusivebillion. As of operating lease obligations classified as held for sale). We havesuch date, we had current obligations related to right-of-way agreements and purchase commitments of $829$587 million and a long-termlong-term obligation of $1.7$1.5 billion. Additionally, as of such date we havehad a current obligation for asset retirement obligation of $30$26 million and a long-term obligation of $156$131 million. Finally, at December 31, 2023 our pension and post-retirement benefit plans havehad an unfunded benefit obligation, of which $215$197 million is classified as current and $2.4$2.5 billion is classified as long-term. For additional information, see Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities, Note 5—Leases, Note 18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items, Note 9—Property, Plant and Equipment and Note 11—Employee Benefits, respectively.
Federal Broadband Support Programs
Between 2015 and 2021, we received approximately $500 million annually through the CAF II program, a program that ended on December 31, 2021. In connection with the CAF II funding, we were required to meet certain specified infrastructure buildout requirements in 33 states by the end of 2021, which required substantial capital expenditures. In the first quarter of 2022, we recognized $59 million of previously deferred revenue related to the conclusion of the CAF II program based upon our final buildout and filing submissions. The government has the right to audit our compliance with the CAF II program. The ultimate outcome of any remaining examinations is unknown, but could result in a liability to us in excess of our reserve accruals established for these matters.
In earlyJanuary 2020, the FCC created the Rural Digital Opportunity Fund (the “RDOF”(“RDOF”), which is program, a federal support program designed to replacefund broadband deployment in rural America. For the CAF II program. On December 7, 2020, the FCC allocated in itsfirst phase of this program, RDOF Phase I, auction $9.2the FCC ultimately awarded $6.4 billion in support payments to be paid in equal monthly installments over 10 years to deploy high speed broadband to over 5.2years. We were awarded RDOF funding in several of the states in which we operate and began receiving monthly support payments during the second quarter of 2022. We received approximately $17 million unserved locations. We won bids to receive approximately $26 million ofin annual RDOF Phase I support payments approximately 36% of which is attributableduring 2023 and 2022 and expect to the ILEC business we divested on October 3, 2022. Our support payments under the RDOF Phase I program commencedreceive this same amount each year thereafter during the second quarter of 2022.program period.
For additional information on these programs, see (i) Note 4—Revenue Recognition to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022,2023, (ii) "Business—Regulation of Our Business" in Item 1 of Part I of such reportour Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 and (iii) "Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks" in Item 1A of Part I of such report.our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Federal officials have proposed changes to current programs and laws that could impact us, including proposals designed to increase broadband access, increase competition among broadband providers, lower broadband costs and re-adopt "net neutrality" rules similar to those adopted under the Obama Administration.a prior administration. In Novemberlate 2021, the U.S. Congress enacted legislation that appropriated $65 billion to improve broadband affordability and access, primarily through federally funded state grants. As of the date of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022,2023, various state and federal agencies are continuing to take steps to make this funding available to eligible applicants, including us. ItAlthough it remains premature to speculate on the ultimate impact of this legislation on us.us, we anticipate that the release of this funding would increase competition for broadband customers in newly-served areas.
B-20
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-21

Appendix B
Cash Flow Activities
The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flow activities for the yearyears ended December 31, 20222023 and 2021.2022. For information regarding cash flow activities for the year ended December 31, 2020,2021, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Item 7 of Part II of our Annual Report Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.2022.
Years Ended December 31,(Decrease) /
Increase
Years Ended December 31,(Decrease) /
Increase
20222021 20232022
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activitiesNet cash provided by operating activities$4,735 6,501 (1,766)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities5,476 (2,712)8,188 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
Net cash used in financing activitiesNet cash used in financing activities(9,313)(3,807)5,506 
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $1.8$2.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 20222023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20212022 primarily due to lower net income adjusted for non-cash expenses and gains, as well as our pension contribution made in preparation forlargely due to the closingimpacts of the ILEC business divestiture.2022 and 2023 divestitures discussed elsewhere herein. Cash provided by operating activities is subject to variability period over period as a result of timing differences, including with respect to the collection of receivables and payments of interest expense, accounts payable, income taxes and bonuses.
For additional information about our operating results, see "Results of Operations" above.
Investing Activities
Net cash (used in) provided by (used in) investing activities increasedchanged by $8.2$6.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 20222023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20212022 primarily due to substantial pre-tax cash proceeds from the sales of our Latin American and ILEC businesses which wasin 2022, partially offset by an increasepre-tax cash proceeds from the sale of the EMEA business in capital expenditures.2023.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities increaseddecreased by $5.5$9.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 20222023 as compared to the year ended December 31, 20212022 primarily due to substantially higher debt repayments and proceeds from the issuance of long-term debtdividends paid in the prior year, partially offset by higher repurchases of common stock and payments of dividends in the prior year.2022.
See Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20222023 for additional information on our outstanding debt securities.
Other Matters
We have cash management and loan arrangements with a majority of our income-generating subsidiaries, in which a substantial portion of the aggregate cash of those subsidiaries' is periodically advanced or loaned to us or our service company affiliate. Although we periodically repay these advances to fund the subsidiaries' cash requirements throughout the year, at any given point in time we may owe a substantial sum to our subsidiaries under these arrangements. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, these arrangements are reflected in the balance sheets of our subsidiaries, but are eliminated in consolidation and therefore not recognized on our consolidated balance sheets.
Our network includes some residual lead-sheathed copper cables installed years ago. These lead-sheathed cables constitute a small portion of our network. Due to recent media coverage of potential health and environmental risks associated with these cables, we anticipate incurring certain investigative costs. We also may incur other costs from related proceedings, including litigation, regulatory initiatives, and remediation. As of December 31, 2023, we had not accrued for any such potential costs and will only accrue when such costs are probable and reasonably estimable. For additional information about related litigation and potential risks, see Note 18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 1 of Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, and the risk factor disclosures incorporated by reference herein under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.
We are also involved in various legal proceedings that could substantially impact our financial position. See Note 18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20222023 for additional information.
B-21
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
B-22
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
Market Risk
As of December 31, 2022, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable rate long-term debt obligations and fluctuations in certain foreign currencies.
Management periodically reviews our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and periodically implements strategies to manage the exposure. From time to time, we have used derivative instruments to swap our exposure to variable interest rates for fixed interest rates. We have established policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting and monitoring of derivative instrument activities. As of December 31, 2022, we did not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
As of December 31, 2022, we had approximately $7.8 billion floating rate debt, none of which is currently hedged. A hypothetical increase of 100 basis points in LIBOR relating to our $7.8 billion of unhedged floating rate debt would, among other things, decrease our annual pre-tax earnings by approximately $78 million. Additionally, our credit agreements contain language about a possible change from LIBOR to an alternative index.
We conduct a portion of our business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the currency in which our consolidated financial statements are reported. Our European subsidiaries use, and prior to the August 1, 2022 divestiture of our Latin American business, certain of our former Latin American subsidiaries used the local currency as their functional currency, as the majority of their sales and purchases are or were transacted in their local currencies. Although we continue to evaluate strategies to mitigate risks related to the effect of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we will likely recognize gains or losses from international transactions. Accordingly, changes in foreign currency rates relative to the U.S. dollar could positively or negatively impact our operating results.
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the computation of exposures to market risks. Actual values may differ materially from those disclosed by us from time to time if market conditions vary from the assumptions used in the analyses performed. These analyses only incorporate the risk exposures that existed at December 31, 2022.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk" in Item 7 of Part II of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-23

Appendix B
ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATAConsolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors
Lumen Technologies, Inc.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2022,2023, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2022,2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022,2023, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 23, 202322, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Testing of revenue
As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded $17.5$14.6 billion of operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023. The processing and recording of revenue are reliant upon multiple information technology (IT) systems.
B-22
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
We identified the evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence over revenue as a critical audit matter. Complex auditor judgment was required in evaluating the sufficiency of audit evidence over revenue due to the large volume of data and the number and complexity of the revenue accounting systems. Specialized skills and knowledge were needed to test the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue.
B-24
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We applied auditor judgment to determine the nature and extent of procedures to be performed over the processing and recording of revenue, including the IT systems tested. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the processing and recording of revenue. This included manual and automated controls over the IT systems used for the processing and recording of revenue. For a selection of transactions, we compared the amount of revenue recorded to a combination of Company internal data, executed contracts, and other relevant third-party data. In addition, we involved IT professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in the design and performance of audit procedures related to certain IT systems used by the Company for the processing and recording of revenue. We evaluated the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained by assessing the results of procedures performed, including the relevance and reliability of evidence obtained.
Goodwill impairment ofimpairments for the North America Business and Mass Markets reporting unitunits
As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the goodwill balance at December 31, 20222023 was $12.7$2.0 billion. The Company assesses goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently, if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of a reporting unit likely exceeds its fair value. OnDuring the second quarter of 2023, the Company determined circumstances related to the sustained decline in the Company's share price indicated it was more likely than not that the carrying value of their reporting units exceeded their fair value. Also, as of October 31, 2023, the Company performed their annual goodwill impairment assessment date,test. For both the second quarter and annual impairment tests, the Company estimated the fair value of its reporting units by considering both a discounted cash flow method andusing a market approach. The second quarter and annual impairment testtests each determined the carrying value of the North America Business and Mass Markets reporting unitunits exceeded itstheir estimated fair value. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment chargecharges of $3.2$7.9 billion to reduceand $2.8 billion, respectively, reducing the carrying value of goodwill for the North America Business and Mass Markets reporting unit.units.
We identified the assessment of the Company’s annual impairment testing related toof the carrying value of goodwill of the North America Business and Mass Markets reporting unitunits as a critical audit matter. Subjective auditor judgment was required in evaluating certainthe earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) market multiple assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. Those assumptions included: projected cash flows, the discount rate, and the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization ("EBITDA") market multiple.units. The evaluation of these assumptions was challenging due to their subjective nature. Additionally,as differences in judgment used to determine these assumptions could have had a significant effect on theeach reporting unit’s estimated fair value. Specialized skills and knowledge were required in the assessment of the discount rate and the EBITDA market multiple.multiple assumptions.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the annualgoodwill impairment testing of goodwill.tests. This included controls related to the Company’s development of projected cash flows, and the determination of the discount rate and the EBITDA market multiple. We performed a sensitivity analysis over the projected cash flow assumptions to assess the impact on the Company’s estimate of the fair value of the North America Business reporting unit. We assessed the Company’s ability to accurately project cash flows by comparing the Company’s historical projected cash flows to actual results. We also evaluated the Company’s North America Business reporting unit’s projected cash flows by comparing them to the Company’s underlying business strategies, historic trends, and publicly available industry and analyst reports.multiple assumptions. We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:
evaluating the discount rate by independently developing a discount rate range using publicly available market data for comparable entities
in evaluating the EBITDA market multiple by assumptions by:
comparing to EBITDA market multiple rangeranges developed using publicly available market data for comparable entities
performing sensitivity analyses that considered a range of discount rates and a range of EBITDA market multiples.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1977.
Denver, Colorado
February 23, 202322, 2024
B-23
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-25

Appendix B
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors
Lumen Technologies, Inc.:
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Lumen Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries' (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control –Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2022,2023, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 23, 202322, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 23, 202322, 2024
B-26B-24
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Statements ofOf Operations
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions, except per share
amounts, and shares in thousands)
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts, and shares in thousands)
OPERATING REVENUEOPERATING REVENUE$17,478 19,687 20,712 
OPERATING EXPENSESOPERATING EXPENSES  OPERATING EXPENSES  
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)7,868 8,488 8,934 
Selling, general and administrativeSelling, general and administrative3,078 2,895 3,464 
Gain on sale of businesses(773)— — 
Net loss (gain) on sale of businesses
Loss on disposal groups held for saleLoss on disposal groups held for sale700 — — 
Depreciation and amortizationDepreciation and amortization3,239 4,019 4,710 
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment3,271 — 2,642 
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses17,383 15,402 19,750 
OPERATING INCOME95 4,285 962 
OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME
OTHER EXPENSEOTHER EXPENSE   OTHER EXPENSE  
Interest expenseInterest expense(1,332)(1,522)(1,668)
Other income (expense), net246 (62)(76)
Net gain on early retirement of debt (Note 7)
Other (expense) income, net
Total other expense, netTotal other expense, net(1,086)(1,584)(1,744)
(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES(991)2,701 (782)
Income tax expenseIncome tax expense557 668 450 
NET (LOSS) INCOMENET (LOSS) INCOME$(1,548)2,033 (1,232)
BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE   
BASIC AND DILUTED (LOSS) EARNINGS PER COMMON SHAREBASIC AND DILUTED (LOSS) EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE  
BASICBASIC$(1.54)1.92 (1.14)
DILUTEDDILUTED$(1.54)1.91 (1.14)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDINGWEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING  WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING  
BASICBASIC1,007,517 1,059,541 1,079,130 
DILUTEDDILUTED1,007,517 1,066,778 1,079,130 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
B-25
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-27

Appendix B
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Statements ofOf Comprehensive (Loss) Income
 Years Ended December 31,
 202220212020
 (Dollars in millions)
NET (LOSS) INCOME$(1,548)2,033 (1,232)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS):   
Items related to employee benefit plans:   
Change in net actuarial loss, net of $(205), $(134) and $26 tax631 424 (92)
Reclassification of net actuarial loss to gain on the sale of business, net of $(142), $0 and $0 tax422 — — 
Settlement charges recognized in net income (loss), net of $0, $(93) and $0 tax— 290 — 
Change in net prior service cost, net of $(9), $(5) and $(12) tax30 14 33 
Reclassification of prior service credit to gain on the sale of business, net of $6, $0 and $0 tax(19)— — 
Curtailment loss, net of $0, $0 and $(1) tax— — 
Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swaps to net (loss) income, net of $(5), $(20) and $(16) tax17 63 46 
Unrealized holding loss on interest rate swaps, net of $0, $0 and $29 tax— (1)(86)
Reclassification of realized loss on foreign currency translation to gain on the sale of business, net of $0, $0 and $0 tax112 — — 
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of $58, $30 and $(43) tax(134)(135)(37)
Other comprehensive income (loss)1,059 655 (133)
COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME$(489)2,688 (1,365)
 Years Ended December 31,
 202320222021
 (Dollars in millions)
NET (LOSS) INCOME$(10,298)(1,548)2,033 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:   
Items related to employee benefit plans:   
Change in net actuarial loss, net of $20, $(205) and $(134) tax(59)631 424 
Reclassification of net actuarial loss to (loss) gain on the sale of businesses, net of $—, $(142) and $— tax(22)422 — 
Settlement charges recognized in net (loss) income, net of $—, $— and $(93) tax— — 290 
Change in net prior service cost, net of $4, $(9) and $(5) tax(11)30 14 
Reclassification of prior service credit to (loss) gain on the sale of businesses, net of $—, $6 and $— tax— (19)— 
Reclassification of realized loss on interest rate swaps to net (loss) income, net of $—, $(5) and $(20) tax— 17 63 
Unrealized holding loss on interest rate swaps, net of $—, $— and $— tax— — (1)
Reclassification of realized loss on foreign currency translation to (loss) gain on the sale of businesses, net of $—, $— and $— tax382 112 — 
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of $(3), $58 and $30 tax(1)(134)(135)
Other comprehensive income289 1,059 655 
COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME$(10,009)(489)2,688 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
B-28B-26
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20222021 20232022
(Dollars in millions
and shares in thousands)
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands)
ASSETSASSETS  ASSETS  
CURRENT ASSETSCURRENT ASSETS  CURRENT ASSETS  
Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents$1,251 354 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $85 and $1141,477 1,544 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $67 and $85
Assets held for saleAssets held for sale1,889 8,809 
OtherOther803 829 
Total current assetsTotal current assets5,420 11,536 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $19,886 and $19,27119,166 20,895 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $21,318 and $19,886
GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETSGOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS  GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS  
GoodwillGoodwill12,657 15,986 
Other intangible assets, netOther intangible assets, net6,166 6,970 
Other, netOther, net2,172 2,606 
Total goodwill and other assetsTotal goodwill and other assets20,995 25,562 
TOTAL ASSETSTOTAL ASSETS$45,581 57,993 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITYLIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  
CURRENT LIABILITIESCURRENT LIABILITIES  CURRENT LIABILITIES  
Current maturities of long-term debtCurrent maturities of long-term debt$154 1,554 
Accounts payableAccounts payable950 758 
Accrued expenses and other liabilitiesAccrued expenses and other liabilities  Accrued expenses and other liabilities  
Salaries and benefitsSalaries and benefits692 860 
Income and other taxesIncome and other taxes1,158 228 
Current operating lease liabilitiesCurrent operating lease liabilities344 385 
InterestInterest181 278 
OtherOther277 232 
Liabilities held for saleLiabilities held for sale451 2,257 
Current portion of deferred revenueCurrent portion of deferred revenue596 617 
Total current liabilitiesTotal current liabilities4,803 7,169 
LONG-TERM DEBTLONG-TERM DEBT20,418 27,428 
DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIESDEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES  DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES  
Deferred income taxes, netDeferred income taxes, net3,163 4,049 
Benefit plan obligations, netBenefit plan obligations, net2,391 3,710 
Deferred revenue
OtherOther4,369 3,797 
Total deferred credits and other liabilitiesTotal deferred credits and other liabilities9,923 11,556 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 18)COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 18)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITYSTOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Preferred stock — non-redeemable, $25.00 par value, authorized 2,000 and 2,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7 and 7 sharesPreferred stock — non-redeemable, $25.00 par value, authorized 2,000 and 2,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7 and 7 shares— — 
Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 2,200,000 and 2,200,000 shares, issued and outstanding 1,001,688 and 1,023,512 shares1,002 1,024 
Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 2,200,000 and 2,200,000 shares, issued and outstanding 1,008,486 and 1,001,688 shares
Additional paid-in capitalAdditional paid-in capital18,080 18,972 
Accumulated other comprehensive lossAccumulated other comprehensive loss(1,099)(2,158)
Accumulated deficitAccumulated deficit(7,546)(5,998)
Total stockholders' equityTotal stockholders' equity10,437 11,840 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITYTOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY$45,581 57,993 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
B-27
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-29

Appendix B
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Statements ofOf Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
OPERATING ACTIVITIESOPERATING ACTIVITIES   OPERATING ACTIVITIES  
Net (loss) incomeNet (loss) income$(1,548)2,033 (1,232)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:   Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:  
Depreciation and amortizationDepreciation and amortization3,239 4,019 4,710 
Gain on sale of businesses(773)— — 
Net loss (gain) on sale of businesses
Loss on disposal groups held for saleLoss on disposal groups held for sale700 — — 
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment3,271 — 2,642 
Deferred income taxesDeferred income taxes(1,230)598 366 
Provision for uncollectible accountsProvision for uncollectible accounts133 105 189 
Net (gain) loss on early retirement and modification of debt(214)(8)105 
Net gain on early retirement and modification of debt
Unrealized loss (gain) on investmentsUnrealized loss (gain) on investments191 (138)— 
Stock-based compensationStock-based compensation98 120 175 
Changes in current assets and liabilities:Changes in current assets and liabilities:   Changes in current assets and liabilities:  
Accounts receivableAccounts receivable(158)(8)115 
Accounts payableAccounts payable98 (261)(543)
Accrued income and other taxesAccrued income and other taxes972 (69)27 
Other current assets and liabilities, netOther current assets and liabilities, net(372)(353)(262)
Retirement benefitsRetirement benefits46 163 (111)
Changes in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, netChanges in other noncurrent assets and liabilities, net258 283 246 
Other, netOther, net24 17 97 
Net cash provided by operating activitiesNet cash provided by operating activities4,735 6,501 6,524 
INVESTING ACTIVITIESINVESTING ACTIVITIES   INVESTING ACTIVITIES  
Capital expendituresCapital expenditures(3,016)(2,900)(3,729)
Proceeds from sale of businessesProceeds from sale of businesses8,369 — — 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets120 135 153 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment, and other assets
Other, netOther, net53 12 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities5,476 (2,712)(3,564)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
FINANCING ACTIVITIESFINANCING ACTIVITIES   FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debtNet proceeds from issuance of long-term debt— 1,881 4,361 
Payments of long-term debtPayments of long-term debt(8,093)(3,598)(7,315)
Net (payments of) proceeds from revolving line of credit(200)50 (100)
Net proceeds from (payments on) revolving line of credit
Dividends paidDividends paid(780)(1,087)(1,109)
Repurchases of common stockRepurchases of common stock(200)(1,000)— 
Other, netOther, net(40)(53)(87)
Net cash used in financing activitiesNet cash used in financing activities(9,313)(3,807)(4,250)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cashNet increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash898 (18)(1,290)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of periodCash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period409 427 1,717 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of periodCash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period$1,307 409 427 
Supplemental cash flow information:Supplemental cash flow information:   Supplemental cash flow information:  
Income taxes (paid) refunded, net$(76)(112)28 
Interest paid (net of capitalized interest of $66, $53 and $75)$(1,365)(1,487)(1,627)
Income taxes paid, net
Interest paid (net of capitalized interest of $111, $66 and $53)
Supplemental non-cash information regarding investing activities:Supplemental non-cash information regarding investing activities:
Sale of property, plant and equipment in exchange for note receivable
Sale of property, plant and equipment in exchange for note receivable
Sale of property, plant and equipment in exchange for note receivableSale of property, plant and equipment in exchange for note receivable— 56 — 
Supplemental non-cash information regarding financing activities:Supplemental non-cash information regarding financing activities:
Purchase of software subscription in exchange for installment debtPurchase of software subscription in exchange for installment debt— 77 — 
Purchase of software subscription in exchange for installment debt
Purchase of software subscription in exchange for installment debt
Cancellation of senior unsecured notes as part of exchange offers (Note 7)
Issuance of senior secured notes as part of exchange offers (Note 7)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents$1,251 354 406 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash included in Assets held for saleCash and cash equivalents and restricted cash included in Assets held for sale44 40 — 
Restricted cash included in Other current assetsRestricted cash included in Other current assets— 
Restricted cash included in Other, net noncurrent assetsRestricted cash included in Other, net noncurrent assets12 13 18 
TotalTotal$1,307 409 427 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
B-30B-28
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Statements ofOf Stockholders' Equity
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions except
per share amounts)
(Dollars in millions except per share amounts)
COMMON STOCKCOMMON STOCK   COMMON STOCK  
Balance at beginning of periodBalance at beginning of period$1,024 1,097 1,090 
Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plansIssuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and benefit plans11 
Repurchases of common stockRepurchases of common stock(33)(81)— 
Balance at end of periodBalance at end of period1,002 1,024 1,097 
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITALADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL   ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL  
Balance at beginning of periodBalance at beginning of period18,972 20,909 21,874 
Repurchases of common stockRepurchases of common stock(167)(919)— 
Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholdingsShares withheld to satisfy tax withholdings(30)(45)(40)
Stock-based compensation and other, netStock-based compensation and other, net96 122 187 
Dividends declaredDividends declared(791)(1,095)(1,112)
Balance at end of periodBalance at end of period18,080 18,972 20,909 
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSSACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS   ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS  
Balance at beginning of periodBalance at beginning of period(2,158)(2,813)(2,680)
Other comprehensive income (loss)1,059 655 (133)
Other comprehensive income
Balance at end of periodBalance at end of period(1,099)(2,158)(2,813)
ACCUMULATED DEFICITACCUMULATED DEFICIT   ACCUMULATED DEFICIT  
Balance at beginning of periodBalance at beginning of period(5,998)(8,031)(6,814)
Net (loss) incomeNet (loss) income(1,548)2,033 (1,232)
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit
Losses, net of $(2) tax
— — 
Other— — 
Balance at end of periodBalance at end of period(7,546)(5,998)(8,031)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITYTOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY$10,437 11,840 11,162 
DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHAREDIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE$0.75 1.00 1.00 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-31

Appendix B
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Notes toTo Consolidated Financial Statements

References in the Notes to “Lumen Technologies”"Lumen Technologies" or “Lumen,” “we,” “us,”"Lumen," "we," "us," the “Company,”"Company," and “our”"our" refer to Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires. References in the Notes to “Level 3”"Level 3" refer to Level 3 Parent, LLC and its predecessor, Level 3 Communications, Inc., which we acquired on November 1, 2017.
(1) Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
General
We are an internationala facilities-based technology and communications company engaged primarily in providingthat provides a broad array of integrated products and services to our domestic and global business customers and our domestic mass markets customers. We operate one of the world’s most interconnected networks. Our platform empowers our customers to swiftly adjust digital programs to meet immediate demands, create efficiencies, accelerate market access and reduce costs, which allows our customers to rapidly evolve their IT programs to address dynamic changes. Our specific products and services are detailed in Note 4—4Revenue Recognition.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our subsidiaries in which we have a controlling interest. Intercompany amounts and transactions with our consolidated subsidiaries have been eliminated.
B-29
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
To simplify the overall presentation of our consolidated financial statements, we report immaterial amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests in certain of our subsidiaries as follows: (i) income attributable to noncontrolling interests in other (expense) income, (expense), net, (ii) equity attributable to noncontrolling interests in additional paid-in capital and (iii) cash flows attributable to noncontrolling interests in other, net financing activities.
We reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation, including the recategorization of our Mass MarketsBusiness revenue by product category and sales channel in our segment reporting for 2022 2021 and 2020.2021. See Note 17—Segment Information for additional information. These changes had no impact on total operating revenue, total operating expenses or net (loss) income for any period.
Operating Expenses
Our current definitions of operating expenses are as follows:
Cost of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) are expenses incurred in providing products and services to our customers. These expenses include: employee-related expenses directly attributable to operating and maintaining our network (such as salaries, wages, benefits and professional fees); facilities expenses (which include third-party telecommunications expenses we incur for using other carriers' networks to provide services to our customers); rents and utilities expenses; equipment sales expenses (such as data integration and modem expenses); and other expenses directly related to our operations; and
Selling, general and administrative expenses are corporate overhead and other operating expenses. These expenses include: employee-related expenses (such as salaries, wages, internal commissions, benefits and professional fees) directly attributable to selling products or services and employee-related expenses for administrative functions; marketing and advertising; property and other operating taxes and fees; external commissions; litigation expenses associated with general matters; bad debt expense; and other selling, general and administrative expenses.
These expense classifications may not be comparable to those of other companies.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions we make when accounting for specific items and matters are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and components of stockholders' equity as of the dates of the consolidated balance sheets, as well as the reported amounts of revenue, expenses and components of cash flows during the periods presented in our other consolidated financial statements. We also make estimates in our assessments of potential losses in relation to threatened or pending tax and legal
B-32
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
matters. See Note 16—Income Taxes and Note 18—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items for additional information.
For matters not related to income taxes, if a loss contingency is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we recognize an expense for the estimated loss. If we have the potential to recover a portion of the estimated loss from a third party, we make a separate assessment of recoverability and reduce the estimated loss if recovery is also deemed probable.
For matters related to income taxes, if we determine that the impact of an uncertain tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority, then we recognize a benefit for the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. NoWe do not recognize any portion of an uncertain tax position will be recognized if the position has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest is recognizedWe recognize interest on the amount of unrecognized benefit from uncertain tax positions.
For all of these and other matters, actual results could differ materially from our estimates.
Assets Held for Sale
We classify assets and related liabilities as held for sale when: (i) management has committed to a plan to sell the assets, (ii) the net assets are available for immediate sale, (iii) there is an active program to locate a buyer and (iv) the sale and transfer of the net assets is probable within one year. Assets and liabilities held for sale are presented separately on our consolidated balance sheets with a valuation allowance, if necessary, to recognize the net carrying amount at the lower of cost or fair value, less costs to sell. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of finite-lived intangible assets and right-of-use assets are not recorded while these assets are classified as held for sale. For each period that assets are classified as being held for sale, they are tested for recoverability. Unless otherwise specified, the amounts and information presented in the notes do not include assets and liabilities that have beenwere classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business for additional information.
B-30
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Revenue Recognition
We earn most of our consolidated revenue from contracts with customers, primarily through the provision of communications and other services. Revenue from contracts with customers is accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 606. We also earn revenue from leasing arrangements (primarily fiber capacity and colocation agreements) and governmental subsidy payments, which are not accounted for under ASC 606.
Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized based on the following five-step model:
Identification of the contract with a customer;
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;
Determination of the transaction price;
Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
Recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.
We provide an array of communications services to business and residential customers, including local voice, VPN, Ethernet, data, broadband, private line (including special access), network access, transport, voice, information technology, video and other ancillary services. We provide these services to a wide range of businesses, including global, enterprise, wholesale, government, and small and medium business customers. Certain contracts also include the sale of equipment, which is not significant to our business.
We recognize revenue for services when we provide the applicable service or when control of a product is transferred. Recognition of certain payments received in advance of services being provided is deferred. These advance payments may include certain activation and certain installation charges. If the activation and installation charges are not separate performance obligations, we recognize them as revenue over the actual or expected contract term using historical experience, which typically ranges from one to five years depending on the service. In most cases, termination fees or other fees on existing contracts that are negotiated in conjunction with new contracts are deferred and recognized over the new contract term.
For access services, we generally bill fixed monthly charges one month in advance to customers and recognize revenue as service is provided over the contract term in alignment with the customer's receipt of service. For usage and other ancillary services, we generally bill in arrears and recognize revenue as usage or delivery
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-33

Appendix B
occurs. In most cases, the amount invoiced for our service offerings constitutes the price that would be billed on a standalone basis.
In certain cases, customers may be permitted to modify their contracts. We evaluate the change in scope or price to identify whether the modification should be treated as a separate contract, whether the modification isas a termination of the existing contract and creation of a new contract, or if it isas a change to the existing contract.
Customer contracts are evaluated to determine whether the performance obligations are separable. If the performance obligations are deemed separable and separate earnings processes exist, the total transaction price that we expect to receive with the customer is allocated to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. The revenue associated with each performance obligation is then recognized as earned.
We periodically sell transmission capacity on our network. These transactions are generally structured as indefeasible rights of use, commonly referred to as IRUs, which are the exclusive right to use a specified amount of capacity or fiber for a specified term, typically 20 years. In most cases, we account for the cash consideration received on transfers of transmission capacity as ASC 606 revenue which is adjusted for the time value of money and is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement. Cash consideration received on transfers of dark fiber is accounted for as non-ASC 606 lease revenue, which we also recognize ratably over the term of the agreement. We do not recognize revenue on any contemporaneous exchanges of our transmission capacity assets for other non-owned transmission capacity assets.
In connection with offering products and services provided to the end user by third-party vendors, we review the relationship between us, the vendor and the end user to assess whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis. In assessing whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis, we consider whether we act as a principal in the transaction and control the goods and services used to fulfill the performance obligations associated with the transaction.
B-31
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
We have service level commitments pursuant to contracts with certain of our customers. To the extent that we determine that such service levels were not achieved or may not have been achieved, we estimate the amount of credits to be issued and record a corresponding reduction to revenue in the period that the service level commitment was not met or may not be met.
Customer payments are made based on billing schedules included in our customer contracts, which is typically on a monthly basis.
We defer (or capitalize) incremental contract acquisition and fulfillment costs and recognize (or amortize) such costs over the average contract life. Our deferred contract costs for our customers have average amortization periods of approximately 3236 months for mass markets customers and 3033 months for business customers. These deferred costs are periodically monitored to reflect any significant change in assumptions.
See Note 4—Revenue Recognition for additional information.
Advertising Costs
Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and included inrecorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. Our advertising expense was $62$87 million, $56$62 million and $56 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020,2021, respectively.
Legal Costs
In the normal course of our business, we incur costs to hire and retain external legal counsel to advise us on finance, regulatory, litigation and other matters. Subject to certain exceptions, we expense these costs as the related services are received.
Income Taxes
We file a consolidated federal income tax return with our eligible subsidiaries. The provision for income taxes reflects taxes currently payable, tax consequences deferred to future periods and adjustments to our liabilities for uncertain tax positions. We record deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to tax net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs"),NOLs, tax credit carryforwards and differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax basis of those assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.
B-34
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts that we believe are more likely than not to be recovered. Each quarter we evaluate the need to retain or adjust each valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets. See Note 16—Income Taxes for additional information.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash and are not subject to significant risk from fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, the value at which cash and cash equivalents are reported in our consolidated financial statements approximates their fair value. In evaluating investments for classification as cash equivalents, we require that individual securities have original maturities of ninety days or less and that individual investment funds have dollar-weighted average maturities of ninety days or less. To preserve capital and maintain liquidity, we invest with financial institutions we deem to be of sound financial condition and in high quality and relatively risk-free investment products. Our cash investment policy limits the concentration of investments with specific financial institutions or among certain products and includes criteria related to credit worthiness of any particular financial institution.
Book overdrafts occur when we have issued checks but they have not yet been presented to our controlled disbursement bank accounts for payment. Disbursement bank accounts allow us to delay funding of issued checks until the checks are presented for payment. Until the issued checks are presented for payment, the book overdrafts are included in accounts payable on our consolidated balance sheets. This activity is included in the operating activities section in our consolidated statements of cash flows. There were no book overdrafts included in accounts payable at December 31, 20222023 or 2021.2022.
B-32
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash consists primarily of cash and investments that collateralize our outstanding letters of credit and certain performance and operating obligations. Restricted cash and securities are recorded as current or non-currentnon-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets depending on the duration of the restriction and the purpose for which the restriction exists. Restricted securities are stated at cost which approximated their fair value as of December 31, 20222023 and 2021.2022.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses
Accounts receivable are recognized based upon the amount due from customers for the services provided or at cost for purchased and other receivables, less an allowance for credit losses. We use a loss rate method to estimate our allowance for credit losses. For more information on our methodology for estimating our allowance for credit losses, see Note 6—Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.
We generally consider our accounts past due if they are outstanding over 30 days. Our past due accounts are written off against our allowance for credit losses when collection is considered to be not probable. Any recoveries of accounts previously written off are generally recognized as a reduction in bad debt expense in the period received. The carrying value of accounts receivable net of the allowance for credit losses approximates fair value. Accounts receivable balances acquired in a business combination are recorded at fair value for all balances receivable at the acquisition date and at the invoiced amount for those amounts invoiced after the acquisition date.
Property, Plant and Equipment
We record property, plant and equipment acquired in connection with our acquisitions based on its estimated fair value as of its acquisition date plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required retirement obligations. We record purchased and constructed property, plant and equipment at cost, plus the estimated value of any associated legally or contractually required retirement obligations. We depreciate the majority of our property, plant and equipment using the straight-line group method over the estimated useful lives of groups of assets, but depreciate certain of our assets using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the specific asset. Under the straight-line group method, assets dedicated to providing telecommunications services (which comprise the majority of our property, plant and equipment) that have similar physical characteristics, use and expected useful lives are pooled for purposes of depreciation and tracking. TheWe use the equal life group procedure is used to establish each pool's average remaining useful life. Generally, under the straight-line group method, when an asset is sold or retired in the course of normal business activities, the cost is deducted from property, plant and equipment and charged to accumulated depreciation without recognition of a gain or loss. A gain or loss is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations only if a disposal is unusual. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful lives of the assets or the expected lease term. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. During the construction phase of network and other internal-use capital projects, we capitalize related employee and
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-35

Appendix B
interest costs. Property, plant and equipment supplies used internally are carried at average cost, except for significant individual items which are carried at actual cost.
We perform annual internal reviews to evaluate the reasonableness of the depreciable lives for our property, plant and equipment. Our reviews utilize models that take into account actual usage, physical wear and tear, replacement history, assumptions about technology evolution and, in certain instances, actuarially determined probabilities to estimate the remaining useful life of our asset base. Our remaining useful life assessments evaluate the possible loss in service value of assets that may precede the physical retirement. Assets shared among many customers may lose service value as those customers reduce their use of the asset. However, the asset is not retired until all customers no longer utilize the asset and we determine there is no alternative use for the asset.
We have asset retirement obligations associated with the legally or contractually required removal of a limited group of property, plant and equipment assets from leased properties and the disposal of certain hazardous materials present in our owned properties. When an asset retirement obligation is identified, usually in association with the acquisition of the asset, we record the fair value of the obligation as a liability. The fair value of the obligation is also capitalized as property, plant and equipment and then amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of the associated asset. Where the removal obligation is not legally binding, we expense the net cost to remove assets is expensed in the period in which the costs are actually incurred.
B-33
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
We review long-lived tangible assets for impairment whenever facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable. For assessment purposes, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest identifiable level for which we generate cash flows independently of other groups of assets and liabilities, absent a material change in operations. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of the asset group is not recoverable and exceeds its estimated fair value. Recoverability of the asset group to be held and used is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the asset group's carrying value is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value.
Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets
IntangibleWe initially record intangible assets arising from business combinations, such as goodwill, customer relationships, capitalized software, trademarks and trade names, are initially recorded at estimated fair value. We amortize customer relationships primarily over an estimated life of 7 to 14 years, using the straight-line method, depending on the type of customer. Certain customer relationship intangible assets became fully amortized at the end of the first quarter 2021 using the sum-of-years-digits method, which iswe no longer useduse for any of our remaining intangible assets. We amortize capitalized software using the straight-line method primarily over estimated lives ranging up to 7 years. We amortize our other intangible assets using the straight-line method over an estimated life of 9 to 20 years. Other intangible assets not arising from business combinations are initially recorded at cost. Where there are no legal, regulatory, contractual or other factors that would reasonably limit the useful life of an intangible asset, we classify thethem as indefinite-lived intangible asset as indefinite-livedassets and such intangible assets are not amortized.
Internally used software, whether purchased or developed by us, is capitalized and amortized using the straight-linestraight-line method over its estimated useful life. We have capitalized certain costs associated with software such as costs of employees devoted to software development and external direct costs for materials and services. Costs associated with software to be used for internal purposes are expensed until the point at which the project has reached the development stage. Subsequent additions, modifications or upgrades to internal-use software are capitalized only to the extent that they allow the software to perform a task it previously did not perform. Software maintenance, data conversion and training costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. We review the remaining economic lives of our capitalized software annually. Capitalized software is included in other intangible assets, net, in our consolidated balance sheets.
Our long-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, with indefinite lives are assessed for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be an impairment. These assets are carried at the estimated fair value at the time of acquisition and assets not acquired in acquisitions are recorded at historical cost. However, if their estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of these assets exceeds their estimated fair value.
B-36
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
We are required to assess our goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicates it is more likely than not the fair values of any of our reporting units were less than their carrying values. We are required to write-down the value of goodwill of our reporting units in periods in which the recorded carrying value of any such unit exceeds its fair value of equity. Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete full financial statements. Therefore, we assess the equity carrying value and future cash flows are assessed each time we perform a goodwill impairment assessment is performed on a reporting unit. To do so, we assign our assets, liabilities and cash flows to reporting units using allocation methodologies which we believe are reasonable and consistent. This process entails various estimates, judgments and assumptions.
We are required to reassign goodwill to reporting units whenever reorganizations of our internal reporting structure changes the composition of our reporting units. Goodwill is reassigned to the reporting units using a relative fair value approach. When the fair value of a reporting unit is available, we allocate goodwill based on the relative fair value of the reporting units. When fair value is not available, we utilize an alternative allocation methodology that we believe represents a reasonable approximation of the fair value of the operations being reorganized.
For more information, see Note 3—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets.
B-34
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Derivatives and Hedging
From time to time we have used derivative instruments to hedge exposure to interest rate risks arising from fluctuation in interest rates. We account for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.
Derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at their fair values. When we become a party to a derivative instrument and intend to apply hedge accounting, we formally document the hedge relationship and the risk management objective for undertaking the hedge, which includes designating the instrument for financial reporting purposes as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a net investment hedge.
As of December 31, 2022,2023, we held nowere not party to any swap agreements since allagreements. All of our variable-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements in place at the beginning of the year2022 expired during the first half of 2022. While we held these agreements, we evaluated the effectiveness as described in Note 15—Derivative Financial Instruments (designated as cash-flow hedges) qualitatively on a quarterly basis. TheWe reflected the change in the fair value of the interest rate swaps was reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period the hedged transaction affects earnings, by virtue of qualifying as effective cash flow hedges. For more information see Note 15—Derivative Financial Instruments.
Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits
We recognize the funded status of our defined benefit and post-retirement plans as an asset or a liability on our consolidated balance sheets. Each year's actuarial gains or losses are a component of our other comprehensive income (loss), which is then included in our accumulated other comprehensive loss.loss on our consolidated balance sheets. Pension and post-retirement benefit expenses are recognized over the period in which the employee renders service and becomes eligible to receive benefits. We make significant assumptions (including the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, mortality and health care trend rates) in computing the pension and post-retirement benefits expense and obligations. See Note 11—Employee Benefits for additional information.
Foreign Currency
Local currencies of our foreign subsidiaries are the functional currencies for financial reporting purposes except for certain foreign subsidiaries, primarily in Latin America prior to the August 1, 2022 sale of our Latin American business. For operations outside the United States that have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated to U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates, and revenue, expenses and cash flows are translated using average monthly exchange rates. A significant portionPrior to the November 1, 2023 sale of our non-United States subsidiaries use either the British pound or the Euro, or used, prior toEMEA business and the August 1, 2022 sale of our Latin American business, a significant portion of our non-United States subsidiaries used the British pound, the Euro, or the Brazilian Real, as their functional currency, each of which experienced significant fluctuations against the U.S. dollar during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020.2021. We recognize foreign currency translation gains and losses as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders' equity in our consolidated balance sheet and in our consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income in accordance with accounting guidance for foreign currency translation. Prior to the announcement of our divestitures as discussed in Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses, and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business, we considered the majority of our investments in our foreign subsidiaries to be long-term in nature. Our foreign currency transaction gains (losses), including where transactions with our non-United States subsidiaries are not considered to be long-term in nature, are included within other (expense) income, (expense), net on
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-37

Appendix B
our consolidated statements of operations. See the description of our Assets Held for Sale policy above for more information on assets in foreign subsidiaries to be divested.
Common Stock
As of December 31, 2022,2023, we had 1911 million shares authorized for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.
Preferred Stock
Holders of outstanding Lumen Technologies preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends, receive preferential distributions equal to $25 per share plus unpaid dividends upon Lumen's liquidation and vote as a single class with the holders of common stock.
Section 382 Rights Plan
We maintain a Section 382 Rights Plan to protect our U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards from certain Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limitations. Under the plan, one preferred stock purchase right was distributed for each share of our outstanding common stock as of the close of business on February 25, 2019, and those rights currently trade in tandem with the common stock until they expire or detach under the plan. This plan was designed to deter trading that would result in a change of control (as defined in Code Section 382), and therefore protect our ability to use our historical federal NOLs in the future. The plan is scheduled to lapse in late 2023.2026.
B-35
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
Dividends
The declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our Board of Directors. On November 2, 2022, we announced that our Board had terminated our quarterly cash dividend program. Under
Correction of Immaterial Errors
During 2023, we identified errors in our previously reported consolidated financial statements related to accounts receivable and accounts payable. The errors are the result of understated revenues from one of our legacy mainframe billing systems and understated network expenses for periods prior to 2021. We have completed a quantitative and qualitative evaluation of the errors individually and in aggregate, and concluded the errors are immaterial to our previously issued consolidated financial statements. Notwithstanding this evaluation, we have revised capital allocation policy,certain line items on our December 31, 2022 consolidated balance sheet for these errors. The net effect of these adjustments was an increase in accounts receivable and total assets of $31 million and an increase of accounts payable and total liabilities of $94 million on our December 31, 2022 consolidated balance sheet. In addition, we recorded an adjustment to increase our January 1, 2021 accumulated deficit by $63 million, which represents the company planscumulative correction of the immaterial errors prior to continueJanuary 1, 2021. The errors did not have an impact on our previously issued consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, or cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2022 or 2021, and did not, and are not expected to, invest in growth initiatives.have an impact on the economics of the Company's existing or future commercial arrangements.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
During 2022,Supplier Finance Programs
On January 1, 2023, we adopted Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2022-04, “Liabilities-Supplier Finance Program (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations” (“ASU 2022-04”).These amendments require that a company that uses a supplier finance program in connection with the purchase of goods or services disclose sufficient information about the program to allow a user of financial statements to understand the program’s nature, program activity during the period, changes from period to period and the potential magnitude of program transactions. The adoption of ASU 2022-04 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
Credit Losses
On January 1, 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”) and Vintage Disclosures” (“ASU 2022-02”). The ASU eliminates the TDR recognition and measurement guidance, enhances existing disclosure requirements and introduces new requirements related to certain modifications of receivables made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. The adoption of ASU 2022-02 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
Government Assistance
On January 1, 2022, we adopted ASU 2021-10 "Government"Government Assistance (Topic 832): Disclosures by Business Entities about Government AssistanceAssistance” (“ASU 2021-10”) and ASU 2021-05, “Leases (Topic 842): Lessors—Certain Leases with Variable Lease Payments” (“ASU 2021-05”). During 2021, we adopted ASU 2020-09, "Debt (Topic 470) Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-10762" ("ASU 2020-09"), ASU 2020-01, "Investments - Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815)" ("ASU 2020-01"), and ASU 2019-12, "Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740)" ("ASU 2019-12"). During 2020, we adopted ASU 2016-13, "Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments" ("ASU 2016-13").
Each of these is described further below.
Government Assistance
On January 1, 2022, we adopted ASU 2021-10. This ASU requires business entities to disclose information about certain types of government assistance they receive. Please refer to Note 4—4Revenue Recognition for more information.
Leases
On January 1, 2022, we adopted ASU 2021-05.2021-05, “Leases (Topic 842): Lessors—Certain Leases with Variable Lease Payments” (“ASU 2021-05”). This ASU (i) amends the lease classification requirements for lessors to align them with practice under ASC Topic 840, (ii) provides criteria for lessors to classify and account for a lease with variable lease payments that do not depend on a reference index or a rate as an operating lease; and (iii) provides guidance with respect to net investments by lessors under operating leases and other related topics. The adoption of ASU 2021-05 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
Debt
On January 1, 2021, we adopted ASU 2020-09.2020-09, "Debt (Topic 470) Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-10762" ("ASU 2020-09"). This ASU amends and supersedes various SEC guidance to reflect SEC Release No. 33-10762, which includes amendments to the financial disclosure requirements applicable to registered debt offerings that include credit enhancements, such as subsidiary guarantees. The adoption of ASU 2020-09 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
B-38B-36
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Investments
On January 1, 2021, we adopted ASU 2020-01.2020-01, "Investments - Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815)" ("ASU 2020-01"). This ASU, among other things, clarifies that a company should consider observable transactions that require a company to either apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting under Topic 323, Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures, for the purposes of applying the measurement alternative in accordance with Topic 321 immediately before applying or upon discontinuing the equity method. As of December 31, 2022,2023, we determined there was no application or discontinuation of the equity method during the reporting periods covered in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.2023. The adoption of ASU 2020-01 did not have a materialan impact to our consolidated financial statements.
Income Taxes
On January 1, 2021, we adopted ASU 2019-12.2019-12, "Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740)" ("ASU 2019-12"). This ASU removes certain exceptions for investments, intra-period allocations and interim calculations, and adds guidance to reduce complexity in accounting for income taxes. The adoption of ASU 2019-12 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
We adopted ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020 and recognized a cumulative adjustment to our accumulated deficit as of the date of adoption of $9 million, net of tax effect of $2 million. Please refer to Note 6—Credit Losses on Financial Instruments for more information.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures” (“ASU 2023-09”). This ASU requires that public business entities must annually “(1) disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation and (2) provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold (if the effect of those reconciling items is equal to or greater than 5 percent of the amount computed by multiplying pretax income or loss by the applicable statutory income tax rate).” ASU 2023-09 will become effective for us in the annual period of fiscal 2025 and early adoption is permitted. We have chosen not to early adopt this ASU.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-08, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Crypto Assets (Subtopic 350-60): Accounting for and Disclosure of Crypto Assets” (“ASU 2023-08”). This ASU is intended to improve the accounting for certain crypto assets by requiring an entity to measure those crypto assets at fair value each reporting period with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The amendments also improve the information provided to investors about an entity’s crypto asset holdings by requiring disclosure about significant holdings, contractual sale restrictions, and changes during the reporting period. This ASU will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2025 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2023, we do not hold crypto assets and do not expect ASU 2023-08 will have any impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures” (“ASU 2023-07”). This ASU is intended to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. This ASU will become effective for us in annual period fiscal 2024 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2023, we are evaluating its impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06, “Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative” (“ASU 2023-06”). This ASU incorporates certain SEC disclosure requirements into the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”). The amendments in the ASU are expected to clarify or improve disclosure and presentation requirements of a variety of Codification Topics, allow users to more easily compare entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosures with those entities that were not previously subject to the requirements, and align the requirements in the Codification with the SEC’s regulations. ASU 2023-06 will become effective for each amendment on the effective date of the SEC's corresponding disclosure rule changes. As of December 31, 2023, we do not expect ASU 2023-06 will have any impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-05, “Business Combinations – Joint Venture Formations (Subtopic 805-60): Recognition and initial Measurement” (“ASU 2023-05”). This ASU applies to the formation of entities that meet the definition of a joint venture (or a corporate joint venture). The amendments in the ASU require that a joint venture apply a new basis of accounting upon formation. ASU 2023-05 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2025 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2023, we do not expect ASU 2023-05 will have any impact to our consolidated financial statements.
B-37
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
In August 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-04, “Liabilities (Topic 405): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 121” (“ASU 2023-04”). This ASU amends and adds various SEC paragraphs to the FASB Codification to reflect guidance regarding the accounting for obligations to safeguard crypto assets an entity holds for platform users. This ASU does not provide any new guidance. ASU 2023-04 became effective for us once the addition to the FASB Codification was made available. As of December 31, 2023, we do not expect ASU 2023-04 will have any impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In July 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-03, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Equity (Topic 505), and Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 120, SEC Staff Announcement at the March 24, 2022 EITF Meeting, and Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 6.B, Accounting Series Release 280—General Revision of Regulation S-X: Income or Loss Applicable to Common Stock” (“ASU 2023-03”). This ASU amends or supersedes various SEC paragraphs within the applicable codification to conform to past SEC staff announcements. This ASU does not provide any new guidance. ASU 2023-03 became effective for us once the addition to the FASB Codification was made available. As of December 31, 2023, we do not expect ASU 2023-03 will have any impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-02, “Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method” (“ASU 2023-02”). These amendments allow reporting entities to elect to account for qualifying tax equity investments using the proportional amortization method, regardless of the program giving rise to the related income tax credits. ASU 2023-02 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2024 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2023, we do not expect ASU 2023-02 will have any impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-01, “Leases (Topic 842): Common Control Arrangements” (“ASU 2023-01”). These amendments require all entities to amortize leasehold improvements associated with common control leases over the useful life to the common control group. ASU 2023-01 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2024 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2023, we do not expect ASU 2023-01 will have any impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In December 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2022-06, Reference“Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848) – Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848"848" ("ASU 2022-06"). These amendments extend the period of time preparers can utilize the reference rate reform relief guidance in Topic 848, which defers the sunset date from December 31, 2022, to December 31, 2024, after which entities will no longer be permitted to apply the relief in Topic 848. ASU 2022-06 is effective upon issuance. Based on our review of our key material contracts through December 31, 2022,2023, ASU 2022-06 does not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-04, “Liabilities-Supplier Finance Program (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations” (“ASU 2022-04”). These amendments require that a company that uses a supplier finance program in connection with the purchase of goods or services disclose sufficient information about the program to allow a user of financial statements to understand the program’s nature, program activity during the period, changes from period to period and potential magnitude of program transactions. ASU 2022-04 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2023. As of December 31, 2022, we are reviewing our supplier finance agreements to determine the impact to disclosures in our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-03, Fair“Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale RestrictionsRestrictions” (“ASU 2022-03”). These amendments clarify that a contractual restriction on the sales of an investment in an equity security is not considered part of the unit of account of the equity security and, therefore, is not considered in measuring its fair value. ASU 2022-03 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 20232024 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2022,2023, we do not expect ASU 2022-03 towill have anany impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-02, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR”) and Vintage Disclosures” (“ASU 2022-02”). These amendments eliminate the TDR recognition and measurement guidance, enhance existing disclosure requirements and introduce new requirements related to certain modifications of receivables made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. ASU 2022-02 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2023 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2022, we do not expect ASU 2022-02 to have an impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-01, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Fair Value Hedging-Portfolio Layer Method” ("ASU 2022-01"). The ASU expands the current single-layer method to allow multiple hedged layers of a single closed portfolio under the method. ASU 2022-01 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2023 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2022, we do not expect ASU 2022-01 to have an impact to our consolidated financial statements.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-39

Appendix B
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2021-08”), which requires entities to apply Topic 606 to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in a business combination. ASU 2021-08 will become effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2023 and early adoption is permitted. As of December 31, 2022, we do not expect ASU 2021-08 to have an impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, "Reference"Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope"Scope" ("ASU 2021-01"), which clarifies that certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 for contract modifications and hedge accounting apply to derivatives that are affected by the discounting transition. ASU 2021-01 also amends the expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 to capture the incremental consequences of the scope clarification and to tailor the existing guidance to derivative instruments affected by the discounting transition. These amendments may be applied prospectively to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated on or before December 31, 2022. ASU 2021-01 provides optional expedients for a limited time to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. Based on our review of our key material contracts through December 31, 2022,2023, ASU 2021-01 will not have a material impact to our consolidated
financial statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, "Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting" ("ASU 2020-04" or "Reference Rate Reform"), designed to ease the burden of accounting for contract modifications related to the global market-wide reference rate transition period. Subject to certain criteria, ASU 2020-04 provides qualifying entities the option to apply expedients and exceptions to contract modifications and hedging accounting relationships made until December 31, 2022. These amendments are effective immediately and may be applied prospectively to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated on or before December 31, 2022. ASU 2020-04 provides optional guidance for a limited time to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. Based on our review of our key material contracts through December 31, 2022, we do not expect ASU 2020-04 to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
B-38
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
(2) Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business
Latin American Business
On August 1, 2022, affiliates of Level 3 Parent, LLC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Lumen Technologies, Inc., sold Lumen’s Latin American business pursuant to a definitive agreement dated July 25, 2021, for pre-tax cash proceeds of approximately $2.7 billion.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded a $597 million net pre-tax gain on disposal associated with the sale of our Latin American business. This gain is reflected as operating income within the consolidated statements of operations.
In connection with the sale, we entered into a transition services agreement under which we provide the purchaser various support services. In addition, Lumen and the purchaser entered into commercial agreements whereby they provide each other various network and other commercial services. In addition, we agreed to indemnify the purchaser for certain matters for which future cash payments by Lumen could be required. Lumen has estimated the fair value of these indemnifications to be $86 million, which is included in other long-term liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet and has reduced our gain on the sale accordingly.
The Latin American business was included in our continuing operations and classified as assets and liabilities held for sale on our consolidated balance sheets through the closing of the transaction on August 1, 2022. As a result of closing the transaction, we derecognized net assets of $1.9 billion, primarily made up of (i) property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, of $1.7 billion, (ii) goodwill of $245 million, (iii) other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, of $140 million, and (iv) deferred income tax liabilities, net, of $154 million. In addition, we reclassified $112 million of realized loss on foreign currency translation, net of tax, to partially offset the gain on sale of our Latin American business.
B-40
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
ILEC Business
On October 3, 2022, we and certain of our affiliates sold the portion of our incumbent local exchange ("ILEC") business primarily conducted within 20 Midwestern and Southeastern states to affiliates of funds advised by Apollo Global Management, Inc. In exchange, we received $7.5 billion of consideration, which was reduced by approximately $0.4 billion of closing adjustments and partially paid through purchaser's assumption of approximately $1.5 billion of our long-term consolidated indebtedness, resulting in pre-tax cash
proceeds of approximately $5.6 billion, subject to certain post-closing adjustments and indemnities.billion.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded a $176 million net pre-tax gain on disposal associated with the sale of our ILEC business. This gain is reflected as operating income within the consolidated statements of operations.
In connection with the sale, we have entered into a transition services agreement under which we provide the purchaser various support services. In addition, Lumen and the purchaser entered into commercial agreements whereby they provide each other various network and other commercial services. Under these agreements, we have committed to ordering services of approximately $373 million from the purchaser over a period of three years and the purchaser has committed to ordering services of approximately $67 million from us over a period of three years. We also agreed to indemnifyindemnified the purchaser for certain matters for which, at the time of closing, future cash payments by Lumen arewere expected. Lumen hashad estimated the fair value of these indemnifications to be $89 million, which iswas included in other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2022 and has increased our income tax expense accordingly.accordingly as of December 31, 2022. As of the first quarter of 2023, the full $89 million payments had been made.
The ILEC business was included in our continuing operations and classified as assets and liabilities held for sale on our consolidated balance sheets through the closing of the transaction on October 3, 2022. As a result of closing the transaction, we derecognized net assets of $4.8 billion, primarily made up of (i) property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, of $3.6 billion, (ii) goodwill of $2.6 billion and (iii) long-term debt, net of discounts, of $1.4 billion. In addition, we reclassified $403 million of net actuarial loss and prior service credit related to the Lumen Pension Plan, net of tax, conveyed to the purchaser to partially offset the gain on the sale of our ILEC business.
B-39
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
EMEA Business
On November 2, 2022,1, 2023, affiliates of Level 3 Parent, LLC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Lumen Technologies, Inc., granted an optionsold Lumen's operations in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (the "EMEA business") to Colt Technology Services Group Limited, a portfolio company of Fidelity Investments, to purchasefor pre-tax cash proceeds of $1.7 billion after certain of their operations in Europe, the Middle Eastclosing adjustments and Africa (the "EMEA business"), in exchange for $1.8 billion in cash,transaction costs. This consideration is further subject to certain working capitalother post-closing adjustments and otherindemnities set forth in the purchase price adjustments. Followingagreement, as amended and supplemented to date. In connection with the completion of a French consultative process, Colt exercised its option and on February 8, 2023, the partiessale, we entered into a definitive purchasetransition services agreement under which containswe provide the purchaser various customary covenants for transactions of this type includingsupport services. In addition, Lumen and the purchaser entered into commercial agreements whereby they provide each other various indemnities. Level 3 Parent, LLC expects to close the transaction as early as late 2023, following receipt of all requisite regulatory approvals in the U.S.network and certain countries where the EMEA business operates, as well as the satisfaction of other customary conditions.commercial services.
The actual amount of our net after-tax proceeds from this divestiture could vary substantially from the amounts we currently estimate, particularly if we experience delays in completing the transaction or if any of our other assumptions prove to be incorrect.
We do not believe these divestiture transactions represent a strategic shift for Lumen. Therefore, neither of the divested businesses discussed above, nor the planned divestiture of the EMEA business meet the criteria to be classified as discontinued operations. As a result, we continued to report our operating results for the Latin American and ILEC businesses in our consolidated operating results through their respective disposal dates of August 1, 2022 and October 3, 2022, and we will continue to report our operating results for the EMEA business (the "disposal group") in our consolidated operating results until the transaction is closed.
As of December 31, 2022 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, the assets and liabilities of our EMEA business are classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of (i) the carrying value when we classified the disposal group as held for sale and (ii) the fair value of the disposal group, less costs to sell. Effective with the designation of the disposal group as held for sale on November 2, 2022, we suspended recording depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of finite-lived intangible assets and right-of-use assets while these assets are classified as held for sale. We estimate that we would have recorded an additional $51 million of depreciation, intangible amortization, and amortization of right-of-use assets for the year ended December 31, 2022 if the EMEA business did not meet the held for sale criteria.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-41

Appendix B
The classification of the EMEA business as held for sale was considered an event or change in circumstance which requiredrequires an assessment of ourthe goodwill of the disposal group for impairment.impairment each reporting period until disposal. We performed a pre-classification and post-classification goodwill impairment test of the disposal group as described further in Note 3—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets. As a result of our impairment tests, we determined the EMEA business disposal group was impaired, resulting in a non-cash,non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $43 million. As a resultmillion in the fourth quarter of our evaluation of2022. We evaluated the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities held for sale relative to the agreed upon sales price, adjusted for costs to sell, weand recorded an estimated loss on disposal of $660 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 in the consolidated statement of operations and a valuation allowance included in assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet. We will perform this evaluation each reporting period untilsheet as of December 31, 2022. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a $102 million net loss on disposal associated with the sale of our EMEA business. This loss is reflected as operating expense within the consolidated statements of operations.
The EMEA business was included in our continuing operations and based on subsequent remeasurements, we will adjust the valuation allowance inclassified as assets and liabilities held for sale (including any gain, limited toon our consolidated balance sheets through the original value).
The principal componentsclosing of the held for saletransaction on November 1, 2023. As a result of closing the transaction, we derecognized net assets of $2.1 billion, primarily made up of (i) property, plant and liabilitiesequipment, net of the EMEA business are as follows:
December 31, 2022
EMEA Business
(Dollars in millions)
Assets held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents$43 
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $576 
Other current assets59 
Property, plant and equipment, net accumulated depreciation, of $1,0331,873 
Goodwill(1)
— 
Customer relationships and other intangibles, net100 
Operating lease assets156 
Valuation allowance on assets held for sale(2)
(660)
Deferred tax assets138 
Other non-current assets38 
Total assets held for sale$1,823 
Liabilities held for sale
Accounts payable$78 
Salaries and benefits23 
Current portion of deferred revenue28 
Current operating lease liabilities33 
Other current liabilities28 
Deferred income taxes38 
Asset retirement obligations30 
Deferred revenue, non-current85 
Operating lease liabilities, non-current103 
Total liabilities held for sale$446 
1The assignment of goodwill was based on the relative fair value$2.0 billion and (ii) customer relationships and other intangible assets, net of the applicable reporting unit prior to being classified as held for sale. Prior to classification as held for sale, the goodwill was fully impaired as described in Note 3—Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets.
2Includes the impactaccumulated amortization of $365$107 million. In addition, we reclassified $382 million primarily related toof realized loss on foreign currency translation, expectednet of tax, with an offset to the valuation allowance and loss on sale of the EMEA business.
Other Information
We do not believe these divestiture transactions represented a strategic shift for Lumen. Therefore, the divested businesses discussed above did not meet the criteria to be reclassified outclassified as discontinued operations. As a result, we continued to report our operating results for the Latin American, ILEC and EMEA businesses in our consolidated operating results through their respective disposal dates of accumulated other comprehensive loss upon close of the sale.August 1, 2022, October 3, 2022, and November 1, 2023, respectively.
B-42
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
(3) Goodwill, Customer Relationships and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill, customer relationships and other intangible assets consisted of the following:
As of December 31,
2022(1)
2021(1)
 (Dollars in millions)
Goodwill$12,657 15,986 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets$
Other intangible assets subject to amortization: 
Customer relationships, less accumulated amortization of $3,606 and $11,740(2)
4,574 5,365 
Capitalized software, less accumulated amortization of $3,895 and $3,6241,482 1,459 
Trade names, patents and other, less accumulated amortization of $188 and $160101 137 
Total other intangible assets, net$6,166 6,970 
As of December 31,
2023
2022(1)
 (Dollars in millions)
Goodwill(2)
$1,964 12,657 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets$
Other intangible assets subject to amortization: 
Customer relationships(3), less accumulated amortization of $4,248 and $3,606
3,811 4,574 
Capitalized software, less accumulated amortization of $4,045(4) and $3,895
1,564 1,482 
Trade names, patents and other, less accumulated amortization of $72(4) and $188
86 101 
Total other intangible assets, net$5,470 6,166 
1(1)These values exclude assets classified as held for sale.
2(2)We recorded cumulative non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charges of $10.7 billion during the year ended December 31, 2023.
(3)For the year ended December 31, 2023, customer relationships decreased $121 million in conjunction with the sale of select CDN customer contracts in the fourth quarter of 2023 that resulted in a net loss of $73 million included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
(4)Certain customer relationshipscapitalized software with a gross carrying value of $8.7 billion$183 million and trade names with a gross carrying value of $130 million became fully amortized during 20212022 and were retired during the first quarter of 2022.2023.
B-40
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
As of December 31, 2022,2023, the gross carrying amount of goodwill, customer relationships, indefinite-lived and other intangible assets was $26.5$15.8 billion.
Our goodwill was derived from numerous acquisitions where the purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired.
We are required to assess our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes in circumstances indicate there may be impairment. Our annual impairment assessment date for indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill is December 31. We completed our qualitative assessment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 and concluded it is more likely than not that our indefinite-lived intangible assets are not impaired; thus, no impairment charge for these assets was recorded in 2023, 2022 or 2021. We are required to write down the value of goodwill only when our assessment determines the carrying value of equity of any of our reporting units exceeds its fair value. Our annual impairment assessment date for goodwill is October 31, at which date we assess our reporting units.
We report our results within two segments: Business and Mass Markets. See Note 17—Segment Information for more information on these segments and the underlying sales channels. As of December 31, 2022,2023, we had three reporting units for goodwill impairment testing, which are (i) Mass Markets, (ii) North America Business ("NA Business") and (iii) Asia Pacific ("APAC") region. Prior to the planned divestiture of the EMEA business, the EMEA region was also a reporting unit and was tested for impairment in the pre-classification test as of October 31, 2022 discussed below. Prior to its August 1, 2022 divestiture, the Latin American ("LATAM") region was also a reporting unit. At October 31, 2020 we used eight reporting units for goodwill impairment testing, which were consumer, small and medium business, enterprise, wholesale, North American global accounts ("NA GAM"), EMEA, LATAM and APAC.
Our reporting units are not discrete legal entities with discrete full financial statements. Our assets and liabilities are employed in and relate to the operations of multiple reporting units. For each reporting unit, we compare its estimated fair value of equity to its carrying value of equity that we assign to the reporting unit.it. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value, we conclude that no impairment exists. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than theits carrying value, we record a non-cash impairment charge equal to the excess amount. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we typically estimate the fair value of our reporting units by considering either or both of (i) a discounted cash flow method, which is based on the present value of projected cash flows over a discrete projection period and a terminal value, which is based on the expected normalized cash flows of the reporting units following the discrete projection period, and (ii) a market approach, which includes the use of market multiples of publicly-traded companies whose services and markets are comparable to ours.
2023 Goodwill Impairment Analyses
At October 31, 2023, we performed our annual impairment analysis of the goodwill of our three above-mentioned reporting units. Given the continued erosion in our market capitalization, we determined our quantitative impairment analysis would estimate the fair value of our reporting units using only the market approach. Applying this approach, we utilized company comparisons and analyst reports within the telecommunications industry which supported a range of fair values derived from annualized revenue and Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization ("EBITDA") multiples between 1.5x and 3.5x and 4.8x and 8.4x, respectively. In determining the fair value of each reporting unit, we used revenue and EBITDA multiples below these comparable market multiples. We reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2023 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 2% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. Based on our assessments performed with respect to the reporting units as described above, we concluded the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than their carrying value of equity. As a result, we recorded a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $1.9 billion on October 31, 2023.
During the second quarter of 2023, we determined circumstances existed indicating it was more likely than not that the carrying value of our reporting units exceed their fair value. Given the continued erosion in our market capitalization, we determined our quantitative impairment analysis would estimate the fair value of our reporting units using only the market approach. Applying this approach, we utilized company comparisons and analyst reports within the telecommunications industry which supported a range of fair values derived from annualized revenue and EBITDA multiples between 1.5x and 4.3x and 4.6x and 10.5x, respectively. In determining the fair value of each reporting unit, we used revenue and EBITDA multiples below these comparable market multiples. The estimated fair values of the reporting units determined in connection with our impairment analysis in the second quarter of 2023 resulted in no control premium, which we determined to be reasonable based on our market capitalization relative to recent transactions. For the three months ended June 30, 2023, based on our assessments performed with respect to the reporting units as described above, we concluded the estimated fair value of certain of our reporting units was less than their carrying value of equity. As a result, we recorded a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $8.8 billion for the three months ended June 30, 2023.
B-41
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-43

Appendix B
The market approach that we used in the quarter ended June 30, 2023 and October 31, 2023 tests incorporated estimates and assumptions related to the forecasted results for the remainder of the year, including revenues, expenses, and the achievement of certain strategic initiatives. In developing the market multiples applicable to each reporting unit, we considered observed trends of our industry participants. Our assessment included many factors that required significant judgment. Alternative interpretations of these factors could have resulted in different conclusions regarding the size of our impairments.
2022 Goodwill Impairment Analyses
As of October 31, 2022, we estimated the fair value of our four above-mentioned reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We discounted the projected cash flows for our Mass Markets, NA Business, EMEA and APAC reporting units using a rate that represented their weighted average cost of capital as of the assessment date, which comprised an after-tax cost of debt and a cost of equity, as disclosed in the table below. We utilized company comparisons and analyst reports within the telecommunications industry which at the time of assessment supported a range of fair values derived from annualized revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")EBITDA multiples between 1.8x and 4.6x and 4.7x and 10.8x, respectively. We selected a revenue and EBITDA multiple for each of our reporting units, resulting in an overall company revenue and EBITDA multiple of 2.5x and 5.5x, respectively. We also reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2022 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 59% was reasonable based on recent market transactions, including our divestitures, and our depressed stock price. Due to the depressed trading price of our stock at October 31, 2022, and our assessment performed with respect to the reporting units described above, we concluded that the estimated fair value of our NA Business reporting unit was less than our carrying value of equity for that reporting unit, resulting in a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of approximately $3.2 billion. See the goodwill rollforward by segment table below for the impairment charges by segment. As of October 31, 2022, the estimated fair value of equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our Mass Markets, EMEA and APAC reporting units by 97%, 171% and 101%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded that the goodwill assigned to our Mass Markets, EMEA and APAC reporting units was not impaired at October 31, 2022.
As of October 31, 2022
Reporting Units
Mass MarketsNA BusinessEMEAAPAC
Weighted average cost of capital9.4 %9.4 %9.8 %11.3 %
After-tax cost of debt4.7 %4.7 %5.1 %6.3 %
Cost of equity14.0 %14.0 %14.4 %16.2 %
TheOur classification of the EMEA Business as being held for sale related to the EMEA business as described in Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business was considered an event or change in circumstance which required an assessment of our goodwill for impairment as of October 31, 2022. We performed a pre-announcement goodwill impairment test described above to determine whether there was an impairment prior to the classification of these assets as held for sale and to determine the November 2, 2022, fair values to be utilized for goodwill allocation regarding the disposal group to be classified as assets held for sale. We also performed a post-announcementpost-announcement goodwill impairment test using our estimated post-divestiture cash flows and carrying value of equity to evaluate whether the fair value of our NA Business, Mass Markets and APAC reporting units that will remain following the divestiture exceeds the carrying value of the equity of such reporting units after classification of assets held for sale. We concluded no impairment existed ofregarding our post-divestiture reporting units that remain following the divestiture.units.
Separate from the annual, pre-announcement and post-announcement goodwill assessments discussed above, we performed an assessment of our EMEA business disposal group for impairment using the purchase price compared to the carrying value of the EMEA business net assets. As a result, the EMEA business disposal group was impaired, resulting in a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of $43 million. See Note 2—2Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business for additional information regarding the purchase price, carrying value, and impairment for goodwill of the EMEA business. See the goodwill rollforward by segment table below for the impairment charges by segment.
B-44B-42
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
2021 Goodwill Impairment Analyses
At October 31, 2021, we estimated the fair value of our five above-mentioned reporting units by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. As of October 31, 2021, we determined that the estimated fair value of equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our Mass Markets, NA Business, EMEA, LATAM and APAC reporting units by 277%, 8%, 57%, 100% and 125%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of those reporting units at October 31, 2022.2021. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our assessment date.
Our third quarter 2021 classification of held for sale assets related to the divestitures of the Latin American and ILEC businesses on August 1, 2022 and October 3, 2022, respectively, as described in Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses, and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business, was considered an event or change in circumstance which required an assessment of our goodwill for impairment as of July 31, 2021. We performed a pre-classification goodwill impairment test to determine whether there was an impairment prior to the classification of these assets and to determine the July 31, 2021 fair values to be utilized for goodwill allocation regarding the Latin American and ILEC businesses classified as assets held for sale. We concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of those reporting units at July 31, 2021. We also performed a post-classification goodwill impairment test using our estimated post-divestiture cash flows and carrying value of equity to evaluate whether the fair value of our reporting units that would remain following the divestitures exceeded the carrying value of the equity of such reporting units after classification of assets held for sale. At July 31, 2021, we estimated the fair value of our five above-mentioned reporting units as of such date by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. As of July 31, 2021, we determined that the estimated fair value of equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our Mass Markets, NA Business, EMEA, LATAM and APAC reporting units by 150%, 24%, 58%,100% and 134%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of our reporting units at July 31, 2021. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our assessment date.
The January 2021 internal reorganization of our reporting structure was considered an event or change in circumstance which required an assessment of our goodwill for impairment. We performed a qualitative impairment assessment in the first quarter of 2021 and concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of equity of those reporting units at January 31, 2021. Therefore, we concluded no impairment existed as of our assessment date.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-45

Appendix B
2020 Goodwill Impairment Analyses
At October 31, 2020, we estimated the fair value of our eight above-mentioned reporting units (prior to the January 2021 reorganization) by considering both a market approach and a discounted cash flow method. We discounted the projected cash flows for our consumer, enterprise, wholesale, small and medium business, NA GAM, EMEA, LATAM and APAC reporting units using a rate that represented their weighted average cost of capital as of the assessment date, which comprised an after-tax cost of debt and a cost of equity, as disclosed in the table below. We utilized company comparisons and analyst reports within the telecommunications industry which at the time of assessment supported a range of fair values derived from annualized revenue and EBITDA multiples between 2.0x and 5.5x and 4.8x and 12.5x, respectively. We selected a revenue and EBITDA multiple for each of our reporting units, resulting in an overall company revenue and EBITDA multiple of 2.3x and 5.7x, respectively. We also reconciled the estimated fair values of the reporting units to our market capitalization as of October 31, 2020 and concluded that the indicated control premium of approximately 33% was reasonable based on recent market transactions. Due to the depressed trading price of our stock at October 31, 2020 and our assessment performed with respect to the reporting units described above, we concluded that the estimated fair value of our consumer, wholesale, small and medium business and EMEA reporting units was less than our carrying value of equity for those reporting units. As a result, these reporting units were impaired, resulting in a non-cash, non-tax-deductible goodwill impairment charge of approximately $2.6 billion. As of October 31, 2020, the estimated fair value of equity exceeded the carrying value of equity for our enterprise, NA GAM, LATAM and APAC reporting units by 2%, 46%, 74% and 23%, respectively. Based on our assessments performed, we concluded that the goodwill assigned to our enterprise, NA GAM, LATAM and APAC reporting units was not impaired at October 31, 2020.
As of October 31, 2020
Reporting Units
Consumer, Enterprise,
Wholesale, Small and medium
business, and NA GAM
EMEALATAMAPAC
Weighted average cost of capital7.6 %8.0 %14.3 %10.1 %
After-tax cost of debt2.5 %2.9 %6.9 %3.9 %
Cost of equity10.7 %11.2 %18.8 %14.0 %
The following table shows the rollforward of goodwill assigned to our reportable segments (including the January 2021 reorganization discussed above) from December 31, 20202021 through December 31, 2022.2023.
 International
and Global
Accounts
EnterpriseSmall and
Medium
Business
WholesaleConsumerBusinessMass
Markets
Total
 (Dollars in millions)
As of December 31, 2020(1)
$2,555 4,738 2,808 3,114 5,655 — — 18,870 
January 2021 reorganization(2,555)(4,738)(2,808)(3,114)(5,655)12,173 6,697 — 
Classified as held for sale— — — — — (913)(1,946)(2,859)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate change and other— — — — — (25)— (25)
As of December 31, 2021(1)
$— — — — — 11,235 4,751 15,986 
BusinessMass MarketsTotal BusinessMass MarketsTotal
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
As of December 31, 2021(1)
$11,235 4,751 15,986 
As of December 31, 2021
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate change and otherEffect of foreign currency exchange rate change and other(58)— (58)
ImpairmentImpairment(3,271)— (3,271)
As of December 31, 2022(1)
As of December 31, 2022(1)
$7,906 4,751 12,657 
Impairment
As of December 31, 2023(1)
1(1)Goodwill at December 31, 2022,2023, December 31, 20212022 and December 31, 20202021 is net of accumulated impairment losses of $21.7 billion, $11.0 billion,
$7.7
billion and $12.9$7.7 billion, respectively. The change in accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2021 is the result of amounts classified as held for sale related to the divestitures of our Latin American and ILEC business on August 1, 2022 and October 3, 2022, respectively. The change in accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2022 is the result of the impairments discussed above.

B-46
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
For additional information on our segments, see Note 17—Segment Information.
As of December 31, 2022,2023, the weighted average remaining useful lives of our finite-lived intangible assets were approximately 76 years in total, approximately 87 years for customer relationships and 4 years for capitalized software.
Total amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 20202021 was $1.1 billion, $1.1 billion and $1.3 billion, and $1.7 billion, respectively.
B-43
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
We estimate that total amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets for the years ending December 31, 20232024 through 20272028 will be as provided in the table below. As a result of classifying our EMEA business as being held for sale on our December 31, 2022 consolidated balance sheet, the amounts presented below do not include future amortization expense for intangible assets of the business to be divested. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business for more information.
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
2023$941 
20242024871 
20252025810 
20262026765 
20272027687 
2028
(4) Revenue Recognition
Product and Service Categories
We categorize our products and services revenue among the following categories for the Business segment:
ComputeGrow, which includes products and Application Services, which includeservices that we anticipate will grow, including our dark fiber, Edge Cloud services, IT solutions,IP, managed security, software-defined wide area networks ("SD WAN"), secure access service edge ("SASE"), Unified Communications and Collaboration ("UC&C"), data center, content delivery network ("CDN") and managed securitywavelengths services;
IP and Data Services,Nurture, which include Ethernet, IP,includes our more mature offerings, including ethernet and VPN data networks including software-defined wide area networks ("SD WAN") based services, Dynamic Connections and Hyper WAN;services;
Fiber Infrastructure Services,Harvest, which include dark fiber, opticalincludes our legacy services and equipment; and
Voice and Other, which includemanaged for cash flow, including Time Division Multiplexing ("TDM") voice, private line and other legacy services; and
Other, which includes equipment sales, IT solutions and other services.
We categorize our products and services revenue among the following categories for the Mass Markets segment:
Fiber Broadband, under which we provide high speed broadband services to residential and small business customers utilizing our fiber-based network infrastructure;
Other Broadband, under which we provide primarily lower speed broadband services to residential and small business customers utilizing our copper-based network infrastructure; and
Voice and Other, under which we derive revenues from (i) providing local and long-distance voice services, professional services, and other ancillary services, and (ii) federal broadband and state support payments.

programs.
B-44
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-47

Appendix B
Reconciliation of Total Revenue to Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The following tables provide total revenue by segment, sales channel and product category. They also provide the amount of revenue that is not subject to ASC 606, "Revenue"Revenue from Contracts with Customers"Customers" ("ASC 606"), but is instead governed by other accounting standards. The amounts in the tables below include revenue for the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA businesses revenues prior to their sales on August 1, 2022, and October 3, 2022 and November 1, 2023, respectively:
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Total Revenue
Adjustments for
Non-ASC 606
Revenue(1)
Total Revenue from
Contracts with
Customers
Year Ended December 31, 2023Year Ended December 31, 2023
Total RevenueTotal Revenue
Adjustments for
Non-ASC 606
Revenue(1)
Total Revenue from
Contracts with
Customers
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Business Segment by Sales Channel and Product CategoryBusiness Segment by Sales Channel and Product Category
International and Global Accounts ("IGAM")
Compute and Application Services$667 (227)440 
IP and Data Services1,510 — 1,510 
Fiber Infrastructure830 (136)694 
Voice and Other638 — 638 
Total IGAM Revenue3,645 (363)3,282 
Large EnterpriseLarge Enterprise
Compute and Application Services621 (60)561 
IP and Data Services1,517 — 1,517 
Fiber Infrastructure478 (46)432 
Voice and Other793 — 793 
Large Enterprise
Large Enterprise
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Large Enterprise RevenueTotal Large Enterprise Revenue3,409 (106)3,303 
Mid-Market EnterpriseMid-Market Enterprise
Compute and Application Services135 (29)106 
IP and Data Services1,629 (4)1,625 
Fiber Infrastructure192 (7)185 
Voice and Other509 — 509 
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Mid-Market Enterprise RevenueTotal Mid-Market Enterprise Revenue2,465 (40)2,425 
Public Sector
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Public Sector Revenue
WholesaleWholesale
Compute and Application Services242 (157)85 
IP and Data Services1,115 — 1,115 
Fiber Infrastructure652 (113)539 
Voice and Other1,511 (239)1,272 
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Wholesale RevenueTotal Wholesale Revenue3,520 (509)3,011 
Business Segment by Product CategoryBusiness Segment by Product Category
Compute and Application Services1,665 (473)1,192 
IP and Data Services5,771 (4)5,767 
Fiber Infrastructure2,152 (302)1,850 
Voice and Other3,451 (239)3,212 
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Business Segment RevenueTotal Business Segment Revenue13,039 (1,018)12,021 
Mass Markets Segment by Product CategoryMass Markets Segment by Product Category
Fiber Broadband
Fiber Broadband
Fiber BroadbandFiber Broadband604 (18)586 
Other BroadbandOther Broadband2,163 (200)1,963 
Voice and OtherVoice and Other1,672 (134)1,538 
Total Mass Markets RevenueTotal Mass Markets Revenue4,439 (352)4,087 
Total RevenueTotal Revenue$17,478 (1,370)16,108 
Timing of revenueTiming of revenue
Goods and services transferred at a point in timeGoods and services transferred at a point in time$154 
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
Services performed over timeServices performed over time15,954 
Total revenue from contracts with customersTotal revenue from contracts with customers$16,108 
B-45
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
B-48
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Total Revenue
Adjustments for
Non-ASC 606
Revenue(1)
Total Revenue from
Contracts with
Customers
Year Ended December 31, 2022Year Ended December 31, 2022
Total RevenueTotal Revenue
Adjustments for
Non-ASC 606
Revenue(1)
Total Revenue from
Contracts with
Customers
(Dollars in millions)

(Dollars in millions)
Business Segment by Sales Channel and Product CategoryBusiness Segment by Sales Channel and Product Category
International and Global Accounts ("IGAM")
Compute and Application Services$731 (279)452 
IP and Data Services1,716 (1)1,715 
Fiber Infrastructure889 (129)760 
Voice and Other747 — 747 
Total IGAM Revenue4,083 (409)3,674 
Large EnterpriseLarge Enterprise
Compute and Application Services696 (62)634 
IP and Data Services1,583 — 1,583 
Fiber Infrastructure540 (50)490 
Voice and Other952 (1)951 
Large Enterprise
Large Enterprise
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Large Enterprise RevenueTotal Large Enterprise Revenue3,771 (113)3,658 
Mid-Market EnterpriseMid-Market Enterprise
Compute and Application Services127 (30)97 
IP and Data Services1,710 (6)1,704 
Fiber Infrastructure207 (8)199 
Voice and Other605 — 605 
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Mid-Market Enterprise RevenueTotal Mid-Market Enterprise Revenue2,649 (44)2,605 
Public Sector
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Public Sector Revenue
WholesaleWholesale
Compute and Application Services188 (159)29 
IP and Data Services1,198 — 1,198 
Fiber Infrastructure622 (118)504 
Voice and Other1,608 (252)1,356 
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Wholesale RevenueTotal Wholesale Revenue3,616 (529)3,087 
Business Segment by Product CategoryBusiness Segment by Product Category
Compute and Application Services1,742 (530)1,212 
IP and Data Services6,207 (7)6,200 
Fiber Infrastructure2,258 (305)1,953 
Voice and Other3,912 (253)3,659 
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Business Segment RevenueTotal Business Segment Revenue14,119 (1,095)13,024 
Mass Markets Segment by Product CategoryMass Markets Segment by Product Category
Fiber Broadband
Fiber Broadband
Fiber BroadbandFiber Broadband524 — 524 
Other BroadbandOther Broadband2,507 (227)2,280 
Voice and OtherVoice and Other2,537 (570)1,967 
Total Mass Markets RevenueTotal Mass Markets Revenue5,568 (797)4,771 
Total RevenueTotal Revenue$19,687 (1,892)17,795 
Timing of revenueTiming of revenue
Goods and services transferred at a point in timeGoods and services transferred at a point in time$138 
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
Services performed over timeServices performed over time17,657 
Total revenue from contracts with customersTotal revenue from contracts with customers$17,795 
B-46
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-49

Appendix B
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Total Revenue
Adjustments for
Non-ASC 606
Revenue(1)
Total Revenue from
Contracts with
Customers
Year Ended December 31, 2021Year Ended December 31, 2021
Total RevenueTotal Revenue
Adjustments for
Non-ASC 606
Revenue(1)
Total Revenue from
Contracts with
Customers
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Business Segment by Sales Channel and Product CategoryBusiness Segment by Sales Channel and Product Category
International and Global Accounts ("IGAM")
Compute and Application Services$759 (265)494 
IP and Data Services1,736 — 1,736 
Fiber Infrastructure846 (110)736 
Voice and Other796 — 796 
Total IGAM Revenue4,137 (375)3,762 
Large EnterpriseLarge Enterprise
Compute and Application Services665 (82)583 
IP and Data Services1,628 (2)1,626 
Fiber Infrastructure601 (46)555 
Voice and Other1,067 (2)1,065 
Large Enterprise
Large Enterprise
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Large Enterprise RevenueTotal Large Enterprise Revenue3,961 (132)3,829 
Mid-Market EnterpriseMid-Market Enterprise
Compute and Application Services127 (16)111 
IP and Data Services1,809 (6)1,803 
Fiber Infrastructure212 (9)203 
Voice and Other753 — 753 
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Mid-Market Enterprise RevenueTotal Mid-Market Enterprise Revenue2,901 (31)2,870 
Public Sector
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Public Sector Revenue
WholesaleWholesale
Compute and Application Services184 (161)23 
IP and Data Services1,249 — 1,249 
Fiber Infrastructure618 (121)497 
Voice and Other1,758 (258)1,500 
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Wholesale RevenueTotal Wholesale Revenue3,809 (540)3,269 
Business Segment by Product CategoryBusiness Segment by Product Category
Compute and Application Services1,735 (524)1,211 
IP and Data Services6,422 (8)6,414 
Fiber Infrastructure2,277 (286)1,991 
Voice and Other4,374 (260)4,114 
Grow
Grow
Grow
Nurture
Harvest
Other
Total Business Segment RevenueTotal Business Segment Revenue14,808 (1,078)13,730 
Mass Markets Segment by Product CategoryMass Markets Segment by Product Category
Fiber Broadband
Fiber Broadband
Fiber BroadbandFiber Broadband427 — 427 
Other BroadbandOther Broadband2,639 (236)2,403 
Voice and OtherVoice and Other2,838 (601)2,237 
Total Mass Markets RevenueTotal Mass Markets Revenue5,904 (837)5,067 
Total RevenueTotal Revenue$20,712 (1,915)18,797 
Timing of revenueTiming of revenue
Goods and services transferred at a point in timeGoods and services transferred at a point in time$250 
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
Services performed over timeServices performed over time18,547 
Total revenue from contracts with customersTotal revenue from contracts with customers$18,797 
1(1)Includes regulatory revenue and lease revenue not within the scope of ASC 606.
B-47
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
B-50
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
Customer Receivables and Contract Balances
The following table provides balances of customer receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities, net of amounts classified as held for sale, as of December 31, 20222023 and 2021:2022:
December 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
(Dollars in millions)
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2023
December 31,
2022
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Customer receivables(1)
Customer receivables(1)
$1,424 1,493 
Contract assets(2)
Contract assets(2)
34 73 
Contract liabilities(3)
Contract liabilities(3)
656 680 
1(1)Reflects gross customer receivables of $1.5$1.3 billion and $1.6$1.5 billion, net of allowance for credit losses of $73$60 million and $102$73 million, at December 31, 20222023 and December 31, 2021,2022, respectively. TheseAt December 31, 2022 amounts exclude customer receivables, net, classified as held for sale of $76 million, atrelated to the EMEA business which was sold November 1, 2023.
(2)At December 31, 2022 (related to the EMEA business) and $288 million at December 31, 2021 (related to both the Latin American business and the ILEC business).
2Thesethese amounts exclude contract assets classified as held for sale of $16 million, atrelated to the EMEA business which was sold November 1, 2023.
(3)At December 31, 2022 (related to the EMEA business) and $9 million at December 31, 2021 (related to both the Latin American business and the ILEC business).
3Thesethese amounts exclude contract liabilities classified as held for sale of $59 million, at December 31, 2022 (relatedrelated to the EMEA business) and $161 million at December 31, 2021 (related to both the Latin American business and the ILEC business).which was sold November 1, 2023.
Contract liabilities are consideration we have received from our customers or billed in advance of providing goods or services promised in the future. We defer recognizing this consideration as revenue until we have satisfied the related performance obligation to the customer. Contract liabilities include recurring services billed one month in advance and installation and maintenance charges that are deferred and recognized over the actual or expected contract term, which typically ranges from one1 to five5 years depending on the service. Contract liabilities are included within deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheets. During the years ended December 31, 20222023 and December 31, 2021,2022, we recognized $539$434 million and $605$539 million, respectively, of revenue that was included in contract liabilities of $841$715 million and $950$841 million as of January 1, 20222023 and 2021,2022, respectively, including contract liabilities that were classified as held for sale.
Performance Obligations
As of December 31, 2022,2023, we expect to recognize approximately $7.4$6.8 billion of revenue in the future related to performance obligations associated with existing customer contracts that are partially or wholly unsatisfied. We expectAs of December 31, 2023, the transaction price related to recognize approximately 75% of this revenue throughunsatisfied performance obligation that are expected to be recognized in 2024, 2025 with the balance recognized thereafter.and thereafter was $2.8 billion, $1.7 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively.
These amounts exclude (i) the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed (for example, uncommitted usage or non-recurring charges associated with professional or technical services to be completed), and (ii) contracts that are classified as leasing arrangements or government assistance that are not subject to ASC 606 and (iii) the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts which relate to our planned divestiture of the EMEA business.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-51

Appendix B
606.
Contract Costs
The following tables provide changes in our contract acquisition costs and fulfillment costs:
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Acquisition
Costs
Fulfillment
Costs
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning of period balance$202 192 
Costs incurred136 157 
Amortization(152)(140)
Change in contract costs held for sale(4)(25)
End of period balance$182 184 
B-48
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Acquisition
Costs
Fulfillment
Costs
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning of period balance$222 186 
Costs incurred172 158 
Amortization(192)(149)
Classified as held for sale(1)
— (3)
End of period balance$202 192 
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Acquisition
Costs
Fulfillment
Costs
 (Dollars in millions)
Beginning of period balance$289 216 
Costs incurred176 151 
Amortization(209)(149)
Classified as held for sale(2)
(34)(32)
End of period balance$222 $186 
1(1)Represents changes in amounts classified as held for sale related to the divestitures of our Latin American and ILEC businesses on August 1, 2022 and October 3, 2022, respectively, andas well as changes of $6 million acquisition costs and no fulfillment costs classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2022 related to the planned divestiture of the EMEA business.business, held for sale as of December 31, 2022 and completed November 1, 2023. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business.
2Represents the amounts classified as held for sale related to the divestitures of our Latin American and ILEC businesses on August 1, 2022 and October 3, 2022, respectively. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business.Businesses.
Acquisition costs include commission fees paid to employees as a result of obtaining contracts. Fulfillment costs include third party and internal costs associated with the provision, installation and activation of services to customers, including labor and materials consumed for these activities.
DeferredWe amortize deferred acquisition and fulfillment costs are amortized based on the transfer of services on a straight-line basis over the average contract life of approximately 3236 months for mass markets customers and 3033 months for business customers. AmortizedWe include amortized fulfillment costs are included in cost of services and products and amortized acquisition costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. TheWe include the amount of these deferred costs that are anticipated to be amortized in the next 12 months are included in other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets. TheWe include the amount of deferred costs expected to be amortized beyond the next twelve months is included in other non-current assets on our consolidated balance sheets. DeferredWe assess deferred acquisition and fulfillment costs are assessed for impairment on a quarterly basis.
Governmental Funding
Lumen participates in various U.S. federal and state programs under which government support payments are received to offset costs associated with providing services in targeted locations such as unserved or underserved high-cost or rural areas, or for certain types of customers, including non-profit organizations, educational institutions and local governmental bodies. SupportIn certain instances, support payments may beare conditioned on specified infrastructure buildouts by milestone deadlines or provision of services at specified locations and speed requirements. Commitments may be made annually, on a multi-year basis ranging from one to ten years or be on-going subject to periodic change or termination. Consistent with customary practice and as referenced in ASC 832 Government Assistance, Lumen applies a grant model of accounting by which it accounts for these transactions as non-ASC 606 revenue over the periods in which the costs for which the funding is intended to compensate are incurred. This non-ASC 606 revenue is included in operating revenue in our consolidated statements of operations. Corresponding receivables are recorded when services have been provided to the customers and costs incurred, but the cash has not been received. These amounts are included in our accounts receivable, less allowance in our consolidated balance sheets. Certain programs are subject to audits of compliance with program commitments and, subject to the outcomes of those assessments, Lumen may be
B-52
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
required to reimburse the government entity for cash previously received, or, in some cases, pay a penalty. Lumen evaluates each program and establishes a liability under the principles of ASC 450 if it is probable support payments will be recaptured or a penalty will be imposed.
For the yearyears ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, Lumen recorded non-customer revenue of $85 million and $190 million, respectively, under government assistance programs, of which 17% and 31%, respectively, was associated with state universal service fund support programs.
Between 2015 and 2021, we received approximately $500 million annually through the FCC'sFederal Communications Commission (the "FCC")'s Connect America Fund II ("CAF II"), a federal multi-year recurring subsidy program for more extensive broadband deployment in price-cap ILEC territories. For this program, which ended on December 31, 2021, we were required to meet certain specified infrastructure buildout requirements in 33 states by the end of 2021, which required substantial capital expenditures. In the first quarter of 2022, we recognized $59 million of previously deferred revenue related to the conclusion of the CAF II program based upon our final buildout and filing submissions. The government has the right to audit our compliance with the CAF II program and the ultimate outcome of any remaining examinations is unknown, but could result in a liability to us in excess of our reserve accruals established for these matters.
B-49
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
In early 2020, the FCC created the Rural Digital Opportunity Fund (the “RDOF”), which is program, a federal support program designed to replacefund broadband deployment in rural America. For the CAF II program. On December 7, 2020, the FCC allocated in itsfirst phase of this program, RDOF Phase I, auction $9.2the FCC ultimately awarded $6.4 billion in support payments to be paid in equal monthly installments over 10 years to deploy high speed broadband to over 5.2years. We were awarded RDOF funding in several of the states in which we operate and began receiving monthly support payments during the second quarter of 2022. We received approximately $17 million unserved locations. We won bids to receive approximately $26 million ofin annual RDOF Phase I support payments approximately 36% of which is attributablefor the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 and expect to the ILEC business we divested on October 3, 2022. Our support payments under the RDOF Phase I program commencedreceive this same amount each year thereafter during the second quarter of 2022.program period.
Lumen participates in multiple state sponsored programs for broadband deployment in unserved and underserved areas for which the states have state universal service funds sourced from fees levied on telecommunications providers and passed on to consumers. During the yearyears ending December 31, 2023 and 2022, Lumen participated in these types of programs primarily in the states of Arkansas, California, Colorado, Maine, Nebraska, North Carolina, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Vermont,Minnesota, Virginia and Wisconsin.
(5) Leases
We primarily lease to or from third parties various office facilities, colocation facilities, equipment and transmission capacity. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on our consolidated balance sheets; we recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception and whether that lease meets the classification criteria of a finance or operating lease. Lease-related assets, or right-of-use assets, are recognized at the lease commencement date at amounts equal to the respective lease liabilities. Lease-related liabilities are recognized at the present value of the remaining contractual fixed lease payments, discounted using our incremental borrowing rates. As part of the present value calculation for the lease liabilities, we use an incremental borrowing rate as the rates implicit in the leases are not readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rates used for lease accounting are based on our unsecured rates, adjusted to approximate the rates at which we could borrow on a collateralized basis over a term similar to the recognized lease term. We apply the incremental borrowing rates to lease components using a portfolio approach based upon the length of the lease term and the reporting entity in which the lease resides. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, while variable lease payments are expensed as incurred. Operating lease assets are included in other, net under goodwill and other assets on our consolidated balance sheets. Noncurrent operating lease liabilities are included in other under deferred credits and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
Some of our lease arrangements contain lease components, non-lease components (including common-area maintenance costs) and executory costs (including real estate taxes and insurance costs). We generally account for each component separately based on the estimated standalone price of each component. For colocation leases, we account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.
Many of our lease agreements contain renewal options; however, we do not recognize right-of-use assets or lease liabilities for renewal periods unless we determine that we are reasonably certain of renewing the lease. Certain leases also include options to purchase the leased property. The depreciable life of assets and leasehold
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-53

Appendix B
improvements are limited by the expected lease term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised. Our lease agreements do not generally contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
Lease expense consisted of the following:
Years Ended December 31,
202220212020
(Dollars in millions)
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
2023202320222021
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Operating and short-term lease costOperating and short-term lease cost$451 535 729 
Finance lease cost:Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets
Amortization of right-of-use assets
Amortization of right-of-use assetsAmortization of right-of-use assets37 37 36 
Interest on lease liabilityInterest on lease liability15 16 12 
Total finance lease costTotal finance lease cost52 53 48 
Total lease costTotal lease cost$503 588 777 
B-50
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
We primarily lease from third parties various equipment, office facilities, retail outlets, switching facilities and other network sites or components. These leases, with few exceptions, provide for renewal options and rent escalations that are either fixed or based on the consumer price index. Any rent abatements, along with rent escalations, are included in the computation of rent expense calculated on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease term for most leases includes the initial non-cancelable term plus any term under renewal options that we believe are reasonably assured.
DuringBeginning in the years ended December 31, 2021second half of 2020 and 2020,continuing into 2023, we rationalized our lease footprint and ceased using 23 and 1642 underutilized leased property locations, respectively.locations. We determined that we no longer needed the leased space and, due to the limited remaining term on the contracts, concluded that we had neither the intent nor ability to sublease the properties. For the years ended December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2021, we incurred accelerated lease costs of approximately $35$8 million and $41$35 million, respectively. We did not further rationalize our lease footprint or incur material accelerated lease costs during 2022. Additionally, during the second quarter of 2023, we also donated our Monroe, Louisiana campus and leased back a portion thereof. This donation resulted in a $101 million loss recognized for the year ended December 31, 2022. However, in2023. In conjunction with our plans to continue to reduce costs, we expect to continue our real estate rationalization efforts and expect to incur additional accelerated leasereal estate costs in future periods.
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020,2021, our gross rental expense, including the accelerated lease costs discussed above, was $503 million, $588$503 million and $777$588 million, respectively. We also received sublease rental income of $25 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020.2021.
Supplemental consolidated balance sheet information and other information related to leases is included below:
As of December 31,
Leases (Dollars in millions)Classification on the Balance Sheet20222021
Assets
Operating lease assetsOther, net$1,340 1,451 
Finance lease assetsProperty, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation317 314 
Total leased assets$1,657 1,765 
Liabilities
Current
OperatingCurrent operating lease liabilities$344 385 
FinanceCurrent maturities of long-term debt16 19 
Noncurrent
OperatingOther1,088 1,171 
FinanceLong-term debt234 251 
Total lease liabilities$1,682 1,826 
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Operating leases7.76.8
Finance leases12.013.1
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases5.98 %5.54 %
Finance leases4.96 %4.89 %
B-54
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
As of December 31,
Leases (Dollars in millions)Classification on the Balance Sheet20232022
Assets
Operating lease assetsOther, net$1,230 1,340 
Finance lease assetsProperty, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation260 317 
Total leased assets$1,490 1,657 
Liabilities
Current
OperatingCurrent operating lease liabilities$268 344 
FinanceCurrent maturities of long-term debt16 16 
Noncurrent
OperatingOther1,040 1,088 
FinanceLong-term debt215 234 
Total lease liabilities$1,539 1,682 
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Operating leases8.27.7
Finance leases11.312.0
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases7.59 %5.98 %
Finance leases4.98 %4.96 %
At December 31, 2022, we classified certain operating and finance lease assets and liabilities related to the EMEA business, which was sold as of November 1, 2023, as held for sale and discontinued recording amortization on the related right-of-use assets upon this classification. These operating and finance lease assets and liabilities held for sale are not reflected in the above or throughout the disclosures within this note. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business for more information.
B-51
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
Supplemental consolidated cash flow statement information related to leases is included below:
Years Ended December 31,
20222021
(Dollars in millions)
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
202320232022
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows for operating leases
Operating cash flows for operating leases
Operating cash flows for operating leasesOperating cash flows for operating leases$462 525 
Operating cash flows for finance leasesOperating cash flows for finance leases15 15 
Financing cash flows for finance leasesFinancing cash flows for finance leases89 52 
Supplemental lease cash flow disclosures:Supplemental lease cash flow disclosures:
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities$381 165 
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilitiesRight-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities94 94 
As of December 31, 2022,2023, maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:
Operating LeasesFinance Leases
(Dollars in millions)
2023$416 28 
Operating LeasesOperating LeasesFinance Leases
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
20242024282 27 
20252025223 28 
20262026174 28 
20272027130 29 
2028
ThereafterThereafter611 194 
Total lease paymentsTotal lease payments1,836 334 
Less: interestLess: interest(404)(84)
TotalTotal1,432 250 
Less: current portionLess: current portion(344)(16)
Long-term portionLong-term portion$1,088 234 
As of December 31, 2022,2023, we had no material operating or finance leases that had not yet commenced.
Operating Lease Income
Lumen Technologies leases various dark fiber, office facilities, colocation facilities, switching facilities, other network sites and service equipment to third parties under operating leases. Lease and sublease income are included in operating revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. See "Revenue Recognition" in Note 1—Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020,2021, our gross rental income was $1.2$1.0 billion, $1.2 billion and $1.3$1.2 billion, respectively, which represents 7%, 6%7% and 6% respectively, of our operating revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020.2021.
(6) Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
To assess our expected credit losses on financial instruments, we aggregate financial assets with similar risk characteristics to monitor their credit quality or deterioration over the life of such assets. We periodically monitor certain risk characteristics within our aggregated financial assets and revise their composition accordingly, to the extent internal and external risk factors change. We separately evaluate financial assets that do not share risk characteristics with other financial assets. Our financial assets measured at amortized cost primarily consist of accounts receivable.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-55

Appendix B
We use a loss rate method to estimate our allowance for credit losses. Our determination of the current expected credit loss rate begins with our review of historical loss experience as a percentage of accounts receivable. We measure our historical loss period based on the average days to recognize accounts receivable as credit losses. When asset specific characteristics and current conditions change from those in the historical period, due to changes in our credit and collections strategy, certain classes of aged balances, or credit loss and recovery policies, we perform a qualitative and quantitative assessment to adjust our historical loss rate. We use regression analysis to develop an expected loss rate using historical experience and economic data over a
B-52
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
forecast period. We measure our forecast period based on the average days to collect payment on billed accounts receivable. To determine our current allowance for credit losses, we combine the historical and expected credit loss rates and apply them to our period end accounts receivable.
If there is an unexpected deterioration of a customer's financial condition or an unexpected change in economic conditions, including macroeconomic events, we assess the need to adjust the allowance for credit losses. Any such resulting adjustments would affect earnings in the period that adjustments are made.
The assessment of the correlation between historical observed default rates, current conditions and forecasted economic conditions requires judgment. Alternative interpretations of these factors could have resulted in different conclusions regarding our allowance for credit losses. The amount of credit loss is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecasted economic conditions. Our historical credit loss experience, current conditions and forecast of economic conditions may also not be representative of the customers' actual default experience in the future, and we may use methodologies that differ from those used by other companies.
The following table presents the activity of our allowance for credit losses by accounts receivable portfolio for the years ended December 31, 20222023 and December 31, 2021:2022:
BusinessMass
Markets
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2021(1)
$109 82 191 
BusinessBusiness
Mass
Markets
Total
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance at January 1, 2021
Provision for expected lossesProvision for expected losses50 55 105 
Write-offs charged against the allowanceWrite-offs charged against the allowance(76)(101)(177)
Recoveries collectedRecoveries collected13 19 
Classified as assets held for sale(2)
(8)(16)(24)
Classified as assets held for sale(1)
Balance at December 31, 2021Balance at December 31, 2021$88 26 114 
Provision for expected lossesProvision for expected losses25 108 133 
Write-offs charged against the allowanceWrite-offs charged against the allowance(61)(114)(175)
Recoveries collectedRecoveries collected10 16 
Change in allowance in assets held for sale(3)
(5)(3)
Change in allowance in assets held for sale(2)
Balance at December 31, 2022Balance at December 31, 2022$57 28 85 
Provision for expected losses
Write-offs charged against the allowance
Recoveries collected
Balance at December 31, 2023
1We completed an internal reorganization in January 2021. As a result of this change, the allowance for credit losses previously included in the Consumer and Business portfolio of $70 million related to consumer and $12 million related to our small business group, respectively, were reclassified to the Mass Markets allowance for credit losses on January 1, 2021.
2(1)Represents the amounts classified as held for sale related to the divestitures of our Latin American and ILEC businesses on August 1, 2022 and October 3, 2022, respectively. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business.
3(2)Represents changes in amounts classified as held for sale related to the divestitures of our Latin American and ILEC businesses on August 1, 2022 and October 3, 2022, respectively, and the inclusion of a $5 million allowance for credit losses classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2022 related to the planned divestiture of the EMEA business. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business.Businesses.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, we decreased our allowance for credit losses for our business and mass markets accounts receivable portfolios primarily due to releasing COVID-19 related reserves during 2022.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, we decreased our allowance for credit losses for our business and mass markets accounts receivable portfolios primarily due to higher write-off activity during 2021, along with the easing of prior delays due to COVID-19 related restrictions from 2020 and lower receivable balances.
B-53
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
B-56
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
(7) Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities
The following table reflects the consolidated long-term debt of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated below, including unamortized discounts and premiums and unamortized debt issuance costs:
 As of December 31,  As of December 31,
Interest Rates(1)
Maturities(1)
20222021
Interest Rates(1)
Interest Rates(1)
Maturities(1)
20232022
 (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions)
Senior Secured Debt: (2)
Senior Secured Debt: (2)
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Lumen Technologies, Inc.Lumen Technologies, Inc.     
Revolving Credit Facility(3)
Revolving Credit Facility(3)
LIBOR + 2.00%2025$— 200 
Term Loan A(4)
Term Loan A(4)
LIBOR + 2.00%2025991 1,050 
Term Loan A-1(4)
Term Loan A-1(4)
LIBOR + 2.00%2025283 300 
Term Loan B(5)
Term Loan B(5)
LIBOR + 2.25%20273,941 4,900 
Senior notesSenior notes4.000 %20271,250 1,250 
Subsidiaries:Subsidiaries:
Level 3 Financing, Inc.Level 3 Financing, Inc.
Level 3 Financing, Inc.
Level 3 Financing, Inc.
Tranche B 2027 Term Loan(6)
Tranche B 2027 Term Loan(6)
Tranche B 2027 Term Loan(6)
Tranche B 2027 Term Loan(6)
LIBOR + 1.75%20272,411 3,111 
Senior notesSenior notes3.400% - 3.875%2027 - 20291,500 1,500 
Embarq Corporation subsidiaries
First mortgage bondsN/A— 138 
Senior Notes and Other Debt:(7)
Senior Notes and Other Debt:
Lumen Technologies, Inc.Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Senior notes
Senior notes
Senior notesSenior notes4.500% - 7.650%2023 - 20423,722 8,414 
Subsidiaries:Subsidiaries:  Subsidiaries:   
Level 3 Financing, Inc.Level 3 Financing, Inc.
Senior notesSenior notes3.625% - 4.625%2027 - 20293,940 5,515 
Senior notes
Senior notes
Qwest CorporationQwest Corporation
Senior notesSenior notes6.500% - 7.750%2025 - 20571,986 1,986 
Term loan(8)
LIBOR + 2.25%2027215 215 
Senior notes
Senior notes
Term loan(7)
Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.
Senior notesSenior notes6.875% - 7.750%2028 - 2031192 255 
Finance lease and other obligations(9)
Various317 347 
Unamortized (discounts) premiums, net (7)21 
Senior notes
Senior notes
Finance lease and other obligations(8)
Unamortized discounts, net
Unamortized debt issuance costsUnamortized debt issuance costs(169)(220)
Total long-term debtTotal long-term debt 20,572 28,982 
Less current maturitiesLess current maturities (154)(1,554)
Long-term debt, excluding current maturitiesLong-term debt, excluding current maturities $20,418 27,428 
1(1)As of December 31, 2022.2023.
2(2)See the remainder of this Note for a description of certain parent or subsidiary guarantees and liens securing this debt.
3(3)The Revolving Credit Facility had an interest rate of 2.103%7.464% as of December 31, 2021.2023.
4(4)Term Loans A and A-1 had interest rates of 6.384%7.470% and 2.104%6.384% as of December 31, 20222023 and December 31, 2021,2022, respectively.
5(5)Term Loan B had interest rates of 6.634%7.720% and 2.354%6.634% as of December 31, 20222023 and December 31, 2021,2022, respectively.
6(6)The Level 3 Tranche B 2027 Term Loan had interest rates of 6.134%7.220% and 1.854%6.134% as of December 31, 20222023 and December 31, 2021,2022, respectively.
7The table excludes $1.4 billion of indebtedness under Embarq Corporation's 7.995% senior notes maturing in 2036 that was classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2021 and was transferred as of October 3, 2022 concurrent with the sale of the ILEC business. See Note 2Divestitures of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business.
8(7)The Qwest Corporation Term Loan had interest rates of 6.640%7.970% and 2.110%6.640% as of December 31, 20222023 and December 31, 2021,2022, respectively.
9(8)The tableDecember 31, 2022 excludes finance lease obligations of our EMEA business that were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.sold on November 1, 2023. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business.Businesses.
B-54
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-57

Appendix B
Long-Term Debt Maturities
Set forth below is the aggregate principal amount of our long-term debt as of December 31, 20222023 (excluding unamortized (discounts) premiums,discounts, net, and unamortized debt issuance costs) maturing during the following years. As a result of classifying our EMEA business as held for sale on our December 31, 2022 consolidated balance sheet, the amounts presented below do not include maturities of the finance lease obligations of that business. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business.
(Dollars in millions)
2023$154 
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
20242024158 
202520251,743 
20262026806 
202720279,387 
2028 and thereafter8,500 
2028
2029 and thereafter
Total long-term debtTotal long-term debt$20,748 
Debt of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its Subsidiaries
At December 31, 2022,2023, most of our outstanding consolidated debt had been incurred by Lumen Technologies, Inc. or one of the following three other primary borrowers or “borrowing groups,” each of which has borrowed funds either on a standalone basis or as part of a separate restricted group with certain of its subsidiaries:
Level 3 Financing, Inc., including its parent guarantor Level 3 Parent, LLC, and one or more subsidiary guarantors;
Qwest Corporation; and
Qwest Capital Funding, Inc., including its parent guarantor, Qwest Communications International Inc.
Each of these borrowers or borrowing groups has entered into one or more credit agreements with certain financial institutions or other institutional lenders, or issued senior notes. Certain of these debt instruments are described further below.
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
On January 31, 2020, we amended and restated our credit agreement dated June 19, 2017 (as so amended and restated, the "Amended Credit Agreement"). At December 31, 2022,2023, the Amended Credit Agreement consisted of the following facilities:
a $2.2 billion senior secured revolving credit facility (“the Revolving Credit Facility”);, against which $200 million of borrowings and $218 million of undrawn letters of credit were issued under this facility as of December 31, 2023, discussed further below;
a $991$933 million senior secured Term Loan A credit facility;
a $283$266 million senior secured Term Loan A-1 credit facility with CoBank, ACB; and
a $3.9 billion senior secured Term Loan B credit facility (the term loan facilities and the Revolving Credit Facility being referred to collectively as the "Amended Secured Credit Facilities").
Loans under the Term Loan A and A-1 facilities and the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, the Eurodollar rateSecured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") or the alternative base rate (each as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) plus an applicable margin between 1.50% to 2.25% per annum for EurodollarSOFR loans and 0.50% to 1.25% per annum for alternative base rate loans, depending on our then current total leverage ratio. Loans under the Term Loan B facility bear interest at the Eurodollar rateSOFR plus 2.25% per annum or the alternative base rate plus 1.25% per annum. Loans under each of the term loan facilities require certain specified quarterly amortization payments and certain specified mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset sales and debt issuances and out of excess cash flow, among other things, subject in each case to certain significant exceptions.
Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan A and A-1 facilities mature on January 31, 2025. Borrowings under the Term Loan B facility mature on March 15, 2027.
B-58
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
All of Lumen's obligations under the Amended Secured Credit Facilities are guaranteed by certain of its subsidiaries. The guarantees by certain of those guarantors are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all assets (including certain subsidiaries stock) directly owned by them, subject to certain exceptions and limitations.
B-55
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
A portion of the Revolving Credit Facilityrevolving credit facility in an amount not to exceed $250 million is available for swingline loans, and a portion in an amount not to exceed $800 million is available for the issuance of letters of credit. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we issued approximately $218 million of letters of credit under our revolving credit facility, which reduced our borrowing capacity available thereunder by the same amount. As of December 31, 2023, these issued letters of credit were undrawn.
Lumen Technologies is permitted under the Amended Credit Agreement to request certain incremental borrowings subject to the satisfaction of various conditions and to certain other limitations. Any incremental borrowings would be subject to the same terms and conditions under the Amended Credit Agreement.
Term Loans and Certain Other Debt of Subsidiaries
Qwest Corporation
On October 23, 2020, Qwest Corporation borrowed $215 million under a variable-rate term loan with CoBank ACB. The outstanding unpaid principal amount of this term loan plus any accrued and unpaid interest is due on October 23, 2027. Interest is paid at least quarterly based upon either the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR")SOFR or the base rate (as defined in the credit agreement) plus an applicable margin between 1.50% to 2.50% per annum for LIBORSOFR loans and 0.50% to 1.50% per annum for base rate loans depending on Qwest Corporation's then current senior unsecured long-termlong-term debt rating.
Level 3 Financing, Inc.
At December 31, 2022,2023, Level 3 Financing, Inc. owed $2.4 billion under a senior secured Tranche B 2027 Term Loan, which matures on March 1, 2027. The Tranche B 2027 Term Loan carries an interest rate, in the case of base rate borrowings, equal to (i) the greater of the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 50 basis points, or LIBORSOFR plus 100 basis points (with all such terms and calculations as defined or further specified in the credit agreement) plus (ii) 0.75% per annum. Any Eurodollar borrowings under the Tranche B 2027 Term Loan bear interest at LIBORSOFR plus 1.75% per annum.
The Tranche B 2027 Term Loan requires certain specified mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset sales and other transactions, subject to certain significant exceptions. The obligations of Level 3 Financing, Inc. under the Tranche B 2027 Term Loan are, subject to certain exceptions, secured by certain assets of Level 3 Parent, LLC and certain of its material domestic telecommunication subsidiaries. Also, Level 3 Parent, LLC and certain of its subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations of Level 3 Financing, Inc. under the Tranche B 2027 Term Loan.
Revolving Letters of Credit
We use various financial instruments in the normal course of business. These instruments include letters of credit, which are conditional commitments issued on our behalf in accordance with specified terms and conditions. Lumen Technologies maintains an uncommitted $225 million revolving letter of credit facility separate from the letter of credit facility included in the Revolving Credit Facilityrevolving credit facility noted above. Letters of credit issued under this uncommitted facility are backed by credit enhancements in the form of secured guarantees issued by certain of our subsidiaries. As of December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, we had (i) $94$40 million and $88$94 million, respectively, of letters of credit outstanding under our committed facility and various other facilities and (ii) $218 million and no letters of credit outstanding, respectively, under our Revolving Credit Facility.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-59

Appendix B
revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2023, these issued letters of credit were undrawn.
Senior Notes
Lumen's consolidated indebtedness at December 31, 20222023 included (i) senior secured notes issued by Lumen Technologies, Inc. and Level 3 Financing, Inc. and (ii) senior unsecured notes issued by Lumen Technologies, Inc., Level 3 Financing, Inc., Qwest Corporation, and Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. All of these notes carry fixed interest rates and all principal is due on the notes’ respective maturity dates, which rates and maturity dates are summarized in the table above. The Lumen Technologies, Inc. secured senior notes are guaranteed by the same domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the Amended Credit Agreement on substantially the same terms and conditions that govern the guarantees of the Amended Credit Agreement. The Level 3 Financing, Inc. secured senior notes are secured by a pledge of substantially all of its assets and guaranteed on a secured basis by the same domestic subsidiaries that guarantee its Term B 2027 Term Loan. The remaining senior notes issued by Level 3 Financing, Inc. are guaranteed on an unsecured basis by its parent, Level 3 Parent, LLC, and one of its subsidiaries. The senior notes issued by Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. are guaranteed by its parent, Qwest Communications International Inc.
B-56
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Except for a limited number of senior notes issued by Qwest Corporation, the issuer generally can redeem the notes, at its option, in whole or in part, (i) pursuant to a fixed schedule of pre-established redemption prices, (ii) pursuant to a “make whole” redemption price or (iii) under certain other specified limited conditions. Under certain circumstances in connection with a “change of control” of Lumen Technologies, it will be required to make an offer to repurchase each series of these senior notes (other than two of its older series of notes) at a price of 101% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Also, under certain circumstances in connection with a "change of control" of Level 3 Parent, LLC or Level 3 Financing, Inc., Level 3 Financing will be required to make an offer to repurchase each series of its outstanding senior notes at a price of 101% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
2023 Borrowings and Repayments
During 2023, Lumen borrowed $925 million from, and made repayments of $725 million to, its revolving credit facility.
2023 Exchange Offers and Repurchases
Pursuant to exchange offers that commenced on March 16, 2023 (the “Exchange Offers”), on March 31, 2023, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued $915 million of its 10.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2030 (the “10.500% Notes”) in exchange for $1.535 billion of Lumen’s outstanding senior unsecured notes. On April 17, 2023, in connection with the Exchange Offers, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued an additional $9 million of its 10.500% Notes in exchange for $19 million of Lumen's outstanding senior unsecured notes. All exchanged notes were concurrently cancelled. These transactions resulted in a $630 million net reduction in the aggregate principal amount of Lumen’s consolidated indebtedness. In addition to the above described exchange offers, we repurchased $24 million aggregate principal amount of Lumen's outstanding senior unsecured notes during the first quarter of 2023. These above-described transactions resulted in an aggregate net gain of $618 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
The following table sets forth the aggregate principal amount of each series of Lumen’s senior unsecured notes retired during the year ended December 31, 2023, in connection with the above-described exchange transactions:
DebtPeriod of ReductionAggregate principal
(amounts in millions)
5.625% Senior Notes, Series X, due 2025Q1 2023$48 
7.200% Senior Notes, Series D, due 2025Q1 202321 
5.125% Senior Notes due 2026Q1 2023291 
6.875% Debentures, Series G, due 2028Q1 202352 
5.375% Senior Notes due 2029Q1 2023275 
4.500% Senior Notes due 2029Q1 2023556 
7.600% Senior Notes, Series P, due 2039Q1 2023161 
7.650% Senior Notes, Series U, due 2042Q1 2023131 
5.625% Senior Notes, Series X, due 2025Q2 2023
4.500% Senior Notes due 2029Q2 2023
7.600% Senior Notes, Series P, due 2039Q2 2023
7.650% Senior Notes, Series U, due 2042Q2 202313 
Total$1,554 
2022 Borrowings and Repayments
During 2022, Lumen borrowed $2.4 billion from, and made repayments of $2.6 billion to, its Revolving Credit Facility.revolving credit facility. We used our net revolving credit draws and available cash to repay the following aggregate principal amounts of indebtedness through a combination of tender offers, redemptions, prepayments, amortization payments and payments at maturity. These transactions resulted in a net gain on the extinguishment of debt of $214 million.
B-57
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
DebtPeriod of Repayment(Dollars in millions)
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
5.800% Senior Notes due 2022 (at maturity)Q1 2022$1,400 
6.750% Senior Notes, Series W, due 2023Q4 2022750 
7.500% Senior Notes, Series Y, due 2024Q4 2022982 
7.500% Senior Notes, Series Y, due 2024Q3 202218 
5.625% Senior Notes, Series X, due 2025Q4 2022286 
7.200% Senior Notes, Series D, due 2025Q4 202234 
5.125% Senior Notes due 2026Q4 2022520 
5.125% Senior Notes due 2026Q3 202211 
6.875% Debentures, Series G, due 2028Q4 2022130 
5.375% Senior Notes due 2029Q4 2022494 
Term Loan B prepaymentQ4 2022909 
Scheduled term loan paymentsMultiple125 
Level 3 Financing, Inc.
Tranche B 2027 Term LoanQ3 2022700 
5.375% Senior Notes due 2025Q3 2022800 
5.250% Senior Notes due 2026Q3 2022775 
Embarq Corporation Subsidiaries
First Mortgage BondsQ4 2022137 
Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.
Senior NotesQ4 202263 
OtherQ4 202268 
Total Debt Repaymentsdebt repayments$8,202 
B-60
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
2021
During 2021, Lumen borrowed $400 million from, and made repayments of $350 million to, its Revolving Credit Facility. We also used available cash (including funds from the debt issuances mentioned below) to repay the following aggregate principal amounts of indebtedness through a combination of redemptions, prepayments, amortization payments and payments at maturity. These transactions resulted in a net gain on the extinguishment of debt of $8 million.
DebtPeriod of Repayment(Dollars in millions)
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
6.450% Senior Notes, Series S, due 2021 (at maturity)Q2 2021$1,231 
Scheduled term loan paymentsMultiple125 
Level 3 Financing, Inc.
5.375% Senior Notes due 2024Q1 2021900 
Qwest Corporation, Inc.
6.750% Senior Notes (at maturity)Q4 2021950 
7.000% Senior Notes due 2056Q1 2021235 
Qwest Capital Funding, Inc.
Senior Notes (at maturity)Q3 202197 
Total Debt Repayments$3,538 
On June 15, 2021, Lumen Technologies, Inc. issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.375% Senior Notes due 2029. The net proceeds were used, together with cash on hand, to repay at maturity our outstanding $1.2 billion 6.450% Senior Notes, Series S, due 2021, shown in the table above.
On January 13, 2021, Level 3 Financing, Inc. issued $900 million aggregate principal amount of 3.750% Sustainability-Linked Senior Notes due 2029 (the "Sustainability-Linked Notes"). The net proceeds were used, together with cash on hand, to redeem $900 million of our outstanding senior note indebtedness, shown in the table above. The Sustainability-Linked Notes are guaranteed by Level 3 Parent, LLC and Level 3 Communications, LLC.
Interest Expense
Interest expense includes interest on total long-term debt. The following table presents the amount of gross interest expense, net of capitalized interest:
Years Ended December 31,
202220212020
(Dollars in millions)
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
2023202320222021
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Interest expense:Interest expense: Interest expense:  
Gross interest expenseGross interest expense$1,398 1,575 1,743 
Capitalized interestCapitalized interest(66)(53)(75)
Total interest expenseTotal interest expense$1,332 1,522 1,668 
Covenants
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
With respect to the Term Loan A and A-1 facilities and the Revolving Credit Facility, the Amended Credit Agreement requires us to maintain (i) a maximum total leverage ratio of not more than 4.75 to 1.00 and (ii) a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00, with such ratios being determined and calculated in the manner described in the Amended Credit Agreement.
The Amended Secured Credit Facilities contain various representations and warranties and extensive affirmative and negative covenants. Such covenants include, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, restrictions on our ability to declare or pay dividends, repurchase stock, repay certain other indebtedness, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, make investments, engage in transactions with our affiliates, dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with any other person.
B-58
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
The senior unsecured notes of Lumen Technologies, Inc. were issued under four separate indentures. These indentures restrict our ability to (i) incur, issue or create liens upon the property of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and (ii) consolidate with or merge into, or transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to any other party. These indentures do not contain any provisions that restrict the incurrence of additional indebtedness.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-61

Appendix B
The senior secured notes of Lumen Technologies, Inc. were issued under a separate indenture that contains a more restrictive set of covenants. As indicated above under "Senior Notes", Lumen Technologies, Inc. will be required to offer to purchase certain of its long-term debt securities issued under its indentures under certain circumstances in connection with a "change of control" of Lumen Technologies, Inc.
Level 3 Companies
The term loan, senior secured notes and senior unsecured notes of Level 3 Financing, Inc. contain various representations and extensive affirmative and negative covenants. Such covenants include, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, restrictions on their ability to declare or pay dividends, repay certain other indebtedness, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, make investments, dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with any other person. Also, as indicated above under "Senior Notes", Level 3 Financing, Inc. will be required to offer to repurchase or repay certain of its long-term debt under certain circumstances in connection with a "change of control" of Level 3 Financing or Level 3 Parent, LLC.
Qwest Companies
Under its term loan, Qwest Corporation must maintain a debt to EBITDA ratio of not more than 2.85 to 1.00, as determined and calculated in the manner described in the applicable term loan documentation. The term loan also contains a negative pledge covenant, which generally requires Qwest Corporation to secure equally and ratably any advances under the term loan if it pledges assets or permits liens on its property for the benefit of other debtholders.
The senior notes of Qwest Corporation were issued under indentures dated April 15, 1990 and October 15, 1999. These indentures contain restrictions on the incurrence of liens and the consummation of certain transactions substantially similar to the above-described covenants in Lumen's indentures (but contain no mandatory repurchase provisions). The senior notes of Qwest Capital Funding, Inc. were issued under an indenture dated June 29, 1998 containing terms substantially similar to those set forth in Qwest Corporation's indentures.
Impact of Covenants
The debt covenants applicable to Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries could have a material adverse impact on their ability to operate or expand their respective businesses, to pursue strategic transactions, or to otherwise pursue their plans and strategies. The covenants of the Level 3 companies may significantly restrict the ability of Lumen Technologies, Inc. to receive cash from the Level 3 companies, to distribute cash from the Level 3 companies to other of Lumen’s affiliated entities, or to enter into other transactions among Lumen’s wholly-owned entities.
Certain of the debt instruments of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries contain cross payment default or cross acceleration provisions. When present, these provisions could have a wider impact on liquidity than might otherwise arise from a default or acceleration of a single debt instrument.
The ability of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries to comply with the financial covenants in their respective debt instruments could be adversely impacted by a wide variety of events, including unforeseen contingencies, many of which are beyond their control.
Compliance
As of December 31, 2022,2023, Lumen Technologies, Inc. believes it and its subsidiaries were in compliance with the provisions and financial covenants in their respective material debt agreements in all material respects.
Guarantees
Lumen Technologies does not guarantee the debt of any unaffiliated parties, but, as noted above, as of December 31, 20222023 certain of its largest subsidiaries guaranteed (i) its debt outstanding under its Amended Secured Credit Facilities, its senior secured notes and its $225 million letter of credit facility and (ii) the outstanding term loans or senior notes issued by certain other subsidiaries. As further noted above, several of the subsidiaries guaranteeing these obligations have pledged substantially all of their assets to secure certain of their respective guarantees.
B-59
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
B-62
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
Subsequent Event
See Note 24—Subsequent Events, for information regarding certain debt restructuring transactions contemplated under our amended and restated transaction support agreement dated as of January 22, 2024.
(8) Accounts Receivable
The following table presents details of our accounts receivable balances:
As of December 31,
20222021
(Dollars in millions)
As of December 31,As of December 31,
20232023
2022(1)
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Trade and purchased receivablesTrade and purchased receivables$1,288 1,281 
Earned and unbilled receivablesEarned and unbilled receivables209 315 
OtherOther65 62 
Total accounts receivableTotal accounts receivable1,562 1,658 
Less: allowance for credit lossesLess: allowance for credit losses(85)(114)
Accounts receivable, less allowanceAccounts receivable, less allowance$1,477 1,544 
(1)Amounts have been adjusted to reflect the immaterial correction of accounts receivable. See Note 1—Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies under the header Correction of Immaterial Errors.
We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk from our customers. We generally do not require collateral to secure our receivable balances. We have agreements with other communications service providers whereby we agree to bill and collect on their behalf for services rendered by those providers to our customers within our local service area. We purchase accounts receivable from other communications service providers primarily on a recourse basis and include these amounts in our accounts receivable balance. We have not experienced any significant loss associated with these purchased receivables.
The following table presents details of our allowance for credit losses accounts:
Beginning
Balance
AdditionsDeductionsEnding
Balance
 (Dollars in millions)
2022$114 133 (162)85 
2021191 105 (182)114 
2020(1)
106 189 (104)191 
1On January 1, 2020, we adopted ASU 2016-13 "Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments" and recognized a cumulative adjustment to our accumulated deficit as of the date of adoption of $9 million, net of a $2 million tax effect. This adjustment is included within "Deductions." See Note 6—Credit Losses on Financial Instruments for more information.
(9) Property, Plant and Equipment
Net property, plant and equipment is composed of the following:
Depreciable
Lives
As of December 31,
2022(5)
2021(5)
 (Dollars in millions)
Depreciable
Lives
Depreciable
Lives
As of December 31,
20232023
2022(5)
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
LandLandN/A$651 751 
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant (1)
Fiber, conduit and other outside plant (1)
15-45 years14,451 15,366 
Central office and other network electronics(2)
Central office and other network electronics(2)
3-10 years15,077 15,394 
Support assets(3)
Support assets(3)
3-30 years6,863 7,181 
Construction in progress(4)
Construction in progress(4)
N/A2,010 1,474 
Gross property, plant and equipmentGross property, plant and equipment 39,052 40,166 
Accumulated depreciationAccumulated depreciation (19,886)(19,271)
Net property, plant and equipmentNet property, plant and equipment $19,166 20,895 
1(1)Fiber, conduit and other outside plant consists of fiber and metallic cable, conduit, poles and other supporting structures.
2(2)Central office and other network electronics consists of circuit and packet switches, routers, transmission electronics and electronics providing service to customers.
3(3)Support assets consist of buildings, cable landing stations, data centers, computers and other administrative and support equipment.
4(4)Construction in progress includes inventory held for construction and property of the aforementioned categories that has not been placed in service as it is still under construction.
5(5)These values exclude assets classified as held for sale.
At December 31, 2022, we classifiedhad $1.9 billion of certain property, plant and equipment, net related to our EMEA business as held for sale and discontinued recording depreciation on this disposal group as of November 2, 2022. At December 31, 2021, we had $5.1 billion of certain property, plant and equipment, net related to our
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-63

Appendix B
Latin American and ILEC businesses sold on August 1, 2022 and October 3, 2022, respectively,which was classified as held for sale at this date and discontinued recording depreciationwhich was sold on these disposal groups during their classification as assets held for sale.November 1, 2023. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILECEMEA Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business for more information.
We recorded depreciation expense of $1.9 billion, $2.1 billion $2.7 billion and $3.0$2.7 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, and 2020, respectively.
B-60
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Asset Retirement Obligations
As of December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, our asset retirement obligations balance was primarily related to estimated future costs of removing equipment from leased properties and estimated future costs of properly disposing of asbestos and other hazardous materials upon remodeling or demolishing buildings. Asset retirement obligations are included in other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
Our fair value estimates were determined using the discounted cash flow method.
The following table provides asset retirement obligation activity:
Years Ended December 31,
20222021
(Dollars in millions)
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
202320232022
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of yearBalance at beginning of year$182 199 
Accretion expenseAccretion expense10 10 
Liabilities settledLiabilities settled(10)(13)
Change in estimateChange in estimate(2)
Classified as held for sale(1)
Classified as held for sale(1)
(30)(12)
Balance at end of yearBalance at end of year$156 182 
1(1)Represents the amounts classified as held for sale related to our divestitures.EMEA business. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business.Businesses.
The changes in estimate referred to in the table above were offset against gross property, plant and equipment.
(10) Severance
Periodically, we reduce our workforce and accrue liabilities for the related severance costs. These workforce reductions result primarily from the progression or completion of our post-acquisition integration plans, increased competitive pressures, cost reduction initiatives, process improvements through automation and reduced workloads due to reduced demand for certain services.
During the fourth quarter of 2023 we reduced our global workforce by approximately 4% as part of our ongoing efforts to reorganize Lumen for growth by right-sizing our operations to improve our profitability. As a result of this plan, we incurred severance and related costs of approximately $53 million. We do not expect to incur any material impairment or exit costs related to this plan.
We report severance liabilities within accrued expenses and other liabilities - salaries and benefits in our consolidated balance sheets and report severance expenses in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. As described in Note 17—Segment Information, we do not allocate these severance expenses to our segments.
Changes in our accrued liabilities for severance expenses were as follows:
Severance
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 20202021$10336 
Accrued to expense312 
Payments, net(70)
Balance at December 31, 202136 
Accrued to expense12 
Payments, net(37)
Balance at December 31, 202211 
Accrued to expense74 
Payments, net(67)
Balance at December 31, 2023$1118 
B-61
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
B-64
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
(11) Employee Benefits
Pension, Post-Retirement and Other Post-Employment Benefits
We sponsor various defined benefit pension plans (qualified and non-qualified) which, in the aggregate, cover a substantial portion of our employees. Pension benefits for participants of the Lumen Combined Pension Plan ("Combined Pension Plan") and, through the October 3, 2022 sale of the ILEC business, the Lumen Pension Plan, who are represented by a collective bargaining agreement are based on negotiated schedules. All other participants' pension benefits are based on each individual participant's years of service and compensation. We also maintain non-qualified pension plans for certain current and former highly compensated employees. We maintain post-retirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance benefits for certain eligible retirees. We also provide other post-employment benefits for certain eligible former employees. We use a December 31 measurement date for all our plans.
On October 19, 2021, we, as sponsor of the Combined Pension Plan, along with the Plan’s independent fiduciary, entered into an agreement committing the Plan to use a portion of its plan assets to purchase an annuity from an insurance company (the "Insurer") to transfer approximately $1.4 billion of the Plan’s pension liabilities. This agreement irrevocably transferred to the Insurer future Plan benefit obligations for approximately 22,600 U.S. Lumen participants (“Transferred Participants”) effective on December 31, 2021. This annuity transaction was funded entirely by existing Plan assets. The Insurer assumed responsibility for administrative and customer service support, including distribution of payments to the Transferred Participants. Transferred Participants’ benefits were not reduced as a result of this transaction.
As of January 1, 2022, we spun off the Lumen Pension Plan from the Lumen Combined Pension Plan in anticipation of the sale of the ILEC business, as described further in Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American, ILEC and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business.Businesses. At the time of the spin-off, the Lumen Pension Plan covered approximately 2,500 active plan participants along with 19,000 other participants. At the time of the spin-off, the Lumen Pension Plan had a pension benefit obligation of $2.5 billion and assets of $2.2 billion. In addition, the December 31, 2021 actuarial (loss) gain and prior service cost included in accumulated other comprehensive loss was allocated between the Lumen Pension Plan and the Lumen Combined Pension Plan. Following a revaluation of the pension obligation and pension assets for the Lumen Pension Plan, in preparation for the closing of the sale of the ILEC business, we contributed approximately $319 million of Lumen's cash to the Lumen Pension Plan trust to fully fund the pension plan in September 2022. The amounts allocated to the Lumen Pension Plan were subject to adjustment up to the closing of the sale of the ILEC business on October 3, 2022, at which time the plan was transferred along with the rest of the assets and liabilities of the ILEC business. We recognized pension costs related to both plans through the sale of the ILEC business, at which time balances related to the Lumen Pension Plan were reflected in the calculation of our gain on the sale of the business.
Pension Benefits
United States funding laws require a company with a pension shortfall to fund the annual cost of benefits earned in addition to a seven-year amortization of the shortfall. Our funding policy for our Combined Pension Plan is to make contributions with the objective of accumulating ample assets to pay all qualified pension benefits when due under the terms of the plan. The accounting unfunded status of the Combined Pension Plan was $580$736 million and $1.1 billion$580 million as of December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, respectively.
We made no voluntary cash contributions to the Combined Pension Plan in 20222023 or 2021.2022. As discussed above, we contributed approximately $319 million of cash to the Lumen Pension Plan trust to fully fund the pension plan in September 2022 in preparation for the closing of the sale of the ILEC business. We paid $5 million of benefits directly to participants of our non-qualified pension plans in both 20222023 and 2021.2022.
Benefits paid by the Combined Pension Plan are paid through a trust that holds all of the Plan's assets. The amount of required contributions to the Combined Pension Plan in 20232024 and beyond will depend on a variety of factors, most of which are beyond our control, including earnings on plan investments, prevailing interest rates, demographic experience, changes in plan benefits and changes in funding laws and regulations. Based on current laws and circumstances, we do not believe we are required to make any contributions to the Combined Pension Plan in 20232024 and we do not expect to make voluntary contributions to the trust for the Combined Pension Plan in 2023.2024. We estimate that in 20232024 we will pay $5$4 million of benefits directly to participants of our non-qualified pension plans.

B-62
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-65

Appendix B
We recognize in our consolidated balance sheets the funded status of the legacy Level 3 defined benefit post-retirement plans. These plans were fully funded as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. The net unfunded status of these plans was $17 million, as of December 31, 2021. Additionally, as previously mentioned, we sponsor unfunded non-qualifiednon-qualified pension plans for certain current and former highly-compensatedhighly-compensated employees. The net unfunded status of our non-qualified pension plans was $35$33 million and $46$35 million for the years ended December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, respectively. Due to the insignificant impact of these pension plans on our consolidated financial statements, we have predominantly excluded them from the remaining employee benefit disclosures in this Note, unless otherwise specifically stated.
Post-Retirement Benefits
Our post-retirement benefit plans provide post-retirement benefits to qualified retirees and allow (i) eligible employees retiring before certain dates to receive benefits at no or reduced cost and (ii) eligible employees retiring after certain dates to receive benefits on a shared cost basis. The post-retirement benefits not paid by the trusts are funded by us and we expect to continue funding these post-retirement obligations as benefits are paid. The accounting unfunded status of our qualified post-retirement benefit plan was $2.0$1.9 billion and $2.8$2.0 billion as of December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, respectively.
Assets in the post-retirement trusts were substantially depleted as of December 31, 2016; as of December 31, 2019 the Company ceased to pay certain post-retirement benefits through the trusts. No contributions were made to the post-retirement trusts in 20222023, nor 2021.2022. Benefits are paid directly by us with available cash. In 2022,2023, we paid $210$194 million of post-retirement benefits, net of participant contributions and direct subsidies. In 2023,2024, we currently expect to pay directly $210$193 million of post-retirement benefits, net of participant contributions and direct subsidies.
We expect our expected health care cost trend to range from 5.00%5.4% to 7.20%7.50% in 20232024 and grading to 4.50% by 2030.2031. Our post-retirement benefit cost, for certain eligible legacy Qwest retirees and certain eligible legacy CenturyLink retirees, is capped at a set dollar amount. Therefore, those health care benefit obligations are not subject to increasing health care trends after the effective date of the caps.
Expected Cash Flows
The Combined Pension Plan payments, post-retirement health care benefit payments and premiums, and life insurance premium payments are either distributed from plan assets or paid by us. The estimated benefit payments provided below are based on actuarial assumptions using the demographics of the employee and retiree populations and have been reduced by estimated participant contributions.
Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Medicare Part D
Subsidy Receipts
 (Dollars in millions)
Estimated future benefit payments:   
2023$566 213 (3)
2024514 205 (3)
2025500 198 (2)
2026482 191 (2)
2027463 184 (2)
2028 - 20322,065 805 (7)

B-66
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
Combined
Pension Plan
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Medicare Part D
Subsidy Receipts
 (Dollars in millions)
Estimated future benefit payments:   
2024$574 195 (2)
2025493 191 (2)
2026475 186 (2)
2027458 181 (2)
2028440 174 (2)
2029 - 20331,974 762 (6)
Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)
We utilize a full yield curve approach in connection with estimating the service and interest components of net periodic benefit expense by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flow.
The actuarial assumptions used to compute the net periodic benefit expense for our Combined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans are based upon information available as of the beginning of the year, as presented in the following table.
 Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement Benefit Plans
 202220212020202220212020
Actuarial assumptions at beginning of year:      
Discount rate2.29% - 3.12%1.70% - 2.88%2.79% - 3.55%2.19% - 5.78%1.58% - 2.60%1.69% - 3.35%
Rate of compensation increase3.25 %3.25 %3.25 %N/AN/AN/A
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets(1)
5.50 %5.50 %6.50 %4.00 %4.00 %%
Initial health care cost trend rateN/AN/AN/A5.00% / 5.75%6.25% / 5.00%6.50% / 5.00%
Ultimate health care cost trend rateN/AN/AN/A4.50 %4.50 %4.50 %
Year ultimate trend rate is reachedN/AN/AN/A202520252025
B-63
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
 Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement Benefit Plans
 202320222021202320222021
Actuarial assumptions at beginning of year:      
Discount rate5.45% - 5.69%2.29% - 3.12%1.70% - 2.88%5.43% - 5.75%2.19% - 5.78%1.58% - 2.60%
Rate of compensation increase3.25 %3.25 %3.25 %N/AN/AN/A
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets(1)
6.50 %5.50 %5.50 %3.00 %4.00 %4.00 %
Initial health care cost trend rateN/AN/AN/A7.20% / 5.00%5.00% / 5.75%6.25% / 5.00%
Ultimate health care cost trend rateN/AN/AN/A4.50 %4.50 %4.50 %
Year ultimate trend rate is reachedN/AN/AN/A203020252025
N/A - Not applicable
1(1)Rates are presented net of projected fees and administrative costs.
Prior to the sale of the ILEC business on October 3, 2022, we realized pension costs related to the Lumen Pension Plan. Net periodic benefit expense (income) for our Combined Pension Plan and the Lumen Pension Plan (together(through October 3, 2022, together the "Pension Plans") includes the following components:
 Pension Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 202220212020
 (Dollars in millions)
Service cost$44 56 59 
Interest cost194 201 324 
Expected return on plan assets(385)(535)(593)
Settlement charges— 383 — 
Realized to gain on sale of businesses546 — — 
Special termination benefits charge— 13 
Recognition of prior service credit(10)(9)(9)
Recognition of actuarial loss122 184 202 
Net periodic pension expense (income)$511 286 (4)
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-67

Appendix B
 Pension Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 202320222021
 (Dollars in millions)
Service cost$25 44 56 
Interest cost270 194 201 
Expected return on plan assets(287)(385)(535)
Settlement charges— — 383 
Realized to gain on sale of businesses— 546 — 
Special termination benefits charge— 
Recognition of prior service credit(7)(10)(9)
Recognition of actuarial loss104 122 184 
Net periodic pension expense$107 511 286 
Net periodic benefit expense for our post-retirement benefit plans includes the following components:
Post-Retirement Plans
Years Ended December 31,
Post-Retirement Plans
Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Service costService cost$10 14 14 
Interest costInterest cost72 47 69 
Expected return on plan assets— — (1)
Realized to gain on sale of businessesRealized to gain on sale of businesses(32)— — 
Recognition of prior service costRecognition of prior service cost15 16 
Recognition of actuarial lossRecognition of actuarial loss(4)— 
Curtailment loss— — 
Net periodic post-retirement benefit expenseNet periodic post-retirement benefit expense$54 80 106 
Service costs for our Combined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans are included in the cost of services and products and selling, general and administrative line items on our consolidated statements of operations and all other costs listed above, except for amounts realized as part of the net gain on sale of businesses, are included in other (expense) income, (expense), net on our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020.2021. Additionally, a portion of the service cost is also allocated to certain assets under construction, which are capitalized and reflected as part of property, plant and equipment in our consolidated balance sheets. As a result of ongoing efforts to reduce our workforce, we recognized a one-time chargescharge in 2023 and in 2021 of $2 million and $6 million, and in 2020 of $21 millionrespectively, for curtailment and special termination benefit enhancements paid to certain eligible employees upon voluntary retirement.
B-64
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Our pension plan contains provisions that allow us, from time to time, to offer lump sum payment options to certain former employees in settlement of their future retirement benefits. We record an accounting settlement charge, consisting of the recognition of certain deferred costs of the pension plan associated with these lump sum payments only if, in the aggregate, they exceed or are probable to exceed the sum of the annual service and interest costs for the plan’s net periodic pension benefit cost, which represents the settlement accounting threshold. The lump sum pension settlement payments for 2021 exceeded the settlement threshold. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2021, we executed an annuity purchase contract with a third party insurer that triggered additional settlement activity (see discussion above for further information). As a result, we recognized a non-cash settlement charge of $383 million as of December 31, 2021 to accelerate the recognition of a portion of the previously unrecognized actuarial losses in the qualified pension plan, which is reflected in other (expense) income, (expense), net in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021. This non-cash charge increased our recorded net loss and increased our recorded accumulated deficit, with an offset to accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders' equity for the year ended December 31, 2021. The amount of any future non-cash settlement charges will be dependent on several factors, including the total amount of our future lump sum benefit payments.
Benefit Obligations
The actuarial assumptions used to compute the funded status for the plans are based upon information available as of December 31, 20222023 and 20212022 and are as follows:
Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement Benefit Plans
Combined Pension Plan
December 31,
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
December 31,
December 31,December 31,
2022202120222021 2023202220232022
Actuarial assumptions at end of year:Actuarial assumptions at end of year:  Actuarial assumptions at end of year:   
Discount rateDiscount rate5.56 %2.85 %5.55 %2.84 %Discount rate5.21 %5.56 %5.20 %5.55 %
Rate of compensation increaseRate of compensation increase3.25 %3.25 %N/ARate of compensation increase3.25 %3.25 %N/AN/A
Initial health care cost trend rateInitial health care cost trend rateN/A7.20% / 5.00%5.75% / 5.00%Initial health care cost trend rateN/A7.50% / 5.40%7.20% / 5.00%
Ultimate health care cost trend rateUltimate health care cost trend rateN/A4.50 %4.50 %Ultimate health care cost trend rateN/A4.50 %4.50 %
Year ultimate trend rate is reachedYear ultimate trend rate is reachedN/A20302025Year ultimate trend rate is reachedN/A20312030
N/A - Not applicable
B-68
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
In 2021, and 2020, we adopted the revised mortality tables and projection scales released by the Society of Actuaries, which increased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $37 million for 2021, and decreased the projected benefit obligation of our benefit plans by $3 million for 2020.2021. The Society of Actuaries did not release any revised mortality tables or projection scales in 2022.2022 or 2023.
The short-term and long-term interest crediting rates during 20222023 for cash balance components of the Combined Pension Plan were 3.75%4.0% and 3.5%, respectively.
The following tables summarize the change in the benefit obligations for the Combined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans:
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Change in benefit obligationChange in benefit obligation Change in benefit obligation 
Benefit obligation at beginning of yearBenefit obligation at beginning of year$9,678 12,202 12,217 
Plan spin-offPlan spin-off(2,552)— — 
Service costService cost37 56 59 
Interest costInterest cost154 201 324 
Plan amendmentsPlan amendments— (13)(3)
Special termination benefits chargeSpecial termination benefits charge— 13 
Actuarial (gain) loss(1,432)(337)749 
Actuarial loss (gain)
Benefits paid from plan assetsBenefits paid from plan assets(590)(766)(1,157)
Settlement payments and annuity purchaseSettlement payments and annuity purchase— (1,671)— 
Benefit obligation at end of yearBenefit obligation at end of year$5,295 9,678 12,202 
 Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 202220212020
 (Dollars in millions)
Change in benefit obligation   
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$2,781 3,048 3,037 
Benefit obligation transferred to purchaser upon sale of business(26)— — 
Service cost10 14 14 
Interest cost72 47 69 
Participant contributions37 41 46 
Direct subsidy receipts
Plan amendments(41)— — 
Actuarial (gain) loss(591)(125)134 
Curtailment loss— — 
Benefits paid by company(249)(247)(255)
Benefits paid from plan assets— — (7)
Benefit obligation at end of year$1,995 2,781 3,048 
B-65
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
 Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
Years Ended December 31,
 202320222021
 (Dollars in millions)
Change in benefit obligation   
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$1,995 2,781 3,048 
Benefit obligation transferred to purchaser upon sale of business— (26)— 
Service cost10 14 
Interest cost103 72 47 
Participant contributions32 37 41 
Direct subsidy receipts
Plan amendments— (41)— 
Actuarial loss (gain)14 (591)(125)
Benefits paid by company(228)(249)(247)
Benefits paid from plan assets(4)— — 
Benefit obligation at end of year$1,919 1,995 2,781 
Plan Assets
We maintain plan assets for our Combined Pension Plan and certain post-retirement benefit plans. As previously noted, assets in the post-retirement benefit plan trusts were substantially depleted as of December 31, 2016. The fair value of post-retirement benefit plan assets was $1 million, $5 million and $5 million at December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, and 2020.respectively. Due to the insignificance of these assets on our consolidated financial statements, we have predominantly excluded them from the disclosures of plan assets in this Note, unless otherwise indicated.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-69

Appendix B
The following table summarizes the change in the fair value of plan assets for the Combined Pension Plan:
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
202220212020
(Dollars in millions)
Change in plan assets   
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$8,531 10,546 10,493 
Plan spin-off(2,239)— — 
Return on plan assets(987)422 1,210 
Benefits paid from plan assets(590)(766)(1,157)
Settlement payments and annuity purchase— (1,671)— 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year$4,715 8,531 10,546 
 Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
 202320222021
 (Dollars in millions)
Change in plan assets   
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$4,715 8,531 10,546 
Plan spin-off— (2,239)— 
Return on plan assets255 (987)422 
Benefits paid from plan assets(494)(590)(766)
Settlement payments and annuity purchase— — (1,671)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year$4,476 4,715 8,531 
The expected rate of return on plan assets is the long-term rate of return we expect to earn on the plan's assets, net of administrative expenses paid from plan assets. It is determined annually based on the strategic asset allocation and the long-term risk and return forecast for each asset class.
Our investment objective for the Combined Pension Plan assets is to achieve an attractive risk-adjusted return over time that will provide for the payment of benefits and minimize the risk of large losses. We employ a liability-aware investment strategy designed to reduce the volatility of pension assets relative to pension liabilities. This strategy is evaluated frequently and is expected to evolve over time with changes in the funded status and other factors. Approximately 55%50% of plan assets is targeted to long-duration investment grade bonds and interest rate sensitive derivatives and 45%50% is targeted to diversified equity, fixed income and private market investments that are expected to outperform the liability with moderate funded status risk. At the beginning of 2023,2024, our expected annual long-term rate of return on pension assets before consideration of administrative expenses is assumed to be 7.0%. Administrative expenses, including projected PBGC (Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) premiums, reduce the annual long-term expected return, net of administrative expenses, to 6.5%.
Permitted investmentsinvestments:: Plan assets are managed consistent with the restrictions set forth by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
B-66
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Fair Value MeasurementsMeasurements:: Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between independent and knowledgeable parties who are willing and able to transact for an asset or liability at the measurement date. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value and then we rank the estimated values based on the reliability of the inputs used following the fair value hierarchy set forth by the FASB. For additional information on the fair value hierarchy, see Note 14—Fair Value of Financial Instruments.
At December 31, 2022,2023, we used the following valuation techniques to measure fair value for assets. There were no changes to these methodologies during 2022:2023:
Level 1—Assets were valued using the closing price reported in the active market in which the individual security was traded. U.S. Treasury securities are valued at the bid price reported in an active market in which the security is traded. Variation margin due from/(to) brokers is valued at the expected next day cash settlement amount.
Level 2—Assets were valued using quoted prices in markets that are not active, broker dealer quotations, and other methods by which all significant inputs were observable at the measurement date. Fixed income securities primarily utilize observable market information and are based on a spread to U.S. Treasury securities and consider yields available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings, the new issue market for similar securities, secondary trading markets and dealer quotes. Option adjusted spread models are utilized to evaluate fixed income securities that have early redemption features. Derivative securities traded over the counter are valued based on gains or losses due to fluctuations in indices, interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, security prices or other underlying factors. Repurchase agreements are valued based on expected settlement per the contract terms.
Level 3—Assets were valued using unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists as reported by the respective institutions at the measurement date. Valuation methods may consider a range of factors, including estimates based on the assumptions of the investment entity or actuarial assumptions of insurers for valuing Group Annuity Contracts.entity.
B-70
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
The Combined Pension Plan's assets are invested in various asset categories utilizing multiple strategies and investment managers. Interests in commingled funds are fair valued using a practical expedient to the net asset value ("NAV") per unit (or its equivalent) of each fund. The NAV reported by the fund manager is based on the market value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding. Commingled funds can be redeemed at NAV, with a frequency that includes daily, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually and annually. These commingled funds include redemption notice periods between same day and 180 days. Investments in private funds, primarily limited partnerships, represent long-term commitments with a fixed maturity date and are also valued at NAV. The plan has unfunded commitments related to certain private fund investments, which in aggregate are not material to the plan. Valuation inputs for these private fund interests are generally based on assumptions and other information not observable in the market. Underlying investments held in funds are aggregated and are classified based on the fund mandate. Investments held in separate accounts are individually classified.
The table below presents the fair value of plan assets by category and the input levels used to determine those fair values at December 31, 2022.2023. It is important to note that the asset allocations do not include market exposures that are gained with derivatives. Investments include dividend and interest receivables, pending trades and accrued expenses.
Fair Value of Combined Pension Plan
Assets at December 31, 2022
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
(Dollars in millions)
Assets
Investment grade bonds (a)$446 1,720 — 2,166 
High yield bonds (b)— 48 52 
Emerging market bonds (c)49 78 — 127 
U.S. stocks (d)214 — 215 
Non-U.S. stocks (e)149 — 150 
Multi-asset strategies (l)25 — — 25 
Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)— — 
Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV$883 1,848 2,736 
Liabilities
Repurchase agreements (n)$— (269)— (269)
Derivatives (m)(1)(10)— (11)
Investments valued at NAV2,259 
Total pension plan assets   $4,715 
B-67
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-71

Appendix B
 
Fair Value of Combined Pension Plan
Assets at December 31, 2023
 Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
 (Dollars in millions)
Assets
Investment grade bonds(a)
$390 1,838 — 2,228 
High yield bonds(b)
— 32 36 
Emerging market bonds(c)
57 57 — 114 
U.S. stocks(d)
247 — 248 
Non-U.S. stocks(e)
— — 
Multi-asset strategies(l)
28 — — 28 
Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV$728 1,927 2,660 
Liabilities
Repurchase agreements & other obligations(n)
$— (375)— (375)
Derivatives(m)
(1)— — (1)
Investments valued at NAV2,192 
Total pension plan assets   $4,476 
The table below presents the fair value of plan assets by category and the input levels used to determine those fair values at December 31, 2021.2022. It is important to note that the asset allocations do not include market exposures that are gained with derivatives. Investments include dividend and interest receivable, pending trades and accrued expenses.expenses.
Fair Value of Combined Pension Plan
Assets at December 31, 2021
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
(Dollars in millions)
Assets
Investment grade bonds (a)$862 3,744 — 4,606 
High yield bonds (b)— 172 178 
Emerging market bonds (c)64 169 — 233 
U.S. stocks (d)330 338 
Non-U.S. stocks (e)256 — — 256 
Multi-asset strategies (l)41 — — 41 
Derivatives (m)— — 
Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)379 — 381 
Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV$1,555 4,468 11 6,034 
Liabilities
Repurchase agreements (n)$— (193)— (193)
Investments valued at NAV2,690 
Total pension plan assets   $8,531 
 
Fair Value of Combined Pension Plan
Assets at December 31, 2022
 Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
 (Dollars in millions)
Assets
Investment grade bonds(a)
$446 1,720 — 2,166 
High yield bonds(b)
— 48 52 
Emerging market bonds(c)
49 78 — 127 
U.S. stocks(d)
214 — 215 
Non-U.S. stocks(e)
149 — 150 
Multi-asset strategies(l)
25 — — 25 
Cash equivalents and short-term investments(o)
— — 
Total investments, excluding investments valued at NAV$883 1,848 2,736 
Liabilities
Repurchase agreements(n)
$— (269)— (269)
Derivatives(m)
(1)(10)— (11)
Investments valued at NAV2,259 
Total pension plan assets$4,715 
B-68
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
The table below presents the fair value of plan assets valued at NAV by category for our Combined Pension Plan at December 31, 20222023 and 2021.2022.
 Fair Value of Plan Assets Valued at NAV
 Combined Pension Plan at
December 31,
20222021
 (Dollars in millions)
Investment grade bonds (a)$99 127 
High yield bonds (b)81 70 
U.S. stocks (d)79 71 
Non-U.S. stocks (e)270 398 
Emerging market stocks (f)15 11 
Private equity (g)326 348 
Private debt (h)438 495 
Market neutral hedge funds (i)135 141 
Directional hedge funds (j)166 241 
Real estate (k)333 420 
Multi-asset strategies (l)24 38 
Cash equivalents and short-term investments (o)293 330 
Total investments valued at NAV$2,259 2,690 
B-72
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
 Fair Value of Plan Assets Valued at NAV
 Combined Pension Plan at
December 31,
20232022
 (Dollars in millions)
Investment grade bonds(a)
$105 99 
High yield bonds(b)
110 81 
U.S. stocks(d)
51 79 
Non-U.S. stocks(e)
412 270 
Emerging market stocks(f)
10 15 
Private equity(g)
272 326 
Private debt(h)
421 438 
Market neutral hedge funds(i)
77 135 
Directional hedge funds(j)
124 166 
Real estate(k)
265 333 
Multi-asset strategies(l)
27 24 
Cash equivalents and short-term investments(o)
318 293 
Total investments valued at NAV$2,192 2,259 
Below is an overview of the asset categories and the underlying strategies used in the preceding tables:
(a)Investment grade bonds represent investments in fixed income securities as well as commingled bond funds comprised of U.S. Treasury securities, agencies, corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backedasset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities.
(b)High yield bonds represent investments in below investment grade fixed income securities as well as commingled high yield bond funds.securities.
(c)Emerging market bonds represent investments in securities issued by governments and other entities located in emerging countries as well as registered mutual funds and commingled emerging market bond funds.countries.
(d)U.S. stocks represent investments in stocks of U.S. based companies as well as commingled U.S. stock funds.companies.
(e)Non-U.S. stocks represent investments in stocks of companies based in developed countries outside the U.S. as well as commingled funds.
(f)Emerging market stocks represent investments in commingled funds comprised of stocks of companies located in emerging markets.
(g)Private equity represents non-public investments in domestic and foreign buy out and venture capital funds. Private equity funds are primarily structured as limited partnerships and are valued according to the valuation policy of each partnership, subject to prevailing accounting and other regulatory guidelines.
(h)Private debt represents non-public investments in distressed or mezzanine debt funds and pension group insurance contracts.debt.
(i)Market neutral hedge funds hold investments in a diversified mix of instruments that are intended in combination to exhibit low correlations to market fluctuations. These investments are typically combined with futures to achieve uncorrelated excess returns over various markets.
(j)Directional hedge fundsfunds—This asset category represents investments that may exhibit somewhat higher correlations to market fluctuations than the market neutral hedge funds. Investments in hedge funds include both direct investments and investments in diversified funds of funds.
(k)Real estate represents investments in commingled funds and limited partnerships that invest in a diversified portfolio of real estate properties.
(l)Multi-asset strategies represent broadly diversified strategies that have the flexibility to tactically adjust exposures to different asset classes through time.
(m)Derivatives include exchange traded futures contracts as well as privately negotiated over the counter contracts. The market values represent gains or losses that occur due to differences between stated contract terms and fluctuations in underlying market instruments.
(n)Repurchase Agreementsagreements and other obligations includes contracts where the security owner sells a security with the agreement to buy it back at a future date and price. Other obligations include obligations to repay cash collateral held by a plan, net liability for investment purchases pending settlement, and accrued plan expenses.
(o)Cash equivalents and short-term investments represent investments that are used in conjunction with derivatives positions or are used to provide liquidity for the payment of benefits or other purposes.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-73

Appendix B
Derivative instrumentsinstruments:: Derivative instruments are used to reduce risk as well as provide return. The gross notional exposure of the derivative instruments directly held by the Combined Pension Plan is shown below. The notional amount of the derivatives corresponds to market exposure but does not represent an actual cash investment.
Gross Notional Exposure
Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
20222021
(Dollars in millions)
Derivative instruments:  
Exchange-traded U.S. equity futures$70 108 
Exchange-traded Treasury and other interest rate futures1,256 1,688 
Exchange-traded Foreign currency futures11 
Exchange-traded EURO futures— 
Interest rate swaps82 127 
Credit default swaps139 132 
Index swaps90 1,036 
Foreign exchange forwards50 93 
Options251 654 
B-69
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
 Gross Notional Exposure
 Combined Pension Plan
Years Ended December 31,
 20232022
 (Dollars in millions)
Derivative instruments:  
Exchange-traded U.S. equity futures$60 70 
Exchange-traded Treasury and other interest rate futures1,136 1,256 
Exchange-traded Foreign currency futures
Interest rate swaps214 82 
Credit default swaps72 139 
Index swaps94 90 
Foreign exchange forwards57 50 
Options32 251 
Concentrations of Risk:Investments, in general, are exposed to various risks, such as significant world events, interest rate, credit, foreign currency and overall market volatility risk. These risks are managed by broadly diversifying assets across numerous asset classes and strategies with differing expected returns, volatilities and correlations. Risk is also broadly diversified across numerous market sectors and individual companies. Financial instruments that potentially subject the plans to concentrations of counterparty risk consist principally of investment contracts with high quality financial institutions. These investment contracts are typically collateralized obligations and/or are actively managed, limiting the amount of counterparty exposure to any one financial institution. Although the investments are well diversified, the value of plan assets could change materially depending upon the overall market volatility, which could affect the funded status of the plan.
The table below presents a rollforward of the Combined Pension Plan assets valued using Level 3 inputs:
Combined Pension Plan Assets Valued
Using Level 3 Inputs
Combined Pension Plan Assets
Valued Using Level 3 Inputs
High Yield
Bonds
U.S. StocksTotal
High Yield
Bonds
U.S.
Stocks
Total
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2020$
Actual return on plan assets— 
Balance at December 31, 2021Balance at December 31, 202111 
DispositionsDispositions(1)(4)(5)
Actual return on plan assetsActual return on plan assets(1)— (1)
Balance at December 31, 2022Balance at December 31, 2022$
(Dispositions) acquisitions
Actual return on plan assets
Balance at December 31, 2023
Certain gains and losses are allocated between assets sold during the year and assets still held at year-end based on transactions and changes in valuations that occurred during the year. These allocations also impact our calculation of net acquisitions and dispositions.

B-74
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the investment program produced actual gains on Combined Pension Plan assets of $255 million as compared to expected returns of $287 million, for a difference of $32 million. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the investment program produced actual losses on Combined Pension Plan assets of $987 million as compared to the expected returns of $329 million, for a difference of $1.3 billion. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the investment program produced actual gains on Combined Pension Plan assets of $422 million as compared to the expected returns of $535 million, for a difference of $113 million. The short-term annual returns on plan assets will almost always be different from the expected long-term returns and the plans could experience net gains or losses, due primarily to the volatility occurring in the financial markets during any given year.
B-70
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Unfunded Status
The following table presents the unfunded status of the Combined Pension Plan and post-retirement benefit plans:
Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Combined Pension PlanPost-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Years Ended
December 31,
Years Ended
December 31,
Years Ended
December 31,
Years Ended
December 31,
2022202120222021 2023202220232022
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Benefit obligationBenefit obligation$(5,295)(9,678)(1,995)(2,781)
Fair value of plan assetsFair value of plan assets4,715 8,531 
Unfunded statusUnfunded status(580)(1,147)(1,990)(2,776)
Current portion of unfunded statusCurrent portion of unfunded status— — (210)(212)
Non-current portion of unfunded statusNon-current portion of unfunded status$(580)(1,147)(1,780)(2,564)
The current portion of our post-retirement benefit obligations is recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accrued expenses and other current liabilities-salaries and benefits.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss-Recognition and Deferrals
The following table presents cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2022, items recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense in 2023, additional items deferred during 2023 and cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2023. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
2022Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
DeferralsNet
Change in
AOCL
2023
 (Dollars in millions)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     
Pension plans:     
Net actuarial (loss) gain$(1,752)80 (147)(67)(1,819)
Settlement charge383 — — — 383 
Prior service benefit (cost)17 (7)— (7)10 
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)367 (23)37 14 381 
Total pension plans(985)50 (110)(60)(1,045)
Post-retirement benefit plans:     
Net actuarial gain (loss)371 (20)(14)(34)337 
Prior service benefit (cost)37 (8)— (8)29 
Curtailment loss— — — 
Deferred income tax (expense) benefit(104)10 (94)
Total post-retirement benefit plans308 (21)(11)(32)276 
Total accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income$(677)29 (121)(92)(769)
B-71
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
The following table presents cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2021, items recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense in 2022, additional items deferred during 2022 and cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2022. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
 As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 2021Recognition
of Net Periodic
Benefits Expense
DeferralsNet
Change in
AOCL
2022
 (Dollars in millions)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     
Pension plans:     
Net actuarial (loss) gain$(2,564)688 124 812 (1,752)
Settlement charge383 — — — 383 
Prior service benefit (cost)45 (28)— (28)17 
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)559 (166)(26)(192)367 
Total pension plans(1,577)494 98 592 (985)
Post-retirement benefit plans:     
Net actuarial (loss) gain(217)(3)591 588 371 
Prior service (cost) benefit(5)41 42 37 
Curtailment loss— — — 
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)54 (159)(158)(104)
Total post-retirement benefit plans(164)(1)473 472 308 
Total accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income$(1,741)493 571 1,064 (677)
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-75

Appendix B
The following table presents cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2020, items recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense in 2021, additional items deferred during 2021 and cumulative items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense as of December 31, 2020. The items not recognized as a component of net periodic benefits expense have been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
As of and for the Years Ended December 31, As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
2020Recognition
of Net Periodic
Benefits Expense
DeferralsNet
Change in
AOCL
2021 2021Recognition
of Net
Periodic
Benefits
Expense
DeferralsNet
Change in
AOCL
2022
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) incomeAccumulated other comprehensive (loss) income Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income 
Pension plans:Pension plans: Pension plans: 
Net actuarial (loss) gainNet actuarial (loss) gain$(2,993)186 243 429 (2,564)
Settlement chargeSettlement charge— 383 — 383 383 
Prior service benefit (cost)Prior service benefit (cost)41 (9)13 45 
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)Deferred income tax benefit (expense)755 (137)(59)(196)559 
Total pension plansTotal pension plans(2,197)423 197 620 (1,577)
Post-retirement benefit plans:Post-retirement benefit plans: Post-retirement benefit plans: 
Net actuarial (loss) gainNet actuarial (loss) gain(346)125 129 (217)
Prior service (cost) benefitPrior service (cost) benefit(20)15 — 15 (5)
Curtailment lossCurtailment loss— — — 
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)Deferred income tax benefit (expense)90 (5)(31)(36)54 
Total post-retirement benefit plansTotal post-retirement benefit plans(272)14 94 108 (164)
Total accumulated other comprehensive (loss) incomeTotal accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income$(2,469)437 291 728 (1,741)
Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003
We sponsor post-retirement health care plans with several benefit options that provide prescription drug benefits that we deem actuarially equivalent to or exceeding Medicare Part D. We recognize the impact of the federal subsidy received under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 in the calculation of our post-retirement benefit obligation and net periodic post-retirement benefit expense.
Other Benefit Plans
Health Care and Life Insurance
We provide health care and life insurance benefits to essentially all of our active employees. We are largely self-funded for the cost of the health care plan. Our health care benefit expense for current employees was $288 million, $296 million $309 million and $307$309 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020,2021, respectively. Union-represented employee benefits are based on negotiated collective bargaining agreements. Employees contributed $89 million, $101 million, $120 million, $133 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020,2021, respectively. Our group basic life insurance plans are fully insured and the premiums are paid by us.
401(k) Plans
We sponsor a qualified defined contribution plan covering substantially all of our U.S. employees. Under this plan, employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation up to certain maximums, as defined by the plan and by the Internal Revenue Service. Currently, we match a percentage of employee contributions in cash. At December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, the assets of the plan included approximately 9 million and 10 million shares of our common stock, all of which were the result of the combination of previous employer match and participant directed contributions. We recognized expenses related to this plan of $87 million, $91 million $96 million and $101$96 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020,2021, respectively.
Deferred Compensation Plans
We sponsor non-qualified deferred compensation plans for various groups that included certain of our current and former highly compensated employees. The value of liabilities related to these plans was not significant.
B-76B-72
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
(12) Stock-based Compensation
We maintain an equity incentive program that allows our Board of Directors (through its Compensation Committee or a senior officer acting under delegated authority) to grant incentives to certain employees and outside directors in one or more forms, including: incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and market and performance shares. Stock options generally expire ten years from the date of grant. There were no outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2022.
Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards
ForWe grant equity based restricted stock and restricted stock unitunits that contain service only conditions for vesting (“Service Awards”), awards that contain only service conditions for vesting (time-based awards), we calculate the award fair value based on the closing price of our common stock on the accounting grant date. We also grant equity-based awards that contain additional market or performance conditions, as well as service conditions. For awards having both service and market conditions for vesting (“Market Awards”) and awards that contain both service and performance conditions for vesting (“Performance Awards”). The fair value of Service Awards is based upon the closing stock price on the accounting grant date and the awards generally vest over periods ranging from one to three years. The fair value of Market Awards is determined using Monte-Carlo simulations and the awards vest over periods up to three years. The number of shares ultimately earned for Market Awards is typically based upon our total shareholder return as compared to the return of selected peer companies and can range between 0% and 200% of the target number of shares for the award. The fair value of Performance Awards is based upon the closing stock price on the accounting grant date; however, the award fair value is calculated using Monte-Carlo simulations.may increase, or decrease based upon the outcome of the performance conditions. Performance Awards with service as well as performance conditionsvest over periods of up to three-years and specify a target number of shares for the award, although eachaward. The recipient ultimately has the opportunity tocan receive between 0% and 200% of the target number of shares. For awards with service and market conditions, the percentage received is typically based on our total shareholder return over the up to three-year service period versus that of selected peer companies. For awards with service and performance conditions, the percentage received dependsshares depending upon the attainmentoutcome of one or morethe performance targets during the two- or three-year service period.conditions.
The following table summarizes activity involving restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards for the year ended December 31, 2022:2023:
Number of SharesNumber of SharesWeighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Number of SharesWeighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value
(in thousands) 
(in thousands) 
Non-vested at December 31, 202122,427 $12.74 
Non-vested at December 31, 2022
GrantedGranted18,788 11.47 
VestedVested(9,412)12.03 
ForfeitedForfeited(4,524)12.65 
Non-vested at December 31, 202227,279 12.13 
Non-vested at December 31, 2023
During 2023, we granted 14.8 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-average price of $1.85. During 2022, we granted 18.8 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-averageweighted-average price of $11.47. During 2021, we granted 13.9 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-average price of $13.95. During 2020, we granted 17.8 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards at a weighted-average price of $12.08. The total fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards that vested during 2023, 2022 and 2021, and 2020, was $21 million, $98 million $139 million and $126$139 million, respectively. We do not estimate forfeitures but recognize them as they occur.
Compensation Expense and Tax Benefit
For time-based awardsService Awards that vest ratably over the service period, we recognize compensation expense on a straight-linestraight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. For Service Awards that vest at the end of the service period and for Market Awards, we recognize compensation expense over the service period. For our performance stock-based awards,Performance Awards, we recognize compensation expense over the service period and based upon the expected performance outcome, until the final performance outcome is determined. Total compensation expense for all stock-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, and 2020, was $52 million, $98 million $120 million and $175$120 million, respectively. Our tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for our stock-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, and 2020, was $12 million, $25 million $29 million and $43$29 million, respectively. At December 31, 2022,2023, there was $162$65 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to our stock-based payment arrangements, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.
B-73
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-77

Appendix B
(13) (Loss) Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share
Basic and diluted (loss) earnings (loss) per common share for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 20202021 were calculated as follows:
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions, except per share
amounts, shares in thousands)
(Dollars in millions, except per share
amounts, shares in thousands)
(Loss) income (numerator)(Loss) income (numerator) (Loss) income (numerator)  
Net (loss) incomeNet (loss) income$(1,548)2,033 (1,232)
Net (loss) income applicable to common stock for computing basic (loss) earnings per common shareNet (loss) income applicable to common stock for computing basic (loss) earnings per common share(1,548)2,033 (1,232)
Net (loss) income as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted (loss) earnings per common shareNet (loss) income as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted (loss) earnings per common share$(1,548)2,033 (1,232)
Shares (denominator):Shares (denominator): Shares (denominator):  
Weighted average number of shares:Weighted average number of shares: Weighted average number of shares:  
Outstanding during periodOutstanding during period1,028,069 1,077,393 1,096,284 
Non-vested restricted stockNon-vested restricted stock(20,552)(17,852)(17,154)
Weighted average shares outstanding for computing basic (loss) earnings per common shareWeighted average shares outstanding for computing basic (loss) earnings per common share1,007,517 1,059,541 1,079,130 
Incremental common shares attributable to dilutive securities:Incremental common shares attributable to dilutive securities: Incremental common shares attributable to dilutive securities:  
Shares issuable under convertible securitiesShares issuable under convertible securities— 10 — 
Shares issuable under incentive compensation plansShares issuable under incentive compensation plans— 7,227 — 
Number of shares as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted (loss) earnings per common shareNumber of shares as adjusted for purposes of computing diluted (loss) earnings per common share1,007,517 1,066,778 1,079,130 
Basic (loss) earnings per common shareBasic (loss) earnings per common share$(1.54)1.92 (1.14)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share(1)
$(1.54)1.91 (1.14)
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share(1)
1(1)For the years ended December 31, 20222023 and December 31, 2020,2022, we excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share 3.80.3 million and 5.33.8 million shares, respectively, potentially issuable under incentive compensation plans or convertible securities, as their effect, if included, would have been anti-dilutive.
Our calculation of diluted (loss) earnings per common share excludes shares of common stock that are issuable upon exercise of stock options when the exercise price is greater than the average market price of our common stock. We also exclude unvested restricted stock awards that are antidilutive as a result of unrecognized compensation cost. Such shares were 13.822.5 million, 3.213.8 million and 3.2 million for 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020,2021, respectively.
(14) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Our financial instruments consist of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, long-term debt (excluding finance lease and other obligations), interest rate swap contracts, certain equity investments and certain indemnification obligations. Due primarily to their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of our cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values.
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between independent and knowledgeable parties who are willing and able to transact for an asset or liability at the measurement date. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value and then we rank the estimated values based on the reliability of the inputs used followingusing the below-described fair value hierarchy.
We determined the fair values of our long-term debt, including the current portion, based on quoted market prices where available or, if not available, based on inputs other than quoted market prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as discounted future cash flows using current market interest rates.
B-78B-74
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
The three input levels in the hierarchy of fair value measurements are defined by the FASB generally as follows:
Input LevelDescription of Input
Level 1Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets.
Level 2Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable.
Level 3Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists.
The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our following financial assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:
 As of December 31, 2022As of December 31, 2021
 Input
Level
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
  (Dollars in millions)
Equity securities(1)
$22 22 — — 
Long-term debt, excluding finance lease and other obligations(2)
$20,255 17,309 28,635 29,221 
Interest rate swap contracts (see Note 15)— — 25 25 
Indemnifications related to the sale of the Latin American business86 86 — — 
 As of December 31, 2023As of December 31, 2022
 Input
Level
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
 (Dollars in millions)
Equity securities(1)
$— — 22 22 
Long-term debt, excluding finance lease and other obligations19,703 13,304 20,255 17,309 
Indemnifications related to the sale of the Latin American business(2)
86 86 86 86 
1(1)For the yearyears ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we recognized a $22 million and a $109 million of loss on equity securities in other (expense) income, net in our consolidated statements of operations.
2(2)As of December 31, 2021, these amounts excluded $1.4 billion of carrying amount and $1.6 billion ofNonrecurring fair value is measured as of debt that had been classified as held for sale related to our divestiture of the ILEC business on October 3,August 1, 2022. See Note 2—Divestitures of the Latin American and ILEC Businesses and Planned Divestiture of the EMEA Business for more information.
Investment Held at Net Asset Value
We hold an investment in a limited partnership created as a holding company for various investments, including a portion of the colocation and data center business that we divested in 2017.investments. The limited partnership has sole discretion as to the amount and timing of distributions of the underlying assets. As of December 31, 2022,2023, the underlying investments held by the limited partnership arewere traded in active markets and as such, we account for our investment in the limited partnership using NAV. The investments held by the limited partnership were subject to lock-up agreements that restricted the sale or distribution of certain underlying assets prior to July 2022 and October 2022. The restrictions on one of the investments held by the limited partnership expired on July 29, 2022, and we received a distribution of 11.5 million shares of publicly-traded common stock, which are reflected in our fairnet asset value table as of December 31, 2022, as seen above. The restriction on the remaining underlying investment expired on October 12, 2022. No shares have been distributed to date.("NAV"). Subject to restrictions imposed by law and other provisions of the limited partnership agreement, the general partner has the sole discretion as to the amounts and timing of distributions of partnership assets to partners. The following table summarizes the net asset value of our investment in this limited partnership.
As of December 31, 2022As of December 31, 2021
Net Asset Value
(Dollars in millions)
Investment in limited partnership(1)
$85 299 
As of December 31, 2023As of December 31, 2022
Net Asset Value
(Dollars in millions)
Investment in limited partnership(1)
$10 85 
1(1)For the years ended December 31, 20222023 and December 31, 2021,2022, we recognized $75 million and $83 million of loss on investment, and $138 million of gain on investment, respectively, reflected in other (expense) income, (expense), net in our consolidated statement of operations.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-79

Appendix B
(15) Derivative Financial Instruments
From time to time, we use derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swaps, to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to decrease the volatility of our earnings and cash flows affected by changes in the underlying rates. We have floating rate long-term debt (see Note 7—Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities). These obligations expose us to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, our interest expense increases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, our interest expense also decreases. Through their expiration on June 30, 2022, we designated the interest rate swap agreements described below as cash flow hedges. Under these hedges, we received variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for us making fixed-rate payments over the lives of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. The change in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements was reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss and was subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction affected earnings by virtue of qualifying as effective cash flow hedges. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.
In 2019, we entered into variable-to-fixed interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest on $4.0 billion notional amount of floating rate debt. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, we evaluated the effectiveness of our remaining hedges quantitatively and determined that hedges in effect on such dates qualified as effective hedge relationships. All remaining hedges were expired as of December 31, 2022.
We may be exposed to credit-related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties. The counterparties to any of the financial derivatives we enter into are major institutions with investment grade credit ratings. We evaluate counterparty credit risk before entering into any hedge transaction and continue to closely monitor the financial markets and the risk that our counterparties will default on their obligations as part of our quarterly qualitative effectiveness evaluation.
B-75
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
Amounts accumulated in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to derivatives arewere indirectly recognized in earnings as periodic settlement payments arewere made throughout the term of the swaps.
The table below presents the fair value of our derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 as follows (in millions):
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Derivatives designated asBalance Sheet LocationFair Value
Cash flow hedging contractsOther current and noncurrent liabilities$— 25 
The amount of unrealized losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of the following (in millions):
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments202220212020
Cash flow hedging contracts
Years Ended December 31,$— 115 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Cash flow hedging contracts
Year Ended December 31, 2021$
The amount of realized losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the statement of operations consists of the following (in millions):
Derivatives designated as hedging instrumentsDerivatives designated as hedging instruments202220212020Derivatives designated as hedging instruments20222021
Cash flow hedging contractsCash flow hedging contracts
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,$22 83 62 
Years Ended December 31,
Years Ended December 31,
AmountsFor the year ended December 31, 2022, amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at the beginning of the period were reclassified into earnings upon the settlement of the cash flow hedging contracts on March 31, 2022 and June 30, 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2022, $19 million of net losses on the interest rate swaps have been reflected in our consolidated statements of operations upon settlement of the agreements in the first half of 2022.
B-80
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
(16) Income Taxes
The components of the income tax expense are as follows:
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Income tax expense:Income tax expense: Income tax expense:   
FederalFederal Federal   
CurrentCurrent$838 
DeferredDeferred(332)514 338 
StateState State  
CurrentCurrent283 42 50 
DeferredDeferred(191)72 55 
ForeignForeign Foreign  
CurrentCurrent32 23 29 
DeferredDeferred(73)12 (27)
Total income tax expenseTotal income tax expense$557 668 450 
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Income tax expense was allocated as follows:Income tax expense was allocated as follows:Income tax expense was allocated as follows:  
Income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations:Income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations:Income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations:  
Attributable to incomeAttributable to income$557 668 450 
Stockholders' equity:Stockholders' equity:Stockholders' equity:  
Tax effect of the change in accumulated other comprehensive lossTax effect of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss$297 222 17 
B-76
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
The following is a reconciliation from the statutory federal income tax rate to our effective income tax rate:
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Percentage of pre-tax (loss) income) (Percentage of pre-tax (loss) income)
Statutory federal income tax rateStatutory federal income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %Statutory federal income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefitState income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit(8.8)%3.3 %(10.8)%State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit(0.2)%(8.8)%3.3 %
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment(68.9)%— %(71.0)%Goodwill impairment(21.9)%(68.9)%— %
Change in liability for unrecognized tax positionChange in liability for unrecognized tax position(0.2)%0.1 %(0.6)%Change in liability for unrecognized tax position(0.1)%(0.2)%0.1 %
Legislative changes to Global Intangible Low-Taxes Income ("GILTI")— %— %1.8 %
Nondeductible executive stock compensationNondeductible executive stock compensation(0.1)%0.2 %(1.6)%Nondeductible executive stock compensation— %(0.1)%0.2 %
Change in valuation allowanceChange in valuation allowance0.9 %— %2.6 %Change in valuation allowance1.3 %0.9 %— %
Net foreign income taxesNet foreign income taxes3.0 %0.6 %(0.6)%Net foreign income taxes— %3.0 %0.6 %
Research and development creditsResearch and development credits1.1 %(0.5)%1.6 %Research and development credits0.1 %1.1 %(0.5)%
Divestitures of businesses(1)
Divestitures of businesses(1)
(4.0)%— %— %
Divestitures of businesses(1)
(0.4)%(4.0)%— %
Other, netOther, net(0.2)%— %0.1 %Other, net(0.4)%(0.2)%— %
Effective income tax rateEffective income tax rate(56.2)%24.7 %(57.5)%Effective income tax rate(0.6)%(56.2)%24.7 %
1(1)Includes GILTI (as defined below) incurred as a result of the sale of our Latin American business.
The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes a $2.2 billion unfavorable impact of a non-deductible goodwill impairment and a $137 million favorable impact as a result of utilizing available capital losses generated by the sale of our Latin American business in 2022. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2022 includes a $682 million unfavorable impact of non-deductiblenon-deductible goodwill impairments and $128 million unfavorable impact related to incurring GILTItax on Global Intangible Low-Tax Income ("GILTI") as a result of the sale of our Latin American business. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 includes a $555 million unfavorable impact of non-deductible goodwill impairments, a $14 million favorable impact in tax regulations passed in 2020 allowing a high tax exception related to our tax exposure of to GILTI, as well as a $20 million benefit related to the release of previously established valuation allowances against capital losses.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-81

Appendix B
The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:
As of December 31, As of December 31,
2022(1)
2021(1)
2023
2022(1)
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Deferred tax assetsDeferred tax assetsDeferred tax assets  
Post-retirement and pension benefit costsPost-retirement and pension benefit costs$725 978 
Net operating loss carryforwardsNet operating loss carryforwards871 2,463 
Other employee benefitsOther employee benefits85 96 
OtherOther519 554 
Gross deferred tax assetsGross deferred tax assets2,200 4,091 
Less valuation allowanceLess valuation allowance(550)(1,566)
Net deferred tax assetsNet deferred tax assets1,650 2,525 
Deferred tax liabilitiesDeferred tax liabilities  Deferred tax liabilities  
Property, plant and equipment, primarily due to depreciation differencesProperty, plant and equipment, primarily due to depreciation differences(3,046)(3,941)
Goodwill and other intangible assetsGoodwill and other intangible assets(1,634)(2,473)
Gross deferred tax liabilitiesGross deferred tax liabilities(4,680)(6,414)
Net deferred tax liabilityNet deferred tax liability$(3,030)(3,889)
1(1)Excludes $138 million of deferred tax assets and $38 million of deferred tax liabilities related to the EMEA business sold November 1, 2023, that were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2022. Excludes $46 million of deferred tax assets and $129 million of deferred tax liabilities related to the Latin American business sold on August 1, 2022 that were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2021. There were no material deferred tax amounts classified as held for sale related to the ILEC business.
Of the $3.0 billion and $3.9 billion net deferred tax liability at December 31, 2023 and 2022, and 2021, respectively, $3.2$3.1 billion and $4.0$3.2 billion is reflected as a long-term liability and $133$112 million and $160$133 million is reflected as a net noncurrent deferred tax asset, in other, net on our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, respectively.
Income taxes receivable as of December 31, 2023 was $273 million and income taxes payable as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 werewas $943 million and $3 million, respectively. The increase to our payable in the current period is primarily driven by the sale of our Latin American and ILEC businesses.million.
B-77
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
At December 31, 2022,2023, we had federal NOLs of $1.0 billion,approximately $800 million, net of expirations from Section 382 limitations and uncertain tax positions, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We expect to use substantially all of these tax attributes to reduce our future federal tax liabilities, although the timing of that use will depend upon our future earnings and future tax circumstances. Our ability to use these NOLs is subject to annual limits imposed by Section 382. As a result, we anticipate that our cash income tax liabilities will increase substantially in future periods. If unused, the NOLs will expire between 20282026 and 2033. The federal NOLs will expire as follows:
Expiring December 31,Amount
(Dollars in millions)
2028572 
2029645 
2030668 
2031733 
2032348 
2033238 
NOLs per return3,204 
Uncertain tax positions(2,190)
Financial NOLs$1,014 
2029.
At December 31, 20222023 we had state net operating loss carryforwards of $13 billion (net of uncertain tax positions). Our acquisitions of Level 3, Qwest and SAVVIS, Inc. caused "ownership changes" within the meaning of Section 382 for the acquired companies. As a result, our ability to use these NOLs and tax credits areis subject to annual limits imposed by Section 382.
B-82
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce the deferred tax assets to amounts we expect to realize. As of December 31, 2022,2023, we established a valuation allowance of $550$399 million was established as it is more likely than not that this amount of net operating loss capital loss and tax credit carryforwards will not be utilized prior to expiration. Our valuation allowance at December 31, 20222023 and 20212022 is primarily related to NOL carryforwards. This valuation allowance decreased by $1.0 billion$151 million during 2022,2023, primarily due to the impact of adjustments related to the planned divestitureutilization of our EMEA business, including classification of a portion of the valuation allowance as held for sale.available capital losses.
A reconciliation of the change in our gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding both interest and any related federal benefit) from January 1 to December 31 for 20222023 and 20212022 is as follows:
20222021
202320232022
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of yearUnrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year$1,375 1,474 
Increase in tax positions of the current year netted against deferred tax assets— 
Increase in tax positions of prior periods netted against deferred tax assets— — 
Decrease in tax positions of the current year netted against deferred tax assets— (101)
Decrease in tax positions of prior periods netted against deferred tax assetsDecrease in tax positions of prior periods netted against deferred tax assets(661)(1)
Increase in tax positions taken in the current year634 
(Decrease) increase in tax positions taken in the prior year(3)
(Decrease) increase in tax positions taken in the current year
Increase (decrease) in tax positions taken in the prior year
Decrease due to payments/settlementsDecrease due to payments/settlements— (3)
Decrease from the lapse of statute of limitationsDecrease from the lapse of statute of limitations— (1)
Decrease related to divestitures of businessesDecrease related to divestitures of businesses$(27)— 
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of yearUnrecognized tax benefits at end of year$1,318 $1,375 
TheAs of December 31, 2023 the total amount (including both interest and any related federal benefit) of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate was $847 million and $273 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.$280 million. The unrecognized tax benefits also includes tax positions that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to other tax accounts, primarily deferred taxes, that would not impact the effective tax rate but could impact cash tax amounts payable to taxing authorities.
Our policy is to reflect interest expense associated with unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. We had accrued interest (presented before related tax benefits) of approximately $26$100 million and $24$26 million at December 31, 20222023 and 2021,2022, respectively.
We, or at least one of our subsidiaries, file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S.non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2002.2004. The Internal Revenue Service and state and local taxing authorities reserve the right to audit any period where net operating loss carryforwards are available.
Based on our current assessment of various factors, including (i) the potential outcomes of these ongoing examinations, (ii) the expiration of statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, (iii) the negotiated settlement of certain disputed issues, and (iv) the administrative practices of applicable taxing jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions previously taken may decrease by up to $1$676 million within the next 12 months. The actual amount of such decrease, if any, will depend on several future developments and events, many of which are outside our control.
In August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act was signed into law and which, among other things, implemented a corporate alternative minimum tax (“CAMT”) on adjusted financial statement income effective for tax periods occurring after December 31, 2022. The CAMT had no material impact on our financial results as of December 31, 2023. In addition, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development has issued Pillar Two model rules introducing a new global minimum tax of 15% intended to be effective on January 1, 2024. While the US has not yet adopted the Pillar Two rules, various other governments around the world are enacting legislation, some of which are effective for tax periods after December 31, 2023. While the global minimum tax will increase our administrative and compliance burdens, it is expected to have an immaterial impact to our financial statements.
B-78
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
(17) Segment Information
We report our results within two segments: Business and Mass Markets.
Under our Business segment we provide products and services to meet the needs of our enterprise and wholesale customers under four distinct sales channels: International and Global Accounts, Large Enterprise, Mid-Market Enterprise, Public Sector and Wholesale. As previously disclosed, we plan to update these sales channels beginning with our first quarterly report filed after this annual report. For Business segment revenue, we report the following product categories: Compute and Application Services, IP and Data Services, Fiber Infrastructure Services and VoiceGrow, Nurture, Harvest and Other, in each case through the sales channels outlined above. The Business segment included the results of our Latin American, businessILEC and EMEA businesses prior to it being soldtheir sales on August 1, 2022.

2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-83

Appendix B
2022, October 3, 2022 and November 1, 2023, respectively.
Under our Mass Markets Segment, we provide products and services to residential and small business customers. FollowingWe report the completion of the CAF II program at December 31, 2021, we recategorized our products used to report our Mass Markets segment revenue and currently use the following product categories: Fiber Broadband, Other Broadband and Voice and Other. The Mass Markets segment included the results of our ILEC business prior to its sale on October 3, 2022.
See detailed descriptions of these product and service categories in Note 4—Revenue Recognition.
As described in more detail below, our segments are managed based on the direct costs of providing services to their customers and directly associated selling, general and administrative costs (primarily salaries and commissions). Shared costs are managed separately and included in "Operations and Other""other unallocated expense" in the tables below.table included below "—Revenue and Expenses". As referenced above, we reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation. See Note 1—Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional detail on these changes.
The following tables summarize our segment results for 2023, 2022 2021 and 20202021 based on the segment categorization we were operating under at December 31, 2022.2023.
Year Ended December 31, 2022
BusinessMass MarketsTotal SegmentsOperations and OtherTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:$13,039 4,439 17,478 — 17,478 
Expenses:
Cost of services and products3,260 123 3,383 4,485 7,868 
Selling, general and administrative1,101 562 1,663 1,415 3,078 
Gain on sale of businesses— — — (773)(773)
Loss on disposal groups held for sale— — — 700 700 
Less: stock-based compensation— — — (98)(98)
Total expense4,361 685 5,046 5,729 10,775 
Total adjusted EBITDA$8,678 3,754 12,432 (5,729)6,703 
Year Ended December 31, 2023
BusinessMass Markets
(Dollars in millions)
Segment revenue$11,535 3,022 
Segment expense
Cost of services and products3,138 92 
Selling, general and administrative1,232 1,341 
Total expense4,370 1,433 
Total segment adjusted EBITDA$7,165 1,589 
Year Ended December 31, 2021
BusinessMass
Markets
Total
Segments
Operations
and Other
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:$14,119 5,568 19,687 — 19,687 
Expenses:
Cost of services and products3,488 153 3,641 4,847 8,488 
Selling, general and administrative1,178 539 1,717 1,178 2,895 
Less: stock-based compensation— — — (120)(120)
Total expense4,666 692 5,358 5,905 11,263 
Total adjusted EBITDA$9,453 4,876 14,329 (5,905)8,424 
Year Ended December 31, 2022
BusinessMass Markets
(Dollars in millions)
Segment revenue$13,041 4,437 
Segment expense
Cost of services and products3,257 124 
Selling, general and administrative1,215 1,623 
Total expense4,472 1,747 
Total segment adjusted EBITDA$8,569 2,690 
Year Ended December 31, 2020
BusinessMass
Markets
Total
Segments
Operations
and Other
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Revenue:$14,808 5,904 20,712 — 20,712 
Expenses:
Cost of services and products3,661 201 3,862 5,072 8,934 
Selling, general and administrative1,262 581 1,843 1,621 3,464 
Less: stock-based compensation— — — (175)(175)
Total expense4,923 782 5,705 6,518 12,223 
Total adjusted EBITDA$9,885 5,122 15,007 (6,518)8,489 
Year Ended December 31, 2021
BusinessMass Markets
(Dollars in millions)
Segment revenue$14,119 5,568 
Segment expense
Cost of services and products3,488 153 
Selling, general and administrative1,273 1,685 
Total expense4,761 1,838 
Total segment adjusted EBITDA$9,358 3,730 
B-79
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
B-84
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
Revenue and Expenses
Our segment revenue includes all revenue from our two segments as described in more detail above. Our segment revenue is based upon each customer's classification. We report our segment revenue based upon all services provided to that segment's customers. Our segment expenses include specific cost of service expenses incurred as a direct result of providing services and products to segment customers, along with selling, general and administrative expenses that are directly associated with specific segment customers or activities. We have not allocated assets or debt to specific segments.
The following items are excluded from our segment results, because they are centrally managed and not monitored by or reported to our chief operating decision maker by segment:
network expenses not incurred as a direct result of providing services and products to segment customers and centrally managed expenses such as Finance, Human Resources, Legal, Marketing, Product Management and IT, all of which are reported as "Operations and Other" in the tables above, and "Operations and other expenses""other unallocated expense" in the table below;
depreciation and amortization expense;
goodwill or other impairments;
interest expense;
stock-based compensation; and
other income and expense items.
The following table reconciles total segment adjusted EBITDA to net (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 2021 and 2020:2021:
Years Ended December 31, Years Ended December 31,
202220212020 202320222021
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Total segment adjusted EBITDATotal segment adjusted EBITDA$12,432 14,329 15,007 
Depreciation and amortizationDepreciation and amortization(3,239)(4,019)(4,710)
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment(3,271)— (2,642)
Operations and other expenses(5,729)(5,905)(6,518)
Other unallocated expense
Stock-based compensationStock-based compensation(98)(120)(175)
Operating income95 4,285 962 
Operating (loss) income
Total other expense, netTotal other expense, net(1,086)(1,584)(1,744)
(Loss) income before income taxes(Loss) income before income taxes(991)2,701 (782)
Income tax expenseIncome tax expense557 668 450 
Net (loss) incomeNet (loss) income$(1,548)2,033 (1,232)
We do not have any single customer that comprises more than 10% of our consolidated total operating revenue.
The assets we hold outside of the U.S. represent less than 10% of our total assets. Revenue from sources outside of the U.S. comprises less than 10% of our total operating revenue.
(18) Commitments, Contingencies and Other Items
We are subject to various claims, legal proceedings and other contingent liabilities, including the matters described below, which individually or in the aggregate could materially affect our financial condition, future results of operations or cash flows. As a matter of course, we are prepared to both litigate these matters to judgment as needed, as well as to evaluate and consider reasonable settlement opportunities.
Irrespective of its merits, litigation may be both lengthy and disruptive to our operations and could cause significant expenditure and diversion of management attention. We review our litigation accrual liabilities on a quarterly basis, but in accordance with applicable accounting guidelines only establish accrual liabilities when losses are deemed probable and reasonably estimable and only revise previously-established accrual liabilities when warranted by changes in circumstances, in each case based on then-available information.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-85

Appendix B
As such, as of any given date we could have exposure to losses under proceedings as to which no liability has been accrued or as to which the accrued liability is inadequate. AmountsSubject to these limitations, at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had accrued $84 million and $88 million, respectively, in the aggregate for our litigation and non-income tax contingencies, at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 aggregated to approximately $88 million and $103 million, respectively, and arewhich is included in other current liabilities or other liabilities or liabilities held for sale in our consolidated balance sheetssheet as of such dates.date. We cannot at this time estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss in excess of this $84 million accrual due to the inherent
B-80
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
uncertainties and speculative nature of contested proceedings. The establishment of an accrual does not mean that actual funds have been set aside to satisfy a given contingency. Thus, the resolution of a particular contingency for the amount accrued could have no effect on our results of operations but nonetheless could have an adverse effect on our cash flows.
In this Note, when we refer to a class action as "putative" it is because a class has been alleged, but not certified, in that matter.
Principal Proceedings
Shareholder Class Action SuitSuits
Lumen and certain Lumen Board of Directors members and officers were named as defendants in a putative shareholder class action lawsuit filed on June 12, 2018 in the Boulder County District Court of the state of Colorado, captioned Houser et al. v. CenturyLink, et al. The complaint asserted claims on behalf of a putative class of former Level 3 shareholders who became CenturyLink, Inc. shareholders as a result of our acquisition of Level 3. It alleged that the proxy statement provided to the Level 3 shareholders failed to disclose various material information of several kinds, including information about strategic revenue, customer loss rates, and customer account issues, among other items. The complaint seeks damages, costs and fees, rescission, rescissory damages, and other equitable relief. In May 2020, the court dismissed the complaint. Plaintiffs appealed that decision, and in March 2022, the appellate court affirmed the district court's order in part and reversed it in part. It then remanded the case to the district court for further proceedings. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint, and we filed a motion to dismiss. The court granted our motion to dismiss and the plaintiffs have appealed that dismissal.
On March 3, 2023, a purported shareholder of Lumen filed a putative class action complaint captioned Voigt v. Lumen Technologies, Inc., et al., Case 3:23-cv-00286-TAD-KDM, in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana. The complaint alleges that Lumen and certain of its current or former officers violated the federal securities laws by omitting or misstating material information related to Lumen’s expansion of its Quantum Fiber business. The complaint seeks money damages, attorneys’ fees and costs, and other relief.
On September 15, 2023, a purported shareholder of Lumen filed a putative class action complaint captioned McLemore v. Lumen Technologies, Inc., et al., Case 3:23-cv-01290, in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana. The complaint alleges that Lumen and certain of its current or former officers violated the federal securities laws by omitting or misstating material information related to Lumen’s responsibility for environmental degradation allegedly caused by the lead sheathing of certain telecommunications cables. The complaint seeks money damages, attorneys’ fees and costs, and other relief.
State Tax Suits
Since 2012, a number of Missouri municipalities have asserted claims in the Circuit Court of St. Louis County, Missouri, alleging that we and several of our subsidiaries have underpaid taxes. These municipalities are seeking, among other things, declaratory relief regarding the application of business license and gross receipts taxes and back taxes from 2007 to the present, plus penalties and interest. In a February 2017 ruling in connection with one of these pending cases, the court entered an order awarding the plaintiffs $4 million and broadening the tax base on a going-forward basis. We appealed that decision to the Missouri Supreme Court. In December 2019, it affirmed the circuit court's order in some respects and reversed it in others, remanding the case to the circuit court for further proceedings. The Missouri Supreme Court's decision reduced our exposure in the case. In a June 2021 ruling in one of the pending cases, another trial court awarded the cities of Columbia and Joplin approximately $55 million, plus statutory interest. On appeal, the Missouri Court of Appeals affirmed in part and reversed in part, vacated the judgment and remanded the case to the trial court with instructions for further proceedings consistent with the Missouri Supreme Court's decision. We continue to vigorously defend against these claims.
Billing Practices Suits
In June 2017, a former employee filed an employment lawsuit against us claiming that she was wrongfully terminated for alleging that we charged some of our retail customers for products and services they did not authorize. Thereafter, based in part on the allegations made by the former employee, several legal proceedings were filed, including consumer class actions in federal and state courts, a series of securities investor class actions in federal courts and several shareholder derivative actions in federal and Louisiana state courts. The derivative cases were brought on behalf of CenturyLink, Inc. against certain current and former officers and directors of the Company and seek damages for alleged breaches of fiduciary duties.
B-81
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
The consumer class actions, the securities investor class actions, and the federal derivative actions were transferred to the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota for coordinated and consolidated pretrial proceedings as In Re: CenturyLink Sales Practices and Securities Litigation. We have settled the consumer and securities investor class actions. Those settlements are final. Theactions and the derivative actions remain pending.actions.
We have engaged in discussions regarding related claims with a number of state attorneys general, and have entered into agreements settling certain of the consumer practices claims asserted by state attorneys general. While we do not agree with allegations raised in these matters, we have been willing to consider reasonable settlements where appropriate.

B-86
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
December 2018 Outage Proceedings
We experienced an outage on one of our transport networks that impacted voice, IP, 911, and transport services for some of our customers between the 27th and 29th of December 2018. We believe that the outage was caused by a faulty network management card from a third-party equipment vendor.
The FCC and four states (both Washington Utilities and Transportation Commission ("WUTC") and the Washington Attorney General; the Montana Public Service Commission; the Nebraska Public Service Commission; and the Wyoming Public Service Commission) initiated formal investigations. In November 2020, following the FCC's release of a public report on the outage, we negotiated a settlement which was released by the FCC in December 2020. The amount of the settlement was not material to our financial statements.
In December 2020, the Staff of the WUTC filed a complaint against us based on the December 2018 outage, seeking penalties owedof approximately $7 million for alleged violations of Washington regulations and laws. The matter was triedWashington Attorney General's office sought penalties of $27 million. Following trial before the WUTC, it issued an order in December 2022June 2023 penalizing us for approximately $1 million. We and we await a decision by the WUTC.
AT&T Proceedings
In August 2022, certain of our subsidiariesWashington Attorney General's office have both filed a complaint in federal district court in Colorado captioned Central Telephone Company of Virginia, et al, v. AT&T Corp., et al. The suit seeks relief and damages for AT&T’s failure to pay amounts for services it receives. AT&T disputes those claims and has asserted counterclaims alleging breach of contract and seeking declaratory relief. It has requested the court to enjoin the plaintiffs from terminating services for failure to pay, and it has requested the court transfer the case to federal court in the southern district of New York for further proceedings. Also in August 2022, AT&T filed a separate lawsuit in federal court in the western district of Louisiana against Central Telephone Company of Virginia and other of our subsidiaries alleging, among other claims, breach of contract provisions pertaining to network architecture. The Lumen plaintiff entities dispute AT&T’s claims.reconsideration. Those motions are pending.
Latin American Tax Litigation and Claims
In connection with the recent2022 divestiture of our Latin American business, the purchaser assumed responsibility for the Peruvian tax litigation and Brazilian tax claims described in our prior periodic reports filed with the SEC. We have agreed to indemnify the purchaser for amounts paid in respect of the Brazilian tax claims. The value of this indemnification is included in the indemnification amount as disclosed in Note 14—Fair Value of Financial Instruments.
Huawei Network Deployment Investigations
Lumen has received requests from the following federal agencies for information relating to the use of equipment manufactured by Huawei Technologies Company ("Huawei") in Lumen’s networks.
DOJ. Lumen has received a civil investigative demand from the U.S. Department of Justice in the course of a False Claims Act investigation alleging that Lumen Technologies, Inc. and Lumen Technologies Government Solutions, Inc. failed to comply with the requirements in federal contracts concerning their use of Huawei equipment. 
FCC. The FCC’s Enforcement Bureau issued a Letter of Inquiry to Lumen Technologies, Inc. regarding its written certifications to the FCC that Lumen has complied with FCC rules governing the use of resources derived from the High Cost Program, Lifeline Program, Rural Health Care Program, E-Rate Program, Emergency Broadband Benefit Program, and the Affordable Connectivity Program. Under these programs, federal funds may not be used to facilitate the deployment or maintenance of equipment or services provided by Huawei, a company that the FCC has determined poses a national security threat to the integrity of communications networks or the communications supply chain.
Team Telecom. The Committee for the Assessment of Foreign Participation in the United States Telecommunications Service Sector (comprised of the U.S. Attorney General, and the Secretaries of the Department of Homeland Security, and the Department of Defense), commonly referred to as Team Telecom, issued questions and requests for information relating to Lumen’s FCC licenses and its use of Huawei equipment.
We are cooperating with the investigations.
B-82
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
Marshall Fire Litigation
On December 30, 2021, a wildfire referred to as the Marshall Fire ignited near Boulder, Colorado. The Marshall Fire killed two people, and it burned thousands of acres, including entire neighborhoods. Approximately 300 lawsuits naming various defendants and asserting various claims for relief have been filed. To date, three of those name our affiliate Qwest Corporation as being at fault: Allstate Fire and Casualty Insurance Company,
et al., v. Qwest Corp., et al., Case No. 2023-cv-3048, and Wallace, et al. v, Qwest Corp., et al, Case No. 2023-cv-30488, both of which have been consolidated with Kupfner et al v Public Service Company of Colorado, et al. Case No. 2022-cv-30195. The consolidated proceeding is pending in Colorado District Court, Boulder, Colorado, Preliminary estimates of potential damage claims exceed $2 billion. Qwest is vigorously defending the claims.
911 Surcharge
In June 2021, the Company was served with a complaint filed in the Santa Fe County District Court by Phone Recovery Services, LLC (“PRS”), acting on behalf of the State of New Mexico. The complaint claims Qwest Corporation and CenturyTel of the Southwest have violated the New Mexico Fraud Against Taxpayers Act since 2004 by failing to bill, collect and remit certain 911 surcharges from customers. Through pre-trial proceedings, the Court has narrowed the issues to be resolved by jury, ruling that Lumen bears the burden of proving that its actions were reasonable or known and approved by the State. Qwest is defending the New Mexico claims vigorously, as it has done successfully with other 911 claims involving PRS in other states.
Other Proceedings, Disputes and Contingencies
From time to time, we are involved in other proceedings incidental to our business, including patent infringement allegations, regulatory hearings relating primarily to our rates or services, actions relating to employee claims, various tax issues, environmental law issues, grievance hearings before labor regulatory agencies and miscellaneous third-party tort actions or commercial disputes.
We are currently defending several patent infringement lawsuits asserted against us by non-practicing entities, many of which are seeking substantial recoveries. These cases have progressed to various stages and one or more may go to trial within the next twelve months if they are not otherwise resolved. Where applicable, we are seeking full or partial indemnification from our vendors and suppliers. As with all litigation, we are vigorously defending these actions and, as a matter of course, are prepared to litigate these matters to judgment, as well as to evaluate and consider all reasonable settlement opportunities.
We are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local environmental protection and health and safety laws. From time to time, we are subject to judicial and administrative proceedings brought by various governmental authorities under these laws. Several such proceedings are currently pending, but none is reasonably expected to exceed $300,000 in fines and penalties. In addition, in the past we acquired companies that had installed lead-sheathed cables several decades earlier, or had operated certain manufacturing companies in the first part of the 1900s. Under applicable environmental laws, we could be named as a potentially responsible party for a share of the remediation of environmental conditions arising from the historical operations of our predecessors.
The outcome of these other proceedings described under this heading is not predictable. However, based on current circumstances, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these other proceedings, after considering available defenses and any insurance coverage or indemnification rights, will have a material adverse effect on us.
The matters listed in this Note do not reflect all of our contingencies. The ultimate outcome of the above-described matters may differ materially from the outcomes anticipated, estimated, projected or implied by us in certain of our statements appearing above in this Note, and proceedings currently viewed as immaterial by us may ultimately materially impact us.

B-83
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-87

Appendix B
Right-of-Way
At December 31, 2022,2023, our future rental commitments and Right-of-Way ("ROW") agreements were as follows:
Future Rental
Commitments and
ROW Agreements
Future Rental
Commitments and ROW
Agreements
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
2023$183 
2024202476 
2025202566 
2026202662 
2027202760 
2028 and thereafter667 
2028
2029 and thereafter
Total future minimum paymentsTotal future minimum payments$1,114 
Purchase Commitments
We have several commitments primarily for marketing activities and support services from a variety of vendors to be used in the ordinary course of business totaling $1.4$1.0 billion at December 31, 2022.2023. Of this amount, we expect to purchase $646 million in 2023, $513$403 million in 2024, through 2025, $90$378 million in 2025 through 2026, through 2027 and $153$78 million in 2027 through 2028 and $127 million in 2029 and thereafter. These amounts do not represent our entire anticipated purchases in the future, but represent only those items for which we were contractually committed as of December 31, 2022.
Amounts included in the Right-of-Way table and in the purchase commitments disclosed above are inclusive of contractual obligations related to our EMEA business to be divested.2023.
(19) Other Financial Information
Other Current Assets
The following table presents details of other current assets reflected in our consolidated balance sheets:
As of
December 31,
As of December 31,
20222021 2023
2022(1)
(Dollars in
millions)
(Dollars in millions)
Prepaid expensesPrepaid expenses$319 295 
Income tax receivableIncome tax receivable— 22 
Materials, supplies and inventoryMaterials, supplies and inventory236 96 
Contract assetsContract assets20 45 
Contract acquisition costsContract acquisition costs123 142 
Contract fulfillment costsContract fulfillment costs100 106 
Note receivable— 56 
Receivable for sale of land— 56 
OtherOther11 
Total other current assets(1)
$803 829 
Total other current assets
1(1)Excludes $59 million of other current assets related to the EMEA business sold on November 1, 2023 that were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2022. Excludes $126 million of other current assets related to the Latin American and ILEC businesses sold on August 1, 2022 and October 3, 2022, respectively, that were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2021.
Included in accounts payable at December 31, 2023 and 2022 and 2021 were $265$274 million and $248$265 million, respectively, associated with capital expenditures.
(20) Repurchases of Lumen Common Stock
Effective November 2,During the fourth quarter of 2022, our Board of Directors authorized a new two-year program to repurchase up to an aggregate of $1.5 billion of our outstanding common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we did not repurchase any shares of our outstanding common stock under this program. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we repurchased under this program 33 million shares of our outstanding common stock in the open market for an aggregate market price of $200 million, or an average purchase price of $6.07 per share. All repurchased common stock has been retired. As a result, common stock and additional paid-in capital were reduced as of December 31, 2022 by $33 million and $167 million, respectively.
B-88B-84
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
On August 3, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized a 24-month program to repurchase up to an aggregate of $1.0 billion of our outstanding common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we repurchased under this program 80.9 million shares of our outstanding common stock in the open market for an aggregate market price of $1.0 billion, or an average purchase price of $12.36 per share, thereby fully exhausting the program. All repurchased common stock has been retired. As a result, common stock and additional paid-in capital were reduced as of December 31, 2021 by $81 million and $919 million, respectively.
We expectAny repurchases made in 2023 and beyond to2024 or thereafter will be subject to a non-deductible 1% excise tax on the fair market value of the stock under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022.
(21) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Information Relating to 2023
The table below summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss recorded on our consolidated balance sheet by component for the year ended December 31, 2023:
Pension
Plans
Post-
Retirement
Benefit Plans
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
Total
 (Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2022$(985)308 (422)(1,099)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications(110)(11)(1)(122)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss50 (21)382 411 
Net current-period other comprehensive (loss) income(60)(32)381 289 
Balance at December 31, 2023$(1,045)276 (41)(810)
The table below presents further information about our reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year ended December 31, 2023:
(Decrease)
Increase
in Net Loss
Affected Line Item in Consolidated
Statement of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2023(Dollars in millions)
Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans(1)
Net actuarial loss$82 Other (expense) income, net
Prior service cost(15)Other (expense) income, net
Total before tax67 
Income tax benefit(16)Income tax expense
Net of tax$51 
B-85
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Reclassification out
of Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Affected line item in Consolidated
Balance Sheets and Consolidated
Statement of Operations
Reclassification of realized loss on foreign currency translation to valuation allowance within assets held for sale(2)
$389 Assets held for sale
Reclassification of realized loss on foreign currency translation to loss on sale of business(3)
(7)Net loss (gain) on sale of businesses
Subtotal reclassification of realized loss on foreign currency382 
Reclassification of net actuarial loss to valuation allowance within assets held for sale(2)
(24)Assets held for sale
Reclassification of net actuarial gain to loss on sale of business(3)
Net loss (gain) on sale of businesses
Subtotal reclassification of net actuarial loss(22)
Income tax benefit— Income tax expense
Net of tax$360 
(1)See Note 11—Employee Benefits for additional information on our net periodic benefit (expense) income related to our pension and post-retirement plans.
(2)Recognized in net income through net loss (gain) on sale of business for the year ended December 31, 2022 and included in our valuation allowance in assets held for sale as of December 31, 2022.
(3)(Decrease) increase to net loss for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Information Relating to 2022
The table below summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss recorded on our consolidated balance sheet by component for the year ended December 31, 2022:
Pension
Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
Interest
Rate Swap
Total
Pension
Plans
Pension
Plans
Post-
Retirement
Benefit Plans
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
Interest
Rate Swap
Total
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2021Balance at December 31, 2021$(1,577)(164)(400)(17)(2,158)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassificationsOther comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications98 473 (134)— 437 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive lossAmounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss494 (1)112 17 622 
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)592 472 (22)17 1,059 
Balance at December 31, 2022Balance at December 31, 2022$(985)308 (422)— (1,099)
B-86
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix B
The table below presents further information about our reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year ended December 31, 2022:
Decrease
(Increase)
(Decrease) Increase
in Net IncomeLoss
Affected Line Item in Consolidated
Statement of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2022(Dollars in
millions)
Interest rate swapsswap$22 Interest expense
Income tax benefit(5)Income tax expense
Net of tax$17 
Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans(1)
Net actuarial loss$121 Other (expense) income, (expense), net
Prior service costSettlement charge(2)Other (expense) income, (expense), net
Reclassification of net actuarial loss and prior service credit to gain on the sale of business539 GainNet loss (gain) on sale of businesses
Total before tax658 
Income tax benefit(165)Income tax expense
Net of tax$493 
Reclassification of realized loss on foreign currency translation to gainloss (gain) on the sale of businessbusinesses$112 GainNet loss (gain) on sale of businesses
Income tax benefit— Income tax expense
Net of tax$112 
1See Note 11—Employee Benefits for additional information on our net periodic benefit (expense) income related to our pension and post-retirement plans.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTB-89

Appendix B
Information Relating to 2021
The table below summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss recorded on our consolidated balance sheet by component for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Pension
Plans
Post-Retirement
Benefit Plans
Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustment
and Other
Interest Rate SwapTotal
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2020$(2,197)(272)(265)(79)(2,813)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications197 94 (135)(1)155 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss423 14 — 63 500 
Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)620 108 (135)62 655 
Balance at December 31, 2021$(1,577)(164)(400)(17)(2,158)
The table below presents further information about our reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year ended December 31, 2021:
(Decrease) Increase
in Net Loss
Affected Line Item in Consolidated
Statement of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2021(Dollars in millions)
Interest rate swap$83 Interest expense
Income tax benefit(20)Income tax expense
Net of tax$63 
Amortization of pension & post-retirement plans(1)
Net actuarial loss$190 Other income (expense), net
Settlement charge383 Other income (expense), net
Prior service costOther income (expense), net
Total before tax579 
Income tax benefit(142)Income tax expense
Net of tax$437 
1See Note 11—Employee Benefits for additional information on our net periodic benefit (expense) income related to our pension and post-retirement plans.
(22) Labor Union Contracts
As of December 31, 2022,2023, approximately 20%21% of our employees were represented by the CommunicationCommunications Workers of America ("CWA") or the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers ("IBEW"). None of our collective bargaining agreements were in expired status as of December 31, 2022.2023. Approximately 9%2% of our represented employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements that are scheduled to expire over the 12 month period ending December 31, 2023.2024.
B-90
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix B
(23) Dividends
Our Board of Directors declared the following dividends payable in 2022 and 2021:
Record DateDividend
Per Share
Total AmountPayment Date
Date Declared(in millions)
August 18, 20228/30/2022$0.25 $253 9/9/2022
May 19, 20225/31/20220.25 253 6/10/2022
February 24, 20223/8/20220.25 253 3/18/2022
November 18, 202111/29/20210.25 251 12/10/2021
August 19, 20218/30/20210.25 264 9/10/2021
May 20, 20216/1/20210.25 272 6/11/2021
February 25, 20213/8/20210.25 276 3/19/2021
The declaration of dividends is solely at the discretion of our Board of Directors. On November 2, 2022, we announced that our Board had terminated our quarterly cash dividend program. Under this revised capital allocation policy,program; as a result no dividends were declared and paid in 2023.
Our Board of Directors declared the company plans to continue to investfollowing dividends payable in growth initiatives.2022:
Record DateDividend
Per Share
Total AmountPayment Date
Date Declared(in millions)
August 18, 20228/30/2022$0.25 $253 9/9/2022
May 19, 20225/31/20220.25 253 6/10/2022
February 24, 20223/8/20220.25 253 3/18/2022
The declaration of dividends is solely at the discretion of our Board of Directors.
B-87
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix B
(24) Subsequent Events
Transaction Support Agreement
On January 22, 2024, the Company, Level 3, Qwest and a group of creditors holding a majority of our consolidated debt (the "TSA Parties") amended and restated the transaction support agreement that we originally entered into with a subset of the TSA Parties on October 31, 2023 (as amended and restated, the “Transaction Support Agreement”).
The Transaction Support Agreement defines the parties’ commitments to effect a series of transactions (the “TSA Transactions”) set forth in the term sheet attached thereto (the “Term Sheet”). Among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, the Transaction Support Agreement, including the Term Sheet, contemplates:
the incurrence by Level 3 of $1.325 billion in new money long term senior secured first lien indebtedness, which indebtedness will be backstopped by certain of the consenting lenders;
a new revolving credit facility at Lumen in an amount expected to be approximately $1 billion;
the extension of maturities, covenant modifications and rate increases of certain secured and unsecured indebtedness at the Company and Level 3 through a series of exchanges and other debt transactions with certain consenting lenders as set forth in the Term Sheet; and
the repayment of certain indebtedness of the Company and Qwest.
The outside date for completion of the TSA Transactions under the Transaction Support Agreement is February 29, 2024, which the Company may unilaterally extend at its discretion to March 31, 2024. The Company expects to consummate the TSA Transactions in the first quarter of 2024, subject to the satisfaction of remaining closing conditions.
Following consummation of the TSA Transactions, the Company may assess potential follow-on transactions with respect to non-participating creditors.
Additional information about the Transaction Support Agreement and the TSA Transactions is available in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 25, 2024, and Exhibit 10.16 to this annual report.
Tax Refund
During the year ended December 31, 2023 we requested a U.S. Federal income tax refund of approximately $900 million. We applied approximately $200 million of that refund to pay our 2023 estimated taxes and, in January 2024, we received a cash refund of approximately $729 million, including interest.
B-88B-91
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg


Appendix C
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN2024 Equity Incentive Plan
of
LUMEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
as amended and restated through May 17, 2023Lumen Technologies, Inc.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the Second Amended and Restated 20182024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of Lumen Technologies, Inc. (“Lumen”Lumen) is to increase shareholder value and to advance the interests of Lumen and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) by furnishing stock-based economic incentives (the “Incentives”) designed to attract, retain, reward, and motivate the Company’s key employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors and to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and Lumen’s shareholders. Incentives consist of opportunities to purchase or receive shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of Lumen (the “Common Stock”) or cash valued in relation to Common Stock, on terms determined under this Plan. As used in this Plan, the term “subsidiary”subsidiary means any corporation, limited liability company, or other entity of which Lumen owns (directly or indirectly) within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock, membership interests, or other equity interests issued thereby.
2. Administration.
2.1 Composition. This Plan shall generally be administered by the compensation committeeHuman Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Lumen (the “Board”) or by a subcommittee thereof (such administrator, as used in this Plan, the “Committee”). The Committee shall consist of not fewer than two members of the Board, each of whom shall qualify as a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”1934 Act) or any successor rule.
2.2 Authority. The Committee shall have plenary authority to award Incentives under this Plan and to enter into agreements with or provide notices to participants as to the terms of the Incentives (collectively, the “Incentive Agreements”). The Committee shall have the general authority to interpret this Plan, to establish any rules or regulations relating to this Plan that it determines to be appropriate, and to make any other determination that it believes necessary or advisable for the proper administration of this Plan. Committee decisions regarding matters relating to this Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the Company, participants, and all other interested persons. The Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent provided in Section 3.2.
3. Eligible Participants.
3.1 Eligibility. Key employees, officers, and directors of the Company and persons providing services as consultants or advisors to the Company shall become eligible to receive Incentives under the Plan when designated by the Committee.
3.2 Delegation of Authority to Chief Executive Officer. With respect to participants not subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, the Committee may delegate to theLumen’s chief executive officer and/or one or more of Lumenthe Company’s executive officers (collectively, the “Executive Officers”), its authority to designate participants, to determine the size and type of Incentives to be received by those participants, to determine any performance objectives for these participants, and to approve or authorize the form of Incentive Agreement governing such Incentives. Following any grants of Incentives pursuant to such delegated authority, the chief executive officer of LumenExecutive Officers or any Company officer designated by himthe Executive Officers may exercise any powers of the Committee under this Plan to accelerate vesting or exercise periods, to terminate restricted periods, to waive compliance with specified provisions, or to otherwise make determinations contemplated hereunder with respect to those participants; provided,, however,, that (a) the chief executive officerExecutive Officers may only grant options at a per share exercise price equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 12.10) of a share of Common Stock on the later of the date the officer approves such grant or the date the participant commences
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTC-1

Appendix C
employment and (b) the Committee retains sole authority to make any of the determinations set forth in Section 5.4, 12.10 or Section 11 of this Plan.
C-1
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix C
4. Types of Incentives. Incentives may be granted under this Plan to eligible participants in the forms of (a) incentive stock options, (b) non-qualified stock options, (c) stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), (d) restricted stock, (e) restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and (f) Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 10).
5. Shares Subject to the Plan.
5.1 Number of Shares. Subject to the counting provisions of Section 5.2 and adjustment as provided in Section 5.4, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered to participants and their permitted transferees under this Plan shall be 77,600,000.43,000,000. Upon approval of this Plan by the Company’s shareholders, the Company will cease granting Incentives under the Company’s Second Amended and Restated 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”) and any shares of Common Stock remaining available for grant under the Prior Plan may not be used for Incentives under this Plan.
5.2 Share Counting. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.4:
(a) The maximum numberAll of the shares of Common Stock thatauthorized and reserved under the Plan may be issued upon exercise of stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code shall be 34,600,000.Code.
(b) Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Incentive granted under this Plan that is subsequently canceled, forfeited, or expires prior to exercise or realization, whether in full or in part, shall be available again for issuance or delivery under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Incentive granted under the Amended and RestatedPrior Plan (including Incentives granted under the Lumen Technologies, Inc. 20112018 Equity Incentive Plan and the first amendment and restatement thereof) that, after the date this Plan is first approved by shareholders, is cancelled, forfeited, or expires prior to exercise or realization, whether in full or in part, shall be available for issuance or delivery under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares subject to an Incentive shall not be available again for issuance or delivery under this Plan if such shares were (a) tendered in payment of the exercise or base price of a stock option or stock-settled SAR; (b) covered by, but not issued upon settlement of, stock-settled SARs; or (c) delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation related to a stock option or stock-settled SAR.
(c) If an Incentive, by its terms, may be settled only in cash, then the grant, vesting, payout, settlement, or forfeiture of such Incentive shall have no impact on the number of shares available for grant under the Plan.
5.3 Participant Limits. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.4, a limit of $1,000,000 per calendar year applies to the sum of all cash and Incentives and other compensation granted to a non-management director of Lumen, although the maximum value of incentivesthe Incentives that may be granted under the Plan to each non-employee director of Lumen during any single calendar year may not exceed $500,000 of such annual limit. Incentives shall be $500,000, with any shares granted under such Incentives valued at the Fair Market Value on the date of grant:grant for purposes of this Section 5.3.
5.4 Adjustment.
(a) In the event of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or other comparable change in the Common Stock, all limitations on numbers of shares of Common Stock provided in this Section 5 and the number of shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Incentives shall be equitably adjusted in proportion to the change in outstanding shares of Common Stock. In addition, in the event of any such change in the Common Stock, the Committee shall make any other adjustment that it determines to be equitable, including adjustments to the exercise price of any option or the Base Price (defined in Section 7.5) of any SAR and any per share performance objectives of any Incentive in order to provide participants with the same relative rights before and after such adjustment.
(b) If the Company merges, consolidates, sells substantially all of its assets, or dissolves, and such transaction is not a Change of Control as defined in Section 11 (each of the foregoing, a “Fundamental Change”), then thereafter, upon any exercise or payout of an Incentive granted prior to the Fundamental Change, the participant shall be entitled to receive (i) in lieu of shares of Common Stock previously issuable thereunder, the number and class of shares of stock or securities to which the participant would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the Fundamental Change if, immediately prior to such Fundamental Change, the participant had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Incentive or (ii) in lieu of payments based on the Common
C-2
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix C
Stock previously payable thereunder, payments based on any formula that the Committee determines to be equitable in order to provide participants with substantially equivalent rights before and after the Fundamental Change. In the event any such Fundamental Change causes a change in the outstanding
C-2
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix C
Common Stock, the aggregate number of shares available under the Plan may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be conclusive.
5.5 Type of Common Stock. Common Stock issued under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or issued shares held as treasury shares.
5.6 Minimum Vesting Requirements. Except for any Incentives that are issued in payment of cash amounts earned under the Company’s short-term incentive program, all Incentives under the Plan must be granted with a minimum vesting period of at least one year without providing for incremental vesting during such one-year period.one-year period, except that up to 5% of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan may have a vesting period or restricted period, as applicable, of less than one year.
5.7 Dividends and Dividend Equivalent Rights. Incentives granted under this Plan in the form of stock options and SARs may not be granted with dividend or dividend equivalent rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Incentive Agreement, as well as any procedures established by the Committee, the Committee may determine to pay dividends or dividend equivalents, as applicable, on Incentives granted under this Plan in the form of restricted stock, RSUs, or Other Stock Based Awards. In the event that the Committee grants dividend equivalent rights, the Company shall establish an account for the participant and reflect in that account any securities, cash, or other property comprising any dividend or property distribution with respect to each share of Common Stock underlying each Incentive. For any Incentives granted under this Plan with dividend or dividend equivalent rights, such dividends or dividend equivalent rights shall vest and pay out or be forfeited in tandem with underlying Incentives rather than during the vesting period.
6. Stock Options. A stock option is a right to purchase shares of Common Stock from Lumen. Stock options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options (as such term is defined in Section 422 of the Code) or non-qualified stock options. Any option that is designated as a non-qualified stock option shall not be treated as an incentive stock option. Each stock option granted by the Committee under this Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
6.1 Price. The exercise price per share shall be determined by the Committee, subject to adjustment under Section 5.4; provided that in no event shall the exercise price be less than the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 12.10) of a share of Common Stock as of the date of grant, except in the case of a stock option granted in assumption of or substitution for an outstanding award of a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines. In the event that an option grant is approved by the Committee, but is to take effect on a later date, such as when employment or service commences, such later date shall be the date of grant.
6.2 Number. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option shall be determined by the Committee, subject to Section 5, including, but not limited to, any adjustment as provided in Section 5.4.
6.3 Duration and Time for Exercise. The term of each stock option shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not exceed a maximum term of ten years. Subject to Section 5.6, each stock option shall become exercisable at such time or times during its term as determined by the Committee and provided for in the Incentive Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any stock option at any time.
6.4 Manner of Exercise. A stock option may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving written notice to the Company, specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased. The exercise notice shall be accompanied by the full purchase price for such shares. The option price shall be payable in United States dollars and may be paid (a) in cash; (b) by check; (c) by delivery to the Company of currently-owned shares of Common Stock (including through any attestation of ownership that effectively transfers title), which shares shall be valued for this purpose at the Fair Market Value on the business day immediately preceding the date such option is exercised; (d) by delivery of irrevocable written instructions to a broker approved by the Company (with a copy to the Company) to immediately sell a portion of the shares issuable under the option and to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale proceeds (or loan proceeds if the broker lends funds to the participant for delivery to the Company) to pay the exercise price; (e) if approved by the Committee, through a net exercise procedure whereby the optionee surrenders the option in exchange for that number of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the difference between the
C-3
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix C
aggregate exercise price of the options being surrendered and the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the option; (f) in such other manner as may be authorized from time to time by the Committee; or (g) through any combination of the foregoing methods.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTC-3

Appendix C
6.5 Limitations on Repricing. Except for adjustments pursuant to Section 5.4 or actions permitted to be taken by the Committee under Section 11 in the event of a Change of Control, unless approved by the shareholders of the Company, (a) the exercise price for any outstanding option granted under this Plan may not be decreased after the date of grant; and (b) an outstanding option that has been granted under this Plan may not, as of any date that such option has a per share exercise price that is greater than the then-current Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, be surrendered to the Company as consideration for the grant of a new option or SAR with a lower exercise price, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, an Other Stock-BasedStock-Based Award, a cash payment, or Common Stock.
6.6 Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the following additional provisions shall apply to the grant of stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options (as such term is defined in Section 422 of the Code):
(a) Any incentive stock option agreement authorized under the Plan shall contain such other provisions as the Committee shall deem advisable, but shall in all events be consistent with and contain or be deemed to contain all provisions required in order to qualify the options as incentive stock options.
(b) All incentive stock options must be granted within ten years from the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Board.
(c) No incentive stock options shall be granted to any non-employee or to any participant who, at the time such option is granted, would own (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of Lumen.
(d) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined with respect to each incentive stock option as of the time such incentive stock option is granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year (under the Plan or any other plan of Lumen or any of its subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that such limitation is exceeded, the excess options shall be treated as non-qualified stock options for federal income tax purposes.
7. Stock Appreciation Rights.
7.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right, or SAR, is a right to receive, without payment to the Company, a number of shares of Common Stock, cash, or any combination thereof, the number or amount of which is determined pursuant to the formula set forth in Section 7.5. Each SAR granted by the Committee under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Incentive Agreement.
7.2 Number. Each SAR granted to any participant shall relate to such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be determined by the Committee, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.4.
7.3 Duration and Time for Exercise. The term of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not exceed a maximum term of ten years. Subject to Section 5.6, each SAR shall become exercisable at such time or times during its term as shall be determined by the Committee and provided for in the Incentive Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any SAR at any time in its discretion.
7.4 Exercise. A SAR may be exercised, in whole or in part, by giving written notice to the Company, specifying the number of SARs that the holder wishes to exercise. The date that the Company receives such written notice shall be referred to herein as the “Exercise Date.” The Company shall, within 30 days of an Exercise Date, deliver to the exercising holder certificates for the shares of Common Stock to which the holder is entitled pursuant to Section 7.5 or cash or both, as provided in the Incentive Agreement.
C-4
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix C
7.5 Payment.
(a) The number of shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon the exercise of a SAR payable in Common Stock shall be determined by dividing:
(i) the number of shares of Common Stock as to which the SAR is exercised, multiplied by the amount of the appreciation in each such share (for this purpose, the “appreciation” shall be the amount by which the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 12.10) of a share of Common Stock subject to the SAR on the trading day prior to the Exercise Date
C-4
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix C
exceeds the “Base Price,” which is an amount, not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant, which shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, subject to adjustment under Section 5.4); by
(ii) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Exercise Date.
(b) No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the exercise of a SAR; instead, the holder of a SAR shall be entitled to purchase the portion necessary to make a whole share at its Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date.
(c) If so provided in the Incentive Agreement, a SAR may be exercised for cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock that would be issuable under Section 7.5(a), if the exercise had been for Common Stock.
7.6 Limitations on Repricing. Except for adjustments pursuant to Section 5.4 or actions permitted to be taken by the Committee under Section 11 in the event of a Change of Control, unless approved by the shareholders of the Company, (a) the Base Price for any outstanding SAR granted under this Plan may not be decreased after the date of grant; and (b) an outstanding SAR that has been granted under this Plan may not, as of any date that such SAR has a Base Price that is greater than the then-current Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, be surrendered to the Company as consideration for the grant of a new option or SAR with a lower exercise price, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, an Other Stock-Based Award, a cash payment, or Common Stock.
8. Restricted Stock.Stock.
8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock. The Committee may award shares of restricted stock to such eligible participants as determined pursuant to the terms of Section 3. An award of restricted stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transfer and forfeitability provisions and such other terms and conditions, including the attainment of specified performance goals, as the Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan.
8.2 The Restricted Period. Subject to Section 5.6, at the time an award of restricted stock is made, the Committee shall establish a period of time during which the transfer of the shares of restricted stock shall be restricted and after which the shares of restricted stock shall be vested (the “Restricted Period”). Each award of restricted stock may have a different Restricted Period.
8.3 Escrow. The participant receiving restricted stock shall enter into an Incentive Agreement with the Company setting forth the conditions of the grant. Any certificates representing shares of restricted stock shall be registered in the name of the participant and deposited with the Company, together with a stock power endorsed in blank by the participant. Each such certificate shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
The transferability of this certificate and the shares of Common Stock represented by it are subject to the terms and conditions (including conditions of forfeiture) contained in the Lumen 2018Technologies, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”Plan), and an agreement entered into between the registered owner and Lumen Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”Company) thereunder. Copies of the Plan and the agreement are on file at the principal office of the Company.
Alternatively, in the discretion of the Company, ownership of the shares of restricted stock and the appropriate restrictions shall be reflected in the records of the Company’s transfer agent and no physical certificates shall be issued.
8.4 Forfeiture. In the event of the forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock under the terms provided in the Incentive Agreement (including any additional shares of restricted stock that may result from the reinvestment of cash and stock dividends, if so provided in the Incentive Agreement), such forfeited shares shall be surrendered, any certificates shall be cancelled, and any related accrued but unpaid cash dividends will be
C-5
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix C
forfeited. The participants shall have the same rights and privileges, and be subject to the same forfeiture provisions, with respect to any additional shares received pursuant to Section 5.4 due to a recapitalization or other change in capitalization.
8.5 Expiration of Restricted Period. Upon the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Committee, the restrictions applicable to the restricted stock shall lapse, and the Company shall cause to be delivered to the participant or the participant’s estate, as the case may be, the number of shares of restricted stock with respect to which the restrictions have
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTC-5

Appendix C
lapsed, free of all such restrictions and legends, except any that may be imposed by law. The Company, in its discretion, may elect to deliver such shares through issuance of a stock certificate or by book entry.
8.6 Rights as a Shareholder. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including, but not limited to, Section 5.7) and the applicable Incentive Agreement, each participant receiving restricted stock shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to shares of stock during the Restricted Period, including without limitation, the right to vote any shares of Common Stock.
9. Restricted Stock Units.
9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit, or RSU, represents the right to receive from the Company on the respective scheduled vesting or payment date for such RSU, one share of Common Stock. An award of RSUs may be subject to the attainment of specified performance goals or targets, forfeitability provisions and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of the PlanPlan.
9.2 Vesting Period. Subject to Section 5.6, at the time an award of RSUs is made, the Committee shall establish a period of time during which the restricted stock units shall vest (the “Vesting Period”Vesting Period). Each award of RSUs may have a different Vesting Period.
9.3 Rights as a Shareholder. Subject to the restrictions imposed under the terms and conditions of this Plan and subject to any other restrictions that may be imposed in the Incentive Agreement, each participant receiving restricted stock units shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to such restricted stock units until such time as shares of Common Stock are issued to the participant.
10. Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may grant to eligible participants “Other Stock-Based Awards,” which shall consist of awards (other than options, SARs, restricted stock, or RSUs, described in Sections 6 through 9 hereof) paid out in shares of Common Stock or the value of which is based in whole or in part on the value of shares of Common Stock. Other Stock-Based Awards may be awards of shares of Common Stock, awards of phantom stock, or may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, shares of, or appreciation in the value of, Common Stock (including, without limitation, securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock), as deemed by the Committee consistent with the purposes of this Plan. Subject to Section 5.6, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any Other Stock-Based Award (including which rights of a shareholder, if any, the recipient shall have with respect to Common Stock associated with any such award) and may provide that such award is payable in whole or in part in cash. An Other Stock-Based Award may be subject to the attainment of such specified performance goals or targets as the Committee may determine, subject to the provisions of this Plan.
11. Change of Control.
(a) A Change of Control shall mean:
(i) the acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of 30% or more of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock or 30% or more of the combined voting power of Lumen’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:
(A) any acquisition (other than a Business Combination (as defined below) which constitutes a Change of Control under Section 11(a)(iii) hereof) of Common Stock directly from the Company,
(B) any acquisition of Common Stock by the Company,
C-6
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix C
(C) any acquisition of Common Stock by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or
(D) any acquisition of Common Stock by any corporation pursuant to a Business Combination that does not constitute a Change of Control under Section 11(a)(iii) hereof; or
C-6
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix C
(ii) individuals who, as of May 23, 2018,15, 2024, constituted the Board of Directors of Lumen (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or nomination for election by Lumen’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board, unless such individual’s initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Incumbent Board; or
(iii) consummation of a reorganization, share exchange, merger or consolidation (including any such transaction involving any direct or indirect subsidiary of Lumen) or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”); provided, however, that in no such case shall any such transaction constitute a Change of Control if immediately following such Business Combination:
(A) the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of Lumen’s outstanding Common Stock and Lumen’s voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination have direct or indirect beneficial ownership, respectively, of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, and more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the surviving or successor corporation, or, if applicable, the ultimate parent company thereof (the “Post-Transaction Corporation”), and
(B) except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, no person (excluding the Post-Transaction Corporation and any employee benefit plan or related trust of either Lumen, the Post-Transaction Corporation or any subsidiary of either corporation) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation, and
(C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Post-Transaction Corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors, providing for such Business Combination; or
(iv) approval by the shareholders of Lumen of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Lumen.
For purposes of this Section 11, the term “person”person shall mean a natural person or entity, and shall also mean the group or syndicate created when two or more persons act as a syndicate or other group (including a partnership or limited partnership) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, or disposing of a security, except that “person”person shall not include an underwriter temporarily holding a security pursuant to an offering of the security.
(b) NoExcept with respect to Incentives granted to non-management directors, no Incentive Agreement shall provide for (1) the acceleration of the vesting of time-based Incentives upon the occurrence of a Change of Control without a contemporaneous or subsequent actual or constructive involuntary termination of the participant’s employment or service relationship or (2) the payout of any performance-based Incentives upon a Change of Control in an amount exceeds the greater of (i) the payout of a pro-rata portion of such Incentive, based on the portion of the performance period that has elapsed and assuming target performance and (ii) payout of such Incentive based on actual performance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no later than 30 days after a Change of Control of the type described in subsections (a)(i) or (a)(ii) of this Section 11 and no later than 30 days after the
C-7
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix C
approval by the Board of a Change of Control of the type described in subsections (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) of this Section 11, the Committee, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any participant (and notwithstanding any removal or attempted removal of some or all of the members thereof as directors or Committee members), may act to effect one or more of the alternatives listed below, which may vary among individual participants and which may vary among Incentives held by any individual participant; provided, however, that no such action may be taken if it would result in the imposition of a penalty on the participant under Section 409A of the Code as a result thereof:
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTC-7

Appendix C
(i) require that all outstanding options, SARs or Other Stock-Based Awards be exercised on or before a specified date (before or after such Change of Control) fixed by the Committee, after which specified date all unexercised options, SARs and Other Stock-Based Awards and all rights of participants thereunder would terminate,
(ii) make such equitable adjustments to Incentives then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change of Control and provide participants with substantially equivalent rights before and after such Change of Control (provided, however, that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary),
(iii) provide for mandatory conversion or exchange of some or all of the outstanding options, SARs, restricted stock units or Other Stock-Based Awards held by some or all participants as of a date, before or after such Change of Control, specified by the Committee, in which event such Incentives would be deemed automatically cancelled and the Company would pay, or cause to be paid, to each such participant an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the Change of Control Value of the shares subject to such option, SAR, restricted stock unit or Other Stock-Based Award, as defined and calculated below, over the per share exercise price or Base Price of such Incentive or, in lieu of such cash payment, the issuance of Common Stock or securities of an acquiring entity having a Fair Market Value equal to such excess, or
(iv) provide that thereafter, upon any exercise or payment of an Incentive that entitles the holder to receive Common Stock, the holder shall be entitled to purchase or receive under such Incentive, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such Incentive, the number and class of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) to which the holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement providing for the reorganization, share exchange, merger, consolidation or asset sale, if, immediately prior to such Change of Control, the holder had been the record owner of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such Incentive.
(c) For the purposes of conversions or exchanges under paragraph (iii) of Section 11(c), the “Change of Control Value” shall equal the amount determined by whichever of the following items is applicable:
(i) the per share price to be paid to holders of Common Stock in any such merger, consolidation or other reorganization,
(ii) the price per share offered to holders of Common Stock in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Change of Control takes place, or
(iii) in all other events, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee as of the time determined by the Committee to be immediately prior to the effective time of the conversion or exchange.
(d) In the event that the consideration offered to shareholders of Lumen in any transaction described in this Section 11 consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered that is other than cash.
12. General.
12.1 Duration. No Incentives may be granted under the Plan after May 23, 2028;15, 2034; provided, however, that subject to Section 12.8, the Plan shall remain in effect after such date with respect to Incentives granted prior to that date, until all such Incentives have either been satisfied by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or otherwise been terminated under the terms of the Plan and all restrictions imposed on shares of Common Stock in connection with their issuance under the Plan have lapsed.
C-8
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix C
12.2 Transferability.
(a) No Incentives granted hereunder may be transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise encumbered by a participant except:
(i) by will;
(ii) by the laws of descent and distribution;
C-8
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix C
(iii) if permitted by the Committee and so provided in the Incentive Agreement or an amendment thereto, pursuant to a domestic relations order, as defined in the Code; or
(iv) as to options only, if permitted by the Committee and so provided in the Incentive Agreement or an amendment thereto, (i) to Immediate Family Members (as defined in Section 12.2(b)); (ii) to a partnership in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members, or entities in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members are the sole owners, members, or beneficiaries, as appropriate, are the sole partners; (iii) to a limited liability company in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members, or entities in which the participant and/or Immediate Family Members are the sole owners, members, or beneficiaries, as appropriate, are the sole members; or (iv) to a trust for the sole benefit of the participant and/or Immediate Family Members.
(b) “ImmediateImmediate Family Members”Members shall be defined as the spouse and natural or adopted children or grandchildren of the participant and their spouses. To the extent that an incentive stock option is permitted to be transferred during the lifetime of the participant, it shall be treated thereafter as a nonqualified stock option. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition of Incentives, or levy of attachment or similar process upon Incentives not specifically permitted herein, shall be null and void and without effect.
12.3 Effect of Termination of Employment or Death. In the event that a participant ceases to be an employee of the Company or to provide services to the Company for any reason, including death, disability, early retirement or normal retirement, any Incentives may be exercised, shall vest or shall expire at such times as may be determined by the Committee or as provided in the Incentive Agreement.
12.4 Additional Conditions. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding: (a) the Company may, if it shall determine it necessary or desirable for any reason, at the time of award of any Incentive or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any Incentive, require the recipient of the Incentive, as a condition to the receipt thereof or to the receipt of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant thereto, to deliver to the Company a written representation of present intention to acquire the Incentive or the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant thereto for his own account for investment and not for distribution; and (b) if at any time the Company further determines, in its sole discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification (or any updating of any such document) of any Incentive or the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant thereto is necessary on any securities exchange or under any federal or state securities or blue sky law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with the award of any Incentive, the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto, or the removal of any restrictions imposed on such shares, such Incentive shall not be awarded or such shares of Common Stock shall not be issued or such restrictions shall not be removed, as the case may be, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.
12.5 Withholding.
(a) The Company shall have the right to withhold from any payments made or stock issued under the Plan or to collect as a condition of payment, issuance or vesting, any taxes required by law to be withheld (up to the maximum permissible withholding rate). At any time that a participant is required to pay to the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable income tax laws in connection with an Incentive (each such date, a “Tax Date”), the participant may, subject to Section 12.5(b) below, satisfy this obligation in whole or in part by electing (the “Election”) to deliver currently owned shares of Common Stock or to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock, in each case having a value equal to the maximum statutory amount required to be withheld under federal, state and local law. The value of the shares to be delivered or withheld shall be based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Tax Date.
C-9
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix C
(b) Each Election must be made prior to the Tax Date. For participants who are not subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, the Committee may disapprove of any Election, may suspend or terminate the right to make Elections, or may provide with respect to any Incentive that the right to make Elections shall not apply to such Incentive. If a participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to shares of restricted stock, an Election to have shares withheld to satisfy withholding taxes is not permitted to be made.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTC-9

Appendix C
12.6 No Continued Employment. No participant under the Plan shall have any right, solely based on his or her participation in the Plan, to continue to serve as an employee, officer, director, consultant, or advisor of the Company for any period of time or to any right to continue his or her present or any other rate of compensation.
12.7 Deferral Permitted. Payment of an Incentive may be deferred at the option of the participant if permitted in the Incentive Agreement. Any deferral arrangements shall comply with Section 409A of the Code.
12.8 Amendments to or Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend or discontinue this Plan at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment may:
(a) amend Section 6.5 or Section 7.6 to permit repricing of options or SARs without the approval of shareholders;
(b) materially impair, without the consent of the recipient, an Incentive previously granted, except that the Company retains all of its rights under Section 11; or
(c) materially revise the Plan without the approval of the shareholders. A material revision of the Plan includes (i) except for adjustments permitted herein, a material increase to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued through the Plan, (ii) a material increase to the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan, (iii) a material expansion of the classes of persons eligible to participate in the Plan, (iv) an expansion of the types of awards available for grant under the Plan, (v) a material extension of the term of the Plan and (vi) a material change that reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be offered through the Plan.
12.9 Repurchase. Upon approval of the Committee, the Company may repurchase all or a portion of a previously granted Incentive from a participant by mutual agreement by payment to the participant of cash or Common Stock or a combination thereof with a value equal to the value of the Incentive determined in good faith by the Committee; provided, however, that in no event will this section be construed to grant the Committee the power to take any action in violation of Section 6.5, 7.6, or 12.13.
12.10 Definition of Fair Market Value. Whenever “Fair Market Value” of Common Stock shall be determined for purposes of this Plan, except as provided below in connection with a cashless exercise through a broker, it shall be determined as follows: (a) if the Common Stock is listed on an established stock exchange or any automated quotation system that provides sale quotations, the closing sale price for a share of the Common Stock on such exchange or quotation system on the date as of which fair market value is to be determined, (b) if the Common Stock is not listed on any exchange or quotation system, but bid and asked prices are quoted and published, the mean between the quoted bid and asked prices on the date as of which fair market value is to be determined, and if bid and asked prices are not available on such day, on the next preceding day on which such prices were available; and (c) if the Common Stock is not regularly quoted, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date as of which fair market value is to be determined, as established by the Committee in good faith. In the context of a cashless exercise through a broker, the “FairFair Market Value”Value shall be the price at which the Common Stock subject to the stock option is actually sold in the market to pay the option exercise price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if so determined by the Committee, “FairFair Market Value”Value may be determined as an average selling price during a period specified by the Committee that is within 30 days before or 30 days after the date of grant, provided that the commitment to grant the stock right based on such valuation method must be irrevocable before the beginning of the specified period, and such valuation method must be used consistently for grants of stock rights under the same and substantially similar programs during any particular calendar year.
12.11 Liability.
(a) Neither Lumen, its affiliates or any of their respective directors or officers shall be liable to any participant relating to the participant’s failure to (i) realize any anticipated benefit under an Incentive due to the failure to satisfy any applicable conditions to vesting, payment or settlement, or
C-10
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix C
(ii) realize any anticipated tax benefit or consequence due to changes in applicable law, the particular circumstances of the participant, or any other reason.
(b) No member of the Committee (or officer of the Company exercising delegated authority of the Committee under Section 3 thereof) will be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Incentive.
12.12 Interpretation.
C-10
lumn-20230405_g1.jpg

Appendix C
(a) Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) all references to Sections are to Sections of this Plan, (ii) the term “including” means including without limitation, (iii) all references to any particular Incentive Agreement shall be deemed to include any amendments thereto or restatements thereof, and (iv) all references to any particular statute shall be deemed to include any amendment, restatement or re-enactment thereof or any statute or regulation substituted therefore.
(b) The titles and subtitles used in this Plan or any Incentive Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Plan or the Incentive Agreement.
(c) All pronouns contained in this Plan or any Incentive Agreement, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as the identities of the parties may require.
(d) Whenever any provision of this Plan authorizes the Committee to take action or make determinations with respect to outstanding Incentives that have been granted or awarded by the chief executive officer of Lumen under Section 3.2 hereof, each such reference to “Committee” shall be deemed to include a reference to any officer of the Company that has delegated administrative authority under Section 3.2 of this Plan (subject to the limitations of such section).
12.13 Compliance with Section 409A. It is the intent of the Company that this Plan comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to any Incentives that constitute non-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, and the Company intends to operate the Plan in compliance with Section 409A and the Department of Treasury’s guidance or regulations promulgated thereunder. If the Committee grants any Incentives or takes any other action that would, either immediately or upon vesting or payment of the Incentive, inadvertently result in the imposition of a penalty on a participant under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company, in its discretion, may, to the maximum extent permitted by law, unilaterally rescind ab initio, sever, amend or otherwise modify the grant or action (or any provision of the Incentive) in such manner necessary for the penalty to be inapplicable or reduced.
12.14 Data Privacy. As a condition of receipt of any Incentive, each participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section by and among, as applicable, the Company and its affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Incentives and such participant’s participation in the Plan. In furtherance of such implementation, administration, and management, the Company and its affiliates may hold certain personal information about a participant, including, but not limited to, the participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its affiliates, and details of all Incentives (the “Data”). In addition to transferring the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Incentives and the participant’s participation in the Plan, the Company and its affiliates may each transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Incentives and such participant’s participation in the Plan. Recipients of the Data may be located in the participant’s country or elsewhere, and the participant’s country and any given recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections. By accepting an Incentive, each participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Incentives and such participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the participant may elect to deposit any shares of Common Stock. The Data related to a participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Plan and Incentives and the participant’s participation in the Plan. A participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional
C-11
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix C
information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. However, if a participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein, the Company may cancel the participant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and in the Committee’s discretion, the participant may forfeit any outstanding Incentive. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, participants may contact their local human resources representative.
2022 ANNUAL REPORT | 2023 PROXY STATEMENTC-11

Appendix C
12.15 Participants Outside of the United States. The Committee may modify the terms of any Incentive under the Plan made to or held by a participant who is then a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Incentive shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily employed or providing services, or so that the value and other benefits of the Incentive to such participant, as affected by non-United States tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the participant’s residence, employment, or providing services abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Incentive to a Participant who is a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, in the United States. An Incentive may be modified under this Section 12.15 in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act for the participant whose Incentive is modified. Additionally, the Committee may adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who are non-United States nationals or are primarily employed or providing services outside the United StatesStates.
12.16 Clawback. Incentives granted to a participant (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit the participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Incentive or the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying the Incentive) will be subject to any Company clawback policy applicable to the participant, including its Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation adopted in accordance with Section 303A.14 of the Listed Company Manual of the New York Stock Exchange and Section 10D and Rule 10D-1 of the 1934 Act, as it may be amended from time to time.
C-12
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg


Appendix D
NOL Rights Plan
Second Amended and Restated Section 382 Rights Agreement
by and between
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
and
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
(amended and restated on November 15, 2023 and effective as of December 1, 2023)
D-1
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page

D-3

D-6

D-6

D-8

D-8

D-8

D-9

D-10

D-10

D-11

D-11

D-15

D-15

D-15

D-16

D-16

D-17

D-17

D-18

D-19

D-21

D-22

D-22
D-22

D-23

D-24

D-24

D-24

D-24

D-25

D-25

D-25

D-25

D-25

D-25

D-26

D-26

D-26




Exhibit A
[Reserved]*
XX
Exhibit BForm of Right Certificate*XX
Exhibit CSummary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares*XX
*    The exhibits to the Restated Plan have been intentionally omitted from this Appendix D, but are available in the Company’s other filings with the SEC.
D-2
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
This Second Amended and Restated Section 382 Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”), by and between Lumen Technologies, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent (the “Rights Agent”), is entered into on November 15, 2023, effective as of December 1, 2023.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company and the Rights Agent entered into that certain Section 382 Rights Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2019, which was amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Section 382 Rights Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2019, and further amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, effective as of December 1, 2020 (collectively referred to as the “Original Agreement”).
WHEREAS, the Company has generated net operating loss carryovers and tax credit carryovers for United States federal income tax purposes (“NOLs”), which are expected to provide valuable tax benefits to the Company. The ability to use the NOLs may be impaired or destroyed by an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 (as such term is hereinafter defined). The Company desires to avoid such an “ownership change” and thereby preserve the ability to use the NOLs without limitation.
WHEREAS, in connection with the adoption of the Original Agreement, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “Right”) for each Common Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Company outstanding on February 25, 2019 (the “Record Date”), each Right representing the right to purchase one ten-thousandth of a Preferred Share (as hereinafter defined), upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, and authorized and directed the issuance of one Right with respect to each Common Share that become outstanding between the Record Date and the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date, the Early Expiration Date and the Final Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined);
WHEREAS, Section 27 of the Original Agreement provides that prior to the Distribution Date, the Company may supplement or amend any provision of the Original Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights;
WHEREAS, no Distribution Date has occurred on or prior to the date hereof;
WHEREAS, the Board deems it advisable and in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to amend the terms of the Original Agreement as set forth herein; and
WHEREAS, on November 15, 2023, the Board authorized and approved this Agreement.
Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree to amend, restate and supersede the Original Agreement in its entirety as follows:
Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
(a) “5 Percent Shareholder” shall mean a “5% shareholder” of the Company within the meaning of Section 382(k)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(b) “Acquiring Person” shall mean any Person (other than any Exempt Person) who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of 4.9% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding, but shall not include the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan; provided, however, that (i) any Person who or which would otherwise be an Acquiring Person as of February 13, 2019 by virtue of being a 5 Percent Shareholder will not be deemed to be an Acquiring Person for any purpose of this Agreement prior to or after February 13, 2019 unless and until such time as (A) such Person or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person thereafter becomes, individually or in the aggregate, by reason of a transaction or transactions after February 13, 2019 the Beneficial Owner of additional Common Shares representing one-half of one percent (0.5%) or more of the Common Shares outstanding at the time of such acquisition, other than (1) pursuant to any agreement or
D-3
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
regular-way purchase order for Common Shares that is in effect on or prior to February 13, 2019 and consummated in accordance with its terms after February 13, 2019, or (2) as a result of a stock dividend, rights dividend, subdivision of the Common Shares (such as a forward stock split) or similar transaction effected by the Company in which all holders of Common Shares are treated equally, or (B) any other Person who is the Beneficial Owner of Common Shares becomes an Affiliate or Associate of such Person after February 13, 2019; provided, further, that the foregoing exclusion in this clause (i) shall cease to apply with respect to any Person at such time as such Person, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, Beneficially Owns less than 4.9% of the then-outstanding Common Shares; (ii) a Person will not be deemed to have become an Acquiring Person solely as a result of a reduction in the number of Common Shares outstanding unless and until such time as (A) such Person or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person thereafter becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Common Shares, other than as a result of a stock dividend, subdivision, consolidation or combination of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise) or similar transaction effected by the Company in which all holders of Common Shares are treated equally, or (B) any other Person who is the Beneficial Owner of Common Shares becomes an Affiliate or Associate of such Person after February 13, 2019; and (iii) a Person will not be deemed to have become an Acquiring Person solely as a result of an Exempted Transaction, provided, however, that the foregoing exclusion in this clause (iii) shall cease to apply with respect to any Person at such time as such Person (or any Affiliates or Associates of such Person) acquires any additional Common Shares.
In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Agreement, a Person shall not be an “Acquiring Person” if the Board determines at any time prior to the Distribution Date that a Person who would otherwise be an “Acquiring Person,” has become such inadvertently or without intending to become an “Acquiring Person,” and such Person divests as promptly as practicable (or within such period of time as the Board determines is reasonable) a sufficient number of Common Shares so that such Person would no longer be an “Acquiring Person,” as defined pursuant to the foregoing.
(c) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on December 1, 2023 and, to the extent not included within the foregoing, will also include, with respect to any Person, any other Person (other than an Exempt Person) whose Common Shares would be deemed constructively owned by such first Person pursuant to the provisions of Section 382; provided, however, that a Person will not be deemed to be the Affiliate or Associate of another Person solely because either or both Persons are or were directors or officers of the Company.
(d) “Associate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act as in effect on December 1, 2023.
(e) A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner” of and shall be deemed to “beneficially own” any securities:
which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;
which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than these Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange; or
which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any securities if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such securities (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or
D-4
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to Section 1(e)(iii) hereof) or disposing of any securities of the Company; or
which such Person would be deemed to own (whether constructively, indirectly or otherwise) or which otherwise would be aggregated with shares owned by such Person pursuant to Section 382.
Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial Ownership to the contrary, the phrase “then outstanding,” when used with reference to a Person’s Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Company, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to beneficially own hereunder.
(f) “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
(g) “Close of Business” on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York time, on such date; provided, however, that, if such date is not a Business Day, it shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the next succeeding Business Day.
(h) “Common Shares” when used with reference to the Company shall mean the shares of common stock of the Company, which currently have a par value of $1.00 per share, but also shall mean such shares if such par value is hereafter reduced or eliminated in accordance with applicable law. “Common Shares” when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock (or equity interest) with the greatest voting power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person.
(i) “Common Share Equivalents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.
(j) [Reserved]
(k) “Distribution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.
(l) “Early Expiration Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.
(m) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(n) “Exchange Ratio” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 24(a) hereof.
(o) “Exempt Person” shall mean any Person whose Beneficial Ownership (together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person) of 4.9% or more of the then-outstanding Common Shares (1) will not jeopardize or endanger the availability to the Company of any income tax benefit or (2) is otherwise in the best interests of the Company, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion prior to the Distribution Date; provided, however, that such a Person will cease to be an Exempt Person if the Board makes a contrary determination with respect to the effect of such Person’s Beneficial Ownership (together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person) in its sole discretion prior to the Distribution Date regardless of the reason therefor.
(p) “ExemptedTransaction” means any transaction that the Board, in its sole discretion, has declared exempt pursuant to Section 35, which determination shall be irrevocable with respect to such transaction.
(q) “Final Expiration Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.
(r) [Reserved]
(s) [Reserved]
(t) “NOLs” shall have the meaning set forth in the second recital hereof.
(u) “NYSE” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.
(v) “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust or other entity, or a group of Persons making a “coordinated acquisition” of shares or otherwise treated as an entity within the meaning of Section 1.382-3(a)(1) of the Treasury Regulations, and any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such individual or entity, but shall not include a Public Group (as such term is defined in Section 1.382-2T(f)(13) of the Treasury Regulations).
D-5
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
(w) “Preferred Shares” shall mean shares of Series CC Junior Participating Preferred Shares, par value $25.00 per share, of the Company.
(x) “Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereof.
(y) “Record Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the third recital hereof.
(z) “Redemption Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.
(aa) “Redemption Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.
(bb) “Right” shall have the meaning set forth in the third recital hereof.
(cc) “Right Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.
(dd) “Section 382” shall mean Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor provision or replacement provision.
(ee) [Reserved]
(ff) [Reserved]
(gg) “Shares Acquisition Date” shall mean the date of the first public announcement by the Company that an Acquiring Person has become such, which announcement shall follow a determination by the Board to such effect, which is made and reflected in a Board resolution prior to the earliest of the Redemption Date, the Early Expiration Date and the Final Expiration Date.
(hh) [Reserved]
(ii) “Shareholder Approval” shall mean the approval of this Second Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, effective as of December 1, 2023, between the Company and the Rights Agent, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at the meeting of shareholders of the Company duly held in accordance with the Company’s articles of incorporation (as amended) and applicable law.
(jj) [Reserved]
(kk) [Reserved]
(ll) “Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
(mm) “Summary of Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.
(nn) [Reserved]
(oo) “Trading Day” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d)(i) hereof.
(pp) “Treasury Regulations” shall mean final, temporary and proposed income tax regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any amendments thereto.
Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as rights agent for the Company in accordance with the express terms and conditions hereof (and no implied terms or conditions), and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable; provided that the Company shall notify the Rights Agent in writing ten (10) Business Days prior to such appointment. In the event the Company appoints one or more co-Rights Agents, the respective duties of the Rights Agent and any co-Rights Agents under the provisions of this Agreement shall be as the Company reasonably determines; provided that such duties are consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and that contemporaneously with such appointment the Company shall notify, in writing, the Rights Agent and any co-Rights Agents of such duties. The Rights Agent shall have no duty to supervise, and shall in no event be liable for, the acts or omissions of any such co-Rights Agents.
Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates.
(a) Until the tenth Business Day after the Shares Acquisition Date (including any such Shares Acquisition Date which is after February 13, 2019 and prior to the issuance of the Rights) (or such later day, if any, as the Board determines in its sole discretion to be no longer than a fifteen (15) Business Day extension) (as may be extended, the “Distribution Date”), (i) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of
D-6
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
Section 3(b) and 3(c) hereof) by the certificates for Common Shares of the Company or book entry Common Shares of the Company registered in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates or book entry shares shall also be deemed to be Right Certificates) and not by separate Right Certificates, and (ii) the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Shares of the Company. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Company will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested to do so by the Company and provided with all necessary information and documentation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Rights Agent, send) to each record holder of Common Shares of the Company as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date (other than any Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of any Acquiring Person), at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company or transfer agent or registrar for Common Shares, a Right Certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (a “Right Certificate”), evidencing one Right for each Common Share so held (other than with respect to Rights that have become void pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof or that have been exchanged pursuant to Section 24 hereof). As of the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates, and the Rights Certificates and the Rights shall be transferable separately from the transfer of Common Shares. The Company shall promptly notify the Rights Agent in writing upon the occurrence of the Distribution Date and, if such notification is given orally, the Company shall confirm the same in writing on or prior to the Business Day next following. Until such written notice is received by the Rights Agent, the Rights Agent may presume conclusively for all purposes that the Distribution Date has not occurred.
(b) After the Record Date, the Company will send (directly or, at the expense of the Company, through the Rights Agent or its transfer agent if the Rights Agent or transfer agent is directed by the Company and provided with all necessary information and documents) a copy of a Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto (the “Summary of Rights”), to each record holder of Common Shares as of the Close of Business on the Record Date (other than any Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of any Acquiring Person), at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company or transfer agent or registrar for Common Shares.
(c) Certificates for Common Shares (or confirmation or account statements sent to holders of Common Shares in book-entry form) which become outstanding (including, without limitation, reacquired Common Shares referred to in this paragraph (c)) after the Record Date but prior to the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date, the Early Expiration Date or the Final Expiration Date shall bear the following legend:
This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain rights as set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Section 382 Rights Agreement between Lumen Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., or any successor rights agent, effective as of December 1, 2023, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of the Company. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Agreement, such Rights (as defined in the Agreement) will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. The Company will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request therefor. As set forth in the Agreement, Rights beneficially owned by any Person (as defined in the Agreement) who becomes an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Agreement) become null and void and are no longer transferable.
With respect to such certificates bearing the foregoing legend, until the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date, the Early Expiration Date or the Final Expiration Date, the Rights associated with the Common Shares of the Company represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares of the Company represented thereby.
With respect to Common Shares in book-entry form for which there has been sent a confirmation or account statement containing the foregoing legend in substantially similar form, until the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date, the Early Expiration Date or the Final Expiration Date, the Rights associated with the Common Shares shall be evidenced by such Common Shares alone and registered holders of Common Shares shall also be the registered holders of the associated Rights, and the transfer of any such Common Shares shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with such Common Shares.
D-7
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
In the event that the Company purchases or acquires any Common Shares of the Company after the Record Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common Shares of the Company shall be deemed cancelled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Shares of the Company which are no longer outstanding.
Notwithstanding this paragraph (c), the omission of the legend or the failure to send, deliver or provide the registered owner of Common Shares a copy of the Summary of Rights shall not affect the enforceability of any part of this Agreement or the rights of any holder of the Rights.
Section 4. Form of Right Certificates. The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase Preferred Shares and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially the same as Exhibit B hereto if the Company elects to issue physical certificates, and may have such changes or marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate (but which do not affect the rights, duties, liabilities, protections or responsibilities of the Rights Agent hereunder) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any applicable rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any applicable rule or regulation of any stock exchange or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 22 hereof, the Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price per one ten-thousandth of a Preferred Share set forth therein (the “Purchase Price”), but the number of such one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share and the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein. Notwithstanding anything contrary provided herein, the Company may elect to maintain the Rights in book-entry form rather than issuing Rights Certificates.
Section 5. Countersignature and Registration. The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, General Counsel, Corporate HeadquartersSecretary, any of its Executive or Senior Vice Presidents or its Treasurer, either manually or by electronic signature (e.g., PDF). The Right Certificates shall be countersigned manually or by facsimile or by other electronic means (e.g., PDF) by an authorized signatory of the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the individual who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any individual who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Right Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such individual was not such an officer.
Following the Distribution Date, upon receipt by the Rights Agent of notice to that effect and all other relevant information and documents referred to in Section 3(a), the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office(s) designated for such purpose, books for registration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates and the date of each of the Right Certificates.

Section 6.
Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the earliest of the Redemption Date, the Early Expiration Date or the Final Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates (other than Right Certificates representing Rights that have become void pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, that have been redeemed pursuant to Section 23, or that have been exchanged pursuant to Section 24 hereof) may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender, together with any required form of assignment duly executed and properly completed, the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office(s) of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, along with a signature guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution participating in a signature guarantee program approved by the Securities Transfer Association (a “Signature Guarantee”), and such other and further documentation as the
D-8
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
Company or the Rights Agent may reasonably request. The Rights Certificates are transferable only on the books and records of the Rights Agent. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer, split up, combination or exchange of any such surrendered Right Certificate until the registered holder has properly completed and duly executed the certificate set forth in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such Rights Certificate accompanied by a Signature Guarantee and such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) of the Rights represented by such Rights Certificate as the Company or the Rights Agent may reasonably request. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company or the Rights Agent may require payment by the holder of the Rights of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Right Certificates. If and to the extent the Company does require payment of any such taxes or governmental charges, the Company shall give the Rights Agent prompt written notice thereof and the Rights Agent shall not deliver any Rights Certificate unless and until it is satisfied that all such payments have been made, and the Rights Agent shall forward any such sum collected by it to the Company or to such Persons as the Company specifies by written notice. The Rights Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any action under any Section of this Agreement which requires the payment of applicable taxes and/or governmental charges unless and until it is satisfied that all such taxes and/or governmental charges have been paid.
Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, along with such other and further documentation as the Company or the Rights Agent may reasonably request and, at the Company’s request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature and delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.
Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Company and the Rights Agent may (i) agree to provide for uncertificated Rights in addition to or in lieu of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates, in which case all terms and conditions set forth herein governing Rights Certificates shall be deemed to be modified as necessary or appropriate to reflect uncertificated or book-entry ownership of Rights, and (ii) amend this Agreement, to the extent they deem it necessary or appropriate, to give effect to the foregoing.
Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights.
(a) The registered holder of any Right Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein), in whole or in part, at any time after the Distribution Date, upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of election to purchase and the certificate on the reverse side thereof properly completed and duly executed (with such signature duly guaranteed, if required), to the Rights Agent at the office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, accompanied by a Signature Guarantee and such other documentation as the Rights Agent may reasonably request, together with payment of the Purchase Price for each one ten-thousandth of a Preferred Share as to which the Rights are exercised, at or prior to the earliest of (i) December 1, 2026 (the “Final Expiration Date”), (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof (the “Redemption Date”), (iii) the time at which such Rights are exchanged as provided in Section 24 hereof, (iv) the time at which the Board determines that the NOLs are utilized in all material respects or that an ownership change under Section 382 would not adversely impact in any material respect the time period in which the Company could use the NOLs, or materially impair the amount of the NOLs that could be used by the Company in any particular time period, for applicable tax purposes, (v) December 1, 2024 if Shareholder Approval has not been obtained prior to such date, or (vi) a determination by the Board, prior to the Distribution Date, that this Agreement and the Rights are no longer in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders (the earliest of the dates set forth in clauses (iv), (v) and (vi), the “Early Expiration Date”).
D-9
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
(b) The Purchase Price for each one ten-thousandth of a Preferred Share purchasable pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall be $9.00, and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 11 hereof, and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.
(c) Upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase properly completed and duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for the shares to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Right Certificate in accordance with Section 9 hereof in cash or by certified check, cashier’s check or money order payable to the order of the Rights Agent, the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares certificates for the number of Preferred Shares to be purchased and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes any such transfer agent to comply with all such requests, or (B) requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent of the Preferred Shares with such depositary agent) and the Company shall direct such depositary agent to comply with such request; (ii) when necessary to comply with this Agreement, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof; (iii) promptly after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder; and (iv) when necessary to comply with this Agreement, after receipt, promptly deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate.
(d) In case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall properly exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to registered holder of such Right Certificate or to such holder’s duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Right Certificate to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported transfer or exercise as set forth in this Section 7 by such registered holder unless such registered holder has (i) properly completed and duly executed the certificate following the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Right Certificate surrendered for such exercise, and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) of the Rights represented by such Rights Certificate as the Company or the Rights Agent reasonably requests.
(f) Except for those provisions herein that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of the Redemption Date, Early Expiration Date or Final Expiration Date and such time as all outstanding Rights have been exercised, redeemed or exchanged hereunder.
Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates. All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in cancelled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. Subject to applicable law and regulation, the Rights Agent shall maintain in a retrievable database electronic records of all cancelled or destroyed Rights Certificates which have been canceled or destroyed by the Rights Agent. At the expense of the Company, the Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Rights Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy or cause to be destroyed such cancelled Rights Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof, executed by the Rights Agent, to the Company.
Section 9. Availability of Preferred Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares or any Preferred Shares held in its treasury the number of Preferred Shares that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights in accordance with Section 7 hereof. The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such Preferred Shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares.
D-10
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or of any Preferred Shares upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Shares in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Shares upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that no such tax is due.
Section 10. Preferred Shares Record Date. Each Person in whose name any certificate for Preferred Shares is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Preferred Shares represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided, however, that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Shares for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.
Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights. The Purchase Price, the number of Preferred Shares covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.
(a) (i) In the event the Company shall at any time after February 13, 2019 (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Shares, (C) combine or consolidate the outstanding Preferred Shares into a smaller number of Preferred Shares or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a), the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination, consolidation or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of capital stock issuable on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company were open, such holder would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination, consolidation or reclassification; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right.
(ii) Subject to Section 24 hereof, in the event any Person becomes an Acquiring Person after February 13, 2019 (including becoming such prior to the Record Date), each holder of a Right (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person) shall thereafter have a right to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common Shares of the Company as shall equal the result obtained by (A) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product by (B) 50% of the then current per share market price of the Common Shares of the Company (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of the occurrence of such event. In the event that any Person shall become an Acquiring Person and the Rights shall then be outstanding, the Company shall not take any action which would eliminate or diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights, other than those expressly permitted hereunder.
D-11
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
From and after the occurrence of such event, any Rights that are or were acquired or beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person (or any Associate or Affiliate of such Acquiring Person) shall be void, and any holder of such Rights shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights under any provision of this Agreement. No Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to Section 3 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof; no Right Certificate shall be issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee of such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate; and any Right Certificate delivered to the Rights Agent for transfer to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be cancelled.
(iii) In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with subparagraph (ii) above, the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exercise of the Rights. In the event the Company shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such action as may be necessary to authorize such additional Common Shares, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law and any agreements or instruments then in effect to which the Company is a party, make adequate provision to substitute, for each Common Share that would otherwise be issuable upon exercise of a Right, upon exercise of a Right and payment of the applicable Purchase Price, (1) cash; (2) Preferred Shares or fractions of Preferred Shares or other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, shares, or units of shares, of Preferred Shares which the Board has determined to have the same value as the Common Shares) (such shares of equity securities being herein called “Common Share Equivalents”); (3) debt securities of the Company; (4) other assets; or (5) any combination of the foregoing, in each case having an aggregate value, as determined by the Board based upon the advice of a financial advisor selected by the Board, equal to the current per share market price of the Common Shares as of the Shares Acquisition Date.
(b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares entitling them (for a period expiring within forty-five (45) days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares (or shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Shares (“Equivalent Preferred Shares”)) or securities convertible into Preferred Shares or Equivalent Preferred Shares at a price per Preferred Share or Equivalent Preferred Share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Preferred Shares or Equivalent Preferred Shares) less than the then current per share market price of the Preferred Shares (as defined in Section 11(d)) on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of Preferred Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Shares and/or Equivalent Preferred Shares so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current market price and the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional Preferred Shares and/or Equivalent Preferred Shares to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes on the Rights Agent and holders of the Rights. Preferred Shares owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and, in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
D-12
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
(c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend or a dividend payable in Preferred Shares) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then-current per share market price of the Preferred Shares on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and holders of the Rights) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one Preferred Share and the denominator of which shall be such then-current per share market price of the Preferred Shares on such record date; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued upon exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and, in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
(d) (i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the “current per share market price” of any security (a “Security” for the purpose of this Section 11(d)(i)) on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date; provided, however, that, in the event that the current per share market price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or Securities convertible into such shares, or (B) any subdivision, combination, consolidation or reclassification of such Security and prior to the expiration of thirty (30) Trading Days after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination, consolidation or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the current per share market price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, reported at or prior to 4:00 P.M. Eastern time or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the bid and asked prices, regular way, reported as of 4:00 P.M. Eastern time, in either case, as reported on the NYSE or NASDAQ or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price reported at or prior to 4:00 P.M. Eastern time or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported as of 4:00 P.M. Eastern time by the OTC Bulletin Board or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Security selected by the Board. If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Security, the fair value of the Security on such date as determined in good faith by the Board shall be used.
The term “Trading Day” shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business, or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.
(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the “current per share market price” of the Preferred Shares shall be determined in accordance with the method set forth in Section 11(d)(i). However, if the Preferred Shares are not publicly traded, the “current per share market price” of each one ten-thousandth of a Preferred Share shall be conclusively deemed to be the current per share market price of a Common Share as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i) hereof (appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise), or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof). If neither the Common Shares nor the Preferred Shares are publicly held or so listed or traded, “current per share market price” shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent.
D-13
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
(e) No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one one-millionth of a Preferred Share or one ten-thousandth of any other share or security as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three (3) years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the date of the expiration of the right to exercise any Rights.
(f) If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Shares contained in Section 11(a) through (c) hereof, inclusive, and the provisions of Sections 7, 9 and 10 hereof with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.
(g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.
(h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(i) hereof, upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and (c) hereof, each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share (calculated to the nearest one one-millionth of a Preferred Share) obtained by (A) multiplying (x) the number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price and (B) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.
(i) The Company may elect, on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price, to adjust the number of Rights in substitution for any adjustment in the number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement (with simultaneous written notice to the Rights Agent) of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least ten (10) days later than the date of the public announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein, and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.
(j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or in the number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.
D-14
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
(k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below one ten-thousandth of the then par value, if any, of the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Preferred Shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.
(l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer (with prompt written notice thereof to the Rights Agent; and until such written notice is received by the Rights Agent, the Rights Agent may presume conclusively that no such election has occurred) until the occurrence of such event issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of the Preferred Shares and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Preferred Shares and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.
(m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it, in its sole discretion, shall determine to be advisable in order that any consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Shares, issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Shares at less than the current market price, issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Shares, dividends on Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares or issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in Section 11(b) hereof, hereafter made by the Company to holders of the Preferred Shares shall not be taxable to such shareholders.
(n) In the event that, at any time after February 13, 2019 and prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall (i) declare or pay any dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares, or (ii) effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of Common Shares, then, in any such case, (A) the number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share purchasable after such event upon proper exercise of each Right shall be determined by multiplying the number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share so purchasable immediately prior to such event by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event, and (B) each Common Share outstanding immediately after such event shall have issued with respect to it that number of Rights which each Common Share outstanding immediately prior to such event had issued with respect to it. The adjustments provided for in this Section 11(n) shall be made successively whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a subdivision, combination or consolidation is effected.
Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 11 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief, reasonably detailed statement of the facts and computations accounting for such adjustment, (b) promptly file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Shares or the Preferred Shares and the Securities and Exchange Commission a copy of such certificate and (c) if such adjustment occurs at any time after the Distribution Date, mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in accordance with Section 25 hereof. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustments or statements therein contained and shall have no duty or liability with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of, any such adjustment or event unless and until it shall have received such certificate.
Section 13. [Reserved].
Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.
(a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable.
D-15
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one ten-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one ten-thousandth of a Preferred Share). Fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one ten-thousandth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it; provided that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one ten-thousandth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one Preferred Share. For the purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a Preferred Share shall be the closing price of a Preferred Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.
(c) Following the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 11 hereof giving rise to the right to receive Common Shares or other securities upon the exercise of a Right, the Company will not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares or other securities upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares or other securities. In lieu of fractional Common Shares or other securities, the Company may pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one share of Common Shares or other securities. For purposes of this Section 14(c), the current market value of one share of Common Shares is the closing price of one share of a Common Share for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.
(d) The holder of a Right, by the acceptance of the Right, expressly waives such holder’s right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise of a Right (except as provided above).
(e) Whenever a payment for fractional Rights or fractional shares is to be made by the Rights Agent under this Agreement, the Company shall (i) promptly prepare and deliver to the Rights Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the facts related to such payments and the prices and formulas utilized in calculating such payments; and (ii) provide sufficient monies to the Rights Agent in the form of fully collected funds to make such payments. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying upon such a certificate and has no duty with respect to, and will not be deemed to have knowledge of, any payment for fractional Rights or fractional shares under any Section of this Agreement relating to the payment of fractional Rights or fractional shares unless and until the Rights Agent has received such a certificate and sufficient monies.
Section 15. Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent hereunder, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the Common Shares); and any registered holder of any Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), may, on such holder’s own behalf and for such holder’s own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, such holder’s right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate in the manner provided in such Right Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement by the Company, and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations hereunder, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations by the Company of its obligations hereunder.
Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:
(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights shall be evidenced by the balances indicated in the book-entry account system of the transfer agent for the Common Shares registered in the names of the holders of Common Shares (which Common Shares shall also be deemed to represent certificates for Rights) or, in the case of certificated shares, the certificates for the Common Shares registered in the names of the holders of the Common Shares (which certificates for Common Shares also constitute certificates for Rights) and each Right is transferable only in connection with the transfer of the Common Shares;
D-16
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
(b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the office(s) of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer and with the appropriate forms and certificates properly completed and duly executed, accompanied by a Signature Guarantee and such other documentation as the Rights Agent may reasonably request;
(c) the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated balance indicated in the book-entry account system of the transfer agent for the Common Shares, or in the case of certificated shares, by the associated Common Shares certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificate or the associated balance indicated in the book-entry account system of the transfer agent for the Common Shares. or in the case of certificated shares, by the associated Common Shares certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; and
(d) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Rights Agent has any liability to any holder of a Right or any other Person (without limiting any of the rights of the Rights Agent under Section 18) as a result of the inability of the Company or the Rights Agent to perform any of its or their obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree, judgment or ruling (whether interlocutory or final) issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation; provided, however, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have any such injunction, order, decree, judgment or ruling lifted or otherwise overturned as promptly as practicable.
Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder. No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders (except as provided in Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.
Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent.
(a) The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in accordance with a fee schedule to be mutually agreed upon and from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, to reimburse the Rights Agent for all of its reasonable and documented expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the preparation, negotiation, delivery, amendment, administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent and its Affiliates, employees, officers, directors, representatives and advisors for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, damage, demand, judgment, fine, penalty, claim, settlement, cost or expense (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of legal counsel) for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by the Rights Agent pursuant to or arising from this Agreement or in connection with the execution, acceptance, administration, exercise and performance of its duties under this Agreement, including the reasonable and documented costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability arising therefrom, directly or indirectly. The reasonable costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this right of indemnification shall also be paid by the Company.
(b) The Rights Agent shall be authorized and protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in connection with its acceptance and administration of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder in reliance upon any Rights Certificate or book-entry for Common Shares or other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, instruction, direction, consent, certificate, statements or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be executed and shall not be obligated to verify the accuracy or completeness of such instrument, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice,
D-17
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
direction, consent, certificate, statements or other paper or document and, where necessary, guaranteed, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons, or upon any written instructions or statements from the Company with respect to any matter relating to its acting as Rights Agent hereunder without further inquiry or examination on its part, or otherwise upon the advice or opinion of counsel as set forth in Section 20(a) hereof. The Rights Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any event of which it was supposed to receive notice thereof hereunder, and the Rights Agent shall be fully protected and shall incur no liability for failing to take action in connection therewith unless and until it has received such notice in writing.
(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no case shall the Company be liable with respect to any action, proceeding, suit or claim against the Rights Agent unless the Rights Agent shall have notified the Company hereof of the assertion of such action, proceeding, suit or claim against the Rights Agent, promptly after the Rights Agent shall have notice of such assertion of an action, proceeding, suit or claim or have been served with the summons or other first legal process giving information as to the nature and basis of the action, proceeding, suit or claim; provided that the failure to provide such notice promptly shall not affect the rights of the Rights Agent hereunder and shall not relieve the Company of any liability to the Rights Agent, except to the extent that such failure actually prejudices the Company. The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action, proceeding, suit or claim. The Rights Agent agrees not to settle any litigation in connection with any action, proceeding, suit or claim with respect to which it may seek indemnification from the Company without the prior written consent of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(d) The provisions of this Section 18 and Section 20 hereof shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, the resignation, replacement or removal of the Rights Agent and the exercise, termination or expiration of the Rights. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the Rights Agent be liable for special, punitive, incidental, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of the action; and the Company agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent and its affiliates, directors, employees, representatives and advisors and hold them harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law against any loss, liability or expense incurred as a result of claims for special, punitive, incidental, indirect or consequential loss or damages of any kind whatsoever. Any liability of the Rights Agent under this Agreement shall be limited to the amount of annual fees (but not including any reimbursed costs) paid by the Company to the Rights Agent during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from the Rights Agent is being sought.
Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent.
(a) Any Person into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent is merged or with which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent is consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent is a party, or any Person succeeding to the corporate trust, stock transfer or other shareholder services business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; but only if such Person would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. The purchase of all or substantially all of the Rights Agent’s assets employed in the performance of transfer agent activities shall be deemed a merger or consolidation for purposes of this Section 19. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Rights Certificates have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of a predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates have not been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in the name of the predecessor or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.
(b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.
D-18
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations expressly imposed by this Agreement (and no implied duties or obligations) upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:
(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company or an employee of the Rights Agent), and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent, and the Rights Agent will have no liability for or in respect of, any action taken or omitted by it in the absence of bad faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.
(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the President, General Counsel, any Senior Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered or omitted to be taken by it in the absence of bad faith under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate. The Rights Agent shall have no duty to act without such a certificate from an officer of the Company as set forth in the preceding sentence.
(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct (which gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct must be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling). Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Rights Agent be liable for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of the action; and the Company agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent and its Affiliates, directors, employees, representatives and advisors and to hold them harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law against any loss, liability or expense incurred as a result of claims for special, punitive, incidental, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever.
(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.
(e) The Rights Agent shall not have any liability nor be under any responsibility in respect of the legality or validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Section 3, 11, 23 or 24 hereof, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates subject to the terms and conditions hereof after actual notice that such change or adjustment is required); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
(f) The Rights Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of its obligations relating to any registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or this Agreement, including obligations under application regulation or law.
(g) The Rights Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility in the case of the receipt of any written demand from any holder of Rights with respect to any action or default by the Company, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any duty or responsibility to initiate or attempt to initiate any proceedings at law or otherwise or to make any demand upon the Company.
D-19
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
(h) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.
(i) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept verbal or written instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any person reasonably believed by the Rights Agent to be one of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the President, General Counsel, any Senior Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties under this Agreement, and such advice or instruction shall be full authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall have no duty to independently verify the accuracy or completeness of such advice or such instructions and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in the absence of bad faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. The Rights Agent will not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person until its receipt of written notice thereof from the Company in accordance with this Agreement. Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by the Rights Agent under this Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Rights Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying upon the most recent verbal or written instructions received from any such officer, and shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by the Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five (5) Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken, suffered or omitted to be taken.
(j) The Rights Agent and any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.
(k) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself (through its directors, officers and/or employees) or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company, any holder of Rights or any other Person resulting from any such act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct, absent gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (which gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction) in the selection and continued employment thereof.
(l) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if the Rights Agent has reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(m) If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, either (i) the certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has either not been properly completed or indicates an affirmative response to clause 1 and/or 2 thereof, or (ii) any other actual or suspected irregularity exists, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company, and the Rights Agent shall not be liable for any delays arising from the duties under this Section 20(m).
(n) In the event that the Rights Agent reasonably believes any ambiguity or uncertainty exists hereunder or in any notice, instruction, direction, request or other communication, paper or document received by the Rights Agent hereunder, the Rights Agent may (upon notice to the Company of such ambiguity or uncertainty), in its sole discretion, refrain from taking any action, and will be fully protected and will not be liable or responsible in any way to the Company or other Person or entity for refraining from taking such action, unless the Rights Agent receives written instructions signed by the Company which eliminates such ambiguity or uncertainty to the reasonable satisfaction of the Rights Agent.
D-20
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
(o) The Rights Agent shall have no responsibility to the Company, any holders of Rights or any holders of Common Shares for interest or earnings on any moneys held by the Rights Agent pursuant to this Agreement.
(p) The Rights Agent shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any event or condition hereunder, including any event or condition that may require action by the Rights Agent, unless the Rights Agent shall be specifically notified in writing of such event or condition by the Company, and all notices or other instruments required by this Agreement to be delivered to the Rights Agent must, in order to be effective, be received by the Rights Agent, and in the absence of such notice so delivered, the Rights Agent may conclusively assume no such event or condition exists.
(q) The Rights Agent may rely on and be fully authorized and protected in acting or failing to act upon (a) any guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a member or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or other comparable “signature guarantee program” or insurance program in addition to, or in substitution for, the foregoing; or (b) any law, act or regulation of the same.
Section 21. Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon at least thirty (30) days’ notice in writing to the Company in accordance with Section 26 hereof, and in the event that the Rights Agent or one of its Affiliates is not also the transfer agent for the Company, to each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares in which case the Company will give or cause to be given written notice to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. In the event the transfer agency relationship in effect between the Company and the Rights Agent terminates, the Rights Agent will be deemed to have resigned automatically and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement as of the effective date of such termination, and the Company shall be responsible for sending any required notice. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon at least thirty (30) days’ notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares by registered or certified mail, and, if such removal occurs after the Distribution Date, to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent resigns or is removed or otherwise becomes incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company fails to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (which holder shall, with such notice, submit such holder’s Right Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be (a) a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any State, in good standing, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust, stock transfer, or shareholder services powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent has, along with its Affiliates, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million, or (b) an Affiliate of a Person described in clause (a) of this sentence. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent under this Agreement without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose (but such predecessor Rights Agent shall not be required to make any additional expenditure or assume any additional liability in connection with the foregoing), in each case at the sole expense of the Company. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.
D-21
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
Section 22 Issuance of New Right Certificates. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by the Board to reflect any adjustment or change made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Right Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of Common Shares following the Distribution Date (other than upon exercise of a Right) and prior to the earlier of the Redemption Date, Early Expiration Date or Final Expiration Date, the Company (a) shall, with respect to Common Shares so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities hereinafter issued by the Company, and (b) may, in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board, issue Rights Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided, however, that (i) no such Rights Certificate may be issued if, and to the extent that, the Company, in its sole discretion, determines that such issuance would jeopardize or endanger the value or availability to the Company of the NOLs or otherwise create a significant risk of material adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Rights Certificate would be issued, and (ii) no such Rights Certificate may be issued if, and to the extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.
Section 23 Redemption.
(a) The Board may, at its option, at any time prior to the Distribution Date, redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $0.0001 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise) or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the “Redemption Price”). The redemption of the Rights by the Board may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board, in its sole discretion, may establish.
(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board ordering the redemption of the Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 23, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. The Company shall promptly give (i) written notice to the Rights Agent of any such redemption (and until such written notice is received by the Rights Agent, the Rights Agent may presume conclusively that no such redemptions have occurred); and (ii) public notice of any such redemption; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within ten (10) days after such action of the Board ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption to all the holders of the then outstanding Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Shares. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 24 hereof, and other than in connection with the purchase of Common Shares prior to the Distribution Date.
Section 24. Exchange.
(a) The Board may, at its option, at any time after any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) for Common Shares at an exchange ratio of one Common Share per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any adjustment in the number of Rights pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) (such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred to as the “Exchange Ratio”).
(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of Common Shares equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall promptly give (i) written notice to the Rights Agent of any such exchange, and (ii) public notice of any such exchange; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange (and until such written notice is received by the Rights Agent, the Rights Agent may presume conclusively that no such exchange has occurred). The Company shall promptly mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the
D-22
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Common Shares for Rights will be effected, and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.
(c) In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this Section 24, the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exchange of the Rights. In the event the Company shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such action as may be necessary to authorize such additional Common Shares, the Company shall substitute, for each Common Share that would otherwise be issuable upon exchange of a Right, a number of one ten-thousandths of a Preferred Share that would have been purchasable assuming exercise of a Right immediately before the Shares Acquisition Date.
(d) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares. In lieu of such fractional Common Shares, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Common Shares would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Common Share. For the purposes of this paragraph (d), the current market value of a whole Common Share shall be the closing price of a Common Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of exchange pursuant to this Section 24.
Section 25. Notice of Certain Events.
(a) In case the Company shall, at any time after the Distribution Date, propose (i) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of the Preferred Shares or to make any other distribution to the holders of the Preferred Shares (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend), (ii) to offer to the holders of the Preferred Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Preferred Shares or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (iii) to effect any reclassification of the Preferred Shares (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding Preferred Shares), (iv) to effect any consolidation or merger into or with, or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one or more transactions, of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person, (v) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or (vi) to declare or pay any dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or to effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise), then, in each such case, the Company shall give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such stock dividend, or distribution of rights or warrants, or the date on which such subdivision, combination or consolidation (by way of reclassification or otherwise), merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least ten (10) days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred Shares for purposes of such action, and, in the case of any such other action, at least ten (10) days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares, whichever shall be the earlier.
(b) In case the event set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall occur, then the Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe such event and the consequences of such event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.
D-23
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
Section 26. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if by electronic transmission or sent by first-class or express United States mail, or recognized overnight delivery, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
100 CenturyLink Drive
Monroe, LA 71203
Attention: Company Secretary
Email: stacey.goff@lumen.com
Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if in writing by or sent by first-class mail or express United States mail, or recognized overnight delivery, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) or by facsimile transmission (with receipt confirmation) as follows:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
150 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
Attention: Client Services
Facsimile: (781) 575-4210
Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Rights Agent (or the Company’s transfer agent prior to the Distribution Date); provided that prior to the Distribution Date a filing by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall constitute sufficient notice to the holders of securities of the Company, including the Rights, for purposes of this Agreement and no other notice need be given.
Section 27. Supplements and Amendments. The Company may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Right Certificates in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, to shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder, or to amend or make any other provisions with respect to the Rights which the Company may deem necessary or desirable, any such supplement or amendment to be evidenced by a writing signed by the Company and the Rights Agent; provided, however, that, from and after the Distribution Date, this Agreement shall not be amended in any manner which would adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person). Upon the delivery of a certificate from any appropriate officer of the Company authorized to executed Right Certificates (or specified in Section 5 hereof) that states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 27, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment; provided, however, that the Rights Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any supplement or amendment that affects the Rights Agent’s own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under this Agreement. No supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless duly executed by the Rights Agent and the Company.
Section 28. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.
Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.
D-24
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
Section 30. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, null and void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held by such court or authority to be invalid, null and void or unenforceable and the Board determines in good faith judgment that severing the invalid language from this Agreement would adversely affect the purpose or effect of this Agreement, the right of redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated and will not expire until the Close of Business on the tenth (10th) Business Day following the date of such determination by the Board; provided, further, that if any such severed term, provision, covenant or restriction shall adversely affect the rights, immunities, duties or obligations of the Rights Agent, then the Rights Agent shall be entitled to resign immediately.
Section 31. Governing Law. This Agreement, each Right, and each Right Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such state applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such state, except that the rights, duties and obligations of the Rights Agent shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such state.
Section 32. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or any other customary means of electronic transmission (e.g., PDF) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
Section 33. Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect in any way the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” Each reference in this Agreement to a period of time following or after a specified date or event shall be calculated without including such specified date or the day on which such specified event occurs.
Section 34. Determinations and Actions by the Board. For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of Common Shares outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding Common Shares of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, will be made in accordance with, as the Board deems to be applicable, the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act or the provisions of Section 382. The Board will have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board or to the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including without limitation the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation Section 23, Section 24, Section 27, this Section 34, Section 35 and other provisions hereof relating to its powers or authority hereunder) and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement (including without limitation any determination contemplated by Section 1(b) and 1(o) or any determination as to whether particular Rights shall have become void). All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, any omission with respect to any of the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board in good faith will (x) be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights and all other parties and (y) not subject any member of the Board to any liability to any Person, including without limitation the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights.
Section 35. Process to Seek Exemption. Any Person who desires to effect any acquisition of Common Shares that would, if consummated, result in such Person (together with its Affiliates and Associates) beneficially own 4.9% or more of the then outstanding Common Shares (or, in the case of a Person excluded from the definition of “Acquiring Person” in clause (i) of such definition, such applicable percentage) (a “Requesting Person”) may, prior to the Shares Acquisition Date, and in accordance with this Section 35, request that the Board grants an exemption with respect to such acquisition under this Agreement (an “Exemption Request”). An Exemption Request shall be in proper form and shall be delivered by registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Company at the principal executive office of the Company. To be in proper form, an Exemption Request shall set forth (a) the name and address of the Requesting Person,
D-25
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT

Appendix D
(b) the number and percentage of Common Shares then Beneficially Owned by the Requesting Person, together with all Affiliates and Associates of the Requesting Person, (c) a reasonably detailed description of the transaction or transactions by which the Requesting Person would propose to acquire Beneficial Ownership of Common Shares aggregating 4.9% or more of the then outstanding Common Shares (or, in the case of a person excluded from the definition of “Acquiring Person” in clause (i) of such definition, such applicable percentage) and the maximum number and percentage of Common Shares that the Requesting Person proposes to acquire and (d) a reasonably detailed statement of the benefits such Requesting Person expects to be received by the Company and the other shareholders of the Company were the exemption to be granted. The Board shall make a determination whether to grant an exemption in response to an Exemption Request as promptly as practicable (and, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days) after receipt thereof; provided, that the failure of the Board to make a determination within such period shall be deemed to constitute the denial by the Board of the Exemption Request. The Board may deny an Exemption Request if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that the acquisition of Beneficial Ownership of Common Shares by the Requesting Person could jeopardize or endanger the availability to the Company of the NOLs or for whatever other reason the Board deems reasonable, desirable or appropriate. Any exemption granted hereunder may be granted in whole or in part, and may be subject to limitations or conditions (including a requirement that the Requesting Person agree that it will not acquire Beneficial Ownership of Common Shares in excess of the maximum number and percentage of shares approved by the Board or that it will not make another Exemption Request), in each case as and to the extent the Board shall determine necessary, desirable or appropriate.
Section 36. Tax Compliance and Withholding. The Company hereby authorizes the Rights Agent to deduct from all payments disbursed by the Rights Agent to the holders of the Rights, if applicable, the tax required to be withheld pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445, 1471 through 1474, and 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or by any federal or state statutes subsequently enacted, and to make the necessary returns and payments of such tax to the relevant taxing authority. The Company will provide withholding and reporting instructions to the Rights Agent from time to time as relevant, and upon request of the Rights Agent. The Rights Agent shall have no duties with respect to tax withholding, reporting, or payment except as specifically instructed by the Company to be performed in accordance with applicable law.
Section 37. Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Rights Agent will not have any liability for not performing, or a delay in the performance of, any act, duty, obligation or responsibility by reason of any occurrence beyond the reasonable control of the Rights Agent (including, without limitation, any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God, epidemics, pandemics, war, civil or military disobedience or disorder, riot, rebellion, terrorism, insurrection, fire, earthquake, storm, flood, strike, work stoppage, interruptions or malfunctions of computer facilities, loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information, labor dispute, accident or failure or malfunction of any utilities, communication or computer (software or hardware) services or similar occurrence).
Section 38. [Reserved].
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]
D-26
Logo_Lumen-footer.jpg

Appendix D
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.
Lumen Technologies, Inc.
By/s/ Stacey W. Goff
Name:Stacey W. Goff
Title:Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
By/s/ Kerri Altig
Name:Kerri Altig
Title:Manager, Client Management
[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Section 382 Rights Agreement]
D-27
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT


Appendix E
Proposed Amendments to Our Articles of Incorporation
If the proposals to amend our articles of incorporation are approved and the Board elects to implement a Reverse Stock Split, Section A of Article III of our restated articles of incorporation would be amended and restated as follows (with language to be removed being shown as a strikethrough and language to be added being shown in boldface underscored text):
ARTICLE III
Capital
A. Authorized Stock. The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an aggregate of 2,202,000,000202,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 2,200,000,000200,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, $1.00no* par value per share, and 2,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, $25.00 par value per share.
As of the Effective Time (as defined below), pursuant to the Louisiana Business Corporation Act and these Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, each [__] shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock issued and outstanding at such time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one validly issued, fully-paid and non-assessable share of the Corporation’s Common Stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). No fractional shares shall be issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split and, in lieu thereof, any shareholder who would otherwise be entitled to receive in connection therewith a fractional interest in a share of Common Stock shall instead be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the product determined by multiplying such fraction by the average of the closing sales prices per share of the Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days immediately preceding the Effective Date (as defined below) as reported on the New York Stock Exchange (with such average closing sales price being multiplied by [___]), without interest. For purposes of the foregoing paragraph, “Effective Date” means [_______ __], 2024 and “Effective Time” means 2:01 a.m. Central Time on the Effective Date.
*    If the shareholders approve the Par Value Elimination Proposal, Section A of Article III will be amended to remove par value regardless of whether the Reverse Split and Share Reduction Proposals are approved or implemented.
E-1
06_427760-1_logo_lumenlogoblackr.jpg


Corporate Headquarters
100 CenturyLink Drive
Monroe, Louisiana 71203
General Information: 318-388-9000
Transfer Agent
For address changes, stock transfers, name changes, registration changes, lost stock certificates and stock holdings, please contact:
Computershare Investor Services L.L.C.
Post Office Box 505000
Louisville, Kentucky 40233
1-800-969-6718
www.computershare.com/lumen
Auditors
KPMG LLP
1225 17th Street, Suite 800
Denver, Colorado 80202
Investor Relations
Inquiries by securities analysts, investment professionals and shareholders about Lumen Technologies, Inc. common stock, including requests for any SEC or other shareholder reports should be directed to:
investor.relations@lumen.com
ir.lumen.com
Annual Report
After the close of each fiscal year, Lumen Technologies, Inc. submits an Annual Report on Form 10-K to the SEC containing certain additional information about its business. A copy of the 10-K report may be obtained without charge by addressing your request to Stacey W. Goff, Secretary, Lumen Technologies, Inc., 100 CenturyLink Drive, Monroe, Louisiana 71203, or by visiting our website at www.lumen.com.
Common Stock
Lumen common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol LUMN.
As of the Record Date, we had 1,004,873,2971,016,005,958 shares of common stock and 7,018 shares of Series L preferred stock issued and outstanding. There were 81,20977,671 shareholders of record.
Lumen, Lumen Technologies, Inc. and the Lumen logos are either registered service marks or service marks of Lumen Technologies, Inc. and/or one of its affiliates in the United States and/or other countries. Any other service names, product names, company names or logos included herein are the trademarks or service marks of their respective owners.
Communications to the Board
Communication with shareholders and other interested parties is an important part of the governance process. Any shareholder or other stakeholder who wishes to contact the Board, Chairman or any Director can send correspondence to:
Write: P.O. Box 5061; Monroe, Louisiana 71211
Email:boardinquiries@lumen.com
E-2
2023 ANNUAL REPORT2024 PROXY STATEMENT


01 427760-1_cover_bc.jpg



lumn-20230405_g171.jpg







lumn-20230405_g3.jpg

LUMEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
l00 CENTURYLINK DR
MONROE, LOUISIANA
71203-2041



lumn-20230405_g172.jpgproxy card 1.jpg



lumn-20230405_g173.jpgproxy card 2.jpg



lumn-20230405_g174.jpgproxy card 3.jpg



lumn-20230405_g175.jpgproxy card 4.jpg